Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 23, 2012

Registration No. 333-174827

 


SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 


 

AMENDMENT NO. 6

TO

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 


 

EPAM SYSTEMS, INC.

(Exact Name of registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

 

Delaware   7371   223536104

(State or Other Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or Organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

 

EPAM Systems, Inc.

41 University Drive,

Suite 202

Newtown, Pennsylvania 18940

267-759-9000 (t)

(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)

 


 

Arkadiy Dobkin

Chairman, CEO and President

EPAM Systems, Inc.

41 University Drive,

Suite 202

Newtown, Pennsylvania 18940

267-759-9000 (t)

267-759-8989 (f)

(Name, Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent For Service)

 


 

Copies to:

 

Joseph A. Hall

Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP

450 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10017

(212) 450-4000 (t)

(212) 701-5800 (f)

     

Kirk A. Davenport II

Keith L. Halverstam

Latham & Watkins LLP

885 Third Avenue

New York New York 10022

(212) 906-1200 (t)

(212) 751-4864 (f)

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public : As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

 

If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.   ¨

 

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

 

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

 

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer  ¨   Accelerated filer  ¨   

Non-accelerated filer

(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)  x

  Smaller reporting company  ¨

 


 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 


Title of Each Class

of Securities to be

Registered

 

Amount to

be Registered(1)

 

Proposed Maximum

Offering Price Per
Share

 

Proposed Maximum

Aggregate Offering

Price(2)

 

Amount of
Registration

Fee(3)

Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share

  8,510,000   $18.00   $153,180,000   $17,785


(1)   Includes shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock.
(2)   Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(a) under the Securities Act of 1933.
(3)   $11,610 was previously paid.

 

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 



Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JANUARY 23, 2012

 

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

 

LOGO

 

7,400,000 Shares

 

EPAM Systems, Inc.

 

Common Stock

$         per share

 


 

This is the initial public offering of our common stock. We are selling 1,517,647 shares of common stock and the selling stockholders named in this prospectus are selling 5,882,353 shares. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of the shares of common stock by the selling stockholders. We currently expect the initial public offering price to be between $16.00 and $18.00 per share of common stock.

 

Our shares of common stock have been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “EPAM,” subject to official notice of issuance.

 


 

Investing in our common stock involves risks. See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 9.

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 


 

     Per Share

     Total

 

Public offering price

   $                    $            

Underwriting discount

   $         $     

Proceeds to EPAM Systems, Inc. (before expenses)

   $         $     

Proceeds to the selling stockholders (before expenses)

   $         $     

 

We have granted the underwriters the right to purchase an additional 1,110,000 shares of common stock from us to cover over-allotments.

 

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares to purchasers on or about             , 2012 through the book-entry facilities of the Depository Trust Company.

 


 

Citigroup   UBS Investment Bank   Barclays Capital  

RenCap

 


 

Stifel Nicolaus Weisel

Cowen and Company

 


 

                    , 2012


Table of Contents

We are responsible for the information contained in this prospectus or contained in any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us that we have referred to you. Neither we, nor the underwriters, have authorized anyone to provide you with additional information or information different from that contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and we take no responsibility for any other information that others may give you. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of our common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of our common stock. Our business, operating results or financial condition may have changed since such date.

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page

 

SUMMARY

     1   

RISK FACTORS

     9   

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     45   

USE OF PROCEEDS

     46   

DIVIDEND POLICY

     46   

CAPITALIZATION

     47   

DILUTION

     49   

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

     50   

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     52   

BUSINESS

     74   

MANAGEMENT

     91   

COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

     96   

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     113   

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

     114   

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

     119   

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF COMMON STOCK

     123   

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     125   

UNDERWRITING

     128   

LEGAL MATTERS

     135   

EXPERTS

     135   

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

     135   

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     F-1   

 

For investors outside the United States: Neither we nor any of the underwriters have taken any action that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. You are required to inform yourselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus.

 


 

In this prospectus, “EPAM,” “EPAM Systems, Inc.,” the “company,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to EPAM Systems, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries.

 


 

“EPAM” is a trademark of EPAM Systems, Inc. “CMMI” is a trademark of the Software Engineering Institute of Carnegie Mellon University. “ISO 9001:2000” and “ISO 27001:2005” are trademarks of the International Organization for Standardization. All other trademarks and servicemarks used herein are the property of their respective owners.

 

i


Table of Contents

SUMMARY

 

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary may not contain all of the information that you should consider before deciding to invest in our common stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, including “Risk Factors” and the consolidated financial statements and notes to those statements.

 

Our Company

 

We are a leading global IT services provider focused on complex software product development services, software engineering and vertically-oriented custom development solutions. Since our inception in 1993, we have been serving independent software vendors, or ISVs, and technology companies. These companies produce advanced software and technology products that demand sophisticated software engineering talent, tools, methodologies and infrastructure to deliver solutions that support functionality and configurability to sustain multiple generations of platform innovation. The foundation we have built serving ISVs and technology companies has enabled us to differentiate ourselves in the market for software engineering skills and technology capabilities. Our work with these clients exposes us to their customers’ challenges across a variety of industry “verticals.” This has enabled us to develop vertical-specific domain expertise and grow our business in multiple industry verticals, including Banking and Financial Services, Business Information and Media, Travel and Hospitality and Retail and Consumer.

 

Our historical core competency is full lifecycle software development services including design and prototyping, product development and testing, component design and integration, product deployment, performance tuning, porting and cross-platform migration. Our delivery centers in Belarus, Ukraine, Russia, Hungary, Kazakhstan and Poland are strategically located in centers of software engineering talent and educational excellence across Central and Eastern Europe, or CEE, and the Commonwealth of Independent States, or the CIS. Our applications, tools, methodologies and infrastructure allow us to seamlessly deliver services and solutions from our delivery centers to global clients, thereby further strengthening our relationships with them. We also have client management locations in the United States, United Kingdom, Germany, Sweden, Russia, Switzerland and Kazakhstan. We believe we are the only SAS 70 Type II certified IT services provider with multiple delivery centers in CEE, based on our analysis of publicly available information of IT services providers. This certification is a widely recognized auditing standard developed by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, or AICPA, and it serves as additional assurance to our clients that are required to validate the controls in place to protect the security of their sensitive data.

 

We believe the quality of our employees underpins our success and serves as a key point of differentiation in how we deliver a superior value proposition to our clients. Our highly-skilled information technology, or IT, professionals, combined with our extensive experience in delivering custom solutions that meet our clients’ pressing business needs, has allowed us to develop a deep culture of software engineering excellence.

 

Our clients primarily consist of Forbes Global 2000 corporations located in North America, Europe and the CIS. Selected companies among our top 30 clients based on 2010 revenues include Barclays, Citigroup, The Coca-Cola Company, Expedia, Google, InterContinental Hotels Group, Kingfisher, MTV Networks, Oracle, Renaissance Capital, SAP, Sberbank, Thomson Reuters, UBS and Wolters Kluwer. We maintain a geographically diverse client base with 52.8% of our 2010 revenues from clients located in North America, 26.4% from clients in Europe and 19.1% from clients in the CIS. Our focus on delivering quality to our clients is reflected by an average of 92.8% and 77.3% of our revenues in 2010 coming from clients that had used our services for at least two and three years, respectively.

 

Our revenues have grown from $69.8 million in 2006 to $221.8 million in 2010, representing a four-year compound annual growth rate, or CAGR, of 33.5%. Our net income has grown from $9.7 million to $28.3

 

 

1


Table of Contents

million over the same period, representing a CAGR of 30.6%. For the nine months ended September 30, 2011, our revenues and net income were $239.4 million and $32.0 million, respectively, representing a 58.5% and 91.7% increase over the comparable period of the prior year.

 

Our Industry

 

Corporations are increasingly “offshoring” their research and development, or R&D, and software product development needs to respond to industry challenges. Offshore IT services providers, or IT services providers with substantial development and delivery operations outside a majority of their clients’ home countries, have enabled corporations to effectively respond to shrinking product lifecycles and increased global competition by streamlining development and improving time-to-market. The shortage of vertical-specific research and software product development talent and the favorable cost of offshore outsourcing resources continue to encourage organizations to increase outsourcing of their R&D and software product development spending. According to IDC, an independent third-party research firm, worldwide offshore R&D / software development services spending will grow at an estimated five-year CAGR of 11.8% through 2014 to $14.0 billion.

 

Many corporations throughout the world have found it difficult to access high-quality IT talent and, as such, the offshore outsourcing model has become an embedded component of IT services delivery. The demand for offshore outsourcing is driven by clients seeking not only cost-effective solutions, but also improved productivity and quality. Outsourcing can result in significant productivity improvement and operating cost reduction, as organizations choose IT services providers with specialized knowledge and processes. According to IDC, offshore IT services spending in the United States and Europe, the Middle East and Africa will grow at an estimated five-year CAGR of 6.1% through 2014 to $40.2 billion.

 

The growing acceptance of the offshore delivery model, beyond the traditional India-based IT services providers, has created significant opportunities for CEE-based IT services providers. CEE-based IT services providers now compete against the largest and more-established global IT services providers and have been recognized by independent third-party research firms such as IDC for providing complex IT services. As a result, according to the Central and Eastern European Outsourcing Association, the volume of IT outsourcing and custom software product development services exported from CEE was expected to increase between 10% and 30% in 2010, depending on the country. Factors contributing to this growth include the availability of highly-educated, multilingual IT professionals, the cultural compatibility with the European market and corporations diversifying their use of offshore IT services to multiple delivery locations and IT services providers.

 

Our Approach

 

Since our inception, we have focused on software product development, which we have refined through repeat, multi-year engagements with major ISVs, including three of the top seven ISVs by revenues according to Software Magazine. Unlike custom application development, which is usually tailored to very specific business requirements, software products of ISVs must be designed with a high level of product configurability and operational performance to address the needs of a diverse set of end-users working in multiple industries and operating in a variety of deployment environments. This demands a strong focus on upfront design and architecture, strict software engineering practices, and extensive testing procedures.

 

Our focus on software product development services for ISVs and technology companies requires high-quality software engineering talent, advanced knowledge of up-to-date methodologies and productivity tools, and strong project management practices. As a result, we have developed a culture focused on innovation, technology leadership and process excellence, which helps us maintain a strong reputation with our clients for technical expertise and high-quality project delivery.

 

 

2


Table of Contents

Our work with ISVs and technology companies, including both global leaders in enterprise software platforms and emerging, innovative technology companies focusing on new trends, exposes us to their customers’ business and strategic challenges, allowing us to develop vertical-specific domain expertise. In this sense, our experience with ISV and technology company clients enables us to grow our business in multiple industries, including Banking and Financial Services, Business Information and Media, Travel and Hospitality and Retail and Consumer.

 

Our Strengths and Strategies

 

Our objective is to be a leader in providing high-quality software engineering services for leading global ISVs and emerging technology companies, and use our accumulated technology and industry expertise to become a strategic vendor of choice for delivering complex software solutions and other complimentary and diversified IT services to industry-leading companies across a range of verticals. We continue to leverage the following core strengths and strategies to achieve this objective:

 

   

Strengthen technical expertise. We have spent over a decade working with industry-leading ISVs and technology companies to develop various key features of their product portfolios. Our focus on complex software product development has shaped key aspects of our service offerings as well as our culture of software engineering excellence, enabling us to accelerate expansion of our services into other key industry verticals. We plan to continue focusing on software engineering services for industry-leading ISVs and emerging technology companies to further develop our technical expertise and advance our knowledge of new software engineering and technology trends.

 

   

Deepen vertical expertise. We have traditionally focused on enterprises that are technology- and information-centric, where our deep software development expertise is highly valued. To further enhance our client solutions in each of our verticals, we have recruited IT professionals with significant industry expertise and understanding of vertical-specific business operations and issues. We plan to continue enhancing our deep expertise in different verticals by recruiting IT professionals with industry expertise.

 

   

Attract, develop and retain highly-skilled employees. We place a high priority on attracting, training and retaining our employees, which we believe is integral to our continued ability to meet the challenges of the most complex software product development projects.

 

   

Develop and enhance scalable proprietary processes, applications and tools. To streamline and accelerate the software development process, we have created a full suite of proprietary software development lifecycle processes, applications and tools. From managing every aspect of a development project, to automated testing tools, to management and hosting options for delivered solutions, our applications and tools help ensure that our clients achieve faster turn-around times, high-quality results and superior value.

 

   

Selectively pursue strategic acquisitions. We have historically pursued strategic acquisitions focused on expanding our vertical-specific domain expertise, geographic footprint, service portfolio, client base and management expertise. Furthermore, as part of our strategy to expand our geographic footprint with high-quality global resources, we may pursue acquisitions of companies with significant presence in China, Latin America or elsewhere.

 

Risk Factors

 

Before you invest in our common stock, you should carefully consider all the information in this prospectus, including the information set forth under “Risk Factors.” We believe our primary challenges are:

 

   

We may be unable to effectively manage our rapid growth, which could place significant strain on our management personnel, systems and resources. We may not be able to achieve anticipated growth, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

 

3


Table of Contents
   

If we fail to attract and retain highly-skilled IT professionals, we may not have the necessary resources to properly staff projects, and competition for such IT professionals could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

   

Increases in wages and other compensation expense for our IT professionals could prevent us from sustaining our competitive advantage.

 

   

Our success depends substantially on the continuing efforts of our senior executives and other key personnel, and our business may be severely disrupted if we lose their services.

 

   

Our revenues are highly dependent on clients primarily located in the United States and Europe. Worsening economic conditions or factors that negatively affect the economic health of the United States or Europe could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

   

Emerging markets such as CIS and CEE countries are subject to greater risks than more developed markets, including significant legal, economic, tax and political risks.

 

   

Our greater than 5% stockholders, directors and executive officers and entities affiliated with them will own approximately 69.0% of the outstanding shares of our common stock after this offering, which includes approximately 41.2% of the outstanding shares of our common stock after this offering which will be owned by affiliates of Siguler Guff & Company. These insiders will therefore continue to have substantial control over us after this offering and could limit your ability to influence the outcome of key transactions, including a change of control.

 

Corporate Information

 

EPAM Systems, Inc. was incorporated in the State of Delaware on December 18, 2002. Our predecessor entity was founded in 1993. Our principal executive offices are located at 41 University Drive, Suite 202, Newtown, Pennsylvania 18940 and our telephone number is 267-759-9000. We maintain a website at http://www.epam.com. Our website and the information accessible through our website are not incorporated into this prospectus or the registration statement of which it forms a part.

 

 

4


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Common stock offered by us

1,517,647 shares

 

Common stock offered by the selling stockholders

5,882,353 shares

 

Total common stock offered in this offering

7,400,000 shares

 

Over-allotment option

1,110,000 shares offered by us

 

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

40,690,635 shares (or 41,800,635 shares if the over-allotment option is exercised in full)

 

Use of proceeds

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from this offering will be approximately $20.2 million, or approximately $37.7 million if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, assuming an initial public offering price of $17.00 per share (the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses. Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the public offering price per share would increase (decrease) our net proceeds, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, by $1.4 million (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option). We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering for general corporate purposes, such as for working capital, for acquiring facilities, and for potential strategic acquisitions of, or investments in, other businesses or technologies that we believe will complement our current business and expansion strategies.

 

  We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of common stock by the selling stockholders. See “Use of Proceeds.”

 

Dividend policy

We do not intend to pay dividends on our common stock. We plan to retain any earnings for use in the operation of our business and to fund future growth.

 

Listing

Our shares of common stock have been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) under the symbol “EPAM,” subject to official notice of issuance.

 

Risk factors

See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 9 and other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock.

 

 

5


Table of Contents

Unless the context otherwise requires, all references to the number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering are based on 38,999,032 shares of common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2011 and excludes:

 

   

6,701,384 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options as of September 30, 2011 at a weighted average exercise price of $4.66 per share;

 

   

627,560 shares of common stock remaining available for issuance as of September 30, 2011 under our 2006 Stock Option Plan;

 

   

9,246,800 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as described under “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Employee Benefit Plans—2012 Long Term Incentive Plans and Awards” and pursuant to which our board of directors expects to issue an aggregate of 1,600,000 options after the closing of this offering;

 

   

600,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2012 Non-Employee Directors Compensation Plan, as described under “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—EPAM Systems, Inc. 2012 Non-Employee Directors Compensation Plan,” pursuant to which 11,764 restricted shares of common stock were awarded in January 2012 to our non-employee directors; and

 

   

194,800 restricted shares of common stock in the aggregate awarded in January 2012 to one of our executives.

 

All references to the number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering include:

 

   

53,336 shares of common stock expected to be issued upon the completion of this offering in relation to our 2010 acquisition of Instant Information Inc.; and

 

   

120,620 shares of common stock to be issued and sold in this offering upon the exercise of vested stock options at a weighted average exercise price of approximately $3.16 per share.

 

Unless specifically stated otherwise, the information in this prospectus reflects and assumes the following:

 

   

no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to 1,110,000 additional shares of common stock from us solely to cover over-allotments;

 

   

the conversion immediately prior to completion of this offering of all outstanding Series A-1, Series A-2 and Series A-3 convertible preferred stock into a total of 21,840,128 shares of common stock;

 

   

the expiration as of December 31, 2011 of the contractual put option relating to our 18,112 shares of puttable common stock;

 

   

no exercise of options outstanding as of September 30, 2011, except for 120,620 shares of common stock to be issued and sold in this offering upon the exercise of vested stock options at a weighted average exercise price of approximately $3.16 per share; and

 

   

the filing of our third amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the adoption of our amended and restated bylaws immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

 

The information in this prospectus also reflects the 8 for 1 common stock split effected on January 19, 2012.

 

 

 

6


Table of Contents

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

 

The following summary consolidated financial and other data of EPAM should be read in conjunction with, and are qualified by reference to, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

The consolidated statements of income data for each of the three years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 are derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of EPAM included elsewhere in this prospectus, and should be read in conjunction with those consolidated financial statements and notes thereto. The consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2008 are derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of EPAM not included in this prospectus. The consolidated statements of income data for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, and the consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2011, are derived from the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements of EPAM included elsewhere in this prospectus, and should be read in conjunction with those condensed unaudited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto. The consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2010 are derived from the unaudited consolidated financial statements of EPAM not included in this prospectus. The unaudited interim period financial information, in the opinion of management, includes all adjustments, which are normal and recurring in nature, necessary for the fair presentation of the periods shown. The operating results in any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any annual period.

 

     Nine Months
Ended September 30,

    Year Ended December 31,

 
     2011

    2010

    2010

    2009

    2008

 
     (in thousands, except per share data)  

Consolidated Statements of Income Data:

                                        

Revenues

   $ 239,401      $ 151,050      $ 221,824      $ 149,939      $ 160,632   

Operating expenses:

                                        

Cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)

     145,948        92,403        132,528        88,027        91,205   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     46,420        31,574        47,635        39,248        53,913   

Depreciation and amortization expense

     5,732        4,519        6,242        5,618        4,889   

Goodwill impairment loss

     1,697        —          —          —          —     

Other operating expenses, net

     23        2,614        2,629        1,064        400   
    


 


 


 


 


Income from operations

   $ 39,581      $ 19,940      $ 32,790      $ 15,982      $ 10,225   

Interest income

     986        482        562        227        1,474   

Interest (expense)

     (37     (64     (76     (185     (129

Other income

     51        —          —          —          —     

Foreign exchange (loss)

     (3,138     (1,429     (2,181     (1,617     (3,819
    


 


 


 


 


Income before provision for income taxes

   $ 37,443      $ 18,929      $ 31,095      $ 14,407      $ 7,751   

Provision for income taxes

     5,474        2,251        2,787        879        3,701   
    


 


 


 


 


Net income

   $ 31,969      $ 16,678      $ 28,308      $ 13,528      $ 4,050   
    


 


 


 


 


Net income per share of common stock:

                                        

Basic (common)

   $ 0.14      $ 0.54      $ 0.84      $ 0.23      $ 0.00   

Basic (puttable common)

   $ 0.40      $ 0.58      $ 0.84      $ 0.23      $ 0.00   

Diluted (common)

   $ 0.14      $ 0.51      $ 0.79      $ 0.22      $ 0.00   

Diluted (puttable common)

   $ 0.37      $ 0.54      $ 0.79      $ 0.22      $ 0.00   

Shares used in calculation of net income per share of common stock:

                                        

Basic (common)

     17,078        17,057        17,056        16,719        16,050   

Basic (puttable common)

     44        149        141        153        114   

Diluted (common)

     20,156        19,032        19,314        18,474        17,980   

Diluted (puttable common)

     44        149        141        153        114   

Pro forma net income per share of common stock (1) :

                                        

Basic

   $ 0.82              $ 0.88                   

Diluted

   $ 0.74              $ 0.83                   

Shares used in calculation of pro forma net income per share of common stock:

                                        

Basic

     38,962                38,490                   

Diluted

     43,334                40,748                   

Other Data:

                                        

Adjusted net income (2)

   $ 36,459      $ 20,129      $ 33,169      $ 16,834      $ 9,315   

 

 

7


Table of Contents

(1)   Immediately prior to completion of this offering, all Series A-1, Series A-2 and Series A-3 convertible preferred stock will automatically convert to common stock. We made pro forma adjustments to our historical results of operations for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 to show the pro forma effect of the conversion of all of our Series A-1, A-2 and A-3 convertible preferred stock into a total of shares of common stock as if such events had occurred on January 1, 2010.
(2)   To supplement our net income presented in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, referred to as GAAP, we use the non-GAAP financial measure of adjusted net income, which is adjusted from net income, the most comparable GAAP measure, to exclude stock-based compensation and certain other items. Although the nature of many of these income and expense items is recurring, we have historically excluded such impact from internal performance assessments. We believe that excluding items such as stock-based compensation, legal settlement costs, acquired intangible amortization, goodwill impairment charges, as well as write-off and recovery specified below, helps investors compare our operating performance with our results in prior periods and compare us and similar companies. This non-GAAP financial measure is provided as additional information to help our investors compare business trends among different reporting periods on a consistent basis and to enhance investors’ overall understanding of the historical and current financial performance of our continuing operations.

 

This non-GAAP financial measure should be considered in addition to results prepared in accordance with GAAP, but should not be considered a substitute for or superior to GAAP results. In addition, our calculation of this non-GAAP financial measure may be different from the calculation used by other companies, and therefore comparability may be limited.

 

The following table provides a reconciliation of net income to adjusted net income for the periods indicated:

 

     Nine Months
Ended September 30,

    Year Ended December 31,

 
     2011

     2010

    2010

    2009

     2008

 
     (in thousands)  

Reconciliation of Adjusted Net Income:

                                          

Net income

   $ 31,969       $ 16,678      $ 28,308      $ 13,528       $ 4,050   
    


  


 


 


  


Adjustments:

                                          

Stock-based compensation

     2,154         1,753        2,939        2,411         2,797   

Legal settlement(a)

     —           2,609        2,609        —           —     

Acquired intangible amortization

     639         752        999        895         654   

Goodwill write-off(b)

     1,697         —          —          —           —     

Write-off and recovery(c)

     —           (1,663     (1,686     —           1,814   
    


  


 


 


  


Adjusted net income

   $ 36,459       $ 20,129      $ 33,169      $ 16,834       $ 9,315   
    


  


 


 


  


 

  (a)   In September 2010, the Company entered into a settlement agreement and release with a former officer and his related parties. See Note 15 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
  (b)   Goodwill impairment and respective write-off is related to an impairment in the Other reportable segment. See Note 2 to our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
  (c)   Write-off and recovery is related to a single client receivable written off in 2008 and subsequently recovered in 2010.

 

    As of September 30,

    As of December 31,

 
    2011

    2010

    2010

    2009

    2008

 
    (in thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

                                       

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 67,399      $ 38,157      $ 54,004      $ 52,927      $ 30,658   

Accounts receivable, net

    50,927        30,417        41,488        27,450        28,224   

Unbilled revenues, net

    33,417        32,914        23,883        13,952        9,777   

Property and equipment, net

    34,063        24,642        25,338        23,053        19,136   

Total assets

    209,758        147,840        170,858        135,407        106,924   

Accrued expenses

    15,845        9,142        15,031        4,928        7,103   

Deferred revenue

    3,981        3,674        5,151        4,417        990   

Revolving line of credit

    —          —          —          7,000        —     

Total liabilities

    41,006        24,943        35,900        30,196        18,793   

Preferred stock; Series A-1 convertible redeemable preferred stock and Series A-2 convertible redeemable preferred stock

    85,940        68,377        68,377        87,413        82,990   

Total stockholders’ equity

  $ 82,679      $ 53,577      $ 66,249      $ 16,534      $ 4,098   

 

 

8


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

 

You should carefully consider the following risks and all of the other information set forth in this prospectus before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock. If any of the following risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition and results of operations would likely suffer. In such case, the trading price of our common stock could decline due to any of these risks, and you may lose all or part of your investment. In particular, forward-looking statements are inherently subject to risks and uncertainties, some of which cannot be predicted or quantified. See “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

 

Risks Relating to Our Business

 

We may be unable to effectively manage our rapid growth, which could place significant strain on our management personnel, systems and resources.

 

We have experienced rapid growth and significantly expanded our business recently. Our revenues grew from $160.6 million in 2008 to $221.8 million in 2010 and from $151.0 million in the first nine months of 2010 to $239.4 million in the first nine months of 2011. We have also supplemented our organic growth with strategic acquisitions. As of September 30, 2011, we had 6,554 IT professionals, as compared to 2,890 IT professionals as of December 31, 2007. We intend to continue our expansion in the foreseeable future to pursue existing and potential market opportunities.

 

Our rapid growth has placed and will continue to place significant demands on our management and our administrative, operational and financial infrastructure. Continued expansion increases the challenges we face in:

 

   

recruiting, training and retaining sufficiently skilled IT professionals and management personnel;

 

   

adhering to and further improving our high-quality and process execution standards and maintaining high levels of client satisfaction;

 

   

managing a larger number of clients in a greater number of industries and locations;

 

   

maintaining effective oversight of personnel and delivery centers;

 

   

preserving our culture, values and entrepreneurial environment; and

 

   

developing and improving our internal administrative infrastructure, particularly our financial, operational, communications and other internal systems.

 

Moreover, as we introduce new services or enter into new markets, we may face new market, technological and operational risks and challenges with which we are unfamiliar, and it may require substantial management efforts and skills to mitigate these risks and challenges. As a result of any of these problems associated with expansion, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

 

We may not be able to achieve anticipated growth, which could materially adversely affect our business and prospects.

 

We intend to continue our expansion in the foreseeable future to pursue existing and potential market opportunities. As we introduce new services or enter into new markets, we may face new market, technological and operational risks and challenges with which we are unfamiliar, and we may not be able to mitigate these risks and challenges to successfully grow those services or markets. We may not be able to achieve our anticipated growth, which could materially adversely affect our business and prospects.

 

If we fail to attract and retain highly skilled IT professionals, we may not have the necessary resources to properly staff projects, and failure to successfully compete for such IT professionals could materially adversely affect our ability to provide high quality services to our clients.

 

Our success depends largely on the contributions of our IT professionals and our ability to attract and retain qualified IT professionals. Competition for IT professionals in the markets in which we operate can be intense

 

9


Table of Contents

and, accordingly, we may not be able to retain or hire all of the IT professionals necessary to meet our ongoing and future business needs. Any reductions in headcount for economic or business reasons, however temporary, could negatively affect our reputation as an employer and our ability to hire IT professionals to meet our business requirements.

 

The total attrition rates among our IT professionals who have worked for us for at least six months were 10.9%, 11.2% and 9.4% for 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively. We may encounter higher attrition rates in the future. A significant increase in the attrition rate among IT professionals with specialized skills could decrease our operating efficiency and productivity and could lead to a decline in demand for our services. The competition for highly-skilled IT professionals may require us to increase salaries, and we may be unable to pass on these increased costs to our clients.

 

In addition, our ability to maintain and renew existing engagements and obtain new business will depend, in large part, on our ability to attract, train and retain skilled IT professionals, including experienced management IT professionals, which enables us to keep pace with growing demands for outsourcing, evolving industry standards and changing client preferences. If we are unable to attract and retain the highly-skilled IT professionals we need, we may have to forgo projects for lack of resources or be unable to staff projects optimally. Our failure to attract, train and retain IT professionals with the qualifications necessary to fulfill the needs of our existing and future clients or to assimilate new IT professionals successfully could materially adversely affect our ability to provide high quality services to our clients.

 

Increases in wages and other compensation expense for our IT professionals could prevent us from sustaining our competitive advantage.

 

Wage costs for IT professionals in CIS and CEE countries are lower than comparable wage costs in more developed countries. However, wage costs in the CIS and CEE IT services industry may increase at a faster rate than in the past, which ultimately may make us less competitive unless we are able to increase the efficiency and productivity of our IT professionals as well as the prices we can charge for our services. Increases in wage costs may reduce our profitability. In addition, the issuance of equity-based compensation to our IT professionals would also result in additional dilution to our stockholders.

 

Our success depends substantially on the continuing efforts of our senior executives and other key personnel, and our business may be severely disrupted if we lose their services.

 

Our future success heavily depends upon the continued services of our senior executives and other key employees. We currently do not maintain key man life insurance for any of the senior members of our management team or other key personnel. If one or more of our senior executives or key employees are unable or unwilling to continue in their present positions, it could disrupt our business operations, and we may not be able to replace them easily or at all. In addition, competition for senior executives and key personnel in our industry is intense, and we may be unable to retain our senior executives and key personnel or attract and retain new senior executives and key personnel in the future, in which case our business may be severely disrupted.

 

If any of our senior executives or key personnel joins a competitor or forms a competing company, we may lose clients, suppliers, know-how and key IT professionals and staff members to them. Also, if any of our business development managers, who generally keep a close relationship with our clients, joins a competitor or forms a competing company, we may lose clients, and our revenues may be materially adversely affected. Additionally, there could be unauthorized disclosure or use of our technical knowledge, practices or procedures by such personnel. If any dispute arises between our senior executives or key personnel and us, any non-competition, non-solicitation and non-disclosure agreements we have with our senior executives or key personnel might not provide effective protection to us, especially in CIS and CEE countries where some of our senior executives and most of our key employees reside, in light of uncertainties with legal systems in CIS and CEE countries.

 

10


Table of Contents

Emerging markets such as the CIS and CEE countries are subject to greater risks than more developed markets, including significant legal, economic, tax and political risks.

 

We have significant operations in CIS countries, including Belarus, Russia, Ukraine and Kazakhstan and in Hungary, which is a CEE country. Investors in emerging markets such as CIS and CEE countries should be aware that these markets are subject to greater risk than more developed markets, including in some cases significant legal, economic, tax and political risks. Investors should also note that emerging economies such as the economies of Belarus, Russia, Ukraine, Kazakhstan and Hungary are subject to rapid change and that the information set forth in this prospectus may become outdated relatively quickly. Accordingly, investors should exercise particular care in evaluating the risks involved and must decide for themselves whether, in light of those risks, an investment in our common stock is appropriate. See “—Risks Related to Conducting Business in the CIS and CEE Countries.”

 

We generate a significant portion of our revenues from a small number of clients, and any loss of business from these clients could materially reduce our revenues.

 

We have derived, and believe that in the foreseeable future we will continue to derive, a significant portion of our revenues from a small number of clients. During 2009, 2010 and the first nine months of 2011, our largest client, Thomson Reuters, accounted for over 10% of our revenues. In the aggregate, our top ten clients accounted for 36.8%, 35.3%, 42.6%, and 45.1% of our revenues in 2008, 2009, 2010 and the first nine months of 2011, respectively.

 

Our ability to maintain close relationships with these and other major clients is essential to the growth and profitability of our business. However, the volume of work performed for a specific client is likely to vary from year to year, especially since we generally are not our clients’ exclusive IT services provider and we do not have long-term commitments from any clients to purchase our services. A major client in one year may not provide the same level of revenues for us in any subsequent year. The IT services we provide to our clients, and the revenues and net income from those services, may decline or vary as the type and quantity of IT services we provide change over time. Furthermore, our reliance on any individual client for a significant portion of our revenues may give that client a certain degree of pricing leverage against us when negotiating contracts and terms of service.

 

In addition, a number of factors other than our performance could cause the loss of or reduction in business or revenues from a client, and these factors are not predictable. For example, a client may decide to reduce spending on technology services or sourcing from us due to a challenging economic environment or other factors, both internal and external, relating to its business. These factors, among others, may include corporate restructuring, pricing pressure, changes to its outsourcing strategy, switching to another IT services provider or returning work in-house.

 

The loss of any of our major clients, or a significant decrease in the volume of work they outsource to us or the price at which we sell our services to them, could materially adversely affect our revenues and thus our results of operations.

 

Our revenues, operating results and profitability may experience significant variability and, as a result, it may be difficult to make accurate financial forecasts.

 

Our revenues, operating results and profitability have varied in the past and are likely to vary in the future, which could make it difficult to make accurate financial forecasts. Factors that are likely to cause these variations include:

 

   

the number, timing, scope and contractual terms of IT projects in which we are engaged;

 

   

delays in project commencement or staffing delays due to difficulty in assigning appropriately skilled or experienced IT professionals;

 

11


Table of Contents
   

the accuracy of estimates of resources, time and fees required to complete fixed-price projects and costs incurred in the performance of each project;

 

   

changes in pricing in response to client demand and competitive pressures;

 

   

changes in the allocation of onsite and offshore staffing;

 

   

the business decisions of our clients regarding the use of our services;

 

   

the ability to further grow revenues from existing clients;

 

   

the available leadership and senior technical resources compared to junior engineering resources staffed on each project;

 

   

seasonal trends, primarily our hiring cycle and the budget and work cycles of our clients;

 

   

delays or difficulties in expanding our operational facilities or infrastructure;

 

   

the ratio of fixed-price contracts to time-and-materials contracts in process;

 

   

employee wage levels and increases in compensation costs, including timing of promotions and annual pay increases;

 

   

unexpected changes in the utilization rate of our IT professionals;

 

   

unanticipated contract or project terminations;

 

   

the timing of collection of accounts receivable;

 

   

the continuing financial stability of our clients; and

 

   

general economic conditions.

 

If we are unable to make accurate financial forecasts, it could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

We do not have long-term commitments from our clients, and our clients may terminate contracts before completion or choose not to renew contracts.

 

Our clients are generally not obligated for any long-term commitments to us. Although a substantial majority of our revenues are generated from repeated business, which we define as revenues from a client who also contributed to our revenues during the prior year, our engagements with our clients are typically for projects that are singular in nature. In addition, our clients can terminate many of our master services agreements and work orders with or without cause, and in most cases without any cancellation charge. Therefore, we must seek to obtain new engagements when our current engagements are successfully completed or are terminated as well as maintain relationships with existing clients and secure new clients to expand our business.

 

There are a number of factors relating to our clients that are outside of our control which might lead them to terminate a contract or project with us, including:

 

   

financial difficulties for the client;

 

   

a change in strategic priorities, resulting in elimination of the impetus for the project or a reduced level of technology spending;

 

   

a change in outsourcing strategy resulting in moving more work to the client’s in-house technology departments or to our competitors;

 

   

the replacement by our clients of existing software with packaged software supported by licensors; and

 

   

mergers and acquisitions or significant corporate restructurings.

 

12


Table of Contents

Failure to perform or observe any contractual obligations could result in cancellation or non-renewal of a contract, which could cause us to experience a higher than expected number of unassigned employees and an increase in our cost of revenues as a percentage of revenues, until we are able to reduce or reallocate our headcount. The ability of our clients to terminate agreements makes our future revenues uncertain. We may not be able to replace any client that elects to terminate or not renew its contract with us, which could materially adversely affect our revenues and thus our results of operations.

 

In addition, some of our agreements specify that if a change of control of our company occurs during the term of the agreement, the client has the right to terminate the agreement. If any future event triggers any change-of- control provision in our client contracts, these master services agreements may be terminated, which would result in loss of revenues.

 

Our revenues are highly dependent on clients primarily located in the United States and Europe. Worsening economic conditions or factors that negatively affect the economic health of the United States or Europe could reduce our revenues and thus adversely affect our results of operations.

 

The recent crisis in the financial and credit markets in North America, Europe and Asia led to a global economic slowdown, with the economies of those regions showing significant signs of weakness. The IT services industry is particularly sensitive to the economic environment, and tends to decline during general economic downturns. We derive a significant portion of our revenues from clients in North America and Europe. If the North American or European economies further weaken or slow, pricing for our services may be depressed and our clients may reduce or postpone their technology spending significantly, which may in turn lower the demand for our services and negatively affect our revenues and profitability.

 

The current financial crisis in Europe (including concerns that certain European countries may default in payments due on their national debt) and the resulting economic uncertainty could adversely impact our operating results unless and until economic conditions in Europe improve and the prospects of national debt defaults in Europe decline. To the extent that these adverse economic conditions continue or worsen, they will likely continue to have a number of negative effects on our business.

 

If we are unable to successfully anticipate changing economic and political conditions affecting the markets in which we operate, we may be unable to effectively plan for or respond to those changes, and our results of operations could be adversely affected.

 

Our profitability will suffer if we are not able to maintain our resource utilization levels and productivity levels.

 

Our profitability is significantly impacted by our utilization levels of fixed-cost resources, including human resources as well as other resources such as computers and office space, and our ability to increase our productivity levels. We have expanded our operations significantly in recent years through organic growth and strategic acquisitions, which has resulted in a significant increase in our headcount and fixed overhead costs.

 

Some of our IT professionals are specially trained to work for specific clients or on specific projects and some of our offshore development centers are dedicated to specific clients or specific projects. Our ability to manage our utilization levels depends significantly on our ability to hire and train high-performing IT professionals and to staff projects appropriately and on the general economy and its effect on our clients and their business decisions regarding the use of our services. If we experience a slowdown or stoppage of work for any client or on any project for which we have dedicated IT professionals or facilities, we may not be able to efficiently reallocate these IT professionals and facilities to other clients and projects to keep their utilization and productivity levels high. If we are not able to maintain optimal resource utilization levels without corresponding cost reductions or price increases, our profitability will suffer.

 

13


Table of Contents

We face intense competition from onshore and offshore IT services companies, and increased competition, our inability to compete successfully against competitors, pricing pressures or loss of market share could materially adversely affect our business.

 

The market for IT services is highly competitive, and we expect competition to persist and intensify. We believe that the principal competitive factors in our markets are reputation and track record, industry expertise, breadth and depth of service offerings, quality of the services offered, language, marketing and selling skills, scalability of infrastructure, ability to address clients’ timing requirements and price.

 

We face competition from offshore IT services providers in other outsourcing destinations with low wage costs such as India and China, as well as competition from large, global consulting and outsourcing firms and in-house IT departments of large corporations. Clients tend to engage multiple IT services providers instead of using an exclusive IT services provider, which could reduce our revenues to the extent that clients obtain services from other competing IT services providers. Clients may prefer IT services providers that have more locations or that are based in countries more cost-competitive or more stable than some CIS and CEE countries.

 

Our ability to compete successfully also depends in part on a number of factors beyond our control, including the ability of our competitors to recruit, train, develop and retain highly-skilled IT professionals, the price at which our competitors offer comparable services and our competitors’ responsiveness to client needs. Some of our present and potential competitors may have substantially greater financial, marketing or technical resources. Our current and potential competitors may also be able to respond more quickly to new technologies or processes and changes in client demands; may be able to devote greater resources towards the development, promotion and sale of their services than we can; and may also make strategic acquisitions or establish cooperative relationships among themselves or with third parties that increase their ability to address the needs of our clients. Client buying patterns can change if clients become more price sensitive and accepting of low-cost suppliers. Therefore, we cannot assure you that we will be able to retain our clients while competing against such competitors. Increased competition, our inability to compete successfully, pricing pressures or loss of market share could materially adversely affect our business.

 

We are investing substantial cash in new facilities and physical infrastructure, and our profitability could be reduced if our business does not grow proportionately.

 

We have made and continue to make significant contractual commitments related to capital expenditures on construction or expansion of our delivery centers, such as in Minsk, Belarus. We may encounter cost overruns or project delays in connection with new facilities. These expansions will likely increase our fixed costs and if we are unable to grow our business and revenues proportionately, our profitability may be reduced.

 

Our revenues are highly dependent on a limited number of industries, and any decrease in demand for outsourced services in these industries could reduce our revenues and adversely affect our results of operations.

 

A substantial portion of our clients are concentrated in five specific industry verticals: ISVs and Technology, Banking and Financial Services, Business Information and Media, Travel and Hospitality, and Retail and Consumer. Clients in ISVs and Technology accounted for 37.0%, 38.5%, 31.0%, and 26.7% of our revenues in 2008, 2009, 2010 and the first nine months of 2011, respectively. Clients in Banking and Financial Services accounted for 13.4%, 11.4%, 19.3%, and 22.5% of our revenues in 2008, 2009, 2010 and the first nine months of 2011, respectively. Our business growth largely depends on continued demand for our services from clients in these five industry verticals and other industries that we may target in the future, as well as on trends in these industries to outsource IT services.

 

A downturn in any of our targeted industries, a slowdown or reversal of the trend to outsource IT services in any of these industries or the introduction of regulations that restrict or discourage companies from outsourcing could result in a decrease in the demand for our services and materially adversely affect our business, financial

 

14


Table of Contents

condition and results of operations. For example, a worsening of economic conditions in the financial services industry and significant consolidation in that industry may reduce the demand for our services and negatively affect our revenues and profitability.

 

Other developments in the industries in which we operate may also lead to a decline in the demand for our services in these industries, and we may not be able to successfully anticipate and prepare for any such changes. For example, consolidation in any of these industries or acquisitions, particularly involving our clients, may decrease the potential number of buyers of our services. Our clients may experience rapid changes in their prospects, substantial price competition and pressure on their profitability. This, in turn, may result in increasing pressure on us from clients in these key industries to lower our prices, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

 

If we are not successful in managing increasingly large and complex projects, we may not achieve our financial goals and our results of operations could be adversely affected.

 

To successfully market our service offerings and obtain larger and more complex projects, we need to establish close relationships with our clients and develop a thorough understanding of their operations. In addition, we may face a number of challenges managing larger and more complex projects, including:

 

   

maintaining high-quality control and process execution standards;

 

   

maintaining planned resource utilization rates on a consistent basis;

 

   

maintaining productivity levels and implementing necessary process improvements;

 

   

controlling costs;

 

   

maintaining close client contact and high levels of client satisfaction; and

 

   

maintaining effective client relationships.

 

Our ability to successfully manage large and complex projects depends significantly on the skills of our management personnel and IT professionals, some of whom do not have experience managing large-scale or complex projects. In addition, large and complex projects may involve multiple engagements or stages, and there is a risk that a client may choose not to retain us for additional stages or may cancel or delay additional planned engagements. Such cancellations or delays may make it difficult to plan our project resource requirements. If we fail to successfully obtain engagements for large and complex projects, we may not achieve our revenue growth and other financial goals. Even if we are successful in obtaining such engagements, a failure by us to effectively manage these large and complex projects could damage our reputation, cause us to lose business, impact our margins and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

 

If we are unable to adapt to rapidly changing technologies, methodologies and evolving industry standards we may lose clients and our business could be materially adversely affected.

 

Rapidly changing technologies, methodologies and evolving industry standards characterize the market for our services. Our future success will depend in part upon our ability to anticipate developments in IT services, enhance our existing services and to develop and introduce new services to keep pace with such changes and developments and to meet changing client needs. The process of developing our client solutions is extremely complex and is expected to become increasingly complex and expensive in the future due to the introduction of new platforms, operating systems, technologies and methodologies. Our ability to keep up with technology, methodology and business changes is subject to a number of risks, including that:

 

   

we may find it difficult or costly to update our services, applications, tools and software and to develop new services quickly enough to meet our clients’ needs;

 

   

we may find it difficult or costly to make some features of our software work effectively and securely over the Internet or with new or changed operating systems;

 

15


Table of Contents
   

we may find it difficult or costly to update our software and services to keep pace with business, evolving industry standards, methodologies, regulatory and other developments in the industries where our clients operate; and

 

   

we may find it difficult to maintain a high level of quality in implementing new technologies and methodologies.

 

We may not be successful in anticipating or responding to these developments in a timely manner, or if we do respond, the services, technologies or methodologies we develop or implement may not be successful in the marketplace. Further, services, technologies or methodologies that are developed by our competitors may render our services non-competitive or obsolete. Our failure to enhance our existing services and to develop and introduce new services to promptly address the needs of our clients could cause us to lose clients and materially adversely affect our business.

 

We face risks associated with having a long selling and implementation cycle for our services that require us to make significant resource commitments prior to realizing revenues for those services.

 

We have a long selling cycle for our IT services, which requires significant investment of human resources and time by both our clients and us. Before committing to use our services, potential clients require us to expend substantial time and resources educating them on the value of our services and our ability to meet their requirements. Therefore, our selling cycle is subject to many risks and delays over which we have little or no control, including our clients’ decision to choose alternatives to our services (such as other IT services providers or in-house resources) and the timing of our clients’ budget cycles and approval processes. If our sales cycle unexpectedly lengthens for one or more large projects, it would negatively affect the timing of our revenues and hinder our revenues growth. For certain clients, we may begin work and incur costs prior to concluding the contract. A delay in our ability to obtain a signed agreement or other persuasive evidence of an arrangement, or to complete certain contract requirements in a particular quarter, could reduce our revenues in that quarter.

 

Implementing our services also involves a significant commitment of resources over an extended period of time from both our clients and us. Our clients may experience delays in obtaining internal approvals or delays associated with technology, thereby further delaying the implementation process. Our current and future clients may not be willing or able to invest the time and resources necessary to implement our services, and we may fail to close sales with potential clients to which we have devoted significant time and resources. Any significant failure to generate revenues or delays in recognizing revenues after incurring costs related to our sales or services process could materially adversely affect our business.

 

We may not be able to recognize revenues in the period in which our services are performed, which may cause our margins to fluctuate.

 

Our services are performed under both time-and-material and fixed-price contract arrangements. All revenues are recognized pursuant to applicable accounting standards. We recognize revenues when realized or realizable and earned, which is when the following criteria are met: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the sales price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. If there is an uncertainty about the project completion or receipt of payment for the services, revenues are deferred until the uncertainty is sufficiently resolved.

 

Additionally, we recognize revenues from fixed-price contracts based on the proportional performance method. In instances where final acceptance of the system or solution is specified by the client, revenues are deferred until all acceptance criteria have been met. In absence of a sufficient basis to measure progress towards completion, revenues are recognized upon receipt of final acceptance from the client. Our failure to meet all the acceptance criteria, or otherwise meet a client’s expectations, may result in our having to record the cost related to the performance of services in the period that services were rendered, but delay the timing of revenue recognition to a future period in which all acceptance criteria have been met.

 

16


Table of Contents

If our pricing structures are based on inaccurate expectations and assumptions regarding the cost and complexity of performing our work, then our contracts could be unprofitable.

 

We negotiate pricing terms with our clients utilizing a range of pricing structures and conditions. Our pricing is highly dependent on our internal forecasts and predictions about our projects and the marketplace, which might be based on limited data and could turn out to be inaccurate. If we do not accurately estimate the costs and timing for completing projects, our contracts could prove unprofitable for us. We face a number of risks when pricing our contracts, as many of our projects entail the coordination of operations and personnel in multiple locations with different skill sets and competencies. Our pricing and cost estimates for the work that we perform sometimes include anticipated long-term cost savings from transformational and other initiatives that we expect to achieve and sustain over the life of the contract. There is a risk that we will underprice our projects, particularly with fixed-price contracts, fail to accurately estimate the costs of performing the work or fail to accurately assess the risks associated with potential contracts. In particular, any increased or unexpected costs, delays or failures to achieve anticipated cost savings, or unexpected risks we encounter in connection with the performance of this work, including those caused by factors outside our control, could make these contracts less profitable or unprofitable.

 

In addition, a number of our contracts contain pricing terms that condition a portion of the payment of fees by the client on our ability to meet defined performance goals, service levels and completion schedules set forth in the contracts. Our failure to meet such performance goals, service levels or completion schedules or our failure to meet client expectations in such contracts may result in less profitable or unprofitable engagements.

 

Our profitability could suffer if we are not able to maintain favorable pricing rates.

 

Our profitability and operating results are dependent on the rates we are able to charge for our services. Our rates are affected by a number of factors, including:

 

   

our clients’ perception of our ability to add value through our services;

 

   

our competitors’ pricing policies;

 

   

bid practices of clients and their use of third-party advisors;

 

   

the mix of onsite and offshore staffing;

 

   

employee wage levels and increases in compensation costs, including timing of promotions and annual pay increases;

 

   

our ability to charge premium prices when justified by market demand or the type of service; and

 

   

general economic conditions.

 

If we are not able to maintain favorable pricing for our services, our profitability could suffer.

 

If we are unable to collect our receivables from, or bill our unbilled services to, our clients, our results of operations and cash flows could be materially adversely affected.

 

Our business depends on our ability to successfully obtain payment from our clients of the amounts they owe us for work performed. We usually bill and collect on relatively short cycles. We maintain allowances against receivables and unbilled services. Actual losses on client balances could differ from those that we currently anticipate and, as a result, we might need to adjust our allowances. There is no guarantee that we will accurately assess the creditworthiness of our clients. Weak macroeconomic conditions and related turmoil in the global financial system could also result in financial difficulties, including limited access to the credit markets, insolvency, or bankruptcy for our clients, and, as a result, could cause clients to delay payments to us, request modifications to their payment arrangements that could increase our receivables balance, or default on their payment obligations to us. Timely collection of client balances also depends on our ability to complete our contractual commitments and bill and collect our contracted revenues. If we are unable to meet our contractual

 

17


Table of Contents

requirements, we might experience delays in collection of and/or be unable to collect our client balances, and if this occurs, our results of operations and cash flows could be materially adversely affected. Moreover, in the event of delays in payment from our governmental and quasi-governmental clients, we may have difficulty collecting on receivables owed. In addition, if we experience an increase in the time to bill and collect for our services, our cash flows could be materially adversely affected.

 

Our ability to generate and retain business depends on our reputation in the marketplace.

 

Our services are marketed to clients and prospective clients based on a number of factors. Since many of our specific client engagements involve unique services and solutions, our corporate reputation is a significant factor in our clients’ evaluation of whether to engage our services. We believe the EPAM brand name and our reputation are important corporate assets that help distinguish our services from those of our competitors and also contribute to our efforts to recruit and retain talented employees. However, our corporate reputation is potentially susceptible to damage by actions or statements made by current or former clients, competitors, vendors, adversaries in legal proceedings, government regulators, as well as members of the investment community and the media. There is a risk that negative information about our company, even if based on false rumor or misunderstanding, could adversely affect our business. In particular, damage to our reputation could be difficult and time-consuming to repair, could make potential or existing clients reluctant to select us for new engagements, resulting in a loss of business, and could adversely affect our recruitment and retention efforts. Damage to our reputation could also reduce the value and effectiveness of the EPAM brand name and could reduce investor confidence in us.

 

We have incurred, and may continue to incur, significant stock-based compensation expenses which could adversely impact our net income.

 

We have granted certain options under our stock incentive plans and entered into certain other stock-based compensation arrangements in the past, as a result of which we have recorded $2.8 million, $2.4 million and $2.9 million as stock-based compensation expenses for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively, and $1.8 million and $2.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2011, respectively.

 

GAAP prescribes how we account for stock-based compensation which could adversely or negatively impact our results of operations or the price of our common stock. GAAP requires us to recognize stock-based compensation as compensation expense in the statement of operations generally based on the fair value of equity awards on the date of the grant, with compensation expense recognized over the period in which the recipient is required to provide service in exchange for the equity award. The expenses associated with stock-based compensation may reduce the attractiveness of issuing equity awards under our equity incentive plan. However, if we do not grant equity awards, or if we reduce the number of equity awards we grant, we may not be able to attract and retain key personnel. If we grant more equity awards to attract and retain key personnel, the expenses associated with such additional equity awards could materially adversely affect our results of operations.

 

Our effective tax rate could be materially adversely affected by several factors.

 

We conduct business globally and file income tax returns in multiple jurisdictions. Our effective tax rate could be materially adversely affected by several factors, including changes in the amount of income taxed by or allocated to the various jurisdictions in which we operate that have differing statutory tax rates; changing tax laws, regulations and interpretations of such tax laws in multiple jurisdictions; and the resolution of issues arising from tax audits or examinations and any related interest or penalties.

 

We report our results of operations based on our determination of the amount of taxes owed in the various jurisdictions in which we operate. We have transfer pricing arrangements among our subsidiaries in relation to various aspects of our business, including operations, marketing, sales and delivery functions. U.S. transfer pricing regulations, as well as regulations applicable in CIS and CEE countries in which we operate, require that

 

18


Table of Contents

any international transaction involving associated enterprises be on arm’s-length terms. We consider the transactions among our subsidiaries to be on arm’s-length terms. The determination of our consolidated provision for income taxes and other tax liabilities requires estimation, judgment and calculations where the ultimate tax determination may not be certain. Our determination of tax liability is always subject to review or examination by authorities in various jurisdictions.

 

If a tax authority in any jurisdiction reviews any of our tax returns and proposes an adjustment, including as a result of a determination that the transfer prices and terms we have applied are not appropriate, such an adjustment could have a negative impact on our business. The U.S. Internal Revenue Service has begun an examination of our federal income tax returns for the tax year ended December 31, 2008, and the State of New Jersey Division of Taxation has begun an examination of our state returns for tax years ended December 31, 2007 through 2011. The results from these and other tax examinations and audits may differ from the liabilities recorded in our consolidated financial statements and could materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

 

Our earnings could be adversely affected if we change our intent not to repatriate earnings in the CIS and CEE or such earnings become subject to U.S. tax on a current basis.

 

We do not accrue incremental U.S. taxes on all CIS and CEE earnings as these earnings (as well as other foreign earnings for all periods) are considered to be indefinitely reinvested outside of the United States. While we have no plans to do so, events may occur in the future that could effectively force us to change our intent not to repatriate our foreign earnings. If we change our intent and repatriate such earnings, we will have to accrue the applicable amount of taxes associated with such earnings and pay taxes at a substantially higher rate than our effective income tax rate in 2010. These increased taxes could materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

 

Our operating results may be negatively impacted by the loss of certain tax benefits provided by the governments of Belarus, Hungary and Russia to companies in our industry.

 

Our subsidiary in Belarus is a member of the Belarus Hi-Tech Park, in which member technology companies are exempt or levied at a reduced rate on a variety of taxes, including a 100% exemption from Belarusian income tax (which as of the date of this prospectus was 24%) and an exemption from the value added tax, for a period of 15 consecutive years effective July 1, 2006. In addition, our subsidiary in Hungary benefits from a tax credit of 10% of qualified salaries, taken over a four-year period, for up to 70% of the total tax due for that period. We have been able to take the full 70% credit for 2007, 2008, 2009 and 2010. Our subsidiary in Russia benefits from a substantially reduced rate on social contributions and an exemption on value added tax in certain circumstances, which is a benefit to qualified IT companies in Russia. If the tax holiday relating to our Belarusian subsidiary, the tax incentives relating to our Hungarian subsidiary or the lower tax rates and social contributions relating to our Russian subsidiary are changed, terminated, not extended or comparable new tax incentives are not introduced, we expect that our effective income tax rate and/or our operating expenses would increase significantly, which could materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Certain Income Statement Line Items—Provision for Income Taxes.”

 

Our ability to expand our business and procure new contracts or enter into beneficial business arrangements could be affected by non-competition clauses in our agreements with existing clients.

 

Some of our agreements with clients contain time-based restrictions on reassigning personnel from those clients’ accounts to the accounts of competitors of such clients. These clauses may restrict our ability to offer services to different clients in a specific industry or market. For example, we have agreed that, for periods ranging from six months to one year after the completion of either the services we have provided to certain clients or the termination of our service agreements with such clients, we will not assign any of our employees that have worked on services or projects for such clients to the development or distribution of any services or projects that compete directly or indirectly with the services or projects that we have provided such clients. Moreover, we may in the future enter into agreements with clients that restrict our ability to accept assignments from, or render similar services to, those clients’ customers, require us to obtain our clients’ prior written consent to provide services to their customers or restrict our

 

19


Table of Contents

ability to compete with our clients, or bid for or accept any assignment which our client is bidding for or is negotiating. These restrictions may hamper our ability to compete for and provide services to other clients in a specific industry in which we have expertise and could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Our agreement with one of our largest clients gives it the option to assume the operations of one of our offshore development centers, and the exercise of that option could result in a loss of future revenues and adversely affect our results of operations.

 

During the four-year term of our agreement with one of our largest clients, which ends in December 2014 unless extended by the client, the client is entitled to request us to transfer to it or its designees all of the operating relationships, including employment relationships with the employees dedicated to the offshore development center and contracts with subcontractors, at a pre-determined transfer price dependent on the experience level of the transferred employee and the duration such employee worked on projects for the client. We are required to transfer assets that have already been financed by the client under our agreement, such as our offshore development center dedicated to the client, at a de minimis pre-agreed price. Since our client has already financed such assets, the carrying value of such assets is de minimis. In addition to the above amounts, the client is also required to pay a negotiated value or book value for the assets to be transferred that have not already been financed by the client. This client accounted for 2.9% and 6.1% of our revenues in 2010 and the first nine months of 2011, respectively. In addition, under our agreement, the client has the right to step in and take over all or part of the offshore development center in certain instances, including if we are in material default under certain provisions of our agreement, such as those related to the level or quality of our services, or the client has determined it is otherwise obliged to do so in emergencies or for regulatory reasons. In the event the client takes over any services we provide under our agreement, it will not be obligated to pay us for the provision of those services. If the client exercises these rights, we would lose future revenues related to the services we provide to the client, as well as lose some of our assets and key employees, and our losses may not be fully covered by the contractual payment, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

 

Undetected software design defects, errors or failures may result in loss of or delay in market acceptance of our services or in liabilities that could materially adversely affect our business.

 

Our software development solutions involve a high degree of technological complexity and have unique specifications and could contain design defects or software errors that are difficult to detect and correct. Errors or defects may result in the loss of current clients and loss of, or delay in, revenues, loss of market share, loss of client data, a failure to attract new clients or achieve market acceptance, diversion of development resources and increased support or service costs. We cannot assure you that, despite testing by us and our clients, errors will not be found in new software product development solutions, which could result in litigation and other claims for damages against us and thus could materially adversely affect our business.

 

Disruptions in internet infrastructure, telecommunications or significant failure in our IT systems could harm our service model, which could result in a reduction of our revenue.

 

Part of our service model is to maintain active voice and data communications, financial control, accounting, customer service and other data processing systems between our clients’ offices, our delivery centers and our client management locations (including our headquarters in Newtown, PA). Our business activities may be materially disrupted in the event of a partial or complete failure of any of these internet, IT or communication systems, which could be caused by, among other things, software malfunction, computer virus attacks, conversion errors due to system upgrading, damage from fire, earthquake, power loss, telecommunications failure, unauthorized entry, demands placed on internet infrastructure by growing numbers of users and time spent online or increased bandwidth requirements or other events beyond our control. Loss of all or part of the infrastructure or systems for a period of time could hinder our performance or our ability to complete client projects on time which, in turn, could lead to a reduction of our revenue or otherwise materially adversely affect our business and business reputation.

 

20


Table of Contents

Our computer networks may be vulnerable to security risks that could disrupt our services and cause us to incur losses or liabilities that could adversely affect our business.

 

Our computer networks may be vulnerable to unauthorized access, computer hackers, computer viruses, worms, malicious applications and other security problems caused by unauthorized access to, or improper use of, systems by third parties or employees. A hacker who circumvents security measures could misappropriate proprietary information, including personally identifiable information, or cause interruptions or malfunctions in our operations. Although we intend to continue to implement security measures, computer attacks or disruptions may jeopardize the security of information stored in and transmitted through our computer systems. Actual or perceived concerns that our systems may be vulnerable to such attacks or disruptions may deter our clients from using our solutions or services. As a result, we may be required to expend significant resources to protect against the threat of these security breaches or to alleviate problems caused by these breaches.

 

Data networks are also vulnerable to attacks, unauthorized access and disruptions. For example, in a number of public networks, hackers have bypassed firewalls and misappropriated confidential information, including personally identifiable information. It is possible that, despite existing safeguards, an employee could misappropriate our clients’ proprietary information or data, exposing us to a risk of loss or litigation and possible liability. Losses or liabilities that are incurred as a result of any of the foregoing could adversely affect our business.

 

If we cause disruptions to our clients’ businesses or provide inadequate service, our clients may have claims for substantial damages against us, which could cause us to lose clients, have a negative effect on our reputation and adversely affect our results of operations.

 

If our IT professionals make errors in the course of delivering services to our clients or fail to consistently meet service requirements of a client, these errors or failures could disrupt the client’s business, which could result in a reduction in our revenues or a claim for substantial damages against us. In addition, a failure or inability to meet a contractual requirement could seriously damage our reputation and affect our ability to attract new business.

 

The services we provide are often critical to our clients’ businesses. Certain of our client contracts require us to comply with security obligations including maintaining network security and backup data, ensuring our network is virus-free, maintaining business continuity planning procedures, and verifying the integrity of employees that work with our clients by conducting background checks. Any failure in a client’s system or breach of security relating to the services we provide to the client could damage our reputation or result in a claim for substantial damages against us. Any significant failure of our equipment or systems, or any major disruption to basic infrastructure like power and telecommunications in the locations in which we operate, could impede our ability to provide services to our clients, have a negative impact on our reputation, cause us to lose clients, and adversely affect our results of operations.

 

Under our contracts with our clients, our liability for breach of our obligations is in some cases limited pursuant to the terms of the contract. Such limitations may be unenforceable or otherwise may not protect us from liability for damages. In addition, certain liabilities, such as claims of third parties for which we may be required to indemnify our clients, are generally not limited under our contracts. The successful assertion of one or more large claims against us in amounts greater than those covered by our current insurance policies could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Even if such assertions against us are unsuccessful, we may incur reputational harm and substantial legal fees.

 

Our subcontracting practices may expose us to technical uncertainties, potential liabilities and reputational harm.

 

In order to meet our personnel needs, increase workforce flexibility, and improve pricing competitiveness, we use subcontractors and freelancers primarily to perform short-term assignments in certain specialty areas or on other projects where it is impractical to use our employees, or where we need to supplement our resources.

 

21


Table of Contents

We also use subcontractors for internal assignments, such as assisting in development of internal systems, recruiting, training, human resources consulting and administration, and other similar support functions. Despite certain advantages of subcontracting, such arrangements also give rise to a number of risks.

 

Although we try to source competent and credible third parties as our subcontractors, they may not be able to deliver the level of service that our clients expect us to deliver. Furthermore, we enter into confidentiality agreements with our subcontractors, but we cannot guarantee that they will not breach the confidentiality of us or our clients and misappropriate our or our clients’ proprietary information and technology in the course of providing service. We, as the party to the contract with the client, are directly responsible for the losses our subcontractors cause our clients. Under the subcontracting agreements we enter into, our subcontractors generally promise to indemnify us for damages caused by their breach, but we may be unable to collect under these agreements. Moreover, their breaches may damage our reputation, cause us to lose existing business and adversely affect our ability to acquire new business in the future.

 

There may be adverse tax and employment law consequences if the independent contractor status of our IT professionals or the exempt status of our employees is successfully challenged.

 

Some of our IT professionals are retained as independent contractors. Although we believe that we have properly classified these individuals as independent contractors, there is nevertheless a risk that the IRS or another federal, state, provincial or foreign authority will take a different view. Furthermore, the tests governing the determination of whether an individual is considered to be an independent contractor or an employee are typically fact sensitive and vary from jurisdiction to jurisdiction. Laws and regulations that govern the status and misclassification of independent contractors are subject to change or interpretation by various authorities. If a federal, state, provincial or foreign authority or court enacts legislation or adopts regulations that change the manner in which employees and independent contractors are classified or makes any adverse determination with respect to some or all of our independent contractors, we could incur significant costs under such laws and regulations, including for prior periods, in respect of tax withholding, social security taxes or payments, workers’ compensation and unemployment contributions, and recordkeeping, or we may be required to modify our business model, any of which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. There is also a risk that we may be subject to significant monetary liabilities arising from fines or judgments as a result of any such actual or alleged non-compliance with federal, state, provincial or foreign tax laws. Further, if it were determined that any of our independent contractors should be treated as employees, we could possibly incur additional liabilities under our applicable employee benefit plans.

 

In addition, we have classified all of our U.S. employees as “exempt” under the Federal Labor Standards Act, or the FLSA. If it were determined that any of our U.S. employees should be classified as “non-exempt” under the FLSA, we may incur costs and liabilities for back wages, unpaid overtime, fines or penalties and/or be subject to employee litigation.

 

Our insurance coverage may be inadequate to protect us against losses.

 

Although we maintain some insurance coverage, including professional liability insurance, property insurance coverage for certain of our facilities and equipment and business interruption insurance coverage for certain of our operations, we do not insure for all risks in our operations. If any claims for injury are brought against us, or if we experience any business disruption, litigation or natural disaster, we might incur substantial costs and diversion of resources.

 

Most of the agreements we have entered into with our clients require us to purchase and maintain specified insurance coverage during the terms of the agreements, including commercial general insurance or public liability insurance, umbrella insurance, product liability insurance, and workers’ compensation insurance. Some of these types of insurance are not available on reasonable terms or at all in CIS and CEE countries. Although to date no client has brought any claims against us for such failure, our clients have the right to terminate these agreements as a result of such failure.

 

22


Table of Contents

Our business could be negatively affected if we incur legal liability, including with respect to our indemnification obligations, in connection with providing our solutions and services.

 

If we fail to meet our contractual obligations or otherwise breach obligations to our clients, we could be subject to legal liability. We may enter into non-standard agreements because we perceive an important economic opportunity or because our personnel did not adequately adhere to our guidelines. In addition, the contracting practices of our competitors may cause contract terms and conditions that are unfavorable to us to become standard in the marketplace. If we cannot or do not perform our obligations, we could face legal liability and our contracts might not always protect us adequately through limitations on the scope and/or amount of our potential liability. If we cannot, or do not, meet our contractual obligations to provide solutions and services, and if our exposure is not adequately limited through the terms of our agreements, we might face significant legal liability and our financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

 

In the normal course of business and in conjunction with certain client engagements, we have entered into contractual arrangements through which we may be obligated to indemnify clients or other parties with whom we conduct business with respect to certain matters. These arrangements can include provisions whereby we agree to defend and hold the indemnified party and certain of their affiliates harmless with respect to claims related to matters including our breach of certain representations, warranties or covenants, or out of our intellectual property infringement, our gross negligence or willful misconduct, and certain other claims. Payments by us under any of these arrangements are generally conditioned on the client making a claim and providing us with full control over the defense and settlement of such claim. It is not possible to determine the maximum potential amount under these indemnification agreements due to the unique facts and circumstances involved in each particular agreement, and any claims under these agreements may not be subject to liability limits or exclusion of consequential, indirect or punitive damages. Historically, we have not made payments under these indemnification agreements so they have not had any impact on our operating results, financial position, or cash flows. However, if events arise requiring us to make payment for indemnification claims under our indemnification obligations in contracts we have entered, such payments could have a material impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

We may be liable to our clients for damages caused by a violation of intellectual property rights, the disclosure of other confidential information, including personally identifiable information, system failures, errors or unsatisfactory performance of services, and our insurance policies may not be sufficient to cover these damages.

 

We often have access to, and are required to collect and store, sensitive or confidential client information, including personally identifiable information. Some of our client agreements do not limit our potential liability for breaches of confidentiality, infringement indemnity and certain other matters. Furthermore, breaches of confidentiality may entitle the aggrieved party to equitable remedies, including injunctive relief. If any person, including any of our employees, penetrates our network security or misappropriates sensitive or confidential client information, including personally identifiable information, we could be subject to significant liability from our clients or from our clients’ customers for breaching contractual confidentiality provisions or privacy laws. The protection of the intellectual property rights and other confidential information or personally identifiable information of our clients is particularly important for us since our operations are mainly based in CIS and CEE countries. CIS and CEE countries have not traditionally enforced intellectual property protection to the same extent as countries such as the United States. Despite measures we take to protect the intellectual property and other confidential information or personally identifiable information of our clients, unauthorized parties, including our employees and subcontractors, may attempt to misappropriate certain intellectual property rights that are proprietary to our clients or otherwise breach our clients’ confidences. Unauthorized disclosure of sensitive or confidential client information, including personally identifiable information, or a violation of intellectual property rights, whether through employee misconduct, breach of our computer systems, systems failure or otherwise, may subject us to liabilities, damage our reputation and cause us to lose clients.

 

23


Table of Contents

Many of our contracts involve projects that are critical to the operations of our clients’ businesses and provide benefits to our clients that may be difficult to quantify. Any failure in a client’s system or any breach of security could result in a claim for substantial damages against us, regardless of our responsibility for such failure. Furthermore, any errors by our employees in the performance of services for a client, or poor execution of such services, could result in a client terminating our engagement and seeking damages from us.

 

Although we attempt to limit our contractual liability for consequential damages in rendering our services, these limitations on liability may not apply in all circumstances, may be unenforceable in some cases, or may be insufficient to protect us from liability for damages. There may be instances when liabilities for damages are greater than the insurance coverage we hold and we will have to internalize those losses, damages and liabilities not covered by our insurance.

 

We may not be able to prevent unauthorized use of our intellectual property, and our intellectual property rights may not be adequate to protect our business and competitive position.

 

We rely on a combination of copyright, trademark, unfair competition and trade secret laws, as well as confidentiality agreements and other methods to protect our intellectual property rights. As of September 30, 2011, we had registered intellectual property consisting of 13 U.S. trademarks, two non-U.S. trademarks, one Russian copyright and 60 active domain names. Implementation of intellectual property-related laws in CIS and CEE countries has historically been lacking, primarily because of ambiguities in the laws and difficulties in enforcement. Accordingly, protection of intellectual property rights and confidentiality in CIS and CEE countries may not be as effective as that in the United States or other countries.

 

To protect our and our clients’ proprietary information and other intellectual property, we require our employees, independent contractors, vendors and clients to enter into written confidentiality agreements with us. These agreements may not provide meaningful protection for trade secrets, know-how or other proprietary information in the event of any unauthorized use, misappropriation or disclosure of such trade secrets, know-how or other proprietary information. Policing unauthorized use of proprietary technology is difficult and expensive. The steps we have taken may be inadequate to prevent the misappropriation of our and our clients’ proprietary technology. Reverse engineering, unauthorized copying or other misappropriation of our and our clients’ proprietary technologies, tools and applications could enable third parties to benefit from our or our clients’ technologies, tools and applications without paying us for doing so, and our clients may hold us liable for that act and seek damages and compensation from us, which could harm our business and competitive position.

 

We rely on our trademarks, trade names, service marks and brand names to distinguish our services and solutions from the services of our competitors, and have registered or applied to register several of these trademarks. We cannot assure you that our trademark applications will be approved. Third parties may oppose our trademark applications, or otherwise challenge our use of our trademarks. For instance, in 2005, we entered into a Consent of Use and Settlement Agreement that allowed a third party to use the mark “ePAM” (as capitalized in the foregoing) and restricted our ability to do so. For more information see “Business—Intellectual Property.” In the event that our trademarks are successfully challenged, we could be forced to rebrand our services and solutions, which could result in loss of brand recognition, and could require us to devote resources to advertising and marketing new brands. Further, we cannot assure you that competitors will not infringe our trademarks, or that we will have adequate resources to enforce our trademarks.

 

We may need to enforce our intellectual property rights through litigation. Litigation relating to our intellectual property may not prove successful and might result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and management attention.

 

In addition, we rely on certain third-party software to conduct our business. If we lose the licenses which permit us to use such software, they may be difficult to replace and it may be costly to do so.

 

24


Table of Contents

We may face intellectual property infringement claims that could be time-consuming and costly to defend. If we fail to defend ourselves against such claims, we may lose significant intellectual property rights and may be unable to continue providing our existing services.

 

Our success largely depends on our ability to use and develop our technology, tools, code, methodologies and services without infringing the intellectual property rights of third parties, including patents, copyrights, trade secrets and trademarks. We may be subject to litigation involving claims of patent infringement or violation of other intellectual property rights of third parties. We typically indemnify clients who purchase our services and solutions against potential infringement of intellectual property rights, which subjects us to the risk of indemnification claims. These claims may require us to initiate or defend protracted and costly litigation on behalf of our clients, regardless of the merits of these claims and are often not subject to liability limits or exclusion of consequential, indirect or punitive damages. If any of these claims succeed, we may be forced to pay damages on behalf of our clients, redesign or cease offering our allegedly infringing services or solutions, or obtain licenses for the intellectual property such services or solutions allegedly infringe. If we cannot obtain all necessary licenses on commercially reasonable terms, our clients may be forced to stop using our services or solutions.

 

The holders of patents and other intellectual property rights potentially relevant to our service offerings may make it difficult for us to acquire a license on commercially acceptable terms. Also, we may be unaware of intellectual property registrations or applications relating to our services that may give rise to potential infringement claims against us. There may also be technologies licensed to and relied on by us that are subject to infringement or other corresponding allegations or claims by third parties which may damage our ability to rely on such technologies.

 

Further, our current and former employees and/or subcontractors could challenge our exclusive rights in the software they have developed in the course of their employment. In Russia and certain other countries in which we operate, an employer is deemed to own the copyright in works created by its employees during the course, and within the scope, of their employment, but the employer may be required to satisfy additional legal requirements in order to make further use and dispose of such works. While we believe that we have complied with all such requirements, and have fulfilled all requirements necessary to acquire all rights in software developed by our independent contractors and/or subcontractors, these requirements are often ambiguously defined and enforced. As a result, we cannot assure that we would be successful in defending against any claim by our current or former employees, independent contractors and/or subcontractors challenging our exclusive rights over the use and transfer of works those employees, independent contractors and/or subcontractors created or requesting additional compensation for such works.

 

We are subject to additional risks as a result of our recent and possible future acquisitions and the hiring of new employees who may misappropriate intellectual property from their former employers. The developers of the technology that we have acquired or may acquire may not have appropriately created, maintained or enforced intellectual property rights in such technology. Indemnification and other rights under acquisition documents may be limited in term and scope and may therefore provide little or no protection from these risks. Parties making infringement claims may be able to obtain an injunction to prevent us from delivering our services or using technology involving the allegedly infringing intellectual property. Intellectual property litigation is expensive and time-consuming and could divert management’s attention from our business. A successful infringement claim against us, whether with or without merit, could, among others things, require us to pay substantial damages, develop non-infringing technology, or rebrand our name or enter into royalty or license agreements that may not be available on acceptable terms, if at all, and would require us to cease making, licensing or using products that have infringed a third party’s intellectual property rights. Protracted litigation could also result in existing or potential clients deferring or limiting their purchase or use of our software product development services or solutions until resolution of such litigation, or could require us to indemnify our clients against infringement claims in certain instances. Any intellectual property claim or litigation in this area, whether we ultimately win or lose, could damage our reputation and materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

25


Table of Contents

Our global operations expose us to numerous and sometimes conflicting legal and regulatory requirements, and violations or unfavorable interpretation by authorities of these regulations could harm our business.

 

Because we provide IT services to clients throughout the world, we are subject to numerous, and sometimes conflicting, legal rules on matters as diverse as import/export controls, content requirements, trade restrictions, tariffs, taxation, sanctions, government affairs, internal and disclosure control obligations, data privacy and labor relations, particularly in the CIS and CEE countries in which we operate. Our systems and operations are located almost entirely in the CIS and CEE and laws and regulations that are applicable to us, but not to our competitors, may impede our ability to develop and offer services that compete effectively with those offered by our non-CIS or -CEE based competitors and generally available worldwide. Violations of these laws or regulations in the conduct of our business could result in fines, criminal sanctions against us or our officers, prohibitions on doing business, damage to our reputation and other unintended consequences such as liability for monetary damages, fines and/or criminal prosecution, unfavorable publicity, restrictions on our ability to process information and allegations by our clients that we have not performed our contractual obligations. Due to the varying degrees of development of the legal systems of the countries in which we operate, local laws might be insufficient to protect our rights. Our failure to comply with applicable legal and regulatory requirements could materially adversely affect our business.

 

We are subject to laws and regulations in the United States and other countries in which we operate concerning our operations, including export restrictions, U.S. economic sanctions and the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or FCPA, and similar anti-bribery laws. If we are not in compliance with applicable legal requirements, we may be subject to civil or criminal penalties and other remedial measures.

 

Our operations are subject to laws and regulations restricting our operations, including activities involving restricted countries, organizations, entities and persons that have been identified as unlawful actors or that are subject to U.S. sanctions imposed by the Office of Foreign Assets Control, or OFAC, or other international economic sanctions that prohibit us from engaging in trade or financial transactions with certain countries, businesses, organizations and individuals. We are subject to the FCPA, which prohibits U.S. companies and their intermediaries from bribing foreign officials for the purpose of obtaining or keeping business or otherwise obtaining favorable treatment, and other laws concerning our international operations. The FCPA’s foreign counterparts contain similar prohibitions, although varying in both scope and jurisdiction. We operate in many parts of the world that have experienced governmental corruption to some degree, and, in certain circumstances, strict compliance with anti-bribery laws may conflict with local customs and practices.

 

We are currently in the process of developing and implementing formal controls and procedures to ensure that we are in compliance with the FCPA, OFAC sanctions, and similar sanctions, laws and regulations. The implementation of such procedures may be time consuming and expensive, and could result in the discovery of issues or violations with respect to the foregoing by us or our employees, independent contractors, subcontractors or agents of which we were previously unaware.

 

Any violations of these laws, regulations and procedures by our employees, independent contractors, subcontractors and agents could expose us to administrative, civil or criminal penalties, fines or restrictions on export activities (including other U.S. laws and regulations as well as foreign and local laws) and would adversely affect our reputation and the market for shares of our common stock and may require certain of our investors to disclose their investment in our company under certain state laws. If we are not in compliance with export restrictions, U.S. or international economic sanctions or other laws and regulations that apply to our operations, we may be subject to civil or criminal penalties and other remedial measures.

 

Anti-outsourcing legislation, if adopted, could harm our ability to compete effectively and impair our ability to service our clients.

 

The issue of companies outsourcing services to organizations operating in other countries is a topic of political discussion in many countries, including the United States, which is our largest source of revenues. Many

 

26


Table of Contents

organizations and public figures in the United States and Europe have publicly expressed concern about a perceived association between offshore outsourcing IT services providers and the loss of jobs in their home countries. For example, measures aimed at limiting or restricting outsourcing by U.S. companies are periodically considered in Congress and in numerous state legislatures to address concerns over the perceived association between offshore outsourcing and the loss of jobs in the United States. A number of U.S. states have passed legislation that restricts state government entities from outsourcing certain work to offshore IT services providers. Given the ongoing debate over this issue, the introduction and consideration of other restrictive legislation is possible. If enacted, such measures may broaden restrictions on outsourcing by federal and state government agencies and on government contracts with firms that outsource services directly or indirectly, impact private industry with measures such as tax disincentives or intellectual property transfer restrictions, and/or restrict the use of certain business visas. In the event that any of these measures becomes law, our ability to service our clients could be impaired and our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

 

Legislation enacted in certain European jurisdictions and any future legislation in Europe or any other country in which we have clients restricting the performance of services from an offshore location could also materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. For example, legislation enacted in the United Kingdom, based on the 1977 EC Acquired Rights Directive, has been adopted in some form by many European Union countries, and provides that if a company outsources all or part of its business to an IT services provider or changes its current IT services provider, the affected employees of the company or of the previous IT services provider are entitled to become employees of the new IT services provider, generally on the same terms and conditions as their original employment. In addition, dismissals of employees who were employed by the company or the previous IT services provider immediately prior to that transfer are automatically considered unfair dismissals that entitle such employees to compensation. As a result, in order to avoid unfair dismissal claims, we may have to offer, and become liable for, voluntary redundancy payments to the employees of our clients who outsource business to us in the United Kingdom and other European Union countries who have adopted similar laws. This legislation could materially affect our ability to obtain new business from companies in the United Kingdom and European Union and to provide outsourced services to companies in the United Kingdom and European Union in a cost-effective manner.

 

In addition, from time to time, there has been publicity about negative experiences associated with offshore outsourcing, such as theft and misappropriation of sensitive client data. Current or prospective clients may elect to perform certain services themselves or may be discouraged from transferring services from onshore to offshore IT services providers to avoid negative perceptions that may be associated with using an offshore IT services provider. Any slowdown or reversal of the existing industry trends toward offshore outsourcing would seriously harm our ability to compete effectively with competitors that provide services from within the country in which our clients operate.

 

Our international sales and operations are subject to many uncertainties.

 

Revenues from clients outside North America represented 45.5% of our revenues for 2010 and 48.3% for the nine months ended September 30, 2011. We anticipate that clients outside North America will continue to account for a material portion of our revenues in the foreseeable future and may increase as we expand our international presence, particularly in Europe and the CIS. In addition, the majority of our employees, along with our development and delivery centers, are located in the CIS and CEE. As a result, we may be subject to risks inherently associated with international operations, including risks associated with foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations, which may cause volatility in our reported income, and risks associated with the application and imposition of protective legislation and regulations relating to import or export or otherwise resulting from foreign policy or the variability of foreign economic conditions.

 

Additional risks associated with international operations include difficulties in enforcing intellectual property and/or contractual rights, the burdens of complying with a wide variety of foreign laws, potentially adverse tax consequences, tariffs, quotas and other barriers and potential difficulties in collecting accounts

 

27


Table of Contents

receivable. In addition, we may face competition in other countries from companies that may have more experience with operations in such countries or with international operations. Additionally, such companies may have long-standing or well-established relationships with desired clients, which may put us at a competitive disadvantage. We may also face difficulties integrating new facilities in different countries into our existing operations, as well as integrating employees that we hire in different countries into our existing corporate culture. Our international expansion plans may not be successful and we may not be able to compete effectively in other countries. There can be no assurance that these and other factors will not impede the success of our international expansion plans or limit our ability to compete effectively in other countries.

 

Restrictions on immigration may affect our ability to compete for and provide services to clients in the United States or other countries, which could hamper our growth and cause our revenues to decline.

 

The vast majority of our employees are nationals of CIS and CEE countries. Some of our projects require a portion of the work to be undertaken at our clients’ facilities which are sometimes located outside the CIS and CEE. The ability of our employees to work in the United States, Europe, the CIS and other countries outside the CIS and CEE depends on their ability to obtain the necessary visas and work permits. Historically, the process for obtaining visas for nationals of CIS and CEE countries to certain countries, including the United States and Europe, has been lengthy and cumbersome. Immigration laws in the United States and in other countries are subject to legislative change, as well as to variations in standards of application and enforcement due to political forces and economic conditions. Particularly given the recent global economic downturn, it is possible that there could be a change in the existing laws or the enactment of new legislation imposing restrictions on the deployment of work visa holders at client locations, which could adversely impact our ability to do business in the jurisdictions in which we have clients. However, it is generally difficult to predict the political and economic events that could affect immigration laws, or the restrictive impact they could have on obtaining or maintaining business visas for our employees. Our reliance on visas for a number of employees makes us vulnerable to such changes and variations as it affects our ability to staff projects with employees who are not citizens of the country where the work is to be performed. As a result, we may not be able to obtain a sufficient number of visas for our employees or we may encounter delays or additional costs in obtaining or maintaining such visas in which case we may not be able to provide services to our clients on a timely and cost-effective basis or manage our sales and delivery centers as efficiently as we otherwise could, any of which could hamper our growth and cause our revenues to decline.

 

If we fail to integrate or manage acquired companies efficiently, or if the acquired companies are difficult to integrate, divert management resources or do not perform to our expectations, we may not be able to realize the benefits envisioned for such acquisitions, and our overall profitability and growth plans could be materially adversely affected.

 

On occasion we have expanded our service capabilities and gained new clients through selective acquisitions. Our ability to successfully integrate an acquired entity and realize the benefits of an acquisition requires, among other things, successful integration of technologies, operations and personnel. Challenges we face in the acquisition and integration process include:

 

   

integrating operations, services and personnel in a timely and efficient manner;

 

   

diverting significant management attention and financial resources from our other operations and disrupting our ongoing business;

 

   

unforeseen or undisclosed liabilities and integration costs;

 

   

incurring liabilities from the acquired businesses for infringement of intellectual property rights or other claims for which we may not be successful in seeking indemnification;

 

   

incurring debt, amortization expenses related to intangible assets, large and immediate write-offs, assuming unforeseen or undisclosed liabilities, or issuing common stock that would dilute our existing stockholders’ ownership;

 

   

generating sufficient revenues and net income to offset acquisition costs;

 

28


Table of Contents
   

potential loss of, or harm to, employee or client relationships;

 

   

properly structuring our acquisition consideration and any related post-acquisition earn-outs and successfully monitoring any earn-out calculations and payments;

 

   

failing to realize the potential cost savings or other financial benefits and/or the strategic benefits of the acquisition;

 

   

retaining key senior management and key sales and marketing and research and development personnel, particularly those of the acquired operations;

 

   

potential incompatibility of solutions, services and technology or corporate cultures;

 

   

consolidating and rationalizing corporate, information technology and administrative infrastructures;

 

   

integrating and documenting processes and controls;

 

   

entry into unfamiliar markets; and

 

   

increased complexity from potentially operating additional geographically dispersed sites, particularly if we acquire a company or business with facilities or operations outside of the countries in which we currently have operations.

 

In addition, the primary value of many potential acquisition targets in the IT services industry lies in their skilled IT professionals and established client relationships. Transitioning these types of assets to our business can be particularly difficult due to different corporate cultures and values, geographic distance and other intangible factors. For example, some newly acquired employees may decide not to work with us or to leave shortly after their move to our company and some acquired clients may decide to discontinue their commercial relationships with us. These challenges could disrupt our ongoing business, distract our management and employees and increase our expenses, including causing us to incur significant one-time expenses and write-offs, and make it more difficult and complex for our management to effectively manage our operations. If we are not able to successfully integrate an acquired entity and its operations and to realize the benefits envisioned for such acquisition, our overall growth and profitability plans may be adversely affected.

 

International hostilities, terrorist activities, other violence or war, natural disasters, pandemics and infrastructure disruptions, could delay or reduce the number of new service orders we receive and impair our ability to service our clients.

 

Hostilities involving the United States and acts of terrorism, violence or war, such as the attacks of September 11, 2001 in the United States, the attacks of July 7, 2005 in the United Kingdom, the attacks of April 11, 2011 in Belarus, the continuing conflict in Iraq and Afghanistan, the recent conflict in Libya, natural disasters, global health risks or pandemics or the threat or perceived potential for these events could materially adversely affect our operations and our ability to provide services to our clients. We may be unable to protect our people, facilities and systems against any such occurrences. Such events may cause clients to delay their decisions on spending for IT services and give rise to sudden significant changes in regional and global economic conditions and cycles. These events also pose significant risks to our people and to physical facilities and operations around the world, whether the facilities are ours or those of our clients, which could materially adversely affect our financial results. By disrupting communications and travel, giving rise to travel restrictions, and increasing the difficulty of obtaining and retaining highly-skilled and qualified IT professionals, these events could make it difficult or impossible for us to deliver services to some or all of our clients. Travel restrictions could cause us to incur additional unexpected labor costs and expenses or could restrain our ability to retain the skilled IT professionals we need for our operations. In addition, any extended disruptions of electricity, other public utilities or network services at our facilities, as well as system failures at, or security breaches in, our facilities or systems, could also adversely affect our ability to serve our clients.

 

29


Table of Contents

We may need additional capital, and a failure by us to raise additional capital on terms favorable to us, or at all, could limit our ability to grow our business and develop or enhance our service offerings to respond to market demand or competitive challenges.

 

We believe that our current cash, cash flow from operations, revolving line of credit and the proceeds from this offering should be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs for at least the next 12 months. We may, however, require additional cash resources due to changed business conditions or other future developments, including any investments or acquisitions we may decide to pursue. If these resources are insufficient to satisfy our cash requirements, we may seek to sell additional equity or debt securities or obtain another credit facility. The sale of additional equity securities could result in dilution to our stockholders. The incurrence of indebtedness would result in increased debt service obligations and could require us to agree to operating and financing covenants that would restrict our operations. Our ability to obtain additional capital on acceptable terms is subject to a variety of uncertainties, including:

 

   

investors’ perception of, and demand for, securities of IT services companies;

 

   

conditions of the United States and other capital markets in which we may seek to raise funds;

 

   

our future results of operations and financial condition;

 

   

government regulation of foreign investment in the CIS and CEE; and

 

   

economic, political and other conditions in the CIS and CEE.

 

Risks Related to Conducting Business in the CIS and CEE Countries

 

Companies doing business in emerging markets, such as CIS and CEE countries, are subject to significant economic risks.

 

CIS and CEE countries are generally considered to be emerging markets. Investors in emerging markets should be aware that these markets are subject to greater risks than more developed markets, including significant economic risks. CEE includes Albania, Belarus, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Bulgaria, Croatia, Czech Republic, Estonia, Hungary, Latvia, Lithuania, Poland, Republic of Macedonia, Romania, Russia, Serbia and Montenegro, Slovakia, Slovenia, the former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, Turkey and Ukraine. The CIS is comprised of constituents of the former U.S.S.R., including Armenia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Georgia, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Moldova, Russia, Tajikistan, Turkmenistan, Ukraine and Uzbekistan. The economies of CIS and CEE countries, like other emerging economies, are vulnerable to market downturns and economic slowdowns elsewhere in the world. The economies of Belarus, Russia, Ukraine, Hungary and other CIS and CEE countries where we operate have experienced periods of considerable instability and have been subject to abrupt downturns. Although economies in CIS and CEE countries showed positive trends until 2008, including annual increases in the gross domestic product, relatively stable currencies, strong domestic demand, rising real wages and a reduced rate of inflation, these trends were interrupted by the global financial crisis in late 2008, in which CIS and CEE countries experienced adverse economic and financial effects including a substantial decrease in the gross domestic product’s growth rate, depreciation of local currencies and a decline in domestic and international demand for their products and services, particularly natural resources products on which they are dependent. More recently, the negative trends of the global economy and volatility in the financial markets, partially due to the recent debt crisis in Europe, have resulted in decreased growth outlooks for CIS and CEE countries, particularly those dependent on Western Europe for trade.

 

Belarus inherited a heavy industrial base from the Soviet era and managed to grow its economy between 2000 and 2010 despite very tight state control of the economy and limited private enterprise. While Belarus managed to avoid the worst effects of the global economic downturn in 2008, facilitated by years of considerable government spending and cheap oil imports from Russia. In 2011, Belarus has faced a serious balance-of-payment crisis as a result of the upward revision of gas import prices and increased public sector salaries. This has led to inflation, a shortage of goods and has required the government to significantly devalue its currency and

 

30


Table of Contents

move to a flexible exchange rate policy, to raise interest rates and to launch the privatization of a number of state-owned enterprises. Belarus has also sought financial assistance from the International Monetary Fund, or the IMF, Russia and other CIS countries, but as of December 2011, there was uncertainty whether Belarus would receive the financial assistance it previously requested from the IMF, due to political disagreements regarding Belarus’ commitments to the reforms requested by the IMF. It is uncertain whether the government will be able to effectively manage the current financial crisis and implement the reforms requested by the IMF.

 

From 2000 to 2008, the Russian economy experienced positive trends, such as annual increases in the gross domestic product, a relatively stable Russian ruble, strong domestic demand, rising real wages and a reduced rate of inflation. However, these trends were interrupted by the global financial crisis in late 2008, which led to a substantial decrease in the growth rate of Russia’s gross domestic product, significant depreciation of the Russian ruble and a decline in domestic demand. The Russian government has taken certain anti-crisis measures using the “stabilization fund” and hard currency reserves in order to soften the impact of the global economic downturn on the Russian economy and support the value of the Russian ruble. More recently, the weaker global economic landscape and financial market volatility threatened to put pressure on Russia’s operating environment, affecting its credit environment and financial sector. The full impact of the previous global economic downturn and the current volatility in the global economy and financial markets is not yet clear, and, should global economic conditions deteriorate significantly, it is possible that the Russian economy could continue to decline in the near future.

 

Despite political instability in Ukraine between 2000 and 2008, its economy made significant progress during this period. However, the global financial crisis in 2008 had a significant impact on Ukraine’s economy, including the collapse or bailout of certain Ukrainian banks and significant liquidity constraints for others. The negative outlook in Ukraine’s economy may continue as commodity prices of Ukrainian exports remain low and access to foreign credit is limited, which contributes to exchange rate volatility, high inflation and a growing budget deficit. Continuing political instability also adds to the economic instability.

 

In Hungary, budget deficits as a percentage of GDP have remained relatively high over the last several years and the Hungarian economy has been marked by a large current account deficit, rapid credit growth and a reliance of Hungarian businesses and consumers on foreign currency loans. These factors left Hungary especially vulnerable to the global financial crisis. At the end of October 2008, the Hungarian government adopted a set of policies agreed upon with the European Union, the European Central Bank and the IMF to bolster Hungary’s near-term stability and improve its long-term growth potential by ensuring fiscal sustainability and strengthening the financial sector. These challenging economic conditions, the continuing turmoil in the global economy, financial markets and macroeconomic policies made by the government in response to these conditions could materially adversely affect our business in Hungary.

 

As has happened in the past, financial problems or an increase in the perceived risks associated with investing in emerging economies such as in the CIS and CEE could dampen foreign investment in these markets and materially adversely affect their economies. In addition, a deterioration in macroeconomic conditions, such as the recent debt crisis in Europe, could require us to reassess the value of goodwill on certain of our assets, recorded as the difference between the fair value of the assets of the business acquired and its purchase price. This goodwill is subject to impairment tests on an ongoing basis. Weakening macroeconomic conditions in the countries in which we operate and/or a significant difference between the performance of an acquired company and the business case assumed at the time of acquisition could require us to write down the value of the goodwill or a portion of such value.

 

These risks may be compounded by incomplete, unreliable or unavailable economic and statistical data on CIS and CEE countries, including elements of the information provided in this prospectus. Similar statistics may be obtainable from other non-official sources, although the underlying assumptions and methodology, and consequently the resulting data, may vary from source to source. Further economic instability in Belarus, Russia, Ukraine, Hungary or other CIS or CEE countries where we operate and any future deterioration in the international economic situation could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

31


Table of Contents

Inflation in Belarus, Russia, Ukraine and other CIS countries and government efforts to combat inflation may contribute significantly to economic uncertainty in the CIS and could materially adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and the market value of our shares of common stock.

 

Economies in CIS countries such as Belarus, Russia and Ukraine have periodically experienced high rates of inflation. According to The World Bank and Bloomberg, the inflation rate, as measured by the consumer price index, was as follows:

 

   

the annual inflation rate in Belarus was 14.8% in 2008, 12.9% in 2009 and 10.0% in 2010;

 

   

the annual inflation rate in Russia was 14.1% in 2008, 11.7% in 2009, 7.0% in 2010 and 9.1% in the first nine months of 2011; and

 

   

the annual inflation rate in Ukraine was 25.2% in 2008, 15.9% in 2009, 9.6% in 2010 and 9.0% in the first nine months of 2011.

 

In addition, in 2011, significant inflation has been reported in Belarus. The National Statistical Committee of Belarus estimated that inflation was approximately 74.5% in the first nine months of 2011. In 2010 and the first nine months of 2011 we had 1.2% and 0.7% of our revenues, respectively, denominated in Belarusian rubles.

 

The measures currently used by the Belarusian government to control this recent inflation include monetary policy and pricing instruments, including increasing interest rates and the use of anti-monopoly laws to prevent the increase in pricing of goods, as well as privatization and using foreign borrowings to replenish the budget and stabilize local currency. Inflation, government actions to combat inflation and public speculation about possible additional actions have also contributed materially to economic uncertainty in Belarus. Belarus may experience high levels of inflation in the future. The Russian and Ukrainian governments have historically implemented similar measures as Belarus to fight inflation.

 

Periods of higher inflation may slow economic growth in those countries. For instance, in October 2011, the government of Belarus implemented a flexible exchange rate policy, which devalued the currency against the U.S. dollar and could cause inflation in Belarus over time. Inflation also is likely to increase some of our costs and expenses, which we may not be able to pass on to our clients and, as a result, may reduce our profitability. Inflationary pressures could also affect our ability to access financial markets and lead to counter-inflationary measures that may harm our financial condition, results of operations or adversely affect the market price of our securities.

 

Fluctuations in currency exchange rates could materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

 

The Belarusian ruble, the Russian ruble, the Ukrainian hryvnia, the Hungarian forint and other CIS currencies have experienced significant fluctuations against foreign currencies, including the U.S. dollar, in recent years. For example,

 

   

In February 2009 and May 2011, the National Bank of the Republic of Belarus devalued the exchange rate of the Belarusian ruble against the U.S. dollar by 20.5% and 56.3%, respectively; in October 2011 the bank adopted a free floating rate policy, triggering 52.0% additional depreciation in the Belarusian ruble against the U.S. dollar;

 

   

The Russian ruble depreciated against the U.S. dollar by 27.6% in 2009, as compared to the 2008 average exchange rate, and appreciated against the U.S. dollar by 4.3% in 2010, as compared to the 2009 average exchange rate. Since the increase in financial markets volatility commencing in early August 2011, the Russian ruble depreciated against the U.S. dollar by over 8.0%;

 

   

Since September 2008, the interbank U.S. dollar/Ukrainian hryvnia exchange rate has fluctuated significantly; the Ukrainian hryvnia depreciated against the U.S. dollar by 53.3% in 2009, as compared to

 

32


Table of Contents
 

the 2008 average exchange rate and, in 2010, the hryvnia appreciated against the U.S. dollar by 1.4% as compared to the 2009 average exchange rate; and over the course of 2011, the hryvnia remained relatively stable against the U.S. dollar; and

 

   

The Hungarian forint depreciated against the U.S. dollar by 17.1% in 2009, as compared to the 2008 average exchange rate, and depreciated against the U.S. dollar by 3.1% in 2010, as compared to the 2009 average exchange rate.

 

The majority of our revenues are in U.S. dollars, British pounds, Russian rubles and euros, and the majority of our expenses, particularly salaries of IT professionals, are denominated in U.S. dollars but payable in Belarusian rubles or in other local currencies at the exchange rate in effect at the time. However, to the extent that we increase our business and revenues which are denominated in Belarusian rubles, Ukrainian hryvnia, Hungarian forints or other local currencies, we will also increase our receivables denominated in those currencies and therefore also increase our exposure to fluctuations in their exchange rates against the U.S. dollar, our reporting currency. Similarly, any capital expenditures, such as for computer equipment, which are payable in the local currency of the countries in which we operate but are imported to such countries, and any deposits we hold in local currencies, can be materially affected by depreciation of the local currency against the U.S. dollar and the effect of such depreciation on the local economy. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk” and “—Inflation in Belarus, Russia, Ukraine and other CIS countries and government efforts to combat inflation may contribute significantly to economic uncertainty in the CIS and could materially adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and the market value of our shares of common stock.”

 

The banking and financial systems in the CIS remain less developed than those in some more developed markets, and a banking crisis could place liquidity constraints on our business and materially adversely affect our business and financial condition.

 

Banking and other financial systems in the CIS are less developed and regulated than in some more developed markets, and legislation relating to banks and bank accounts is subject to varying interpretations and inconsistent application. Banks in the CIS generally do not meet the banking standards of more developed markets, and the transparency of the banking sector lags behind international standards. Furthermore, in Russia, Belarus and other CIS countries, bank deposits made by corporate entities generally are not insured. As a result, the banking sector remains subject to periodic instability. Another banking crisis, or the bankruptcy or insolvency of banks through which we receive or with which we hold funds, particularly in Belarus, may result in the loss of our deposits or adversely affect our ability to complete banking transactions in the CIS, which could materially adversely affect our business and financial condition.

 

Political and governmental instability in CIS and CEE countries could materially adversely affect our business and operations in these countries.

 

Since the early 1990s, Belarus, Russia, Ukraine, Hungary and other CIS and CEE countries have sought to transform from one-party states with a centrally planned economy to democracies with a market economy of various degrees. As a result of the sweeping nature of various reforms, and the failure of some of them, the political systems of many CIS and CEE countries remain vulnerable to popular dissatisfaction, including demands for autonomy from particular regional and ethnic groups.

 

We have significant operations in Minsk, the capital of Belarus. Belarus has been governed since 1994 by President Alexander Lukashenko, who was most recently reelected in December 2010. The president has a wide range of powers including the power to call elections, appoint the executive arms of the government, make judicial appointments and appointments to local executive and administrative bodies and issue edicts, orders and decrees which have the force of law. Progress on structural reform and a reduction in the extent of direct state support in the economy has been slow in Belarus, and reforms of this nature are likely to be politically unpopular. No assurance, however, can be given that Belarus will implement further structural reform policies or reduce state support of the economy.

 

33


Table of Contents

We have significant operations in Russia. Since 1991, Russia has sought to transform itself from a single party state with a centrally-planned economy to a market economy. Political conditions in Russia were highly volatile in the 1990s, as evidenced by the frequent conflicts among executive, legislative and judicial authorities, which negatively affected Russia’s business and investment climate. During the presidency of Vladimir Putin and the current presidency of Dmitry Medvedev, the political and economic situation in Russia has generally become more stable. However, there is still a risk of significant changes to the political and economic environment, potential changes in the direction of the reforms or reversal of the reforms. On December 4, 2011, parliamentary elections took place in Russia, as a result of which United Russia, the ruling party, gained 53% of seats, compared to 70% in the previous parliament. Following the elections, a number of non-violent public protests took place in Moscow and other Russian cities, claiming violations and fraud during the elections, and demanding, among other things, cancellation of the election results and re-elections. In September 2011, both Dmitry Medvedev and United Russia supported Vladimir Putin as the presidential candidate in the next presidential election scheduled for March 4, 2012, while Dmitry Medvedev was offered the office of prime minister. Besides Vladimir Putin, nine other persons have been registered as candidates for the presidency, including the leaders of the opposition parties. The outcome of the presidential election and the potential shift in government policy may affect the direction and speed of economic and political reforms and negatively impact the economic and political environment in Russia.

 

We have delivery centers in Ukraine. Since obtaining independence in 1991, Ukraine has undergone substantial political transformation to become an independent sovereign state and has been on the path of economic transition to a market economy. The 2010 presidential election and the subsequent removal of the Ukrainian prime minister from office created tensions between the Ukrainian president, Viktor Yanukovych, the government and the parliament. A number of factors could adversely affect political stability in Ukraine, including political polarization in Ukrainian society resulting from what is seen as insufficiently balanced or controversial positions of the president and the government on various domestic and foreign policy issues, and growing opposition of certain factions in the parliament and certain political parties and associations which are not represented in the parliament to what are broadly seen as significant concessions made by the president and the government to Russia. Recent political developments have also highlighted potential inconsistencies between Ukraine’s constitution and various laws and presidential decrees. After Ukraine’s refusal to join the Customs Union was ratified by Russia, Kazakhstan and Belarus in June 2011, the Customs Union has taken a number of additional restrictive measures with respect to imports from Ukraine. If political instability continues or heightens, it may have negative effects on the Ukrainian economy and our operations in Ukraine.

 

We have delivery centers in Hungary. Hungary was established as a parliamentary republic in 1989 and joined the European Union in 2004. In April 2010, Prime Minister Viktor Orbán’s political party won a two-thirds parliamentary majority and has sought to centralize power, to make changes to formerly independent government institutions, to draft a new constitution and to impose taxes on telecommunications, energy, retail and banking institutions in an effort to meet budget deficit targets. The politics of Hungary remain volatile, as shown by large protests in May 2011 against the ruling party’s actions. Political instability as a reaction to the government’s actions could negatively affect the Hungarian economy and political environment.

 

Current and future changes in the Belarusian, Russian, Ukrainian, Hungarian and other CIS and CEE governments, major policy shifts or lack of consensus between various branches of the government and powerful economic groups could disrupt or reverse economic and regulatory reforms. Any disruption or reversal of reform policies could lead to political or governmental instability or the occurrence of conflicts among powerful economic groups, which could materially adversely affect our business and operations in CEE and the CIS.

 

A deterioration in political and economic relations among the CIS countries in which we operate and/or between CIS countries and the United States and the European Union could materially adversely affect our business and operations in the CIS.

 

Political and economic relations between Belarus, Russia, Ukraine and the other countries in which we operate are complex, and recent conflicts have arisen between their governments. Political, ethnic, religious, historical and

 

34


Table of Contents

other differences have, on occasion, given rise to tensions and, in certain cases, military conflict between countries of the CIS which can halt normal economic activity and disrupt the economies of neighboring regions.

 

A significant portion of Belarus energy imports come from Russia, and Russia is Belarus’ most significant trading partner. A number of oil and gas pipelines from Russia to European Union member states run through Belarus, and a significant portion of Russian energy exports are delivered through Belarus. Russia is also one of Belarus’ main sovereign lenders. Belarus and Russia have had a number of disagreements regarding the level of duty to be imposed on Russian crude oil exports to Belarus, which comprise a significant part of Belarus’ energy resources and are important for Belarus’ oil refinery industry. In June 2010, Belarus and Russia had a dispute regarding the timing of payments due from Belarus to Russia for gas supplied by Russia and from Russia to Belarus for the transit of Russian gas to the European Union, which resulted in a disruption of gas flows to the European Union.

 

The relationship between Russia and Ukraine has been historically strained due to, among other things, disagreements over the prices and methods of payment for gas delivered by Russia to, or for transportation through, Ukraine, issues relating to the temporary stationing of the Russian Black Sea Fleet in the territory of Ukraine and a Russian ban on imports of meat and milk products from Ukraine and anti-dumping investigations conducted by Russian authorities in relation to certain Ukrainian goods. Results of the current litigation against ex-Prime Minister Yulia Timoshenko, who was sentenced to 7 years in prison, could add to political instability and tension in relationships with the European Union and the United States. The possible accession by Ukraine to the North Atlantic Treaty Organization has also been a significant source of tension between Russia and Ukraine. Following the presidential election in February 2010, Ukraine’s relations with Russia have generally improved; however, any further adverse changes in Ukraine’s relations with Russia, in particular any such changes adversely affecting supplies of energy resources from Russia to Ukraine or Ukraine’s revenues derived from transit charges for Russian oil and gas, may have negative effects on the Ukrainian economy as a whole.

 

Although we operate in the CIS through local subsidiaries, governmental officials and consumers may associate us and our brand with a particular CIS country or with the United States. Any deterioration in political and economic relations among CIS countries in which we operate could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

The conflicts among CIS countries and conflicts within CIS countries have, in some instances, also strained their relationship with the United States and the European Union which, at times, has negatively impacted their financial markets. For instance, the December 2010 Belarus presidential elections coincided with large-scale street protests and were criticized as anti-democratic by the foreign ministers of some European nations and by the United States and Canada. In January 2011, the European Union and the United States announced financial and travel sanctions against the Belarusian government and Belarusian state-owned enterprises. In June 2011, the European Union agreed to a series of new sanctions against certain additional Belarusian individuals and enterprises. In August 2011, the United States imposed further economic sanctions against certain additional Belarusian individuals and enterprises, and, in response, Belarus announced it would suspend an agreement with the United States to reduce certain uranium stockpiles held in Belarus. The United States passed further sanctions against certain Belarusian individuals and enterprises in January 2012. No assurance can be given that Belarus will improve relations with the European Union and the United States or that further restrictions will not be imposed by the European Union or the United States in relation to these points of tension or that such frictions will not affect the political and economic environment in Belarus. Trade and economic sanctions, including existing European Union and United States sanctions and asset freezes, prevent us from dealing with certain entities and persons in Belarus and impose legal compliance costs and risks on our business operations in that country.

 

The emergence of new or escalated tensions among CIS countries could further exacerbate tensions between CIS countries and the United States and the European Union, which may have a negative effect on their economy, our ability to obtain financing on commercially reasonable terms, and the level and volatility of the trading price of our shares of common stock. Any of the foregoing circumstances could materially adversely affect our business and operations in the CIS.

 

35


Table of Contents

The legal systems in CIS countries can create an uncertain environment for business activity, which could materially adversely affect our business and operations in the CIS.

 

The legal framework to support a market economy remains new and in flux in Belarus, Russia, Ukraine and other CIS countries and, as a result, these legal systems can be characterized by:

 

   

inconsistencies between and among laws and governmental, ministerial and local regulations, orders, decisions, resolutions and other acts;

 

   

gaps in the regulatory structure resulting from the delay in adoption or absence of implementing regulations;

 

   

selective enforcement of laws or regulations, sometimes in ways that have been perceived as being motivated by political or financial considerations;

 

   

limited judicial and administrative guidance on interpreting legislation;

 

   

relatively limited experience of judges and courts in interpreting recent commercial legislation;

 

   

a perceived lack of judicial and prosecutorial independence from political, social and commercial forces;

 

   

inadequate court system resources;

 

   

a high degree of discretion on the part of the judiciary and governmental authorities; and

 

   

underdeveloped bankruptcy procedures that are subject to abuse.

 

In addition, as is true of civil law systems generally, judicial precedents generally have no binding effect on subsequent decisions. Not all legislation and court decisions in CIS countries are readily available to the public or organized in a manner that facilitates understanding. Enforcement of court orders can in practice be very difficult. All of these factors make judicial decisions difficult to predict and effective redress uncertain. Additionally, court claims and governmental prosecutions may be used in furtherance of what some perceive to be political aims.

 

The untested nature of much of recent legislation in the countries in which we operate and the rapid evolution of their legal systems may result in ambiguities, inconsistencies and anomalies in the application and interpretation of laws and regulations. Any of these factors may affect our ability to enforce our rights under our contracts or to defend ourselves against claims by others, or result in our being subject to unpredictable requirements, and could materially adversely affect our business and operations in the CIS.

 

These uncertainties also extend to property rights. For example, during the transformation of Russia, Belarus, Ukraine and other CIS countries from centrally planned economies to market economies, legislation has generally been enacted in each of these countries to protect private property against uncompensated expropriation and nationalization. However, there is a risk that due to the lack of experience in enforcing these provisions and due to political factors, these protections would not be enforced in the event of an attempted expropriation or nationalization. Expropriation or nationalization of any of our entities, their assets or portions thereof, potentially without adequate compensation, could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Selective or arbitrary government action, including in connection with agreements to provide services to local governments, could materially adversely affect our business and operations in the CIS.

 

Many commercial laws and regulations in the CIS are relatively new and have been subject to limited interpretation. As a result, their application can be unpredictable. Government authorities have a high degree of discretion in Belarus, Russia, Ukraine and other CIS countries and have at times exercised their discretion in ways that may be perceived as selective or arbitrary, and sometimes in a manner that is seen as being influenced by political or commercial considerations. These governments also have the power, in certain circumstances, to

 

36


Table of Contents

interfere with the performance of, nullify or terminate contracts. Selective or arbitrary actions have included withdrawal of licenses, sudden and unexpected tax audits, criminal prosecutions and civil actions. Federal and local government entities have also used common defects in documentation as pretexts for court claims and other demands to invalidate and/or to void transactions, apparently for political purposes. We cannot assure you that regulators, judicial authorities or third parties in Belarus, Russia, Ukraine and other CIS countries will not challenge our compliance (including that of our subsidiaries) with applicable laws, decrees and regulations. Selective or arbitrary government action could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

The Russian government has taken various actions in recent years against business people and companies operating in Russia that have been perceived as having been politically motivated, including actions for technical violations of law or violations of laws that have been applied retroactively, such as violations of tax laws. In 2008, for example, government officials publicly criticized transfer pricing arrangements used by a Russian-based company that is publicly traded in the United States, claiming that such arrangements constituted tax evasion. These claims resulted in a steep decline in that company’s stock price. Such actions have on occasion resulted in significant fluctuations in the market prices of the securities of businesses operating in Russia, a weakening of investor confidence in Russia and doubts about the progress of market and political reforms in Russia. Government officials may apply contradictory or ambiguous laws or regulations in ways that could materially adversely affect our business and operations in the CIS.

 

We must comply with laws and regulations relating to the formation, administration and performance of government contracts in the CIS and CEE countries where we provide services to the local governments, including Belarus, Russia and Ukraine. Any failure to comply with applicable local laws, regulations and procedures could result in contract termination, damage to our reputation, price or fee reductions or suspension or debarment from contracting with the government, each of which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, governments may revise existing contract rules and regulations or adopt new contract rules and regulations at any time and for any reason. Any of these changes could impair our ability to obtain new contracts or renew or enforce contracts under which we currently provide services. Any new contracting methods could be costly or administratively difficult for us to implement, which could materially adversely affect our business and operations in the CIS.

 

Changes in the tax system in CIS or CEE countries or arbitrary or unforeseen application of existing rules could materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

 

There have been significant changes to the taxation systems in CIS countries in recent years as the authorities have gradually replaced legislation regulating the application of major taxes such as corporate income tax, VAT, corporate property tax and other taxes with new legislation. Tax authorities in CIS and CEE countries, including Belarus, Russia and Ukraine, have also been aggressive in their interpretation of tax laws and their many ambiguities, as well as in their enforcement and collection activities. Technical violations of contradictory laws and regulations, many of which are relatively new and have not been subject to extensive application or interpretation, can lead to penalties. High-profile companies can be particularly vulnerable to aggressive application of unclear requirements. Many companies must negotiate their tax bills with tax inspectors who may demand higher taxes than applicable law appears to provide. Our tax liability may become greater than the estimated amount that we have expensed to date and paid or accrued on our balance sheets, particularly if the tax benefits we receive in Belarus and Hungary are changed or removed. See “— Risks Relating to Our Business — Our operating results may be negatively impacted by the loss of certain tax benefits provided by the governments of Belarus, Hungary and Russia to companies in our industry.” Any additional tax liability, as well as any unforeseen changes in tax laws, could materially adversely affect our future results of operations, financial condition or cash flows in a particular period.

 

The tax environment in Russia historically has been complicated by contradictions in Russian tax law. For example, tax laws are unclear with respect to the deductibility of certain expenses, and tax authorities may disagree with positions we have taken that we consider to be in compliance with current law. This uncertainty

 

37


Table of Contents

could result in a greater than expected tax burden and potentially exposes us to significant fines and penalties and enforcement measures, despite our best efforts at compliance.

 

In October 2006, the Supreme Arbitration Court of Russia issued a ruling that introduced the concept of an “unjustified tax benefit,” which is a benefit that may be disallowed for tax purposes. Specific examples cited by the court include benefits obtained under transactions lacking a business purpose ( i.e. , when the only purpose of a deal or structure is to derive tax benefits). The tax authorities have actively sought to apply this concept when challenging tax positions taken by taxpayers. Although the intention of the ruling was to combat tax abuse, in practice there is no assurance that the tax authorities will not seek to apply this concept in a broader sense than may have been intended by the court. In addition, the tax authorities and the courts have indicated a willingness to interpret broadly the application of criminal responsibility for tax violations.

 

Historically, Ukraine had a number of laws related to various taxes imposed by both central and regional governmental authorities. These taxes include value added tax, corporate income tax (profits tax), customs duties and payroll (social) taxes. In January 2011, the majority of the new tax code in Ukraine came into effect, and aims to create a comprehensive legal framework for tax reform and provide for a wide range of changes to the existing tax system in the areas of tax collection and administration. Among other things, the new Ukraine tax code provides for a decrease in the rate of the corporate income tax over the next several years, a decrease in the VAT rate beginning in 2014 and for taxation of interest accrued on bank deposits beginning in 2015. There can be no assurance that the adoption of the tax code will have a positive effect on the Ukrainian tax system, in which differing opinions regarding legal interpretations often exist both among and within governmental ministries and organizations, including the tax administration, creating uncertainties and areas of conflict. Tax declarations or returns, together with other matters of legal compliance, such as customs and currency control matters, are subject to review and investigation by a number of authorities, which may impose fines, penalties and interest charges for noncompliance. In practice, the Ukrainian tax authorities tend to interpret the tax laws in an arbitrary way that rarely favors taxpayers. These circumstances generally create tax risks in Ukraine that are more significant than those typically found in countries with more developed tax systems.

 

Our subsidiaries in Ukraine also currently benefit from regulations that permit companies in the IT services industry to employ independent contractors and significantly reduce our social security tax obligations in Ukraine. Substantially all of our IT professionals in Ukraine are independent contractors. Should Ukraine change its tax regulations and no longer permit the IT services industry to employ independent contractors, our operating expenses in Ukraine would substantially increase, which could materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

 

The tax systems in CIS and CEE countries in which we operate impose additional burdens and costs on our operations in such countries, and complicate our tax planning and related business decisions. The uncertainty involved potentially exposes us to significant fines, penalties and enforcement measures despite our best efforts at compliance, which could result in a greater than expected tax burden on our subsidiaries. These factors raise the risk of a sudden imposition of arbitrary or onerous taxes on our operations in these countries. This could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

 

We may be exposed to liability for actions taken by our subsidiaries.

 

In certain cases (in particular, under the laws of Russia) we may be jointly and severally liable for obligations of our subsidiaries. We may also incur secondary liability and, in certain cases, liability to creditors for obligations of our subsidiaries in certain instances involving bankruptcy or insolvency. This type of liability could result in significant obligations and could materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

 

38


Table of Contents

Our CIS subsidiaries can be forced into liquidation on the basis of formal noncompliance with certain legal requirements.

 

We operate in CIS countries primarily through locally organized subsidiaries. Certain provisions of Russian law and the laws of other CIS countries may allow a court to order liquidation of a locally organized legal entity on the basis of its formal noncompliance with certain requirements during formation, reorganization or during its operations.

 

For example, in Russian corporate law, if the net assets of a Russian joint stock company calculated on the basis of Russian accounting standards are lower than its charter capital as at the end of its third or any subsequent financial year, the company must either decrease its charter capital or liquidate. If the company fails to comply with these requirements, governmental or local authorities can seek the involuntary liquidation of such company in court, and the company’s creditors will have the right to accelerate their claims or demand early performance of the company’s obligations as well as demand compensation of any damages.

 

Similarly, there have also been cases in CIS countries in which formal deficiencies in the establishment process of a legal entity or noncompliance with provisions of law have been used by courts as a basis for liquidation of a legal entity. Weaknesses in the legal systems of CIS countries create an uncertain legal environment, which makes the decisions of a court or a governmental authority difficult, if not impossible, to predict. If involuntary liquidation of any of our subsidiaries were to occur, such liquidation could materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

 

Crime and corruption could disrupt our ability to conduct our business.

 

Political and economic changes in the CIS countries where we operate in recent years have resulted in significant dislocations of authority. The local and international press have reported the existence of significant organized criminal activity, particularly in large metropolitan centers. Property crime in large cities has increased substantially. In addition, the local and international press have reported high levels of corruption, including the bribing of officials for the purpose of initiating investigations by government agencies. Press reports have also described instances in which state officials have engaged in selective investigations and prosecutions to further the interests of the state and individual officials, as well as private businesses, including competitors and corporate raiders. Corruption in the CIS countries in which we operate is pervasive and, in some cases, is worsening. The governments in CIS countries, including Belarus, Russia and Ukraine have recently pursued campaigns against corruption, the results of which are currently uncertain. For example, the Ukrainian parliament is currently considering new anti-corruption legislation which contains provisions relating to measures to prevent corruption, introduces a more detailed regulation of responsibility for involvement in corruption and provides for international cooperation in combating corruption. In addition, in August 2010, a new anti-money laundering law entered into force in Ukraine extends the list of entities that are required to monitor financial transactions, extends the list of state agencies authorized to conduct state financial monitoring, and broadens the list of reasons on the basis of which a financial transaction may be subject to monitoring. However, there is no assurance that such laws or other laws enacted elsewhere will be applied with any effectiveness by the local authorities, and the continuing effects of corruption, money laundering and other criminal activity could have a negative effect on the economies of these countries and could materially adversely affect our business in the CIS.

 

Additionally, some members of the media in the countries in which we operate regularly publish disparaging articles in return for payment. The depredations of organized or other crime, demands of corrupt officials or claims that we have been involved in official corruption could result in negative publicity which could disrupt our ability to conduct our business.

 

39


Table of Contents

Social instability in CIS countries could lead to increased support for centralized authority and a rise in nationalism, which could harm our business.

 

Social instability in CIS countries, coupled with difficult economic conditions, could lead to labor and social unrest. Labor and social unrest may have political, social and economic consequences, such as increased support for centralized authority and a rise in nationalism. These sentiments could lead to restrictions on foreign ownership of companies in our industry or large-scale nationalization or expropriation of foreign-owned assets or businesses. There is relatively little experience in enforcing legislation enacted to protect private property against nationalization or expropriation. As a result, we may not be able to obtain proper redress in the courts, and we may not receive adequate compensation if in the future CIS governments decide to nationalize or expropriate some or all of our assets. If this occurs, our business could be harmed.

 

In addition, ethnic, religious, historical, regional and other divisions have, on occasion, given rise to tensions and, in certain cases, military conflict. The spread of violence, or its intensification, could have significant political consequences, including the imposition of a state of emergency in some parts or throughout CIS countries. These events could materially adversely affect the investment environment in CIS countries.

 

Any U.S. or other foreign judgments that may be obtained against us may be difficult to enforce in Belarus, Russia, Ukraine and other CIS countries.

 

Although we are a Delaware corporation, subject to suit in the United States and other courts, many of our assets are located in Belarus, Russia, Ukraine and other CIS countries and one of our directors and his assets are located outside the United States. Although arbitration awards are generally enforceable in CIS countries, judgments obtained in the United States or in other foreign courts, including those with respect to U.S. federal securities law claims, may not be enforceable in many CIS countries, including Belarus, Russia and Ukraine. There is no mutual recognition treaty between the United States and Belarus, Russia or Ukraine. Therefore, it may be difficult to enforce any U.S. or other foreign court judgment obtained against any of our operating subsidiaries in CIS countries.

 

We face risks similar to those in Belarus, Russia and Ukraine in other CIS or CEE countries or elsewhere.

 

We currently have operations in Belarus, Russia, Ukraine, Kazakhstan, Poland and Hungary. We may acquire additional operations in other CIS or CEE countries or elsewhere. As with Belarus, Russia, Ukraine, Kazakhstan, Poland and Hungary, such countries are emerging markets subject to greater political, economic, social, tax and legal risks than more developed markets. In many respects, the risks inherent in transacting business in such countries are similar to those in Belarus, Russia and Ukraine, especially those risks set out above in “— Risks Related to Conducting Business in the CIS and CEE Countries.”

 

Risks Related to Our Common Stock and This Offering

 

Insiders will continue to have substantial control over us after this offering and could limit your ability to influence the outcome of key transactions, including a change of control.

 

Our greater than 5% stockholders, directors and executive officers and entities affiliated with them will own approximately 69.0% of the outstanding shares of our common stock after this offering, which includes approximately 41.2% of the outstanding shares of our common stock after this offering which will be owned by affiliates of Siguler Guff & Company. As a result, these stockholders, if acting together, would be able to influence or control matters requiring approval by our stockholders, including the election of directors, the approval of merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets and other significant business or corporate transactions. They may also have interests that differ from yours and may vote in a way with which you disagree and which may be adverse to your interests. The concentration of ownership may have the effect of delaying, preventing or deterring a change of control of our company, could deprive our stockholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their common stock as part of a sale of our company and might ultimately affect the market price of our common stock.

 

40


Table of Contents

There may not be an active, liquid trading market for our common stock.

 

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for shares of our common stock. We cannot predict the extent to which investor interest in our company will lead to the development of a trading market on the or how liquid that market may become. If an active trading market does not develop, you may have difficulty selling any of our common stock that you purchase. The initial public offering price of shares of our common stock will be determined by negotiation between us and the underwriters and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail following the completion of this offering. The market price of shares of our common stock may decline below the initial public offering price, and you may not be able to resell your shares of our common stock at or above the initial public offering price.

 

We expect that our stock price will fluctuate significantly, and you may not be able to resell your shares of common stock at or above the initial public offering price.

 

The trading price of our common stock is likely to be volatile and subject to wide price fluctuations in response to various factors, including:

 

   

market conditions in the broader stock market in general, or in the IT industry in particular;

 

   

sales of large blocks of our stock;

 

   

the release of lock-ups or other transfer restrictions;

 

   

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly financial and operating results;

 

   

introduction of new services by us or our competitors;

 

   

additions or departures of key personnel;

 

   

changes in financial estimates or recommendations in securities analysts’ reports;

 

   

regulatory developments;

 

   

litigation and governmental investigations; and

 

   

economic and political conditions or events.

 

These and other factors may cause the market price and demand for our common stock to fluctuate substantially, which may limit or prevent investors from readily selling their shares of common stock and may otherwise negatively affect the liquidity of our common stock. In addition, in the past, when the market price of a stock has been volatile, holders of that stock have instituted securities class action litigation against the company that issued the stock. If any of our stockholders brought a lawsuit against us, we could incur substantial costs defending the lawsuit. Such a lawsuit could also divert our management’s time and attention from our business.

 

The trading market for our common stock will also be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us or our business. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline. Moreover, if one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our stock, or if our results of operations do not meet their expectations, our stock price could decline.

 

The requirements of being a public company may strain our resources, divert management’s attention and affect our ability to attract and retain qualified board members.

 

As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we have not incurred as a private company, including costs associated with public company reporting requirements. We also have incurred and will incur costs associated with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and related rules implemented or to be implemented by the Securities and Exchange Commission and the rules of the NYSE. The expenses incurred by public companies generally for

 

41


Table of Contents

reporting and corporate governance purposes have been increasing. We expect these rules and regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time-consuming and costly, although we are currently unable to estimate these costs with any degree of certainty. Complying with these laws and regulations may be especially difficult and costly for us because we may have difficulty locating sufficient personnel in CIS and CEE with experience and expertise relating to GAAP and U.S. public company reporting requirements, and such personnel may command higher salaries relative to what similarly experienced personnel would command in the United States. These laws and regulations could also make it more difficult or costly for us to obtain certain types of insurance, including director and officer liability insurance, and we may be forced to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. These laws and regulations could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, our board committees or as our executive officers and will require our management and personnel to devote a substantial amount of time to comply with these rules and regulations. Furthermore, if we are unable to satisfy our obligations as a public company, we could be subject to delisting of our common stock, fines, sanctions and other regulatory action and potentially civil litigation.

 

Our stock price could decline due to the large number of outstanding shares of our common stock eligible for future sale.

 

Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market following this offering, or the perception that these sales could occur, could cause the market price of our common stock to decline. These sales could also make it more difficult for us to sell equity or equity-related securities in the future at a time and price that we deem appropriate. Upon completion of this offering, we will have 40,690,635 outstanding shares of common stock (41,800,635 shares of common stock if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares) assuming no exercise of outstanding options. The shares of common stock sold pursuant to this offering will be immediately tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act.

 

We, each of our directors and officers and the selling stockholders have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to sell or dispose of any common stock during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of Citigroup Global Markets Inc., UBS Securities LLC and Barclays Capital Inc. Certain stockholders have also agreed, pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreements and subject to certain exceptions, not to sell or dispose of any common stock during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus without our prior written consent which, in most cases pursuant to the underwriting agreement relating to this offering, can only be granted with the consent of Citigroup Global Markets Inc., UBS Securities LLC and Barclays Capital Inc. In addition, certain optionholders have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, that without our prior written consent, they will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus, sell or dispose of any options. When the lock-up period expires, we and our locked-up security holders will be able to sell our shares in the public market. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” and “Underwriting.”

 

Certain holders of common stock will have rights, subject to conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering the sale of their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders. We also intend to register the offer and sale of all shares of common stock that we may issue under our equity compensation plans. Once we register the offer and sale of shares for the holders of registration rights and optionholders, they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to the restrictions described under “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.”

 

42


Table of Contents

Provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and under Delaware law might discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of our company or changes in our management and, therefore, depress the trading price of our common stock.

 

Our third amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws contain provisions that could depress the trading price of our common stock by acting to discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of our company or changes in our management that our stockholders may deem advantageous. These provisions include:

 

   

limiting the ability of stockholders to call a special stockholder meeting;

 

   

limiting the ability of stockholders to act by written consent;

 

   

providing that the board of directors is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal our bylaws;

 

   

establishing advance notice requirements for nominations for elections to our board of directors and for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at stockholder meetings; and

 

   

requiring the approval by holders of at least two-thirds of our outstanding capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors to amend any of the foregoing provisions.

 

These anti-takeover defenses could discourage, delay or prevent a transaction involving a change in control of our company. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for you and other stockholders to elect directors of your choosing and cause us to take other corporate actions that you desire.

 

Delaware law may delay or prevent a change in control, and may discourage bids for our common stock at a premium over its market price.

 

We are subject to the provisions of section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. These provisions prohibit large stockholders, in particular a stockholder owning 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock, from consummating a merger or combination with a corporation unless this stockholder receives board approval for the transaction or 66  2 / 3 % of the shares of voting stock not owned by the stockholder approve the merger or transaction. These provisions of Delaware law may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control, and may discourage bids for our common stock at a premium over its market price.

 

We do not intend to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

 

We currently intend to retain our future earnings, if any, in the foreseeable future, to repay indebtedness and to fund the development and growth of our business. We do not intend to pay any dividends to holders of our common stock. As a result, capital appreciation in the price of our common stock, if any, will be your only source of gain on an investment in our common stock.

 

Our management will have broad discretion over the use of the proceeds from this offering and may not apply the proceeds of this offering in ways that increase the value of your investment.

 

Our management will have broad discretion to use the net proceeds we receive from this offering, and you will be relying on its judgment regarding the application of these proceeds. We expect to use the net proceeds from this offering as described under the heading “Use of Proceeds.” However, management may not apply the net proceeds of this offering in ways that increase the value of your investment.

 

43


Table of Contents

New investors in our common stock will experience immediate and substantial book value dilution after this offering.

 

The initial public offering price of our common stock will be substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of the outstanding common stock immediately after this offering. Based on an assumed initial public offering price of $17.00 per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus) and our net tangible book value as of September 30, 2011, if you purchase our common stock in this offering, you will pay more for your shares of common stock than the amounts paid by our existing stockholders for their shares of common stock and you will suffer immediate dilution of approximately $12.33 per share of common stock in pro forma net tangible book value. As a result of this dilution, in the event of a liquidation investors purchasing stock in this offering would receive significantly less than the full purchase price paid in this offering.

 

Any material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in our internal controls could result in a material misstatement in our consolidated financial statements as well as result in our inability to file periodic reports timely as required by federal securities laws, which could materially adversely affect our business and stock price.

 

We are required to design, implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of a company’s annual or interim consolidated financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Commencing with our fiscal year ending December 31, 2012, we must perform system and process evaluation and testing of our internal control over financial reporting to allow management and our independent registered public accounting firm to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. If, in the future, we have weaknesses or deficiencies in our internal controls, they could result in a material misstatement in our annual or interim consolidated financial statements or cause us to fail to meet our obligations to file periodic financial reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission. We also may not be able to conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal control over financial reporting as contemplated by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 or our independent registered public accounting firm may issue an adverse opinion on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Any of these failures could result in adverse consequences that could materially adversely affect our business, including potential action by the Securities and Exchange Commission, the NYSE or other regulatory authorities against us, possible defaults under our debt agreements, stockholder lawsuits, delisting of our stock and general damage to our reputation.

 

44


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

Forward-Looking Statements

 

We have made statements under the captions “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Business” and in other sections of this prospectus that are forward-looking statements. These statements may relate to, but are not limited to, expectations of future operating results or financial performance, capital expenditures, use of proceeds from this offering, introduction of new services, legal and regulatory compliance, plans for growth and future operations, as well as assumptions relating to the foregoing. Forward-looking statements are inherently subject to risks and uncertainties, some of which cannot be predicted or quantified. These risks and other factors include, but are not limited to, those described under “Risk Factors.” In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “could,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “intend,” “potential,” “might,” “would,” “continue” or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology. Actual results, level of activity, performance or achievements may differ materially from the results, level of activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements, and these differences may be material and adverse.

 

We believe that it is important to communicate our future expectations to our investors. However, there may be events in the future that we are not able to accurately predict or control and that may cause our actual results to differ materially from the expectations we describe in our forward-looking statements. Except as required by applicable law, including the securities laws of the United States and the rules and regulations of the SEC, we do not plan to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements after we distribute this prospectus, whether as a result of any new information, future events or otherwise. Potential investors should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. Before you invest in our common stock, you should be aware that the occurrence of any of the events described under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus could materially adversely affect our business, prospects, operating results and financial condition.

 

45


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

 

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from this offering will be approximately $20.2 million, or approximately $37.7 million if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, assuming an initial public offering price of $17.00 per share of common stock (the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses. Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the public offering price per share of common stock would increase (decrease) our net proceeds, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, by $1.4 million (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option).

 

The principal purposes of this offering are to obtain additional capital for the purposes discussed below, to create a public market for our common stock for the benefit of our stockholders and our employees who have received equity compensation and to facilitate our future access to the public capital markets. We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering for general corporate purposes, such as for working capital, for acquiring facilities, and for potential strategic acquisitions of, or investments in, other businesses or technologies that we believe will complement our current business and expansion strategies.

 

We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of common stock by the selling stockholders.

 

DIVIDEND POLICY

 

We currently anticipate that we will retain all available funds for use in the operation and expansion of our business, and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

 

46


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

 

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of September 30, 2011:

 

   

on an actual basis; and

 

   

on an as adjusted basis, giving effect to (1) the conversion of all outstanding Series A-1, Series A-2, Series A-3 convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 21,840,128 shares of common stock immediately prior to completion of this offering, (2) our receipt of the net proceeds from the sale by us in this offering of shares of common stock at an assumed public offering price of $17.00 per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range shown on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, (3) the expiration as of December 31, 2011 of the contractual put option relating to our puttable common stock, (4) the issuance of 53,336 shares of common stock upon completion of this offering in relation to our 2010 acquisition of Instant Information Inc. and (5) 120,620 shares of common stock to be issued and sold in this offering upon the exercise of vested stock options.

 

This table should be read in conjunction with “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    September 30, 2011

 
    Actual

    As
Adjusted  (1)(2)

 
    (in thousands)  

Cash and cash equivalents(3)

  $ 67,399      $ 88,769   
   


 


Redeemable preferred stock and puttable common stock:

               

Preferred stock: $.001 par value, 5,000,000 authorized, 2,054,935 Series A-1 convertible redeemable preferred stock issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding on an as adjusted basis; $.001 par value, 945,114 authorized, 384,804 Series A-2 convertible redeemable preferred stock issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding on an as adjusted basis

  $ 85,940      $ —     

Puttable common stock, $.001 par value, 18,112 issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding on an as adjusted basis

    133        —     
   


 


Stockholders’ equity:

               

Common stock, $.001 par value; 160,000,000 authorized; 18,857,712 shares issued and 17,140,792 shares outstanding, actual; 160,000,000 shares authorized, 42,407,555 issued and 40,690,635 outstanding on an as adjusted basis

    17        41   

Preferred stock: $.001 par value, 290,277 authorized Series A-3 convertible preferred stock issued and outstanding, actual; $.001 par value, 40,000,000 shares authorized (the terms of which are currently unspecified), no shares issued and outstanding on an as adjusted basis

    —          —     

Additional paid-in capital

    21,612        128,764   

Retained earnings

    79,687        79,127   

Treasury stock

    (15,972     (15,972

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

    (2,665     (2,665
   


 


Total stockholders’ equity

    82,679        189,295   
   


 


Total capitalization

  $ 168,752      $ 189,295   
   


 



(1)  

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $17.00 per share of common stock, which is the mid-point of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase

 

47


Table of Contents
 

(decrease) the as adjusted amount of each of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital and total capitalization by approximately $1.4 million, assuming that the number of shares of common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

(2)   If the underwriters’ option to purchase an additional 1,110,000 shares of common stock from us in this offering is exercised in full, the as adjusted amount of each of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital and total capitalization would increase by approximately $17.5 million, and we would have 43,517,555 shares of our common stock issued and 41,800,635 outstanding.

 

(3)   Our cash and cash equivalents as of September 30, 2011 reflects the payment of approximately $1.2 million of our estimated offering expenses paid as of that date.

 

48


Table of Contents

DILUTION

 

Dilution is the amount by which the portion of the offering price paid by the purchasers of our common stock in this offering exceeds the net tangible book value per share of our common stock after the offering. Our pro forma net tangible book value as of September 30, 2011 was $ 168.8 million or $4.33 per share of common stock. Pro forma net tangible book value per share is determined by dividing our tangible net worth, total assets less total liabilities, by the aggregate number of shares of common stock outstanding. After giving effect to the sale by us of the shares of common stock in this offering, at an assumed public offering price of $17.00 per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and the receipt of the net proceeds, our pro forma net tangible book value as of September 30, 2011 would have been $190.1 million or $4.67 per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value to existing stockholders of $0.34 per share and an immediate dilution to new investors of $12.33 per share. The following table illustrates this per share dilution:

 

Assumed initial public offering price

            $ 17.00   

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of September 30, 2011

   $ 4.33            

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors

     0.34            

Pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering

              4.67   
             


Dilution per share to new investors

            $ 12.33   
             


 

Dilution is determined by subtracting pro forma net tangible book value per share after the offering from the initial public offering price per share.

 

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $17.00 per share of common stock, which is the midpoint of the range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our pro forma net tangible book value by $1.4 million, the net tangible book value per share after this offering by $0.03 per share and the dilution per share to new investors in this offering by $0.03 per share, assuming the number of shares offered by us and the selling stockholders, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and assuming the receipt and application of the net proceeds.

 

The following table sets forth, on a pro forma basis, as of September 30, 2011, the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid, or to be paid, and the average price per share paid, or to be paid, by existing stockholders and by the new investors, at an assumed public offering price of $17.00 per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions, and offering expenses payable by us:

 

     Shares Purchased

    Total Consideration

    Average
Price

Per  Share

 
     Number

     Percent

    Amount

     Percent

   

Existing stockholders

     39,172,988         96   $ 97,720,214         79   $ 2.49   

New investors

     1,517,647         4        25,800,000         21        17.00   
    


  


 


  


 


Total

     40,690,635         100   $ 123,520,214         100   $ 3.04   
    


  


 


  


       

 

Sales by the selling stockholders in this offering will reduce the number of shares of common stock held by existing stockholders to 33,290,635, or approximately 82%, and will increase the number of shares of common stock to be purchased by new investors to 7,400,000, or approximately 18%, of the total shares of common stock outstanding after the offering.

 

The foregoing tables assume no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option or of stock options outstanding as of September 30, 2011. If the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, the number of shares held by the new investors will be increased to 8,510,000, or approximately 20% of the total number of shares of common stock outstanding after this offering. At September 30, 2011, 6,701,384 shares of common stock were subject to outstanding options, at a weighted average exercise price of $4.66. To the extent these options are exercised there will be further dilution to new investors.

 

49


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

 

The following selected consolidated financial and other data of EPAM should be read in conjunction with, and are qualified by reference to, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

The consolidated statements of income data for each of the three years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 are derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of EPAM included elsewhere in this prospectus, and should be read in conjunction with those consolidated financial statements and notes thereto. The consolidated statements of income data for the two years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 are derived from audited consolidated financial statements of EPAM not included in this prospectus. The consolidated statements of income data for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, and the consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2011, are derived from the condensed unaudited consolidated financial statements of EPAM included elsewhere in this prospectus, and should be read in conjunction with those condensed unaudited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto. The consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2010 are derived from the unaudited consolidated financial statements of EPAM not included in this prospectus. The unaudited interim period financial information, in the opinion of management, includes all adjustments, which are normal and recurring in nature, necessary for the fair presentation of the periods shown. The operating results in any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any annual period.

 

    Nine Months Ended
September 30,


    Year Ended December 31,

 
    2011

    2010

    2010

    2009

    2008

    2007

    2006

 
    (in thousands, except per share data)  

Consolidated Statements of Income Data:

                                               

Revenues

  $ 239,401      $ 151,050      $ 221,824      $ 149,939      $ 160,632      $ 114,045      $ 69,801   

Operating expenses:

                                                       

Cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)

    145,948        92,403        132,528        88,027        91,205        59,759        40,903   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

    46,420        31,574        47,635        39,248        53,913        36,466        14,971   

Depreciation and amortization expense

    5,732        4,519        6,242        5,618        4,889        2,537        1,696   

Goodwill impairment loss

    1,697        0        —          —          —          —          —     

Other operating expenses, net

    23        2,614        2,629        1,064        400        190        19   
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


Income from operations

  $ 39,581      $ 19,940      $ 32,790      $ 15,982      $ 10,225      $ 15,093      $ 12,212   

Interest income

    986        482        562        227        1,474        738        335   

Interest (expense)

    (37     (64     (76     (185     (129     (181     (4

Other income

    51        0        0        0        0        0        0   

Foreign exchange gain (loss)

    (3,138     (1,429     (2,181     (1,617     (3,819     (220     339   
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


Income before provision for income taxes

  $ 37,443      $ 18,929      $ 31,095      $ 14,407      $ 7,751      $ 15,430      $ 12,882   

Provision for income taxes

    5,474        2,251        2,787        879        3,701        3,462        3,147   
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


Net income

  $ 31,969      $ 16,678      $ 28,308      $ 13,528      $ 4,050      $ 11,968      $ 9,735   
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


Net income per share of common stock:

                                                       

Basic (common)

  $ 0.14      $ 0.54      $ 0.84      $ 0.23      $ 0.00      $ 0.24      $ 0.21   

Basic (puttable common)

  $ 0.40      $ 0.58      $ 0.84      $ 0.23      $ 0.00      $ 0.24      $ —     

Diluted (common)

  $ 0.14      $ 0.51      $ 0.79      $ 0.22      $ 0.00      $ 0.23      $ 0.21   

Diluted (puttable common)

  $ 0.37      $ 0.54      $ 0.79      $ 0.22      $ 0.00      $ 0.23      $ —     

Shares used in calculation of net income per share of common stock:

                                                       

Basic (common)

    17,078        17,057        17,056        16,719        16,050        16,831        16,323   

Basic (puttable common)

    44        149        141        153        114        20        —     

Diluted (common)

    20,156        19,032        19,314        18,474        17,980        18,671        16,330   

Diluted (puttable common)

    44        149        141        153        114        20        —     

Pro forma net income per share of common stock (1) :

                                                       

Basic

  $ 0.82              $ 0.88                                   

Diluted

  $ 0.74              $ 0.83                                   

Shares used in calculation of pro forma net income per share of common stock:

                                                       

Basic

    38,962                38,490                                   

Diluted

    43,334                40,748                                   

 

50


Table of Contents

(1)   Immediately prior to completion of this offering, all Series A-1, Series A-2 and Series A-3 convertible preferred stock will automatically convert to common stock. We made pro forma adjustments to our historical results of operations for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 to show the pro forma effect of the conversion of all of our Series A-1, A-2 and A-3 convertible preferred stock into a total of shares of common stock as if such events had occurred on January 1, 2010.

 

    As of
September 30,


    As of December 31,

 
    2011

    2010

    2010

    2009

    2008

    2007

    2006

 
    (in thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

                                                       

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 67,399      $ 38,157      $ 54,004      $ 52,927      $ 30,658      $ 26,495      $ 15,741   

Accounts receivable, net

    50,927        30,417        41,488        27,450        28,224        28,942        17,999   

Unbilled revenues, net

    33,417        32,914        23,883        13,952        9,777        5,444        1,300   

Property and equipment, net

    34,063        24,642        25,338        23,053        19,136        5,778        3,371   

Total assets

    209,758        147,840        170,858        135,407        106,924        86,116        52,104   

Accrued expenses

    15,845        9,142        15,031        4,928        7,103        11,075        1,916   

Deferred revenue

    3,981        3,674        5,151        4,417        990        4,733        2,507   

Revolving line of credit

    —          —          —          7,000        —          6,903        —     

Total liabilities

    41,006        24,943        35,900        30,196        18,793        35,731        17,373   

Preferred stock; Series A-1 convertible redeemable preferred stock and Series A-2 convertible redeemable preferred stock

    85,940        68,377        68,377        87,413        82,990        31,448        27,954   

Total stockholders’ equity

  $ 82,679      $ 53,577      $ 66,249      $ 16,534      $ 4,098      $ 18,324      $ 6,777   

 

51


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations in conjunction with the information under “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Our actual results and the timing of selected events could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those set forth under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

Overview

 

We are a leading global IT services provider focused on complex software product development services, software engineering and vertically-oriented custom development solutions. Since our inception in 1993, we have been serving independent software vendors, or ISVs, and technology companies. The foundation we have built serving ISVs and technology companies has enabled us to differentiate ourselves in the market for software engineering skills and technology capabilities. Our work with these clients exposes us to their customers’ challenges across a variety of industry “verticals.” This has enabled us to develop vertical-specific domain expertise and grow our business in multiple industry verticals, including Banking and Financial Services, Business Information and Media, Travel and Hospitality and Retail and Consumer.

 

Our delivery centers in Belarus, Ukraine, Russia, Hungary, Kazakhstan and Poland are strategically located in centers of software engineering talent and educational excellence across Central and Eastern Europe, or CEE, and the Commonwealth of Independent States, or the CIS. Our applications, tools, methodologies and infrastructure allow us to seamlessly deliver services and solutions from our delivery centers to global clients, thereby further strengthening our relationships with them. We also have client management locations in the United States, United Kingdom, Germany, Sweden, Russia, Switzerland and Kazakhstan.

 

Our clients primarily consist of Forbes Global 2000 corporations located in North America, Europe and the CIS. Selected companies among our top 30 clients based on 2010 revenues include Barclays, Citigroup, The Coca-Cola Company, Expedia, Google, InterContinental Hotels Group, Kingfisher, MTV Networks, Oracle, Renaissance Capital, SAP, Sberbank, Thomson Reuters, UBS and Wolters Kluwer. Our focus on delivering quality to our clients is reflected by an average of 92.8% and 77.3% of our revenues in 2010 coming from clients that had used our services for at least two and three years, respectively.

 

Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations

 

We have benefited significantly from growth in the global software development services industry. Growth in the industry is driven by the needs of major corporations to maintain and upgrade the technology and services required to operate in a cost-efficient manner. Software companies are also increasingly outsourcing work to IT services providers in order to streamline and reduce the cost of the software development process. The CEE software development services market is growing rapidly due to its large pool of skilled IT professionals, highly-developed infrastructure, strong government support and incentives, the geographic and cultural proximity between CEE countries and Europe and the desire of clients to diversify their use of software development services to multiple delivery locations.

 

The growth in the global software development services industry has also increased the cost of attracting and retaining high quality IT professionals in CEE and the CIS at a higher rate than we have historically faced. In addition, we face competition from offshore IT services providers in emerging outsourcing destinations with low wage costs such as India and China and our clients’ buying patterns could change if they become more price sensitive and accepting of low-cost suppliers. We believe the EPAM brand name and our reputation are important corporate assets that help distinguish our services from those of our competitors and also contribute to our efforts to recruit and retain talented employees in CEE and the CIS. We seek to accurately manage our

 

52


Table of Contents

pricing and cost estimates when negotiating contract terms with our clients to ensure we are able to maintain appropriate levels of project profitability while providing a high quality of service. We also seek to maintain optimal resource utilization levels and productivity with the efficient allocation of our IT professionals and facilities in our development centers in CEE and the CIS.

 

We believe that the most significant factors affecting our results of operations include:

 

   

Market demand for software development services;

 

   

Economic growth rates in the industries and countries in which our clients operate;

 

   

Shortages of skilled IT professionals in the United States and Europe;

 

   

ISVs and technology companies increasingly outsourcing work to IT service professionals to more efficiently scale their operations with strong software engineering skills;

 

   

Wage rates in countries where we operate, particularly in CEE countries where most of our employees are based; and

 

   

Changes in foreign exchange rates, especially relative changes in exchange rates between the U.S dollar and the British pound, euro, Russian ruble and Hungarian forint.

 

Our results of operations in any given period are also directly affected by company-specific factors, including:

 

   

Our ability to obtain new clients and generate repeat business from existing clients;

 

   

Our ability to expand the quality, range and delivery of our portfolio of service offerings and our expertise relative to our competitors;

 

   

Our ability to efficiently manage and utilize our IT professionals; and

 

   

Our ability to identify, integrate and effectively manage businesses that we acquire.

 

Certain Income Statement Line Items

 

Revenues

 

Revenues are derived primarily from providing software development services to our clients. During the third quarter of 2008, we started to experience a decrease in demand for our services as a result of the global economic downturn, which also continued to adversely affect demand during 2009. However, in 2010 and the first nine months of 2011 we experienced rapid growth in demand for our services and significantly expanded our business. In 2010, revenues increased by 47.9% to $221.8 million from $149.9 million in 2009, and increased by 58.5% to $239.4 million in the first nine months of 2011 from $151.1 million in the first nine months of 2010. We discuss below the breakdown of our revenues by service offering, vertical, client location, contract type and client concentration. Revenues consist of IT services revenues and reimbursable expenses and other revenues, which primarily include travel and entertainment costs that are chargeable to clients.

 

53


Table of Contents

Revenues by Service Offering

 

Software development includes software product development, custom application development services and enterprise application platforms services, and has historically represented, and we expect to continue to represent, the substantial majority of our business. The following table sets forth revenues by service offering by amount and as a percentage of our revenues for the periods indicated:

 

    Nine Months Ended September 30,

    Year Ended December 31,

 
    2011

    2010

    2010

    2009

    2008

 

Service Offering


  (in thousands, except percent)  

Software development

  $ 157,025         65.5   $ 103,055         68.3   $ 149,658         67.5   $ 105,397         70.3   $ 117,313         72.9

Application testing services

    48,523         20.3        30,540         20.2        44,459         20.0        28,489         19.0        27,096         16.9   

Application maintenance and support

    20,502         8.6        13,110         8.7        19,262         8.7        11,828         7.9        10,917         6.8   

Infrastructure services

    6,353         2.7        1,270         0.8        2,823         1.3        —           —          94         0.1   

Licensing

    2,686         1.1        1,093         0.7        1,849         0.8        2,094         1.4        2,184         1.4   

Reimbursable expenses and other revenues

    4,312         1.8        1,982         1.3        3,773         1.7        2,131         1.4        3,028         1.9   
   


  


 


  


 


  


 


  


 


  


Revenues

  $ 239,401         100.0   $ 151,050         100.0   $ 221,824         100.0   $ 149,939         100.0   $ 160,632         100.0
   


  


 


  


 


  


 


  


 


  


 

Revenues by Vertical

 

The foundation we have built with ISVs and technology companies has enabled us to leverage our strong domain knowledge and industry-specific knowledge capabilities to become a premier IT services provider to a range of additional verticals such as Banking and Financial Services, Business Information and Media, Travel and Hospitality and Retail and Consumer. The following table sets forth revenues by vertical by amount and as a percentage of our revenues for the periods indicated:

 

    Nine Months Ended September 30,

    Year Ended December 31,

 
    2011

    2010

    2010

    2009

    2008

 

Vertical


  (in thousands, except percent)  

ISVs and Technology

  $ 63,977         26.7   $ 48,351         32.0   $ 68,727         31.0   $ 57,695         38.5   $ 59,494         37.0

Banking and Financial Services

    53,801         22.5        27,672         18.3        42,835         19.3        17,069         11.4        21,534         13.4   

Business Information and Media

    46,622         19.5        32,047         21.2        45,749         20.6        28,587         19.1        22,385         13.9   

Travel and Hospitality

    28,618         12.0        12,780         8.5        18,780         8.5        9,869         6.6        5,271         3.3   

Retail and Consumer

    20,539         8.6        11,745         7.8        17,681         8.0        9,856         6.6        12,318         7.7   

Other verticals

    21,532         8.9        16,473         10.9        24,279         10.9        24,732         16.4        36,602         22.8   

Reimbursable expenses and other revenues

    4,312         1.8        1,982         1.3        3,773         1.7        2,131         1.4        3,028         1.9   
   


  


 


  


 


  


 


  


 


  


Revenues

  $ 239,401         100.0   $ 151,050         100.0   $ 221,824         100.0   $ 149,939         100.0   $ 160,632         100.0
   


  


 


  


 


  


 


  


 


  


 

54


Table of Contents

Revenues by Client Location

 

Our revenues are sourced from three geographic markets: North America, Europe and the CIS. We present our revenues by client location based on the location of the specific client site that we serve, irrespective of the location of the headquarters of the client or the location of the delivery center where the work is performed. As such, revenues by client location differ from the segment information in our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, which is not solely based on the geographic location of the clients but rather is based on managerial responsibility for a particular client regardless of client location. The following table sets forth revenues by client location by amount and as a percentage of our revenues for the periods indicated:

 

    Nine Months Ended September 30,

    Year Ended December 31,

 
    2011

    2010

    2010

    2009

    2008

 

Client Location


  (in thousands, except percent)  

North America

  $ 119,301         49.9   $ 81,091         53.7   $ 117,027         52.8   $ 80,168         53.5   $ 79,881         49.7

Europe

  $ 75,951         31.7   $ 39,136         25.9   $ 58,567         26.4   $ 32,635         21.8   $ 24,536         15.3

United Kingdom

    50,267         21.0        21,545         14.3        32,584         14.7        18,785         12.5        16,247         10.1   

Other

    25,684         10.7        17,591         11.6        25,983         11.7        13,850         9.3        8,289         5.2   

CIS

  $ 39,837         16.6   $ 28,841         19.1   $ 42,457         19.1   $ 35,005         23.3   $ 53,187         33.1

Russia

    31,041         13.0        21,239         14.1        31,488         14.2        24,503         16.3        42,853         26.7   

Other

    8,796         3.6        7,602         5.0        10,969         4.9        10,502         7.0        10,334         6.4   

Reimbursable expenses and other revenues

    4,312         1.8        1,982         1.3        3,773         1.7        2,131         1.4        3,028         1.9   
   


  


 


  


 


  


 


  


 


  


Revenues

  $ 239,401         100.0   $ 151,050         100.0   $ 221,824         100.0   $ 149,939         100.0   $ 160,632         100.0
   


  


 


  


 


  


 


  


 


  


 

Revenues by Contract Type

 

Our services are performed under both time-and-material and fixed-price arrangements. Our engagement models depend on the type of services provided to a client, the mix and locations of professionals involved and the business outcomes our clients are looking to achieve. Historically, the majority of our revenues have been generated under time-and-material contracts. Under time-and-material contracts, we are compensated for actual time incurred by our IT professionals at negotiated hourly, daily or monthly rates. Fixed-price contracts require us to perform services throughout the contractual period and we are paid in installments on pre-agreed intervals. We expect time-and-material arrangements to continue to comprise the majority of our revenues in the future.

 

The following table sets forth revenues by contract type by amount and as a percentage of our revenues for the periods indicated:

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,

    Year Ended December 31,

 
     2011

    2010

    2010

    2009

    2008

 

Contract Type


   (in thousands, except percent)  

Time-and-material

   $ 208,031         86.9   $ 129,907         86.0   $ 188,961         85.2   $ 122,514         81.7   $ 130,416         81.2

Fixed-price

     24,373         10.2        18,069         12.0        27,241         12.3        23,200         15.5        25,004         15.6   

Licensing

     2,685         1.1        1,092         0.7        1,849         0.8        2,094         1.4        2,184         1.3   

Reimbursable expenses and other revenues

     4,312         1.8        1,982         1.3        3,773         1.7        2,131         1.4        3,028         1.9   
    


  


 


  


 


  


 


  


 


  


Revenues

   $ 239,401         100.0   $ 151,050         100.0   $ 221,824         100.0   $ 149,939         100.0   $ 160,632         100.0
    


  


 


  


 


  


 


  


 


  


 

Revenues by Client Concentration

 

We have grown our revenues from our clients by continually expanding the scope and size of our engagements, and we have grown our key client base through internal business development efforts and several strategic acquisitions.

 

Our focus on delivering quality to our clients is reflected by an average of 92.8% and 77.3% of our revenues in 2010 coming from clients that had used our services for at least two and three years, respectively. In addition,

 

55


Table of Contents

we have significantly grown the size of existing accounts. The number of clients that accounted for over $5.0 million in annual revenues increased to 11 in 2010 from two in 2009, and the number of clients that generated at least $0.5 million in revenues increased to 75 in 2010 from 64 in 2009.

 

The following table sets forth revenues contributed by our top five and top ten clients by amount and as a percentage of our revenues for the periods indicated:

 

    Nine Months Ended September 30,

    Year Ended December 31,

 
    2011

    2010

    2010

    2009

    2008

 
    (in thousands, except percent)  

Top five clients

  $   79,064        33.0   $ 45,445        30.1   $ 65,908        29.7   $ 35,444        23.6   $ 38,545        24.0

Top ten clients

    108,074        45.1        65,080        43.1        94,529        42.6        53,001        35.3        59,076        36.8   

 

In 2010, our largest client, Thomson Reuters accounted for over 10% of our revenues. The volume of work we perform for specific clients is likely to vary from year to year, as we are typically not any client’s exclusive external IT services provider, and a major client in one year may not contribute the same amount or percentage of our revenues in any subsequent year.

 

Operating Expenses

 

Cost of Revenues (Exclusive of Depreciation and Amortization)

 

The principal components of our cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) are salaries, employee benefits and stock compensation expense, travel costs and subcontractor fees. Salaries and other compensation expenses of our IT professionals are allocated to cost of revenues regardless of whether they are actually performing services during a given period.

 

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses represent expenses associated with promoting and selling our services and include such items as senior management, administrative personnel and sales and marketing personnel salaries, stock compensation expense and related fringe benefits, legal and audit expenses, commissions, insurance, operating lease expenses, travel costs and the cost of advertising and other promotional activities. In addition, we pay a membership fee of 1% of revenues collected in Belarus to the administrative organization of the Belarus Hi-Tech Park.

 

Our selling, general and administrative expenses have increased primarily as a result of our expanding operations, acquisitions, and the hiring of a number of senior managers to support our growth. We expect our selling, general and administrative expenses to continue to increase in absolute terms as our business expands but will generally remain steady or slightly decrease as a percentage of our revenues.

 

Provision for Income Taxes

 

Determining the consolidated provision for income tax expense, deferred income tax assets and liabilities and related valuation allowance, if any, involves judgment. As a global company, we are required to calculate and provide for income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. During 2008, 2009 and 2010, we had $10.9 million, $14.3 million and $30.3 million, respectively, in income before provision for income taxes attributed to our foreign jurisdictions. The statutory tax rate in our foreign jurisdictions is lower than the statutory U.S. tax rate. Additionally, we have secured special tax benefits in Belarus and Hungary as described below. As a result, our provision for income taxes is low in comparison to income before taxes due to the benefit received from increased income earned in low tax jurisdictions. The foreign tax rate differential represents this significant reduction. Changes in the geographic mix or estimated level of annual pre-tax income can also affect our overall effective income tax rate.

 

56


Table of Contents

Our provision for income taxes also includes the impact of provisions established for uncertain income tax positions, as well as the related net interest. Tax exposures can involve complex issues and may require an extended period to resolve. Although we believe we have adequately reserved for our uncertain tax positions, we cannot assure you that the final tax outcome of these matters will not be different from our current estimates. We adjust these reserves in light of changing facts and circumstances, such as the closing of a tax audit, statute of limitation lapse or the refinement of an estimate. To the extent that the final tax outcome of these matters differs from the amounts recorded, such differences will impact the provision for income taxes in the period in which such determination is made.

 

Our subsidiary in Belarus is a member of the Belarus Hi-Tech Park, in which member technology companies are 100% exempt from the current Belarusian income tax rate of 24%. The “On High-Technologies Park” Decree, which created the Belarus Hi-Tech Park, is in effect for a period of 15 years from July 1, 2006.

 

Our subsidiary in Hungary benefits from a tax credit of 10% of annual qualified salaries, taken over a four-year period, for up to 70% of the total tax due for that period. We have been able to take the full 70% credit for 2007, 2008, 2009 and 2010 and expect to continue to do so in the foreseeable future.

 

Our domestic income before provision for income taxes differs from the North America segment operating profit because segment operating profit is a management reporting measure, which does not take into account most corporate expenses, as well as the majority of non-operating costs and stock compensation expenses. We do not hold our segment managers accountable for these expenses, as they cannot influence these costs within the scope of their operating authority, nor do we believe it is practical to allocate these costs to specific segments as they are not directly attributable to any specific segment. All our segments are treated consistently with respect to such expenses when determining segment operating profit.

 

Results of Operations

 

The following table sets forth a summary of our consolidated results of operations by amount and as a percentage of our revenues for the periods indicated. This information should be read together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The operating results in any period are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any future period.

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,

    Year Ended December 31,

 
     2011

    2010

    2010

    2009

    2008

 
     (in thousands, except percent)  

Revenues

   $ 239,401        100.0   $ 151,050        100.0   $ 221,824        100.0   $ 149,939        100.0   $ 160,632        100.0

Operating expenses:

                                                                                

Cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) (1)

     145,948        61.0        92,403        61.2        132,528        59.7        88,027        58.7        91,205        56.8   

Selling, general and administrative expenses (2)

     46,420        19.4        31,574        20.9        47,635        21.5        39,248        26.2        53,913        33.6   

Depreciation and amortization expense

     5,732        2.4        4,519        3.0        6,242        2.8        5,618        3.7        4,889        3.0   

Goodwill impairment loss

     1,697        0.7        —          0.0        —          —          —          —          —          —     

Other operating expenses, net

     23        0.0        2,614        1.7        2,629        1.2        1,064        0.7        400        0.2   
    


         


         


         


         


       

Income from operations

     39,581        16.5     19,940        13.2   $ 32,790        14.8   $ 15,982        10.7   $ 10,225        6.4

Interest income

     986        0.4        482        0.3        562        0.3        227        0.2        1,474        0.9   

Interest (expense)

     (37     0.0        (64     0.0        (76     (0.0     (185     (0.1     (129     (0.1

Other income

     51        0.0        —          0.0        —          0.0        —          0.0        —          0.0   

Foreign exchange (loss)

     (3,138     (1.3     (1,429     (0.9     (2,181     (1.0     (1,617     (1.1     (3,819     (2.4
    


         


         


         


         


       

Income before provision for income taxes

     37,443        15.6     18,929        12.5   $ 31,095        14.1   $ 14,407        9.7   $ 7,751        4.8

Provision for income taxes

     5,474        2.3        2,251        1.5        2,787        1.3        879        0.7        3,701        2.3   
    


         


         


         


         


       

Net income

   $ 31,969        13.4   $ 16,678        11.0   $ 28,308        12.8   $ 13,528        9.0   $ 4,050        2.5
    


         


         


         


         


       

(1)   Includes stock-based compensation expense of $947, $774, $1,314, $785 and $771 for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, and years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
(2)   Includes stock-based compensation expense of $1,207, $979, $1,625, $1,626 and $2,026 for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, and years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

 

57


Table of Contents

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011 Compared to Nine Months Ended September 30, 2010

 

Revenues

 

Revenues were $239.4 million in the first nine months of 2011, representing an increase of 58.5% from $151.1 million in the first nine months of 2010. The increase was primarily driven by the following factors:

 

   

Strong performance across all of our key verticals. In particular, Banking and Financial Services continued to experience an increase in revenues on strong demand from existing clients, with revenues growing by $26.1 million, or 94.4%, to $53.8 million in the first nine months of 2011 as compared to $27.7 million in the first nine months of 2010.

 

   

Strong performance across all of our geographies. Revenues from Europe grew 94.1% to $76.0 million in the first nine months of 2011 from $39.1 million in the first nine months of 2010, and revenues from North America grew 47.1% to $119.3 million in the first nine months of 2011 from $81.1 million in the first nine months of 2010. Revenues from Russia increased to $31.0 million in the first nine months of 2011 from $21.2 million in the first nine months of 2010.

 

   

Revenues from existing clients continued to increase in the first nine months of 2011. Revenues attributable to our top ten clients as of September 30, 2011 increased by 66.1% in the first nine months of 2011 as compared to the first nine months of 2010. This represented 48.6% of the overall increase in revenues in the first nine months of 2011.

 

Cost of Revenues (Exclusive of Depreciation and Amortization)

 

Cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) was $145.9 million in the first nine months of 2011, representing an increase of 57.9% from $92.4 million in the first nine months of 2010. The increase was primarily attributable to a net increase of 1,728 IT professionals from September 30, 2010 to September 30, 2011, to support the growth in demand for our services. As a percentage of revenues, cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) decreased to 61.0% in the first nine months of 2011 from 61.2% in the first nine months of 2010.

 

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses were $46.4 million in the first nine months of 2011, representing an increase of 47.0% from $31.6 million in the first nine months of 2010. The growth was primarily attributable to increased overhead costs and non-production staff required to support the growth in the business. In the first nine months of 2011, non-production staff headcount increased by 387, or 48.5%, from 798 at September 30, 2010, stock compensation expense increased from $1.0 million to $1.2 million and facilities expenses increased by $2.4 million, or 36.0%, to $8.9 million as compared to the first nine months of 2010. As a percentage of revenues, selling, general and administrative expenses decreased to 19.4% in the first nine months of 2011 from 20.9% in the first nine months of 2010.

 

Depreciation and Amortization Expense

 

Depreciation and amortization expense was $5.7 million in the first nine months of 2011, representing an increase of 26.8% from $4.5 million in the first nine months of 2010. The increase was primarily attributable to additional capital expenditures in IT equipment to support the growth in the headcount. As a percentage of revenues, depreciation and amortization expense decreased to 2.4% in the first nine months of 2011 from 3.0% in the first nine months of 2010.

 

Goodwill Impairment Loss

 

As a result of an operating loss in the Other reporting unit for the three months ended June 30, 2011, we performed a goodwill impairment test. In assessing impairment in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification, (“ASC”) No. 350, “Intangibles-Goodwill and Other,” we determined that the fair value of the Other reporting unit, based on the total of the expected future discounted cash flows directly related to the reporting

 

58


Table of Contents

unit, was below the carrying value of the reporting unit. We completed the second step of the goodwill impairment test, resulting in an impairment charge of $1.7 million. We do not believe it is necessary to perform an impairment test for the remaining reporting units since they continue to demonstrate strong earnings growth and operating margins, and no indicators of impairment currently exist.

 

Interest Income

 

Interest income was $1.0 million in the first nine months of 2011, representing an increase of 104.6% from $0.5 million in the first nine months of 2010. The increase was primarily driven by the interest paid on cash and cash equivalents which increased 48.5% from an average balance of $39.6 million during the first nine months of 2010 to $58.8 million during the first nine months of 2011.

 

Foreign Exchange (Loss)

 

Foreign exchange loss was $3.1 million in the first nine months of 2011, representing an increase of 119.6% from a $1.4 million loss in the first nine months of 2010. The increase was primary attributable to the movement of the Russian ruble, Belarusian ruble and the euro against the U.S. dollar.

 

Provision for Income Taxes

 

Provision for income taxes was $5.5 million in the first nine months of 2011, increasing from $2.3 million in the first nine months of 2010. The increase was primarily attributable to significant growth in consolidated pre-tax income, an increase in our clients’ need for onsite resources in North America and the United Kingdom, which increased our consolidated effective tax rate, a relative shift in offshore services performed in Belarus, where we are currently entitled to a 100% exemption from Belarusian income tax, to Ukraine and, to a lesser extent, Russia, both of which have significantly higher tax rates. In the first nine months of 2011, our effective tax rate was 14.6% as compared to our effective tax rate of 11.9% in the first nine months of 2010.

 

2010 Compared to 2009

 

Revenues

 

Revenues were $221.8 million in 2010, representing an increase of 47.9% from $149.9 million in 2009. This increase was primarily driven by the following factors:

 

   

Strong performance across all of our key verticals, particularly Banking and Financial Services, which increased revenues by $25.8 million, or 151.0%, and Business Information and Media, which increased revenues by $17.2 million, or 60.0%, as compared to 2009.

 

   

Continued penetration of clients in Europe, where revenues grew by 79.5% as compared to 2009. We experienced particularly rapid growth in the United Kingdom and Switzerland, where revenues increased by 73.5% and 311.6% respectively, in 2010 as compared to 2009, primarily attributable to the strength of Banking and Financial Services in these locations.

 

   

Expansion of our service offerings, which enabled us to cross-sell new services to our clients and meet the rapidly growing demand for complex product development solutions.

 

   

Growth in our top ten clients increased revenues by 78.4% as compared to 2009, driven by strong demand for our services, particularly from clients that accounted for over $5.0 million in annual revenues.

 

Cost of Revenues (Exclusive of Depreciation and Amortization)

 

Cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) was $132.5 million in 2010, representing an increase of 50.6% from $88.0 million in 2009. The increase was primarily attributable to the net addition of

 

59


Table of Contents

1,566 IT professionals in 2010, an increase of 41.4% from 3,784 professionals in 2009, to support growth in demand for our services. As a percentage of revenues, cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) increased to 59.7% in 2010 from 58.7% in 2009.

 

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses were $47.6 million in 2010, representing an increase of 21.4% from $39.2 million in 2009. The increase was primarily attributable to increased overhead costs as a result of the increase in revenues and overall operations, particularly related to growth in headcount. As a percentage of revenues, selling general and administrative expenses decreased to 21.5% in 2010 from 26.2% in 2009.

 

Depreciation and Amortization Expense

 

Depreciation and amortization expense was $6.2 million in 2010, representing an increase of 11.1% from $5.6 million in 2009. The increase was primarily attributable to the increase in capital equipment purchases to accommodate the increase in headcount and to support growth in revenues. As a percentage of revenues, depreciation and amortization expense decreased to 2.8% in 2010 from 3.7% in 2009.

 

Other Operating Expenses, Net

 

Other operating expenses, net, were $2.6 million in 2010, an increase from $1.1 million in 2009. The increase was primarily attributable to a litigation settlement in 2010.

 

Provision for Income Taxes

 

Provision for income taxes was $2.8 million in 2010, an increase from $0.9 million in 2009. The growth in revenues and consolidated pre-tax income in 2010, as well as an increase in non-deductible items, resulted in a higher tax expense. Our effective tax rate increased in 2010 to 9.0% compared to 6.1% in 2009.

 

2009 Compared to 2008

 

Revenues

 

Revenues were $149.9 million in 2009, representing a decrease of 6.7% from $160.6 million in 2008. The decrease was primarily driven by the following factors:

 

   

A decrease in revenues from Russia of $18.4 million, or 42.8%, attributable to global macroeconomic uncertainty and declining oil prices, which negatively impacted the Russian economy and contributed to a decline in value of the Russian ruble.

 

   

An increase in revenues in Europe, by 33.0%, attributable to an increase in revenues in Banking and Financial Services, and in North America, by 0.4%, which partially offset the decrease in revenues in Russia.

 

   

The significant impact of foreign exchange rates on our revenues, as the euro, British pound and Russian ruble all declined against the U.S. dollar.

 

At constant exchange rates, revenues in 2009 increased by 1.1% as compared to 2008. Calculating 2009 revenues at constant exchange rates allows an assessment of revenues before taking into account the effect of currency fluctuations. To present the constant exchange rate information, our revenues in 2009 for entities reporting in currencies other than U.S. dollars were converted into U.S. dollars at the exchange rates for 2008, rather than the exchange rates for 2009. We present this constant exchange rate information in order to assess how our underlying revenues performed before taking into account currency exchange fluctuations. We have also presented our actual reported revenues in order to provide the most directly comparable data under GAAP.

 

60


Table of Contents

Cost of Revenues (Exclusive of Depreciation and Amortization)

 

Cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) was $88.0 million in 2009, representing a decrease of 3.5% from $91.2 million in 2008. The decrease was primarily attributable to a net reduction in IT professionals in late 2008, which brought headcount down by 4.1% in 2009. Consistent with the decrease in our revenues, we reduced our compensation expenses and our headcount due to the impact of the global economic downturn on the demand for our services. As a percentage of revenues, cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) increased to 58.7% in 2009 from 56.8% in 2008.

 

At constant exchange rates, cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) in 2009 increased by 3.0% as compared to 2008. Calculating 2009 cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) at constant exchange rates allows an assessment of cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) before taking into account the effect of currency fluctuations. To present the constant exchange rate information, our cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) in 2009 for entities reporting in currencies other than U.S. dollars was converted into U.S. dollars at the exchange rates for 2008, rather than the exchange rates for 2009. We present this constant exchange rate information in order to assess how our underlying cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) performed before taking into account currency exchange fluctuations. We have also presented our actual reported cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) in order to provide the most directly comparable data under GAAP.

 

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses were $39.2 million in 2009, representing a decrease of 27.2% from $53.9 million in 2008. Our cost containment actions implemented in 2009 were broad-based, and included reduction in virtually every area of operations support, including support staffing, recruitment and development, infrastructure and internal systems development, administrative, communications, sales and marketing, and office equipment, which contributed $8.0 million. Reduction in bad debts contributed $3.1 million as the level of financial difficulties experienced by several of our clients in 2008 were not as pronounced in 2009. We also benefited from an investment in a new facility in Minsk, Belarus, which contributed to savings from redundant leased space costs of $2.6 million in 2009 as compared to 2008. As a percentage of revenues, selling, general and administrative expenses decreased to 26.2% in 2009 from 33.6% in 2008.

 

Depreciation and Amortization Expense

 

Depreciation and amortization expense was $5.6 million in 2009, representing an increase of 14.9% from $4.9 million in 2008. The increase was primarily attributable to depreciation related to our new Minsk facility, which was put into service during 2009, and increased amortization costs related to acquisitions. As a percentage of revenues, depreciation and amortization expense increased to 3.7% in 2009 from 3.0% in 2008.

 

Interest Income

 

Interest income was $0.2 million in 2009, representing a decrease of 84.6% from $1.5 million in 2008. The decrease was primarily attributable to the reduction in interest rates on certain money market accounts as a result of the economic downturn that began in the third quarter of 2008.

 

Foreign Exchange (Loss)

 

Foreign exchange loss was $1.6 million in 2009, representing a decrease of 57.7% from a $3.8 million loss in 2008. The decrease was primarily attributable to the movement of the Russian ruble and the euro against the U.S. dollar.

 

Provision for Income Taxes

 

Provision for income taxes was $0.9 million in 2009, representing a decrease of 76.2% from $3.7 million in 2008. The decrease was primarily attributable to significant non-deductible items in 2008, primarily consisting of bad debt expense and foreign exchange losses. Our effective tax rate was 6.1% in 2009 as compared to our effective tax rate of 47.7% in 2008.

 

61


Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

Capital Resources

 

At September 30, 2011, our principal sources of liquidity were cash and cash equivalents totaling $67.4 million and $30.0 million of available borrowings under our revolving line of credit.

 

At September 30, 2011, we had cash and cash equivalents of $67.4 million, of which $37.4 million was held outside the United States, including $22.1 million held in U.S. dollar denominated accounts in Belarus, which accrued at an average interest rate of 6.5% during 2010 and the first nine months of 2011. We have a $30.0 million revolving line of credit with PNC Bank, National Association. Advances under our revolving line of credit accrue interest at an annual rate equal to the London Interbank Offer Rate, or LIBOR, plus 1.25%. Our revolving line of credit is secured by the grant of a security interest in all of our U.S. trade receivables and cash on hand in favor of the bank and contains customary financial and reporting covenants and limitations. We are currently in compliance with all covenants contained in our revolving line of credit and believe that our revolving line of credit provides sufficient flexibility so that we will remain in compliance with its terms in the foreseeable future. Our revolving line of credit expires on October 15, 2013. At September 30, 2011, we had no borrowings outstanding under our revolving line of credit.

 

The cash and cash equivalents held at locations outside of the United States are for future operating expenses and we have no intention of repatriating those funds. We are not, however, restricted in repatriating those funds back to the United States, if necessary. If we decide to remit funds to the United States in the form of dividends, $33.0 million would be subject to foreign withholding taxes, of which $31.3 million would also be subject to U.S. corporate income tax. We believe that our available cash and cash equivalents held in the United States and cash flow to be generated from domestic operations will be adequate to satisfy our domestic liquidity needs in the foreseeable future.

 

We believe that our available cash and cash equivalents, cash flows expected to be generated from operations and net proceeds from this offering will be adequate to satisfy our current and planned operations in the foreseeable future. Our ability to expand and grow our business in accordance with current plans and to meet our long-term capital requirements will depend on many factors, including the rate, if any, at which our cash flows increase, our continued intent not to repatriate earnings from outside the U.S. and the availability of public and private debt and equity financing. To the extent we pursue one or more significant strategic acquisitions, we may incur debt or sell additional equity to finance those acquisitions.

 

Cash Flows

 

The following table summarizes our cash flows for the periods indicated:

 

    Nine Months Ended
September 30,


    Year Ended December 31,

 
    2011

    2010

    2010

    2009

    2008

 
    (in thousands)  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flow Data:

                                       

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

  $ 28,154      $ 1,732      $ 20,473      $ 26,112      $ (1,130

Net cash used in investing activities

    (13,562     (8,520     (10,826     (9,030     (19,332

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

    (1,103     (7,590     (8,043     6,460        26,316   

Effect of exchange-rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

    (94     (392     (527     (1,273     (1,691
   


 


 


 


 


Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

  $ 13,395      $ (14,770   $ 1,077      $ 22,269      $ 4,163   
   


 


 


 


 


Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

    54,004        52,927        52,927        30,658        26,495   
   


 


 


 


 


Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

  $ 67,399      $ 38,157      $ 54,004      $ 52,927      $ 30,658   
   


 


 


 


 


 

 

62


Table of Contents

Operating Activities

 

Net cash provided by operations increased by $26.4 million to $28.2 million during the first nine months of 2011 from $1.7 million net cash provided by operations during the first nine months of 2010, primarily attributable to higher net income that increased by $19.5 million before accounting for non-cash items in the first nine months of 2011 as compared to the first nine months of 2010. Revenues increased by 58.5% in the first nine months of 2011 as compared to the first nine months of 2010, causing net trade and unbilled accounts receivable to increase $21.0 million, or 33.2%, from $63.3 million as of September 30, 2010 to $84.3 million as of September 30, 2011. Amounts due to employees, the majority of which represents payroll costs for the most recent period, increased by $4.8 million, or 92.6%, from $5.2 million as of September 30, 2010 to $10.0 million as of September 30, 2011, driven by headcount growth.

 

Net cash provided by operations decreased by $5.6 million to $20.5 million during 2010 from $26.1 million during 2009. This was primarily attributable to increases in trade and unbilled accounts receivable, accrued expenses and taxes payable, and was offset by higher net income. Revenues increased 47.9% in 2010 as compared to 2009, causing net trade and unbilled accounts receivable to increase to $65.4 million, or 57.9%, as of December 31, 2010, from $41.4 million as of December 31, 2009. Accrued expenses increased to $15.0 million as of December 31, 2010 from $4.9 million as of December 31, 2009, due to an overall growth in operating expenses to support revenue growth and also attributable to a $7.8 million increase in the year-end bonus accrual, as a result of strong overall performance in 2010 as compared to 2009.

 

Net cash provided by operations increased by $27.2 million to $26.1 million of net cash provided by operating activities during 2009 as compared to $1.1 million of net cash used in operating activities during 2008. The primary driver of this increase was an overall cost containment effort implemented at the end of 2008 in response to the economic downturn, which included headcount reductions, travel restrictions and limitations on external professional fees.

 

Investing Activities

 

Net cash of $13.6 million was used in investing activities during the first nine months of 2011 as compared to $8.5 million of net cash used in investing activities during the first nine months of 2010. During the first nine months of 2011, capital expenditures increased by 117.7% to $12.9 million primarily associated with IT equipment acquisitions to support our growth in headcount.

 

Net cash of $10.8 million was used in investing activities during 2010 as compared to $9.0 million of net cash used in investing activities during 2009. This increase was primarily attributable to an increase in capital expenditures, which primarily consisted of IT equipment, of $7.3 million, related to our increased headcount, and a $2.5 million increase in restricted cash related to a client letter of credit, and was partially offset by a payment of $8.4 million for construction of a building in Minsk in 2009.

 

Net cash of $9.0 million was used in investing activities during 2009 as compared to $19.3 million of net cash used in investing activities during 2008. This decrease was primarily attributable to a decrease in capital expenditures of $8.8 million, as part of our cost containment efforts, and $1.2 million in acquisition costs in 2008 that did not recur in 2009.

 

Financing Activities

 

Net cash used in financing activities during the first nine months of 2011 decreased by $6.5 million to $1.1 million as compared to $7.6 million net cash used during the first nine months of 2010. This was primarily due to a decrease in the amount outstanding under our revolving line of credit by $7.0 million, partially offset by $1.2 million of public offering costs.

 

63


Table of Contents

Net cash of $8.0 million was used in financing activities during 2010 as compared to $6.5 million of net cash provided by financing activities during 2009. This decrease was primarily attributable to an increase in purchases of treasury stock of $6.8 million, the partial repurchase of $15.1 million of our Series A-2 convertible redeemable preferred stock and a repayment of amounts outstanding under our revolving line of credit of $7.0 million in 2010 which was borrowed in 2009. This decrease in 2010 was partially offset by an increase in the proceeds from the sale of treasury stock, net of costs, of $6.3 million and proceeds from the issuance of $15.0 million of preferred stock in 2010.

 

Net cash of $6.5 million was provided by financing activities during 2009 as compared to $26.3 million net cash provided by financing activities during 2008. This decrease was primarily attributable to the issuance of $47.6 million of preferred stock in 2008, and was partially offset by the increase of the amounts outstanding under our revolving line of credit of $7.0 million in 2009, the purchase of $14.5 million of treasury stock in 2008 and the repayment of the borrowings under our revolving line of credit of $6.9 million in 2008.

 

Contractual Obligations and Future Capital Requirements

 

Contractual Obligations

 

Set forth below is information concerning our fixed and determinable contractual obligations as of September 30, 2011.

 

     Total (1)

     Less than 1
Year


     1-3 Years

     3-5 Years

     More than 5
years


 
     (in thousands)  

Operating lease obligations

   $ 19,707       $ 7,207       $ 7,362       $ 4,640       $ 498   

(1)   Excludes any potential redemption obligations related to the Series A-1 and A-2 convertible redeemable preferred stock. Immediately prior to the completion of this offering, the Series A-1 and A-2 convertible redeemable preferred stock will automatically convert into shares of common stock.

 

Future Capital Requirements

 

We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents combined with our expected cash flow from operations will be sufficient to meet our projected operating and capital expenditure requirements for at least the next twelve months.

 

In addition, we expect that the net proceeds from this offering will provide us with the additional financial flexibility to execute our strategic objectives, including the ability to make acquisitions and strategic investments in the foreseeable future. Our ability to generate cash, however, is subject to our performance, general economic conditions, industry trends and other factors. To the extent that funds from this offering, combined with existing cash and cash equivalents and operating cash flow are insufficient to fund our future activities and requirements, we may need to raise additional funds through public or private equity or debt financing. If we issue equity securities in order to raise additional funds, substantial dilution to existing stockholders may occur. If we raise cash through the issuance of additional indebtedness, we may be subject to additional contractual restrictions on our business. There is no assurance that we would be able to raise additional funds on favorable terms or at all.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Commitments and Arrangements

 

We do not have any investments in special purpose entities or undisclosed borrowings or debt. Accordingly, our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows are not subject to off-balance sheet risks.

 

64


Table of Contents

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

 

Concentration of Credit and Other Risk

 

Financial instruments that potentially subject us to significant concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, trade accounts receivable and unbilled revenues. These financial instruments approximate fair value due to short-term maturities. We maintain our cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments with financial institutions. We believe that our credit policies reflect normal industry terms and business risk. We do not anticipate non-performance by the counterparties and, accordingly, do not require collateral.

 

Trade accounts receivable and unbilled revenues are generally dispersed across our clients in proportion to the revenues. For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, our top five clients accounted for 29.7%, 23.6% and 24.0% of revenues, respectively. One client, Thomson Reuters, accounted for over 10% of revenues in 2010 and 2009. Accounts receivable for this client were 16.9% and 17.5% of total accounts receivable as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Unbilled revenues for this client were 23.9% and 16.9% of total unbilled revenues as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 

Credit losses and write-offs of trade accounts receivable balances have historically not been material to our consolidated financial statements and have not exceeded our expectations.

 

Interest Rate Risk

 

Our exposure to market risk for changes in interest rates relates primarily to our cash and cash equivalents and our revolving line of credit bearing interest at LIBOR plus 1.25% rate. We do not use derivative financial instruments to hedge our risk of interest rate volatility.

 

We have not been exposed to material risks due to changes in market interest rates. However, our future interest expense may increase and interest income may fall due to changes in market interest rates.

 

Foreign Exchange Risk

 

Our consolidated financial statements are reported in U.S. dollars. However, we generate a significant portion of our revenues in certain non-U.S. dollar currencies, principally, euros, British pounds and Russian rubles. We incur expenditures in non-U.S. dollar currencies, principally in Hungarian forints, euros and Russian rubles associated with our delivery centers located in CEE. We are exposed to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates primarily on accounts receivable and unbilled revenues from sales in these foreign currencies and cash flows for expenditures in foreign currencies. We do not use derivative financial instruments to hedge the risk of foreign exchange volatility. Our results of operations can be affected if the euro and/or the British pound appreciate or depreciate against the U.S. dollar. Our exchange rate risk primarily arises from our foreign currency revenues and expenses. Based on our results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2010, a 1.0% appreciation / (depreciation) of the euro against the U.S. dollar would result in an estimated increase / (decrease) of approximately $0.23 million in net income, and 1.0% appreciation / (depreciation) of the British pound against the U.S. dollar would result in an estimated increase / (decrease) of approximately $0.12 million in net income.

 

To the extent that we need to convert U.S. dollars we receive from this offering into foreign currencies for our operations, appreciation of such foreign currencies against the U.S. dollar would adversely affect the amount of such foreign currencies we receive from the conversion. Sensitivity analysis is used as a primary tool in evaluating the effects of changes in foreign currency exchange rates, interest rates and commodity prices on our business operations. The analysis quantifies the impact of potential changes in these rates and prices on our earnings, cash flows and fair values of assets and liabilities during the forecast period, most commonly within a one-year period. The ranges of changes used for the purpose of this analysis reflect our view of changes that are reasonably possible over the forecast period. Fair values are the present value of projected future cash flows based on market rates and chosen prices.

 

65


Table of Contents

Critical Accounting Policies

 

We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP), which require us to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect: (i) the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, (ii) disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the end of each reporting period and (iii) the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during each reporting period. We evaluate these estimates and assumptions based on historical experience, knowledge and assessment of current business and other conditions, and expectations regarding the future based on available information and reasonable assumptions, which together form a basis for making judgments about matters not readily apparent from other sources. Since the use of estimates is an integral component of the financial reporting process, actual results could differ from those estimates. Some of our accounting policies require higher degrees of judgment than others in their application. When reviewing our consolidated financial statements, you should consider (i) our selection of critical accounting policies, (ii) the judgment and other uncertainties affecting the application of such policies and (iii) the sensitivity of reported results to changes in conditions and assumptions. We consider the policies discussed below to be critical to an understanding of our consolidated financial statements as their application places significant demands on the judgment of our management.

 

An accounting policy is considered to be critical if it requires an accounting estimate to be made based on assumptions about matters that are highly uncertain at the time the estimate is made, and if different estimates that reasonably could have been used, or changes in the accounting estimates that are reasonably likely to occur periodically, could materially impact the consolidated financial statements. We believe that the following critical accounting policies are the most sensitive and require more significant estimates and assumptions used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements. You should read the following descriptions of critical accounting policies, judgments and estimates in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and other disclosures included in this prospectus.

 

Revenue Recognition

 

We generate revenues primarily from software development services. We recognize revenues when realized or realizable and earned, which is when the following criteria are met: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; delivery has occurred; the sales price is fixed or determinable; and collectability is reasonably assured. If there is an uncertainty about the project completion or receipt of payment for the consulting services, revenues are deferred until the uncertainty is sufficiently resolved. At the time revenues are recognized, we provide for client incentive programs and reduce revenues accordingly.

 

We defer amounts billed to our clients for revenues not yet earned. Such amounts are anticipated to be recorded as revenues as services are performed in subsequent periods. Unbilled revenues represent services provided which are billed subsequent to the period end in accordance with the contract terms. All such amounts are anticipated to be realized in subsequent periods.

 

Our services are performed under both time-and-material and fixed-price contracts arrangements. For revenues generated under time-and-material contracts, revenues are recognized as services are performed with the corresponding cost of providing those services reflected as cost of revenues when incurred. The majority of such revenues are billed on an hourly, daily or monthly basis whereby actual time is charged directly to the client.

 

We recognize revenues from fixed-price contracts based on the proportional performance method. In instances where final acceptance of the product, system or solution is specified by the client, revenues are deferred until all acceptance criteria have been met. In absence of a sufficient basis to measure progress towards completion, revenues are recognized upon receipt of final acceptance from the client. The complexity of the estimation process and factors relating to the assumptions, risks and uncertainties inherent with the application of the proportional performance method of accounting affects the amounts of revenues and related expenses

 

66


Table of Contents

reported in our consolidated financial statements. A number of internal and external factors can affect our estimates, including labor hours and specification and testing requirement changes. The cumulative impact of any revision in estimates is reflected in the financial reporting period in which the change in estimate becomes known. Our fixed price contracts are generally recognized over a period of twelve months or less.

 

We enter into multiple element arrangements with our clients under time-and-material and fixed-fee contracts. In October 2009, the FASB issued a new accounting standard which provides guidance for arrangements with multiple deliverables. We adopted this standard effective January 1, 2010 for all new or amended contracts, and it did not have a material effect on our financial condition or consolidated results of operations, or change our units of accounting and how we allocate the arrangement consideration to various units of accounting. These arrangements consist of development services and other service deliverables that qualify for separate units of accounting. These other services include maintenance and support services for our time-and-material contracts and separately priced warranties for our fixed-fee contracts. These deliverables qualify for multiple units of accounting and therefore arrangement consideration is allocated among the units of accounting based on their relative selling price. The relative selling price is based on the price charged for the deliverable when it is sold separately. For multiple element arrangements under time-and-material contracts, revenue is recognized as services are performed for each deliverable. For arrangements under fixed-fee contracts, revenue is recognized upon delivery of development services under the proportional performance method and on a straight-line basis over the warranty period. The warranty period is generally six months to two years.

 

We report gross reimbursable “out-of-pocket” expenses incurred as both revenues and cost of revenues in the consolidated statements of income.

 

Accounts Receivable

 

Accounts receivable are recorded at net realizable value. We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of our clients to make required payments. The allowance for doubtful accounts is determined by evaluating the relative creditworthiness of each client, historical collections experience and other information, including the aging of the receivables. Recoveries of losses from accounts receivable written off in prior years are presented within income from operations on our consolidated statements of income.

 

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

 

Goodwill is measured as the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the sum of the amounts assigned to tangible and intangible assets acquired less liabilities assumed. The determination of the fair value of the intangible assets acquired involves certain judgments and estimates. These judgments can include, but are not limited to, the cash flows that an asset is expected to generate in the future and the appropriate weighted average cost of capital.

 

We do not amortize goodwill but perform a test for impairment annually, or when indications of potential impairment exist, utilizing a fair value approach at the reporting unit level. We determine fair value using the income approach, which estimates the fair value of our reporting units based on the future discounted cash flows. In testing for a potential impairment of goodwill, we estimate the fair value of our reporting units to which goodwill relates and determine the carrying value (book value) of the assets and liabilities related to those reporting units.

 

We amortize other intangible assets with determinable lives over their estimated useful lives. We record an impairment charge on these assets when we determine that their carrying value may not be recoverable. The carrying value is not recoverable if it exceeds the undiscounted future cash flows resulting from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition. When there exists one or more indicators of impairment, we measure any impairment of intangible assets based on a projected discounted cash flow method using a discount rate

 

67


Table of Contents

determined by our management to be commensurate with the risk inherent in our business model. The estimates of future cash flows attributable to our other intangible assets require significant judgment based on our historical and anticipated results.

 

Income Taxes

 

The provision for income taxes includes federal, state, local and foreign taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences of temporary differences between the consolidated financial statement carrying amounts and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the year in which the temporary differences are expected to be reversed. Changes to enacted tax rates would result in either increases or decreases in the provision for income taxes in the period of changes. We evaluate the realizability of deferred tax assets and recognize a valuation allowance when it is more likely than not that all or a portion of deferred tax assets will not be realized.

 

The realization of deferred tax assets is primarily dependent on future earnings. Any reduction in estimated forecasted results may require that we record valuation allowances against deferred tax assets. Once a valuation allowance has been established, it will be maintained until there is sufficient positive evidence to conclude that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will be realized. A pattern of sustained profitability will generally be considered as sufficient positive evidence to reverse a valuation allowance. If the allowance is reversed in a future period, the income tax provision will be correspondingly reduced. Accordingly, the increase and decrease of valuation allowances could have a significant negative or positive impact on future earnings.

 

We adopted ASC 740-10, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, on January 1, 2007. The adoption did not have an effect on the results of operations or financial position of the company. We recognize interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense in the consolidated statement of operations.

 

Accounting for Stock-Based Employee Compensation Plans

 

Stock-based compensation expense for awards of equity instruments to employees and non-employee directors is determined based on the grant-date fair value of the awards ultimately expected to vest. We recognize these compensation costs on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award, which is generally the option vesting term of four years.

 

We estimate forfeitures at the time of grant and revise our estimates, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures or vesting differ from those estimates. Such revisions could have a material effect on our operating results. The assumptions used in the valuation model are based on subjective future expectations combined with management judgment. If any of the assumptions used in the valuation model change significantly, stock-based compensation for future awards may differ materially compared to the awards previously granted.

 

     Options Granted

                                     
     2008

    2009

    August 13,
2010


    October 14,
2010


    December 17,
2010


    December 17,
2010


    December 17,
2010


    July 27,
2011


 

Number of options granted

     140,888        68,000        1,122,000        880,000        604,952        88,000        80,000        600,000   

Risk free interest rate

     3.36     3.00     1.78     1.78     1.78     1.78     1.02     2.05

Expected dividend yield

     0     0     0     0     0     0     0     0

Expected life

     6.25 years        6.25 years        6.25 years        6.25 years        6.25 years        6.25 years        6.25 years        6.25 years   

Expected volatility

     44.9     48.6     43.8     43.6     43.8     43.1     43.1     43.0

Exercise price

     4.63 (1)     $ 4.63      $ 4.63      $ 6.48 (3)     $ 6.88 (2)     $ 4.63      $ 6.88      $ 14.00   

Fair value of underlying common stock

   $ 4.63 (1)     $ 4.63      $ 6.13      $ 6.48 (3)     $ 6.88      $ 6.88      $ 6.88      $ 14.00   

(1)   The options’ original price at the fair value of the underlying shares of common stock of $9.26, but the options grant was modified in 2009.
(2)   The original grant was 552,000 options in August 2010 at an exercise price of $4.63 per share, and was modified in December 2010 to 604,952 options at an exercise price of $6.88 per share.
(3)   The exercise price and fair value per share of the underlying common stock for the grant made on October 14, 2010 is based on two transactions completed in September and October 2010 in which EPAM repurchased and subsequently resold common stock.

 

68


Table of Contents

Fair Value of Shares of Common Stock

 

We are a private company with no quoted market prices for our shares of common stock. We have therefore needed to make estimates of the fair value of our shares of common stock at various dates for the purpose of:

 

   

Determining the fair value of our shares of common stock at the date of acquisition when we have acquired another entity and the consideration given includes our shares of common stock.

 

   

Determining the fair value of our shares of common stock at the date of the grant of a stock-based compensation award to our employees as one of the inputs into determining the grant date fair value of the award.

 

   

Determining the fair value of our shares of common stock at the date of issuance of our convertible instruments in the determination of any beneficial conversion feature.

 

The following table sets forth the fair value of our shares of common stock estimated at different times. The third-party appraisals used to estimate the fair value of our common stock were performed on a contemporaneous basis.

 

Date


  Class of
Stock


  Date Valuation
was
Completed


  Fair Value
(per share)


    Probabilities of
Future Liquidity
Events: IPO /

M&A /
Continue Private

 

Purpose of Valuation


  Discount for
Lack of
Marketability


    Discount
Rate


 

February 19, 2008

  Common
Stock
  June 2008   $ 7.50      70% /25% /5%   Issuance of Series A-2 convertible redeemable preferred stock     20.0     19.6

September 30, 2008

  Common
Stock
  December 2008   $ 4.38      70% /25% /5%   Stock option grant     20.0     18.9

December 31, 2008

  Common
Stock
  March 2009   $ 4.25      70% /25% /5%   Computation of intrinsic value of employee stock options     20.0     18.6

September 30, 2009

  Common
Stock
  December 2009   $ 4.63      47.5% /47.5% /5%   Stock option grant     20.0     18.5

December 31, 2009

  Common
Stock
  March 2010   $ 5.75      47.5% /47.5% /5%   Computation of intrinsic value of employee stock options     20.0     19.6

August 31, 2010

  Common
Stock
  October 2010   $ 6.13      47.5% /47.5% /5%   Litigation settlement and stock option grant     20.0     19.2

November 30, 2010

  Common
Stock
  December 2010   $ 6.88      47.5% /47.5%/5%   Stock option grant     20.0     18.8

June 15, 2011

  Common
Stock
  July 2011   $ 14.00      60% /35% /5%   Stock option grant     20.0     19.0

September 15, 2011

  Common
Stock
  September 2011   $ 12.38      60% /35% /5%  

Computation of intrinsic value of employee stock options

    20.0     19.0

 

When estimating the fair value of our common stock, our management has considered a number of factors, including the result of contemporaneously (at or around the valuation date) performed third-party appraisals and equity transactions of our company, while taking into account standard valuation methods and the achievement of certain events.

 

The fair value of our common stock was determined with the assistance of an independent third-party valuation firm. The valuation reports have been used as part of our analysis in reaching our conclusion on stock values. We reviewed the valuation methodologies, which took into consideration the guidance prescribed by the AICPA Audit and Accounting Practice Aid “Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation,” or the Practice Aid, and believe the methodologies used are appropriate and the valuation results are representative of the fair value of our common stock.

 

 

69


Table of Contents

The valuations used a combination of (i) the income approach/discounted cash flow method and (ii) the market approach to derive the fair value of our common stock from 2008 through 2011. The income approach was applied only in the “Continue Private” scenario and received 100% weighting in that scenario. Two market approaches were utilized, the public company method and the merger and acquisition method. The public company method was applied only in the “IPO” scenario and received 100% of the weighting in that scenario. The merger and acquisition method was applied only in the “M&A” scenario and received 100% of the weighting in that scenario.

 

The determination of the fair value of our common stock requires us to make complex and subjective judgments regarding our projected financial and operating results, our unique business risks, the liquidity of our shares of common stock and our operating history and prospects at the time of each grant.

 

The major assumptions used in calculating the fair value of our common stock include:

 

   

Weighted average cost of capital, or WACC. The WACC was determined based on a consideration of factors including the risk-free rate, comparative industry risk, equity risk premium, company size and non-systematic risk factors.

 

   

Comparable companies. In deriving the WACC, which is used as the discount rate under the income approach, publicly traded companies in the software outsourcing industry were selected for reference as our guideline companies for valuation.

 

   

Capital market valuation multiples. With the assistance of our independent third-party valuation firm, we obtained and assessed updated capital markets data of the selected comparable companies and used, for our valuations multiples of enterprise value to revenues, and enterprise value to earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, or EBITDA. We calculate EBITDA as net income before interest income, interest expense, provision for income taxes, and depreciation and amortization expense.

 

   

Discount for lack of marketability. With the assistance of our independent third-party valuation firm, we considered a variety of empirical studies as well as, restrictions on the marketability of our common stock to determine an appropriate discount for lack of marketability.

 

The income approach involves applying appropriate discount rates to estimated cash flows that are based on earnings forecasts. Our revenues and earnings growth rates, as well as major milestones that we have achieved, contributed significantly to the increase in the fair value of our common stock. However, these fair values are inherently uncertain and highly subjective. The assumptions used in deriving the fair values are consistent with our business plan. These assumptions include: no material changes in the existing political, legal and economic conditions; no major changes in the tax rates applicable to our subsidiaries and consolidated affiliated entities; our ability to retain competent management, key personnel and staff to support our ongoing operations; and no material deviation in market conditions from economic forecasts. These assumptions are inherently uncertain. The risks associated with achieving our forecasts were assessed in selecting the appropriate WACC.

 

We use the probability-weighted expected return method to compute the value of the common stock. Under the probability-weighted expected return method, the value of an enterprise’s common stock is estimated based upon an analysis of future values for us assuming various possible future liquidity events (initial public offering, strategic sale or merger, dissolution and private enterprise ( i.e. , no liquidity event)). Stock value is based upon the probability-weighted present value of expected future net cash flows (distributions to stockholders) considering each of the possible future events, as well as the rights and preferences of each class of stock. In 2008, we used a 70% weighting for the “IPO” scenario to compute the value of our common stock as we had initiated preparations for an initial public offering at the time. As a result of the economic crisis and the difficult economic conditions that began in the third quarter of 2008, we cancelled such preparations and subsequently revised our weighting for the “IPO” scenario to 47.5% to compute the value of our common stock in 2009 and 2010, reflecting our view at the time that completing an initial public offering was less probable than it was in 2008.

 

70


Table of Contents

The fair value of our common stock decreased from $7.50 per share as of February 19, 2008 to $4.38 per share as of September 30, 2008 and $4.25 as of December 31, 2008. We believe the decrease in the fair value of our common stock was primarily attributable to the changing economic conditions that began with the Lehman Brothers collapse in the third quarter of 2008, driving down overall comparables and capital market valuations.

 

The fair value of our common stock increased from $4.25 as of December 31, 2008 to $4.63 as of September 30, 2009 and $5.75 as of December 31, 2009. We believe the increase in fair value of our common stock was due to our acquisition of Rodmon in the second quarter of 2009, which contributed a significant new revenue contract, which grew beyond anticipation almost immediately after closing. Additionally, in the fourth quarter of 2008 we implemented stringent cost controls that allowed us to reduce costs and improve profitability while facing an economic downturn.

 

The fair value of our common stock increased from $5.75 per share as of December 31, 2009 to $6.13 per share as of August 31, 2010 and $6.88 per share as of December 31, 2010. We believe the increase in fair value was due to the significant growth in revenues and profitability during 2010, 47.9% and 109.3%, respectively, compared to 2009. Although revenues and profitability also grew from the first six months of 2010 to the last six months of 2010, 41.2% and 66.7%, respectively, this sequential increase did not play a significant incremental role in the fair value increase between August 31, 2010 and December 31, 2010, as we believe it is consistent with normal seasonal trends in our business, primarily our hiring cycle and the budget and work cycles of our clients, rather than reflecting a significant change in our growth prospects compared to the growth trends evident in the period-over-period analysis. Additionally, our sales of common stock on September 30, 2010 and October 6, 2010, in each case at a price of $6.48 per share, tempered the fair value analysis as of December 31, 2010, but did not dictate it, due in large part to the overall improvement in the merger and acquisition and public markets in the last six months of 2010, which drove up the multiples used in the “IPO” and “M&A” scenarios.

 

The fair value of our common stock increased from $6.88 per share as of December 31, 2010 to $14.00 per share as of June 15, 2011, a rate of change that outpaced the increases from December 31, 2009 to August 31, 2010, and then to December 31, 2010. We believe the increase in fair value was due primarily to the significant growth in revenues and profitability we experienced during the first six months of 2011 compared to the first six months of 2010, such growth being 66.3% and 69.8%, respectively. This is a substantial improvement compared to the 33.2% growth in revenues we recorded in the first six months of 2010 compared to the first six months of 2009, although the growth in profitability between these two earlier periods was much greater than between the first six months of 2010 and 2011, in large part due to the fact that results in the first six months of 2009 were heavily depressed by the global economic downturn. In addition, although sequential revenue and profitability growth from the last six months of 2010 to the first six months of 2011, 17.8% and 1.8%, respectively, was less robust than the period-to-period comparison, we believe this primarily reflects the normal seasonal trends noted above, rather than a change in growth prospects. The valuation impact of our substantial period-over-period growth in revenues and profitability, which was the primary driver behind the fair value increase at June 15, 2011, was magnified by a 30.6% increase in the multiple used in the “IPO” scenario (8.5x as of November 30, 2010 compared to 11.1x as of June 15, 2011), as market valuations for our industry comparables gradually improved. At the same time, we increased the probability of an “IPO” event to 60% from 47.5%, and decreased the probability of an “M&A” event from 47.5% to 35%, due to our filing of a registration statement on Form S-1 with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 10, 2011. The increase in relative weighting of an “IPO” event, though having less of an impact on the fair value increase at June 15, 2011 than the increase in overall market valuations, augmented the impact of the relatively higher valuation indicated by the public company method compared to the merger and acquisition method, reflecting the future opportunities available to us if we become a public company, including the ability to use freely tradable common stock both as an acquisition currency and for purposes of attracting, rewarding and retaining the most highly talented employees.

 

The fair value of our common stock decreased from $14.00 per share as of June 15, 2011 to $12.38 per share as of September 15, 2011, then increased to $17.00 per share as of December 31, 2011. The decrease in fair value at September 15, 2011 was primarily attributable to the stock market impact of the ongoing Eurozone debt

 

71


Table of Contents

crisis and the outlook for the global economy in August 2011, resulting in a 26.1% decrease in the multiples used in the “IPO” scenario (11.1x as of June 15, 2011 compared to 8.2x as of September 15, 2011). The subsequent increase in fair value of our common stock at December 31, 2011 primarily reflected a 34.1% recovery in the multiples used in the “IPO” scenario (11.0x as December 31, 2011).

 

The discount for lack of marketability is applied only in the “Continue Private” scenario. As such, the prospect of a potential initial public offering or merger and acquisition event is not applicable in this scenario. Although we have grown in both revenues and profitability, the marketability of our shares has not changed materially given such scenario’s inherent assumption that we remain privately-held without a foreseeable liquidity event.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

In October 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued a new accounting standard, which provides guidance for arrangements with multiple deliverables. Specifically, the new standard requires an entity to allocate consideration at the inception of an arrangement to all of its deliverables based on their relative selling prices. In the absence of the vendor-specific objective evidence or third-party evidence of the selling prices, consideration must be allocated to the deliverables based on management’s best estimate of the selling prices. In addition, the new standard eliminates the use of the residual method of allocation. This guidance is required to be effective by no later than the first quarter of 2011 and early adoption is permitted. We adopted this standard effective January 1, 2010. Our adoption did not have a material effect on our financial condition, consolidated results of operations or disclosures.

 

In January 2010, the FASB issued new guidance requiring supplemental fair value disclosures and providing several clarifications regarding existing disclosure requirements. Specifically, the new guidance requires an entity to disclose separately the amounts of significant transfers in and out of Level 1 and Level 2 fair value measurements and to describe the reasons for the transfers. In addition, the new standard requires a gross presentation of the Level 3 rollforward, stating separately information about purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements. The new guidance also provides clarification regarding the appropriate level of disaggregation of assets and liabilities for the purpose of fair value disclosures as well as the requirement to provide disclosures about the valuation techniques and inputs used to measure fair value for both recurring and nonrecurring Level 2 and Level 3 measurements. Our adoption of this standard did not have a material effect on our financial condition, consolidated results of operations or disclosures.

 

In December 2010, the FASB issued a new accounting standard requiring that Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test be performed for reporting units whose carrying value is zero or negative. This guidance was effective January 1, 2011. Our adoption of this standard will not have a material effect on our financial condition or consolidated results of operations.

 

In December 2010, the FASB issued new guidance clarifying some of the disclosure requirements related to business combinations that are material on an individual or aggregate basis. Specifically, the guidance states that, if comparative financial statements are presented, the entity should disclose revenues and earnings of the combined entity as though the business combination (s) that occurred during the current year occurred as of the beginning of the comparable prior annual reporting period only. Additionally, the new standard expands the supplemental pro forma disclosure required by the authoritative guidance to include a description of the nature and amount of material, nonrecurring pro forma adjustments directly attributable to the business combination in the reported pro forma revenues and earnings. This guidance was effective January 1, 2011. Our adoption of this standard will not have a material effect on our financial condition or consolidated results of operations. However, it may result in additional disclosures in the event that we enter into a business combination that is material either on an individual or aggregate basis.

 

In June and December 2011, the FASB amended its guidance on the presentation of comprehensive income in financial statements to improve the comparability, consistency and transparency of financial reporting and to increase the prominence of items that are recorded in other comprehensive income. The new accounting guidance requires

 

72


Table of Contents

entities to report components of comprehensive income in either (1) a continuous statement of comprehensive income or (2) two separate but consecutive statements. The provisions of this new guidance are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011, with early adoption permitted. Our adoption of this standard will not have a material effect on our financial condition, consolidated results of operations or disclosures.

 

In September 2011, the FASB issued new guidance allowing companies testing goodwill for impairment to have the option of performing a qualitative assessment before calculating the fair value of the reporting unit (i.e. the first step of the goodwill impairment test). If companies determine, on the basis of qualitative factors, that the fair value of the reporting unit is more likely than not less than the carrying amount, the two-step impairment test would be required. This update is effective for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011, with early adoption permitted. We adopted this standard effective October 1, 2011. Our adoption of this standard will not have a material effect on our financial condition, consolidated results of operations or disclosures.

 

73


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

 

Overview

 

We are a leading global IT services provider focused on complex software product development services, software engineering and vertically-oriented custom development solutions. Since our inception in 1993, we have been serving independent software vendors, or ISVs, and technology companies. These companies produce advanced software and technology products that demand sophisticated software engineering talent, tools, methodologies and infrastructure to deliver solutions that support functionality and configurability to sustain multiple generations of platform innovation. The foundation we have built serving ISVs and technology companies has enabled us to differentiate ourselves in the market for software engineering skills and technology capabilities. Our work with these clients exposes us to their customers’ challenges across a variety of industry verticals. This has enabled us to develop vertical-specific domain expertise and grow our business in multiple industry verticals, including Banking and Financial Services, Business Information and Media, Travel and Hospitality and Retail and Consumer.

 

Our historical core competency is full lifecycle software development services including design and prototyping, product development and testing, component design and integration, product deployment, performance tuning, porting and cross-platform migration. We have developed extensive experience in each of these areas by working collaboratively with leading ISVs and technology companies, creating an unparalleled foundation for the evolution of our other offerings, which include custom application development, application testing, enterprise application platforms, application maintenance and support, and infrastructure management.

 

We believe the quality of our employees underpins our success and serves as a key point of differentiation in how we deliver a superior value proposition to our clients. Our delivery centers in Belarus, Ukraine, Russia, Hungary, Kazakhstan and Poland are strategically located in centers of software engineering talent and educational excellence across Central and Eastern Europe, or CEE, and the Commonwealth of Independent States, or the CIS. CEE includes Albania, Belarus, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Bulgaria, Croatia, Czech Republic, Estonia, Hungary, Latvia, Lithuania, Poland, Republic of Macedonia, Romania, Russia, Serbia and Montenegro, Slovakia, Slovenia, the former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, Turkey and Ukraine. The CIS is comprised of constituents of the former U.S.S.R., including Armenia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Georgia, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Moldova, Russia, Tajikistan, Turkmenistan, Ukraine and Uzbekistan. Our highly-skilled information technology, or IT, professionals, combined with our extensive experience in delivering custom solutions that meet our clients’ pressing business needs, has allowed us to develop a deep culture of software engineering excellence. We believe this culture enables us to attract, train and retain talented IT professionals. We employ highly-educated IT professionals, over 90% of whom hold a master’s equivalent university degree in math, science or engineering and over 90% of whom are proficient in English as of September 30, 2011.

 

To ensure we attract the best candidates from this deep talent pool, we have developed close relationships with leading technical institutions in CEE, whereby we actively support curriculum development and engage students to identify their talents and interests. We continue to expand these efforts throughout the major talent hubs within CEE. According to the most recent data available from the United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization, or UNESCO, nearly 950,000 students with science and technology degrees graduate from universities and training academies in CEE each year. The programming talent of students in CEE was recently demonstrated in the 2011 ACM International Collegiate Programming Contest World Finals, where seven of the top eleven university teams were from CEE.

 

Since inception, we have invested significant resources into developing a proprietary suite of internal applications and tools to manage all aspects of our delivery process. These applications and tools are effective in reducing risks, such as security breaches and cost overruns, while providing control and visibility across all project lifecycle stages to both us and our clients. In addition, these applications and tools enable us to provide solutions using the optimal software product development methodologies, including iterative methodologies such as Agile development. Our applications, tools, methodologies and infrastructure allow us to seamlessly deliver

 

74


Table of Contents

services and solutions from our delivery centers to global clients, thereby further strengthening our relationships with them. Software Magazine, an independent publication for IT professionals, recently recognized our software development project management tools and services alongside those of other leading ISVs.

 

We believe we are the only SAS 70 Type II certified IT services provider with multiple delivery centers in CEE, based on our analysis of publicly available information of IT services providers. This certification is a widely recognized auditing standard developed by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, or AICPA, and it serves as additional assurance to our clients that are required to validate the controls in place to protect the security of their sensitive data. Furthermore, this is an important certification for firms in data and information-intensive industries, as well as any organization that is subject to Sarbanes-Oxley internal controls certification requirements. Our SAS 70 Type II certification, in addition to our multiple ISO/IEC 27001:2005 and ISO 9001:2000 attestations, underscores our focus on establishing stringent security standards and internal controls.

 

Our clients primarily consist of Forbes Global 2000 corporations located in North America, Europe and the CIS. Selected companies among our top 30 clients based on 2010 revenues include Barclays, Citigroup, The Coca-Cola Company, Expedia, Google, InterContinental Hotels Group, Kingfisher, MTV Networks, Oracle, Renaissance Capital, SAP, Sberbank, Thomson Reuters, UBS and Wolters Kluwer. We maintain a geographically diverse client base with 52.8% of our 2010 revenues from clients located in North America, 26.4% from clients in Europe and 19.1% from clients in the CIS. Our focus on delivering quality to our clients is reflected by an average of 92.8% and 77.3% of our revenues in 2010 coming from clients that had used our services for at least two and three years, respectively. In addition, we have significantly grown the size of existing accounts. For example, from 2008 to 2010 the number of clients accounting for over $5.0 million in annual revenues increased from six to 11.

 

Our revenues have grown from $69.8 million in 2006 to $221.8 million in 2010, representing a four-year compound annual growth rate, or CAGR, of 33.5%. Our net income has grown from $9.7 million to $28.3 million over the same period, representing a CAGR of 30.6%. For the nine months ended September 30, 2011, our revenues and net income were $239.4 million and $32.0 million, respectively, representing a 58.5% and 91.7% increase over the prior year period.

 

Unless otherwise indicated, information contained in this prospectus concerning our industry and the markets in which we operate, including our general expectations and market position, market opportunity and market share, is based on information from various sources (including industry publications, surveys and forecasts and our internal research), on assumptions that we have made, which we believe are reasonable, based on those data and other similar sources and on our knowledge of the markets for our services. The projections, assumptions and estimates of our future performance and the future performance of the industry in which we operate are necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates included in this prospectus.

 

Industry Background

 

Offshore Research and Development/Software Product Development Services

 

Corporations are increasingly “offshoring” their research and development, or R&D, and software product development needs to respond to industry challenges. Offshore IT services providers, or IT services providers with substantial development and delivery operations outside a majority of their clients’ home countries, have enabled corporations to effectively respond to shrinking product lifecycles, advances in technology and increased global competition by streamlining development and improving time-to-market. The shortage of vertical-specific research and software product development talent in the United States and Europe, the speed at which technology changes in the IT industry and the favorable cost of offshore outsourcing resources continue to encourage organizations to increase outsourcing of their R&D and software product development spending. According to

 

75


Table of Contents

IDC, an independent third-party research firm, worldwide offshore R&D/software development services spending grew from $5.7 billion in 2005 to $8.0 billion in 2009, representing a four-year CAGR of 8.7%. IDC estimates this market will grow at an estimated five-year CAGR of 11.8% through 2014 to $14.0 billion.

 

Offshore IT Services

 

Many corporations throughout the world have found it difficult to access high-quality IT talent and stay current with the evolution of development methodologies and tools. As such, the offshore outsourcing model has become an embedded component of IT services delivery. The demand for offshore outsourcing is driven by clients seeking not only cost-effective solutions, but also improved productivity and quality as well as access to high-quality labor. Outsourcing can result in significant productivity improvement and operating cost reduction, as organizations choose IT services providers with specialized knowledge, development methodologies and processes and that understand the unique needs of their clients. Specialization provides the efficiency and flexibility that allows for quicker turnaround times and higher levels of quality. These benefits have served as a catalyst for the increase in the number of global companies incorporating offshore outsourcing of IT services into their operating strategies. According to IDC, offshore IT services spending in the United States and Europe, the Middle East and Africa, or EMEA, grew from $12.7 billion in 2005 to $30.0 billion in 2009, representing a four-year CAGR of 24.0%. IDC estimates this market will further grow at an estimated five-year CAGR of 6.1% through 2014 to $40.2 billion.

 

Growth of Central and Eastern Europe as an Offshore Delivery Region

 

The growing acceptance of the offshore delivery model, beyond the traditional India-based IT services providers, has created significant opportunities for CEE-based IT services providers. CEE-based IT services providers now compete against the largest and more-established global IT services providers and have been recognized by independent third-party research firms such as IDC for providing complex IT services. As a result, according to the Central and Eastern European Outsourcing Association, the volume of IT outsourcing and custom software product development services exported from CEE was expected to increase between 10% and 30% in 2010, depending on the country. Factors contributing to this growth include:

 

   

Availability of highly-educated, multilingual IT professionals. CEE has a focus on rigorous mathematical and scientific educational training. According to the most recent data available from UNESCO, nearly 950,000 students with science and technology degrees graduate from universities and training academies in CEE each year. This sizeable talent pool provides an abundant supply of qualified, well-educated IT professionals. Furthermore, CEE has a significant number of individuals who speak multiple languages, including English, German, French, Spanish, Italian and Swedish, which provides a distinct advantage in accessing key markets in the CIS, the United States and Europe.

 

   

Cultural compatibility with the European market. As the European market increasingly adopts outsourcing of IT services as an integral component of corporate strategy, we believe CEE-based IT outsourcing organizations are well-positioned to capture such growth given similar language and cultural attributes and geographic proximity. Additionally, according to IDC, the 2008 economic crisis resulted in the increased use of offshore IT outsourcing by European companies, including geographically proximate or “nearshore” IT outsourcing, with a 10% increase observed in the number of IT outsourcing contracts signed in 2010 compared to the prior year.

 

   

Corporations diversifying their use of offshore IT services to multiple delivery locations and IT services providers. Clients are increasingly engaging CEE-based IT organizations to reduce their dependence on traditional IT offshoring destinations such as India. CEE maintains skilled IT professionals, favorable labor costs and relatively low attrition rates compared to other offshore outsourcing destinations.

 

Our Approach

 

Since our inception, we have focused on software product development, which we have refined through repeat, multi-year engagements with major ISVs including three of the top seven ISVs by revenues according to

 

76


Table of Contents

Software Magazine. Unlike custom application development, which is usually tailored to very specific business requirements, software products of ISVs must be designed with a high level of product configurability and operational performance to address the needs of a diverse set of end-users working in multiple industries and operating in a variety of deployment environments. This demands a strong focus on upfront design and architecture, strict software engineering practices, and extensive testing procedures.

 

Our focus on software product development services for ISVs and technology companies requires high-quality software engineering talent, advanced knowledge of up-to-date methodologies and productivity tools, and strong project management practices. As a result, we have developed a culture focused on innovation, technology leadership and process excellence, which helps us maintain a strong reputation with our clients for technical expertise and high-quality project delivery.

 

Our work with ISVs and technology companies, including both global leaders in enterprise software platforms and emerging, innovative technology companies focusing on new trends, exposes us to their customers’ business and strategic challenges, allowing us to develop vertical-specific domain expertise. In this sense, our experience with ISV and technology company clients enables us to grow our business in multiple industries, including Banking and Financial Services, Business Information and Media, Travel and Hospitality and Retail and Consumer.

 

Our Strengths and Strategies

 

Our objective is to be a leader in providing high-quality software engineering services for leading global ISVs and emerging technology companies, and use our accumulated technology and industry expertise to become a strategic vendor of choice for delivering complex software solutions and other complementary and diversified IT services to industry-leading companies across a range of verticals. We continue to leverage the following core strengths and strategies to achieve this objective:

 

Strengthen Technical Expertise

 

We have spent over a decade working with industry-leading ISVs and technology companies to develop various key features of their product portfolios. Our focus on complex software product development has shaped key aspects of our service offerings as well as our culture of software engineering excellence, enabling us to accelerate our expansion of our services into other key industry verticals. In addition, our work with innovative companies in developing emerging technologies, such as cloud and mobile, keeps us on the cutting edge of information technology, strengthens our relationships with our established ISVs and other clients and enables us to attract new clients. We plan to continue focusing on software engineering services for industry-leading ISVs and emerging technology companies to further develop our technical expertise and advance our knowledge of new software engineering and technology trends.

 

Deepen Vertical Expertise

 

We have traditionally focused on enterprises that are technology- and information-centric, where our deep software development expertise is highly valued. To further enhance our client solutions in each of our verticals, we have recruited IT professionals with significant industry expertise and understanding of vertical-specific business operations and issues. The combination of our software development expertise and vertical industry depth has enabled us to build vertical-specific internal Competency Centers that our IT professionals use and provide our clients with rapid time-to-market solutions. For example, in our Travel and Hospitality vertical, we have developed and offer our clients Loyalty, Marketing and Booking Engine frameworks, which enable our clients to quickly launch and adapt targeted affinity programs. In our Business Information and Media vertical, we have built a Business Information Competency Center to leverage our expertise in complex content management systems implementation as well as to offer multiple intellectual property assets for content aggregation, text extraction and tagging, search, and publishing across many engagements within the vertical. We plan to continue enhancing our deep expertise in different verticals by recruiting IT professionals with industry expertise.

 

77


Table of Contents

Attract, Develop and Retain Highly-Skilled Employees

 

We place a high priority on attracting, training and retaining our employees, which we believe is integral to our continued ability to grow our client relationships. Our reputation as a leading provider of complex software development solutions in the CEE and our culture have been critical elements in attracting and retaining our IT professionals. We have over 160 dedicated full-time employees that oversee all aspects of our human capital management process. Each new IT professional we hire undergoes approximately three to six months of classroom training as well as numerous hours of hands-on training on client engagements. On average, our IT professionals have over six years of industry expertise, over 90% have master’s equivalent university degrees in math, science or engineering and over 90% are proficient in English. In 2010, our total attrition rate was 9.4%.

 

Develop and Enhance Scalable Proprietary Processes, Applications and Tools

 

To streamline and accelerate the software development process, we have created a full suite of proprietary software development lifecycle processes, applications and tools. From managing every aspect of a development project, to automated testing tools, to management and hosting options for delivered solutions, our applications and tools help ensure that our clients achieve faster turn-around times, high-quality results and superior value. Our custom-built, proprietary internal project management system allows our project teams to work across multiple locations seamlessly within our global delivery ecosystem and provides us with detailed insight into our entire business, including the capabilities and utilization of our employees, in order to quickly staff our new and existing engagements with the best available resources. The applications also form a foundation for our internal management information system which allows us to monitor and manage our business to track a wide variety of operational metrics that are merged with financial information to produce deep, granular reporting necessary for real-time decision making.

 

Selectively Pursue Strategic Acquisitions

 

We have historically pursued strategic acquisitions focused on expanding our vertical-specific domain expertise, geographic footprint, service portfolio, client base and management expertise. We have significant experience successfully completing and integrating complementary acquisitions. For example, we acquired Fathom Technologies in 2004, which established the foundation for our European operations, we acquired VDI in 2006, which gave us access to the large and growing local Russian market and we acquired B2Bits in 2007, which further strengthened our financial services vertical capabilities. Furthermore, as part of our strategy to expand our geographic footprint with high-quality global resources, we may pursue acquisitions of companies with significant presence in China, Latin America or elsewhere. Our acquisition strategy is shaped by our continued focus on acquiring scalable resources and developing a global, multi-shore operation with high-quality software engineering talent.

 

Our Services

 

Our service offerings cover the full software development lifecycle from complex software development services through maintenance and support, custom application development, application testing, enterprise application platforms and infrastructure management. Our key service offerings include:

 

Software Product Development Services

 

We provide a comprehensive set of software product development services including product research, design and prototyping, product development, component design and integration, full lifecycle software testing, product deployment and end-user customization, performance tuning, product support and maintenance, as well as porting and cross-platform migration. We focus on development services for enterprise software products covering a wide range of business applications as well as product development for multiple mobile platforms and embedded software product services.

 

78


Table of Contents

Custom Application Development Services

 

We offer complete custom application development services to meet the requirements of businesses with sophisticated application development needs not adequately supported by packaged applications or by existing custom solutions. Our custom application development services leverage our experience in software product development as well as our industry expertise, prebuilt application solution frameworks and specific software product assets. Our range of services includes business and technical requirements analysis, solution architecture creation and validation, development, component design and integration, quality assurance and testing, deployment, performance tuning, support and maintenance, legacy applications re-engineering/refactoring, porting and cross-platform migration and documentation.

 

Application Testing Services

 

We maintain a dedicated group of over 1,200 testing and quality assurance professionals with experience across a wide range of technology platforms and industry verticals. Our Quality Management System complies with global quality standards such as ISO 9001:2000 and we employ industry-recognized and proprietary defect tracking tools to deliver a comprehensive range of testing services. Our application testing services include: (i) software application testing, including test automation tools and frameworks; (ii) testing for enterprise IT, including test management, automation, functional and non-functional testing, as well as defect management; and (iii) consulting services focused on helping clients improve their existing software testing and quality assurance practices.

 

Enterprise Application Platforms

 

As a proven provider of software product development services to major ISVs, we have participated in the development of industry standard technology and business application platforms and their components in such specific areas as customer relationship management and sales automation, enterprise resource planning, enterprise content management, business intelligence, e-commerce, mobile, Software-as-a-Service and cloud deployment. Our experience in such areas allowed us to offer services around Enterprise Application Platforms, which include requirements analysis and platform selection, deep and complex customization, cross-platform migration, implementation and integration, as well as support and maintenance. We use our experience, custom tools and specialized knowledge to integrate our clients’ chosen application platforms with their internal systems and processes and to create custom solutions filling the gaps in their platforms’ functionality necessary to address the needs of the clients’ users and customers.

 

Application Maintenance and Support

 

We deliver application maintenance and support services through our dedicated team of 490 IT professionals. Our application maintenance and support offerings meet rigorous CMMI and SAS 70 Type II requirements. Our clients benefit from our proprietary distributed project management processes and tools, which reduces the time and costs related to maintenance, enhancement and support activities. Our services include incident management, fault investigation diagnosis, work-around provision, application bug fixes, release management, application enhancements and third-party maintenance.

 

Infrastructure Management Services

 

Given the increased need for tighter enterprise integration between software development, testing and maintenance with private, public and mobile infrastructures, our service offerings also cover infrastructure management services. We have significant expertise in implementing large infrastructure monitoring solutions, providing real-time notification and control from the low-level infrastructure up to and including applications. Our SAS 70 Type II, ISO/IEC 27001:2005 and ISO 9001:2000 certifications provide our clients with third-party verification of our information security policies. Our solutions cover the full lifecycle of infrastructure management including application, database, network, server, storage and systems operations management, as well as incident notification and resolution.

 

79


Table of Contents

Our Verticals

 

Strong vertical-specific domain knowledge backed by extensive experience merging technology with the business processes of our clients allows us to deliver tailored solutions to the following industry verticals:

 

   

ISVs and Technology;

 

   

Banking and Financial Services;

 

   

Business Information and Media;

 

   

Travel and Hospitality; and

 

   

Retail and Consumer.

 

We also serve the diverse technology needs of clients in the energy, telecommunications, automotive, manufacturing, insurance and life sciences industries and the government.

 

The following table sets forth our revenues by vertical by amount and as a percentage of our revenues for the periods presented:

 

    Nine Months Ended September 30,

    Year Ended December 31,

 
    2011

    2010

    2010

    2009

    2008

 
Vertical  

(in thousands, except percent)

 

ISVs and Technology

  $ 63,977        26.7   $ 48,351        32.0   $ 68,727        31.0   $ 57,695        38.5   $ 59,494        37.0

Banking and Financial Services

    53,801        22.5        27,672        18.3        42,835        19.3        17,069        11.4        21,534        13.4   

Business Information and Media

    46,622        19.5        32,047        21.2        45,749        20.6        28,587        19.1        22,385        13.9   

Travel and Hospitality

    28,618        12.0        12,780        8.5        18,780        8.5        9,869        6.6        5,271        3.3   

Retail and Consumer

    20,539        8.6        11,745        7.8        17,681        8.0        9,856        6.6        12,318        7.7   

Other verticals

    21,532        8.9        16,473        10.9        24,279        10.9        24,732        16.4        36,602        22.8   

Reimbursable expenses and other revenues

    4,312        1.8        1,982        1.3        3,773        1.7        2,131        1.4        3,028        1.9   
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Revenues

  $ 239,401        100.0   $ 151,050        100.0   $ 221,824        100.0   $ 149,939        100.0   $ 160,632        100.0
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 

ISVs and Technology

 

ISVs and technology companies have a constant need for innovation and rapid time-to-market. Since inception, we have focused on providing complex software product development services to leading global ISVs and technology companies to meet these demands. Through our experience with many industry leaders, where we currently serve over 70 ISVs, including three out of the seven largest software companies in the world by revenues, we have developed rigorous standards for software product development, as well as proprietary internal processes, methodologies and IT infrastructure. Our services span the complete software development lifecycle for software product development, testing and performance tuning, deployment and maintenance and support. We offer a comprehensive set of software development methodologies, depending on client requirements, from linear or sequential methodologies such as waterfall, to iterative methodologies such as Agile. In addition, we are establishing close partner relationships with many of our ISV and technology company clients and are offering distributed professional services around their product offerings directly to our corporate clients.

 

Case Study.     Our client, one of the top five global enterprise software companies, wanted to establish an offshore development center to reduce time-to-market, scale up its in-house technical staff to obtain greater flexibility with resource utilization and receive access to specialized skills not available in-house. To address the client’s needs, we established a dedicated offshore development center, providing development, integration, migration, testing, maintenance and support as well as consulting services. We also began delivering software and IT services for our client’s deployed solutions and established an independent testing center staffed with over

 

80


Table of Contents

50 test software engineers. As a result, we have maintained a relationship with this client since 2002 and have approximately 300 IT professionals dedicated to the account. In addition, we have partnered with this client to offer professional services tailored to its product lines and delivered by an effective global delivery model directly to our other corporate clients.

 

Banking and Financial Services

 

We established our Banking and Financial Services vertical in 2006 and have significant experience working with global retail and investment banks, investment firms, depositories, corporate treasuries, pension funds and market data providers. We offer a broad portfolio of services in asset and wealth management, corporate and retail banking, cards and payments, investment banking and brokerage, research and analysis as well as governance, risk and compliance. We have also established an internal Capital Markets Competency Center, which facilitates knowledge exchange, education and collaboration across our organization and develops new software products, frameworks and components to further enhance our industry-specific solutions and services.

 

Case Study.     Our client, a leading global investment bank, wanted to expand and optimize its IT capacity through expansion to an offshore location. The contemplated IT facility would operate according to the bank’s highly secure continuous service environment, providing 24/7 services to maintain and support for mission-critical business applications. To address the bank’s requirements, we established a stand-alone offshore development center in Ukraine to capitalize on the size of the available talent pool, its proximity to key European business centers and its favorable position between Asian and European markets. We recruited approximately 300 IT professionals with significant technical and domain expertise in a period of 12 months and now deliver our services to each of the client’s offices in the Americas, EMEA and the Asia-Pacific region, providing them with comprehensive application development, application testing, and application production and infrastructure management services.

 

Business Information and Media

 

We have established long term relationships with leading business information and media companies, which enable us to bring sustainable value creation and enhanced return-on-content for organizations within this vertical. Our solutions help clients develop new revenue sources, accelerate the creation, collection, packaging and management of content and reach broader audiences. We serve clients in a range of business information and media sub-sectors, including entertainment media, news providers, broadcasting companies, financial information providers, content distributors and advertising networks. Our Business Information Competency Center enables us to provide our clients with solutions that help them overcome challenges related to operating legacy systems, manage varied content formats, rationalize their online assets and lower their cost of delivery. In addition, we provide knowledge discovery platform services through our InfoNgen business, which combines custom taxonomy development with web crawling, internal file and e-mail classification, newsletter and feed publication and content trend analysis.

 

Case Study.     We have provided solutions to one of the leading global business information vendors since 2003, including product and platform development, maintenance and the management, hosting and support for sites which deliver complex financial market data. For example, when the client needed to offer its customers in the financial services industry on-demand access to information to help them make better real-time decisions, we created a powerful new mobile video solution that gives finance professionals instant access to in-depth commentary and analysis. The new set of mobile applications allowed our client to extend its delivery footprint to mobile platforms such as Android, BlackBerry and iPhone/iPad. We are currently a strategic IT services provider for this client with over 700 dedicated IT professionals developing, testing and maintaining solutions for a number of the client’s groups and divisions.

 

81


Table of Contents

Travel and Hospitality

 

We have extensive experience in designing, implementing and supporting solutions for the travel and hospitality industry. This has led to the development of a substantial repository of knowledge components and solutions, such as our Loyalty, Marketing and Booking Engine frameworks, which results in accelerated development and implementation of solutions, while ensuring enterprise-class reliability. Our capabilities span a range of platforms, applications and solutions that businesses in travel and hospitality use to serve their customers, capture management efficiencies, control operating expenses and grow revenues.

 

Case Study.     We have worked with one of the world’s largest online travel agencies since 2008, developing online travel solutions for the end-user, including portals and platforms that improve the quality of the client’s customer’s experience. For example, our client wanted to redesign its customer rewards program to overcome numerous deficiencies with its existing loyalty program framework. This presented extensive integration complexities, considerable performance requirements and a significant evolution from the existing loyalty program framework. We worked closely with our client to develop an integrated services-based solution built on a Java enterprise platform while leveraging our client’s existing platform components. This solution provided our client the ability to expand or change program offerings based on business needs, making it more flexible and attractive to our client’s customers. Furthermore, the development of new earning and redemption features enabled our client to expand the range of its marketing and promotional capabilities. We are currently a strategic IT services provider for this client with over 300 dedicated IT professionals developing, testing and maintaining solutions for a number of the client’s groups and divisions.

 

Retail and Consumer

 

We work closely with leading companies in the retail and consumer industry to enable our clients to better leverage technology and address simultaneous pressures of driving value for the consumer and offering a more engaging experience. Our expertise allows us to integrate our services with our clients’ existing enterprise resource planning, billing fulfillment and customer relationship management solutions. We have created rich, interactive user interfaces for a range of applications. We also offer deep expertise across several domains including business-to-business and business-to-consumer e-commerce, customer/partners self service, employee portals, online merchandising and sales, web content management, mobile solutions and billing.

 

Case Study.     Our client, one of the world’s largest beverage companies, wanted to create a premium employee portal that not only reflected its brand, but could also offer intuitive usability and navigation, powerful search capabilities, detailed usage metrics and collaborative tools. Leveraging our deep product knowledge, we built a customized SAP portal solution that has become the central hub of our client’s employee community and is designed to serve over 100,000 employees and to support over 1,000 simultaneous visitors. The portal has been deployed in 105 countries and has approximately 30,000 registered users. Our success in building the SAP portal enabled us to grow our business to other projects with this client. We created a dedicated center of excellence to develop and refine a managed delivery model that would maximize innovation and further streamline our client’s development processes. As a result, our client achieved a significant improvement in development quality, reduced on-boarding times, faster project startups and ramp-up times, reduced administrative overhead and improved customer satisfaction. We currently serve as one of our client’s primary IT services vendors and have approximately 160 dedicated IT professionals providing application development, quality assurance and support services. We have also been continuously rated by our client as the number one IT services vendor by quality across all of their external IT services providers.

 

Our Delivery Model

 

We have delivery centers located in Belarus, Ukraine, Russia, Hungary, Kazakhstan and Poland. We have client management locations in the United States, United Kingdom, Germany, Sweden, Switzerland, Russia and Kazakhstan. We believe the development of a robust global delivery model creates a key competitive advantage, enabling us to better understand and meet our client’s diverse needs and provide a compelling value proposition.

 

82


Table of Contents

Our primary delivery centers with approximately 2,900 IT professionals are located in Belarus. We have 2,500 IT professionals located in Minsk, the capital of Belarus, which is a major educational and industrial center in CEE. It is well-suited to serve as a prime IT outsourcing destination given its strong industrial base, good educational infrastructure and legacy as the center of computer science for the former Soviet Union. Furthermore, the IT industry in Belarus has been strongly supported by the government, which has taken steps to encourage investment in the IT sector through long-term tax incentives.

 

Our delivery centers in Ukraine have approximately 1,500 IT professionals. According to the October 2010 Gartner report “Analysis of Ukraine as an Offshore Services Location,” Ukraine was recognized as one of the top 10 countries in the world by number of certified IT professionals, with approximately 30,000 IT graduates per year qualified to enter software development roles. Ukraine promotes the growth of a domestic IT outsourcing export industry that is supported by regulation, intellectual property protection and a favorable investment climate. The Gartner Report described herein, or the Gartner Report, represents data, research opinion or viewpoints published, as part of a syndicated subscription service, by Gartner, Inc., or Gartner, and are not representations of fact. The Gartner Report speaks as of its original publication date (and not as of the date of this filing) and the opinions expressed in the Gartner Report are subject to change without notice.

 

Our delivery centers in Russia have approximately 1,000 IT professionals. Our locations in Ukraine and Russia offer many of the same benefits as Belarus, including educational infrastructure, availability of qualified software engineers and government sponsorship of the IT industry. We believe our locations in Ukraine and Russia, along with our delivery centers in Belarus, offer a strong and diversified delivery platform across CEE.

 

Our delivery centers in Hungary have approximately 650 IT professionals and serve as the center for our nearshore delivery capabilities to European clients. Hungary’s geographic proximity, cultural affinity and similar time zones with our clients in Europe enables increased interaction that creates closer client relationships, increased responsiveness and more efficient delivery of our solutions.

 

Our client management locations maintain account management and production personnel with significant project management capabilities, which enable us to work seamlessly with our clients and delivery centers. Our onsite and offshore delivery teams are linked together through common processes and collaboration applications and tools and a communications infrastructure that features a secure and redundant environment enabling global collaboration.

 

Quality and Process Management

 

We have built complex proprietary applications and tools to manage quality, security and transparency of the delivery process in a distributed environment. Our proprietary ISO 9001:2000 and CMMI-certified Quality Management System has been documented, implemented and maintained to ensure the timely delivery of software development services to our clients. We have also developed sophisticated project management techniques facilitated through our Project Management Center, a web-based collaborative environment for software development which we consider critical to meeting or exceeding the service levels required by our clients.

 

Our Quality Management System ensures that we provide timely delivery of software development services to enhance client satisfaction by enabling:

 

   

objective valuation of the performed process, work products and services against the client’s process descriptions, standards and procedures;

 

   

identification, documentation and timely resolution of noncompliance issues;

 

   

feedback to the client’s project staff and managers on the results of quality assurance activities;

 

83


Table of Contents
   

monitoring and improvement of the software development process to ensure adopted standards and procedures are implemented and flaws are detected and resolved in a timely manner; and

 

   

execution of planned and systematic problem prevention activities.

 

Our proprietary Project Management Center supports our software development delivery model. Our Project Management Center is effective in reducing risks and providing control and visibility across all project lifecycle stages based on the following features:

 

   

multi-site, multi-project capabilities;

 

   

activity-based software development lifecycle, which fully tracks the software development activities through the project documentation;

 

   

project, role-based access control, which can be available to us, clients and third parties;

 

   

fully configurable workflow engine with built-in notification and messaging;

 

   

extensive reporting capabilities and tracking of key performance indicators; and

 

   

integration with Microsoft Project and Outlook.

 

The transparency and visibility into software development project deliverables, resource management, team messaging and project-related documents and files provided by our Project Management Center promotes collaboration and strengthens our relationships with our clients. Improved traceability enables significant time savings and cost reductions for business users and IT management during change management for the software development lifecycle. The combination of our Project Management Center with our other proprietary internal applications enhances our offering by reducing errors, increasing quality and improving maintenance time. Combining applications can lead to more efficient communications and oversight for both clients and our staff.

 

Sales and Marketing

 

Our sales and marketing strategy seeks to increase our revenues from new and existing clients through our account managers, sales and business development managers, vertical specialists, technical specialists and subject-matter experts. Given our focus on complex application development and the needs of our clients, we believe our IT professionals play an integral role in engaging with clients on potential business opportunities. For example, account managers are organized vertically and maintain direct client relationships. In addition, they are responsible for handling inbound requests and referrals, identifying new business opportunities and responding to requests-for-proposals, or RFPs. Account managers typically engage technical and other specialists in responding to RFPs and pursuing opportunities. This sales model has been effective in promoting repeated business and growth from within our existing client base.

 

In addition to effective client management, we believe that our reputation as a premium provider of software product development services drives additional business from inbound requests, referrals and RFPs. To further market our expertise, we frequently engage with industry analysts, such as IDC and Gartner, and we enjoy published recognition from other third-party industry observers. For example:

 

   

from 2009 through 2011, we were ranked in the top 10 of CEE or Russian services providers in the Global Outsourcing Services 100, published by the International Association of Outsourcing Professionals;

 

   

in 2006 through 2011, we were included in the annual Global Services Top 100, published by Global Services Magazine and neoIT;

 

   

in 2010 we were recognized as one of the top 10 companies in the Outsourced Product Development category published by Global Services Magazine and neoIT;

 

   

in 2011 we were recognized as one of the top 10 companies in Top Product Engineering Vendors, one of the top 2 companies in IT Services Leaders in Eastern Europe and one of the top 13 Global Mid-Tier ITO Vendors, all of which are categories published by Global Services Magazine and neoIT;

 

84


Table of Contents
   

from 2004 through 2010, we were included in the Software 500, published by Software Magazine; and

 

   

in 2010 two of our senior employees were inducted into the Hall of Fame by Inside Market Data together with 24 other individuals for their lasting contribution to the evolution of market data.

 

We also maintain a dedicated sales force as well as a marketing team, which coordinates corporate-level branding efforts that range from sponsorship of programming competitions to participation in and hosting of industry conferences and events.

 

Clients

 

Our clients primarily consist of Forbes Global 2000 corporations. During 2009, 2010 and the first nine months of 2011, our largest client, Thomson Reuters, accounted for over 10% of our revenues. No other client represented over 10% of our revenues for 2008, 2009, 2010 and the first nine months of 2011.

 

The following table sets forth the percentage of our revenues for the periods presented by client location:

 

     % of Revenues for

 
     Nine Months
Ended
September 30, 2011


    Year Ended
December 31,


 

Client Location


     2010

    2009

    2008

 

North America

     49.9     52.8     53.5     49.7

Europe

     31.7        26.4        21.8        15.3   

CIS

     16.6        19.1        23.3        33.1   

Reimbursable expenses and other revenues

     1.8        1.7        1.4        1.9   
    


 


 


 


Revenues

     100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0
    


 


 


 


 

The following table sets forth the percentage of our revenues by client vertical for the periods presented:

 

     % of Revenues for

 
     Nine Months
Ended
September 30, 2011


    Year Ended
December 31,


 

Vertical


     2010

    2009

    2008

 

ISVs and Technology

     26.7     31.0     38.5     37.0

Banking and Financial Services

     22.5        19.3        11.4        13.4   

Business Information and Media

     19.5        20.6        19.1        13.9   

Travel and Hospitality

     12.0        8.5        6.6        3.3   

Retail and Consumer

     8.6        8.0        6.6        7.7   

Other verticals

     8.9        10.9        16.4        22.8   

Reimbursable expenses and other revenues

     1.8        1.7        1.4        1.9   
    


 


 


 


Revenues

     100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0
    


 


 


 


 

The following table shows the distribution of our clients by revenues for the periods presented:

 

Revenues Greater Than or Equal To


   2010

     2009

     2008

 

$0.1 million

     148         137         145   

$0.5 million

     75         64         64   

$1 million

     42         38         43   

$5 million

     11         2         6   

$10 million

     4         1         1   

 

85


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth our revenues by service offering by amount and as a percentage of our revenues for the periods presented:

 

    Nine Months Ended September 30,

    Year Ended December 31,

 
    2011

    2010

    2010

    2009

    2008

 
Service Offering   (in thousands, except percent)  

Software development

  $ 157,025         65.5   $ 103,055         68.3   $ 149,658         67.5   $ 105,397         70.3   $ 117,313         72.9

Application testing services

    48,523         20.3        30,540         20.2        44,459         20.0        28,489         19.0        27,096         16.9   

Application maintenance and support

    20,502         8.6        13,110         8.7        19,262         8.7        11,828         7.9        10,917         6.8   

Infrastructure services

    6,353         2.7        1,270         0.8        2,823         1.3        —           —          94         0.1   

Licensing

    2,686         1.1        1,093         0.7        1,849         0.8        2,094         1.4        2,184         1.4   

Reimbursable expenses and other revenues

    4,312         1.8        1,982         1.3        3,773         1.7        2,131         1.4        3,028         1.9   
   


  


 


  


 


  


 


  


 


  


Revenues

  $ 239,401         100.0   $ 151,050         100.0   $ 221,824         100.0   $ 149,939         100.0   $ 160,632         100.0
   


  


 


  


 


  


 


  


 


  


 

We typically enter into a master services agreement with our clients, which provides a framework for services that is then supplemented by statements of work, which specify the particulars of each individual engagement, including the services to be performed, pricing terms and performance criteria.

 

For example, we have entered into a master services agreement with Thomson Reuters. Under this master services agreement we may not use subcontractors to perform the services without Thomson Reuters’ prior written consent. Our personnel must comply with Thomson Reuters’ security policies. The intellectual property rights to deliverables we make in the course of, or enabling the, performance of the services we provide to Thomson Reuters are owned by Thomson Reuters. Deliverables and services are subject to acceptance testing, and liquidated damages are prescribed for late delivery. Service credits are prescribed for service level failures and charges are subject to adjustment for deficiencies in services that are not measured by service levels. The master services agreement provides step-in rights, benchmarking, monitoring rights and audit rights. The master services agreement is not a commitment to purchase our services, and may be terminated for various reasons including a time-limited right of termination upon a change of control event or without cause upon six months notice.

 

Competition

 

The markets in which we compete are changing rapidly and we face competition from both global IT services providers as well as those based in CEE. We believe that the principal competitive factors in our business include technical expertise and industry knowledge, end-to-end solution offerings, reputation and track record for high-quality and on-time delivery of work, effective employee recruiting, training and retention, responsiveness to clients’ business needs, scale, financial stability and price.

 

We face competition primarily from:

 

   

India-based technology outsourcing IT services providers, such as Cognizant Technology Solutions, GlobalLogic, HCL Technologies, Infosys Technologies, Mindtree, Sapient, Symphony Technology Group, Tata Consultancy Services and Wipro;

 

   

Local CEE technology outsourcing IT services providers;

 

   

Large global consulting and outsourcing firms, such as Accenture, Atos Origin, Capgemini, CSC and IBM;

 

   

China-based technology outsourcing IT services providers such as Camelot Information Services, hiSoft Technology International, iSoftStone and VanceInfo Technologies; and

 

   

In-house IT departments of our clients and potential clients.

 

86


Table of Contents

We are a leading global IT services provider of complex software product development and software engineering services in CEE. We believe that our focus on complex software product development solutions, our technical employee base, and the development and continuous improvement in process methodologies, applications and tools, position us well to compete effectively in the future. However, we face competition from offshore IT services providers in other outsourcing destinations with low wage costs, such as India and China, and from IT services providers that have more locations or that are based in countries more stable than some CIS and CEE countries. Our present and potential competitors may also have substantially greater financial, marketing or technical resources; may also be able to respond more quickly to new technologies or processes and changes in client demands; may be able to devote greater resources towards the development, promotion and sale of their services than we can; and may also make strategic acquisitions or establish cooperative relationships among themselves or with third parties that increase their ability to address the needs of our clients.

 

Human Capital

 

Our people are critical to the success of our business. Attracting and retaining employees is a key factor in our ability to grow our revenues and meet our client’s needs. We had approximately 6,168, 4,432 and 4,656 employees as of December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Of these employees, approximately 96.2% were located in the CIS and CEE, 1.0% were located in Western Europe (excluding Hungary) and 2.8% were located in North America as of December 31, 2010. We believe that we maintain a good working relationship with our employees and we have not experienced any labor disputes. Our employees have not entered into any collective bargaining agreements.

 

Recruitment and Retention

 

We believe our company culture and reputation as a leading global IT services provider of complex software product development and software engineering services in CEE enhances our ability to recruit and retain highly sought-after employees. We have over 160 dedicated full-time employees that oversee all aspects of our human capital management process. Through our proprietary internal tools, we effectively plan our short-term and long-term recruitment needs and deploy the necessary personnel and processes to optimize utilization and to quickly satisfy the demands of our clients.

 

We have developed our base of IT professionals by hiring highly-qualified, experienced IT professionals from this region and by recruiting students from leading technical institutions in CEE. We have strong relationships with the leading technical institutions in CEE, such as the Belarusian State University, Saint Petersburg State University of Information Technologies, Mechanics and Optics, Moscow State University of Instrument Engineering and Computer Sciences and National Technical University of Ukraine, and we have established EPAM delivery centers near many of these campuses. Our ongoing involvement with these technical institutions includes supporting EPAM-branded research labs, developing training courses, providing teaching equipment, actively supporting curriculum development and engaging students to identify their talents and interests. Our relationships with these technical institutions provide us access to a highly-qualified talent pool of programmers, and allow us to consistently attract highly-skilled students from these institutions. We also conduct lateral hiring through a dedicated IT professional talent acquisition team whose objective is to locate and attract qualified and experienced IT professionals within the region.

 

To attract, retain and motivate our IT professionals, we seek to provide an environment and culture that rewards entrepreneurial initiative and performance. In addition, we offer a challenging work environment, ongoing skills development initiatives and attractive career advancement and promotion opportunities. Our success is supported by a retention rate of 90.9% over the last two years.

 

Training and Development

 

We dedicate significant resources to the training and development of our IT professionals. We believe in the importance of supporting educational initiatives and we sponsor employees’ participation in internal and external training and certifications. Furthermore, we actively pursue partner engagements with technical institutions in CEE.

 

87


Table of Contents

We provide training, continuing education and career development programs for both entry-level and experienced IT professionals. Entry-level IT professionals undergo a rigorous training program that consists of approximately three to six months of classroom training, as well as numerous hours of hands-on training through actual engagements. This comprehensive program results in employees who are highly proficient and possess deep technical expertise that enables them to immediately serve our clients’ needs. For our mid-level and senior IT professionals, we offer continuing education programs aimed at helping them advance in their careers. We also provide mentoring opportunities, management and soft skills training, intensive workshops and management and technical advancement programs. We are committed to systematically identifying and nurturing the development of middle and senior management through formal leadership training, evaluation, development and promotion.

 

We also provide ongoing English language training at all of our delivery centers to maintain and enhance the English language skills of our IT professionals. As of September 30, 2011, over 90% of our employees were proficient in English.

 

Intellectual Property

 

Our intellectual property rights are important to our business. We rely on a combination of intellectual property laws, trade secrets, confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions to protect our intellectual property. We require our employees, independent contractors, vendors and clients to enter into written confidentiality agreements upon the commencement of their relationships with us. These agreements generally provide that any confidential or proprietary information disclosed or otherwise made available by us be kept confidential.

 

We customarily enter into non-disclosure agreements with our clients with respect to the use of their software systems and platforms. Our clients usually own the intellectual property in the software or systems we develop for them. Furthermore, we usually grant a perpetual, worldwide, royalty-free, nonexclusive, transferable and non- revocable license to our clients to use our preexisting intellectual property, but only to the extent necessary in order to use the software or systems we developed for them.

 

Protecting our intellectual property rights is critical to our business. We have invested, and will continue to invest, in research and development to enhance our domain knowledge and create complex, specialized solutions for our clients. As of September 30, 2011 we had registered intellectual property consisting of 13 U.S. trademarks, two non-U.S. trademarks, one Russian copyright and 60 active domain names. In 2005, we entered into a Consent of Use and Settlement Agreement with Princeton Financial Services, Inc., or PFS, whereby we consented to PFS’s use of the mark “ePAM” in connection with the hosting of its software application but solely using a lowercase “e” and uppercase “PAM” and PFS consented to all uses by us of the EPAM mark other than as capitalized in the foregoing (i.e. “ePAM”). While we consider the intellectual property embodied by certain of our solutions, such as our InfoNgen services, important to our business, we do not believe that any individual registered intellectual property right other than our rights in our name is material to our business.

 

88


Table of Contents

Facilities

 

The table below sets forth our principal properties:

 

Location


   Square
Meters
Leased


     Square
Meters
Owned


     Total
Square
Meters


 

Delivery Centers and Client Management Locations:

                          

Belarus

     20,727         7,655         28,382   

Ukraine

     16,665         —           16,665   

Russia

     11,197         —           11,197   

Hungary

     5,852         —           5,852   

Kazakhstan

     1,628         —           1,628   

United States

     1,168         —           1,168   

Switzerland

     379         —           379   

Sweden

     153         —           153   

United Kingdom

     126         —           126   

Poland

     56         —           56   

Germany

     15         —           15   
    


  


  


Total

     57,966         7,655         65,621   
    


  


  


Executive Office:

                          

Newtown, PA, United States

     932         —           932   
    


  


  


 

Long-lived Assets

 

The table below sets forth the locations of our long-lived assets:

 

     As of December 31,

 

Location


   2010

     2009

     2008

 
     (in thousands)  

United States

   $ 386       $ 476       $ 816   

Belarus

     20,377         18,956         12,229   

Ukraine

     2,223         1,446         2,109   

Russia

     1,268         1,168         2,502   

Hungary

     703         655         981   

Other

     381         352         499   
    


  


  


Total

   $ 25,338       $ 23,053       $ 19,136   
    


  


  


 

Acquisitions

 

We have acquired a number of companies in order to expand our vertical-specific domain expertise, geographic footprint, service portfolio, client base and management expertise:

 

   

In March 2004, we acquired Fathom Technologies, a company with operations in Hungary and 160 IT professionals. This acquisition established our European operations, currently our fastest growing geography, and generating 31.7% of our revenues during the nine months ended September 30, 2011;

 

   

In July 2006, we acquired Vested Development, Inc. with 319 IT professionals to tap the large and rapidly growing local Russian market, which comprised 13.0% of our revenues during the nine months ended September 30, 2011;

 

   

In November 2007, we acquired B2Bits Corp., a company with operations in the United States and Ukraine and 23 IT professionals, which further strengthened our financial services capabilities;

 

89


Table of Contents
   

In June 2008, we acquired “PLUS MICRO,” a company with operations in Kazakhstan and 62 IT professionals, to expand our geographic footprint, broaden our service portfolio and help gain access to new clients in the CIS;

 

   

In May 2009, we acquired the assets of Rodmon Systems Inc., a company with operations in the United States and Belarus and 28 IT professionals and an experienced management team, in order to secure a large strategic client relationship which further strengthened our Business Information and Media vertical, experienced management team and technical IT professionals; and

 

   

In August 2010, we acquired the assets of Instant Information, Inc., a company with operations in the United States and Belarus with 53 IT professionals, in order to acquire an experienced management team and skilled IT professionals, thereby further strengthening our Business Information and Media vertical, and to acquire the rights to the intellectual property embodied by our InfoNgen services and cloud deployment capabilities.

 

Regulations

 

Due to the industry and geographic diversity of our operations and services, our operations are subject to a variety of rules and regulations, and several Belarusian, Russian, Ukrainian, Hungarian, Kazakhstan and U.S. federal and state agencies regulate various aspects of our business. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business—Our global operations expose us to numerous and sometimes conflicting legal and regulatory requirements, and violations or unfavorable interpretation by authorities of these regulations could harm our business.” and “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business—We are subject to laws and regulations in the United States and other countries in which we operate concerning our operations, including export restrictions, U.S. economic sanctions and the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or FCPA, and similar anti-bribery laws. If we are not in compliance with applicable legal requirements, we may be subject to civil or criminal penalties and other remedial measures, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.”

 

We benefit from certain tax incentives promulgated by the Belarusian and Hungarian governments. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Certain Income Statement Line Items—Provision for Income Taxes.”

 

Legal Proceedings

 

Although we may, from time to time, be involved in litigation and claims arising out of our operations in the normal course of business, we are not currently a party to any material legal proceeding. In addition, we are not aware of any material legal or governmental proceedings against us, or contemplated to be brought against us.

 

90


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

 

Our executive officers and directors and their ages and positions are set forth below:

 

Name


   Age

    

Position


Arkadiy Dobkin

     51       Chief Executive Officer, President and Chairman of the Board of Directors

Karl Robb

     49       President of EU Operations, Executive Vice President and Director

Ilya Cantor

     43       Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

Balazs Fejes

     36       Chief Technology Officer

Ginger Mosier

     47       Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary

Andrew J. Guff

     50       Director

Donald P. Spencer

     56       Director

Ross Goodhart

     32       Director

Robert Segert

     43       Director

Ronald Vargo

     57       Director

 

Arkadiy Dobkin     has served as Chairman of our board, Chief Executive Officer and President since December 2002. Mr. Dobkin began his career in Minsk, Belarus where he worked for several emerging software development companies. After immigrating to the United States, he held thought and technical leadership positions in Colgate-Palmolive Company and SAP Labs. Mr. Dobkin holds an MS in Electrical Engineering from the Belarusian National Technical University. We believe that Mr. Dobkin’s experience as an IT professional and executive in the IT services industry coupled with his in-depth understanding of our global delivery model provide him with the necessary skills to serve as a member of our board of directors and will enable him to provide valuable insight to the board and our management team regarding operational, strategic and management issues as well as general industry trends.

 

Karl Robb     has served as a director of our board, as our President of EU Operations and Executive Vice President since March 2004. Mr. Robb is a 29-year global software engineering industry veteran, having worked nine years in Europe, nine years in the United States and 11 years in Eastern Europe. In March of 2004, Fathom Technology, a Hungarian software development outsourcing firm where Mr. Robb was a co-founder and CEO, merged with EPAM Systems, whereupon Mr. Robb became Executive VP, Global Operations, and a member of the Board of Directors, of EPAM. Mr. Robb has been employed as a consultant by Landmark Business Development Limited, a consulting firm, since 1986. We believe that Mr. Robb’s experience as an executive in the IT services industry and his knowledge of the IT services industry in North America, Europe and CEE as well as his experience working with global IT services companies and successfully starting two software companies, provides him with the necessary skills to serve as a member of our board of directors and will enable him to provide valuable insight to the board regarding operational and management issues as well as general industry trends.

 

Ilya Cantor     has served as our Chief Financial Officer, Vice President and Treasurer since July 2006. Prior to joining EPAM, Mr. Cantor spent seven years in a variety of financial and operational positions at Dow Jones, including Executive Director of Operations of The Wall Street Journal, Chief Financial Officer of The Wall Street Journal and Group Finance Director of The Wall Street Journal International. Between 2002 and 2005, Mr. Cantor served on the board of directors of CNBC International, which was at the time a financial news television joint venture between NBC Capital Corp and Dow Jones in Asia and Europe. Before joining Dow Jones in 1999, Mr. Cantor was the Chief Financial Officer of Independent Media (now Independent Media–Sanoma), a leading publishing house based in Moscow, Russia. Previous to this, Mr. Cantor was an Audit Manager with Coopers & Lybrand, LLP (now PricewaterhouseCoopers) in Moscow. He started his career with Coopers & Lybrand in Los Angeles in 1991, after graduating from California State University at Long Beach.

 

Balazs Fejes     has served as our Chief Technology Officer since March 2004. Mr. Fejes joined us when Fathom Technology, a Hungarian software engineering firm, which he co-founded and for which he served as Chief Technology Officer, merged with us. Prior to co-founding Fathom Technology, Mr. Fejes was a chief software architect/line manager with Microsoft Great Plains (Microsoft Business Solutions). He also served as a chief software architect of Scala Business Solutions. Mr. Fejes has been employed as a consultant by Redlodge

 

91


Table of Contents

Holdings Limited, a consulting firm, since July 2007. Between January 2001 and July 2007, Mr. Fejes was employed as a consultant by Landmark Business Development Limited, a consulting firm. Mr. Fejes currently serves as Managing Director for EPAM Systems Switzerland GmbH, EPAM Systems Kft, EPAM Systems Aps and EPAM Systems Nordic AB.

 

Ginger Mosier     has served as our Vice President, General Counsel since March 2010, as our Assistant Corporate Secretary from May 2010 to January 2012 and as our Corporate Secretary since January 2012. Prior to joining EPAM, Ms. Mosier spent approximately eight years in a variety of legal positions with Hewlett-Packard Company. In her last position, she served as senior counsel advising on global IT outsourcing deals and related services transactions. Prior to that she advised a number of HP Software divisions as corporate counsel and was the legal representative for the HP Software Integration Office created for implementing the acquisition and integration of several software companies. Immediately prior to Hewlett-Packard, Ms. Mosier practiced corporate law at Drinker, Biddle & Reath. Ms. Mosier began her legal career at Baker & Daniels. Ms. Mosier holds a J.D., magna cum laude, from Indiana University School of Law at Indianapolis where she was a member of the Indiana Law Review and a B.A. from Indiana University—Purdue University at Indianapolis.

 

Andrew J. Guff     has served as a non-executive director of our board since 2006. Mr. Guff is a Managing Director and founding partner of Siguler Guff & Company. Prior to founding Siguler Guff, a multi-strategy private equity firm with over $9 billion of assets under management, Mr. Guff was with PaineWebber for ten years in a range of both principal and advisory capacities within PaineWebber’s Merchant Banking and Mergers and Acquisitions groups. In 1994, Mr. Guff founded Russia Partners Company, LP, one of the first private equity funds to operate in Russia and the CIS region. Today, Russia Partners manages approximately $1 billion of investments and commitments to private deals in the region. Mr. Guff sits on the board of directors of a number of portfolio companies owned by Russia Partners. He is a member of the Executive Board of the U.S.—Russia Business Council and is a member of the Council on Foreign Relations. He is also a trustee of the Phillips Academy Institute for the Recruitment of Teachers. Mr. Guff holds a Bachelor of Arts in Economics from Harvard College. We believe Mr. Guff’s experience as an investment banker, as a senior officer of an investment firm with activities in the IT sector and in CEE and the CIS and in evaluating the financial prospects of companies provides him with the necessary skills to serve as a member of our board of directors and enable him to provide valuable insight to the board regarding financial and investor relations issues.

 

Donald P. Spencer     has served as a non-executive director of our board since 2006 and as secretary of our board from 2006 until January 2012. Mr. Spencer is a managing director and founding partner of Siguler Guff & Company and is responsible for Siguler Guff’s legal and compliance matters. Prior to joining Siguler Guff in 1995, Mr. Spencer served as senior vice president of Mitchell Hutchins Institutional Investors Inc. and senior vice president of Atlanta/Sosnoff Capital Corp. Mr. Spencer was an associate at Shereff, Friedman, Hoffman & Goodman, LLP, where he specialized in representing financial services companies, and an associate at Sullivan & Cromwell LLP. Mr. Spencer received a Juris Doctor in 1980 from New York University School of Law and holds a Bachelor of Arts from Wesleyan University. We believe Mr. Spencer’s experience as a lawyer and as a senior officer of an investment firm with activities in the IT sector and in CEE and the CIS provides him with the necessary skills to serve as a member of our board of directors and enables him to provide valuable insight to the board regarding legal, financial and investor relations issues.

 

Ross Goodhart     has served as a non-executive director of our board since 2009. Mr. Goodhart is a Principal at Siguler Guff and has responsibility for the portfolio management, investment evaluation, due diligence, structuring and coordination of all aspects of Siguler Guff’s Russian and CIS investment operations. Prior to joining Siguler Guff in 2003, Mr. Goodhart was an Investment Banking Financial Analyst at Peter J. Solomon Company, L.P., where he specialized in mergers and acquisitions and restructuring advisory services within a broad array of industry sectors. He is a member of the board of directors of the U.S.—Ukraine Business Council. Mr. Goodhart holds a Bachelor of Business Administration with high distinction from the Stephen M. Ross School of Business at the University of Michigan with emphases in Finance and Accounting. We believe Mr. Goodhart’s experience as an investment banker, as an officer of an investment firm with activities in the IT

 

92


Table of Contents

sector and in CEE and the CIS and in evaluating the financial prospects of companies provides him with the necessary skills to serve as a member of our board of directors and enable him to provide valuable insight to the board regarding financial and investor relations issues.

 

Robert Segert     has served as a non-executive director of our board since January 2012. Since 2008, Mr. Segert has been President and Chief Executive Officer and a director of GXS Worldwide, Inc. (GXS), a leading global provider of business-to-business e-commerce and data integration services that simplify and enhance business process integration, data quality and compliance, and collaboration among businesses. Prior to joining GXS in 2008, Mr. Segert spent ten years at Electronic Data Systems Corporation (EDS), a former $22 billion global technology services company, until EDS was acquired by Hewlett-Packard Company, in various capacities, including leader of the Global Financial Products Industry, Chief Marketing Officer, General Manager of U.S. Financial Services and Managing Director of Corporate Strategy and Planning. He has also held roles at A.T. Kearney and Frito-Lay, Inc. Mr. Segert received a Bachelor of Science degree in Mechanical Engineering from Purdue University and a Masters in Business Administration from Harvard Business School. We believe Mr. Segert’s 15 years of experience as an executive in the business services and consulting industry provides him with the necessary skills to serve as a member of our board of directors and enable him to provide valuable insight to the board regarding financial and investor relations issues.

 

Ronald P. Vargo     has served as a non-executive director of our board since January 2012. Mr. Vargo served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of ICF International, Inc. (ICF) from April 2010 to May 2011. Prior to joining ICF, Mr. Vargo served as the Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and as a member of the Executive Committee of Electronic Data Systems Corporation (EDS) from 2006 to 2008. Prior to his role as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, Mr. Vargo served in the positions of Vice President and Treasurer of EDS from 2004 to 2006 and was promoted to Co-Chief Financial Officer in March 2006. Prior to joining EDS, Mr. Vargo was employed from 1991 to 2003 by TRW, Inc. (TRW), a former $17 billion global manufacturing and service company strategically focused on providing products and services with a high technology or engineering content to the automotive, space and defense markets. TRW was acquired by Northrop Grumman Corporation in 2002. Mr. Vargo served TRW in the positions of Vice President of Investor Relations and Treasurer from 1991 to 1994, then Vice President of strategic planning and business development from 1994 to 1999, and then Vice President of Investor Relations and Treasurer again from 1999 to 2002. Mr. Vargo serves as a director of Ferro Corporation and as chair of its audit committee. Mr. Vargo holds an MBA in Finance and General Management from Stanford University and a Bachelor of Arts degree in Economics from Dartmouth College. We believe Mr. Vargo’s 30 years of experience as a financial and business executive, and his experience as a member of the board of directors of a public company, provides him with the necessary skills to serve as a member of our board of directors and enable him to provide valuable insight to the board regarding financial and investor relations issues.

 

Board Structure and Compensation of Directors

 

Our board of directors consists of seven members. Our board has determined that each of Andrew J. Guff, Donald P. Spencer, Ross Goodhart, Robert Segert and Ronald Vargo is an independent director within the meaning of the applicable rules of the SEC and NYSE and that each of Robert Segert and Ronald Vargo is also an independent director under Rule 10A-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) for the purpose of audit committee membership. In addition, our board has determined that Ronald Vargo is a financial expert within the meaning of the applicable rules of the SEC and NYSE.

 

Our amended and restated bylaws will provide that our board of directors will consist of no fewer than 3 and no more than 9 persons, and that the exact number of members of our board of directors will be determined from time to time by resolution of a majority of our entire board of directors. Upon completion of this offering, our board will be divided into three classes as described below, with each director serving a three-year term and one class being elected at each year’s annual meeting of stockholders. Karl Robb and Ross Goodhart will serve initially as Class I directors (with a term expiring in 2013). Andrew J. Guff, Donald P. Spencer, and Ronald Vargo will serve initially as Class II directors (with a term expiring in 2014). Arkadiy Dobkin and Robert Segert will serve initially as Class III directors (with a term expiring in 2015).

 

93


Table of Contents

We have adopted the EPAM Systems, Inc. 2012 Non-Employee Directors Compensation Plan. Each of our non-employee directors is eligible to receive cash retainers and equity awards under the 2012 Non-Employee Directors Compensation Plan. The plan defines a “non-employee director” as a member of our board of directors that the board in its sole discretion determines (i) is (or would be, if our common stock was then listed on the New York Stock Exchange) “independent” of the company within the meaning of Section 303A of the New York Stock Exchange Listed Company Manual and (ii) is not affiliated with any stockholder or group of stockholders who beneficially own 10% or more of our common stock (calculated on a fully diluted basis and assuming the conversion of all of our preferred stock). Our other directors will receive no compensation for serving as directors. Unless the board of directors resolves otherwise or unless otherwise agreed between the company and the board of directors, all non-employee directors will receive an annual retainer of $40,000. Each non-employee director who attends more than six meetings of the board in any calendar year will also receive an additional fee of $2,000 for each additional meeting attended in person and $1,000 for each additional meeting attended telephonically. In addition, the chairman of the audit committee will receive an annual fee of $20,000, the chairman of the compensation committee will receive an annual fee of $10,000 and the chairman of the nominating and corporate governance committee will receive an annual fee of $7,500. Each committee member (other than the chairman) will receive an additional cash retainer in the amount of $8,000, $5,000 and/or $3,000 for his or her service on one or more of the audit, compensation or nominating and corporate governance committees, respectively. Each non-employee director will also receive an annual grant of restricted stock under our 2012 Non-Employee Directors Compensation Plan having a fair market value (as defined in the plan) of $75,000 in addition to an initial grant of restricted stock having a fair market value of $100,000 at the time that the director joins our board.

 

Board Committees

 

Audit Committee

 

The Audit Committee consists of Donald P. Spencer, Robert Segert and Ronald Vargo. We will rely on the phase-in rules of the SEC and NYSE with respect to the independence of our Audit Committee. These rules permit us to have an Audit Committee that has one member that is independent upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, a majority of members that are independent within 90 days thereafter and all members that are independent within one year thereafter. Ronald Vargo serves as the chair of the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee consists exclusively of directors who are financially literate, and Ronald Vargo is considered an “audit committee financial expert” as defined by the SEC. The Audit Committee is governed by a charter that complies with the rules of the NYSE. The Audit Committee is authorized to:

 

   

appoint, compensate, retain and oversee our independent auditor;

 

   

review the proposed scope and results of the audit;

 

   

review and pre-approve the independent auditors’ audit and non-audit services rendered;

 

   

approve the audit fees to be paid (subject to authorization by our shareholders to do so);

 

   

review, in conjunction with the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of our company, accounting and financial controls with the independent auditors and our financial and accounting staff;

 

   

recognize and prevent prohibited non-audit services;

 

   

establish procedures for complaints received by us regarding accounting matters;

 

   

oversee internal audit functions; and

 

   

prepare the report of the audit committee that SEC rules require to be included in our annual meeting proxy statement.

 

94


Table of Contents

Compensation Committee

 

The Compensation Committee consists of Andrew J. Guff, Robert Segert and Donald P. Spencer. Andrew J. Guff serves as the chair of the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee is governed by a charter that complies with the rules of the NYSE. The Compensation Committee is authorized to:

 

   

review and recommend the compensation arrangements for executive officers, including the compensation for our Chief Executive Officer;

 

   

identify corporate goals and objectives relevant to executive and director compensation;

 

   

review, evaluate and approve our equity-based incentive plan; and

 

   

prepare the report of the compensation committee that SEC rules require to be included in our annual meeting proxy statement.

 

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

 

The nominating and corporate governance committee consists of Andrew J. Guff, Robert Segert, Donald P. Spencer and Ronald Vargo. Robert Segert serves as the chair of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee is governed by a charter that complies with the rules of the NYSE. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee is authorized to:

 

   

identify and nominate members for election to the board of directors;

 

   

develop and recommend to the board of directors a set of corporate governance principles applicable to our company; and

 

   

oversee the evaluation of the board of directors and management.

 

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

 

Our board of directors has adopted a code of business conduct and ethics in accordance with applicable U.S. federal securities laws and the corporate governance rules of the NYSE that applies to all of our directors, officers and other employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer. Any waiver of the code for directors or executive officers may be made only by our board of directors and will be promptly disclosed to our stockholders as required by applicable U.S. federal securities laws and the corporate governance rules of the NYSE. Amendments to the code must be approved by our board of directors and will be promptly disclosed (other than technical, administrative or non-substantive changes). A copy of our code of business conduct and ethics will be posted on our website.

 

Corporate Governance Guidelines

 

Our board of directors will adopt corporate governance guidelines in accordance with the corporate governance rules of the NYSE that serve as a flexible framework within which our board of directors and its committees operate. These guidelines will cover a number of areas including the size and composition of the board, board membership criteria and director qualifications, director responsibilities, board agenda, roles of the Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and presiding director, meetings of independent directors, committee responsibilities and assignments, board member access to management and independent advisors, director communications with third parties, director compensation, director orientation and continuing education, evaluation of senior management and management succession planning. A copy of our corporate governance guidelines will be posted on our website.

 

95


Table of Contents

COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

 

The purpose of this compensation discussion and analysis section is to provide information about the material elements of compensation that are paid or awarded to, or earned by, our named executive officers, or NEOs, whose compensation is set forth in the “—2011 Summary Compensation Table” below. Our named executive officers for 2011 were:

 

   

Arkadiy Dobkin, Chief Executive Officer and President;

 

   

Ilya Cantor, Vice President and Chief Financial Officer;

 

   

Karl Robb, President of EU Operations and Executive Vice President;

 

   

Balazs Fejes, Chief Technology Officer; and

 

   

Ginger Mosier, Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary.

 

Compensation Philosophy and Objectives

 

Our philosophy is to provide compensation to each of our NEOs that is commensurate with his or her position and experience, furnish incentives sufficient for the NEO to meet and exceed short-term and long-term corporate objectives and align these officers’ incentives with the long-term interests of our stockholders. Additionally, our executive compensation program is intended to provide significant motivation for each of our NEOs to remain employed by us unless and until our board of directors and/or, other than for Mr. Dobkin, our CEO, finds that retention of the NEO is no longer in accord with our corporate objectives.

 

Based on this philosophy, the primary objectives of our board of directors and compensation committee with respect to executive compensation are to:

 

   

attract and retain a highly-skilled management team with industry knowledge;

 

   

support our culture of innovation and performance; and

 

   

align the incentives of our NEOs with the creation of value for stockholders.

 

To achieve these objectives, our compensation committee periodically evaluates our executive compensation program with the goal of establishing compensation at levels it believes to be generally competitive with other companies in our geographical regions that compete with us for executive talent. We believe that our program is competitive based on our ability to attract talented employees and our general sense of the compensation market. As discussed in greater detail below, the compensation committee does not engage in benchmarking or a formal peer group analysis, but does review publicly available compensation information from time to time. Additionally, we design our executive compensation program to tie a portion of each NEO’s overall cash compensation to key strategic, financial and operational performance considered by our board of directors.

 

We use a mix of short-term compensation in the form of base salaries and cash bonuses and long-term compensation in the form of equity awards as the total compensation structure to meet these objectives. This compensation program serves to complement the strong stockholder incentives that exist as a result of the significant equity interests several of our NEOs have in the company.

 

Historical Compensation Decisions

 

Historically, our compensation programs have aimed to conserve cash while attracting and retaining executive officers who are highly motivated to grow our business in the long term. As with other companies in the information technology services sector generally, we have emphasized equity compensation, primarily in the form of stock options, to supplement cash compensation in the form of base salaries and bonuses. Mr. Dobkin has not been awarded stock options due to his direct equity holdings. Our board of directors and compensation

 

96


Table of Contents

committee sought to align the interests of management and stockholders by motivating the management team, through the granting of equity compensation, to grow our business in the long term. We expect to continue to emphasize this approach in the future.

 

Our compensation committee is responsible for establishing and administering executive officer compensation, including salaries, bonuses and equity incentive compensation. Our CEO serves on our compensation committee and provides substantial input in determining compensation paid to our NEOs (other than for himself). For our CEO, the compensation committee evaluates his performance to determine his compensation. Mr. Dobkin is not present at the meetings where his compensation is determined. The compensation committee uses its judgment and experience as well as the recommendations of the CEO to determine the appropriate amount and mix of compensation for each other NEO. The company does not engage in benchmarking or a formal peer group analysis in determining the amount or components of executive compensation awarded to our NEOs. In considering compensation, we engage in an informal process of looking at the compensation practices of other companies in our industry for perspective. However, we do not target our compensation to fit within ranges relative to such companies.

 

After this offering, to comply with Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act, we expect equity incentive compensation for executive officers to be approved, on the recommendation of the compensation committee, by a committee of our directors who qualify as “non-employee directors” or the full board of directors pursuant to the rule. Our CEO has stepped down from the compensation committee in connection with this offering.

 

Except as described below, neither the board of directors nor the compensation committee has adopted any formal or informal policies or guidelines for allocating compensation between cash and non-cash compensation, among different forms of non-cash compensation or with respect to long- and short-term performance. The determination of our board of directors or compensation committee as to the appropriate use and weight of each component of executive compensation is subjective, based on their view of the relative importance of each component in meeting our overall objectives and factors relevant to the individual executive.

 

As a publicly held company, we may periodically engage the services of a compensation consultant to assist us in further aligning our compensation philosophy with our corporate objectives. In addition, in order to attract and retain key executives, we may be required to modify individual executive compensation levels to remain competitive in the market for such positions.

 

Elements of Compensation

 

Each NEO’s compensation package is tailored to each individual and is intended to encourage executive performance that supports our organizational strategy. When setting the amount of compensation to be awarded to our NEOs, other than our CEO, in a given year, the compensation committee considers the recommendations of our CEO as well as the relative proportion of total compensation delivered on a current and long-term basis and in the form of cash and equity prior to making changes to compensation levels. The compensation of our CEO is determined by the compensation committee following a review of company and individual performance, rather than through the use of predetermined performance metrics.

 

The fundamental elements of our compensation program are:

 

   

base salary;

 

   

discretionary performance-based bonuses;

 

   

long-term equity incentives; and

 

   

other broad-based benefits.

 

Although we expect these to remain the elements of our compensation program going forward, the relative weighting of each element and specific plan and award designs may evolve as we transition to a public company.

 

97


Table of Contents

Mr. Robb is retained as a consultant to the company and his consulting fees (which include both a fixed payment and a variable payment) are paid directly to his direct employer, Landmark Business Development Limited. Mr. Fejes is employed in part by a subsidiary of the company for which service he receives a base salary and in part as a consultant to the company. Mr. Fejes’ consulting fees (which include both a fixed payment and a variable payment) are paid directly to his direct employer, Redlodge Holdings Limited. However, stock option awards are granted directly to Mr. Robb and Mr. Fejes.

 

Base Salary

 

Base salary is the main “fixed” component of our executive compensation program for our U.S.-based NEOs. In 2011, Messrs. Robb and Fejes each received a fixed consulting fee for their services to the company as consultants, and Mr. Fejes also received a base salary. The base salaries of our NEOs, and/or fixed consulting fees in the case of Messrs. Robb and Fejes, for 2011 were determined by the compensation committee, in consultation with our CEO, taking into consideration the qualifications, experience, and 2010 compensation level of each NEO and the particular responsibilities and expectations associated with each NEO’s position.

 

The base salaries, and/or fixed consulting fees expressed in USD, for the named executive officers in 2011 are set forth in the table below.

 

Name


   2011 Base Salary and/or
    Fixed Consulting Fees    


 

Arkadiy Dobkin, Chief Executive Officer and President

   $ 260,000   

Ilya Cantor, Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

   $ 240,000   

Karl Robb, President of EU Operations and Executive Vice President

   $ 273,969 (1)  

Balazs Fejes, Chief Technology Officer

   $ 314,582 (2)  

Ginger Mosier, Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary

   $ 180,000 (3)  

(1)   This amount reflects the fixed consulting fee that was paid directly to Landmark Business Development Limited, Mr. Robb’s direct employer, for his service to the company as a consultant in 2011. As such, this amount is reported in the “All Other Compensation” column and not the “Salary” column of the 2011 Summary Compensation Table. Expressed in local currency, Mr. Robb’s fixed consulting fee was comprised of 195,163 euros and 11,187,225 Belarusian rubles.
(2)   This amount includes both the base salary Mr. Fejes received directly from the company in his role as an employee and the fixed consulting fee that was paid directly to Redlodge Holdings Limited, Mr. Fejes’ direct employer, for his service to the company as a consultant in 2011. The amount of Mr Fejes’ fixed consulting fee is reported in the “All Other Compensation” column of the 2011 Summary Compensation Table. As such, this amount differs from the amount reported in the “Salary” Column of the 2011 Summary Compensation Table, which reflects only the base salary that was paid directly to Mr. Fejes. Expressed in local currency, the amount of Mr. Fejes’s base salary and fixed consulting fee was comprised of 82,104 euros and 176,400 Swiss Francs and 120,000 Hungarian forints.
(3)   This amount represents Ms. Mosier’s current annual base salary rate and differs from the amount in the 2011 Summary Compensation Table, which reflects the fact that her annual base salary rate was $170,000 through March 1, 2011.

 

Annual Cash Bonus

 

In addition to the base salary, we believe that it is important to incentivize short-term performance by compensating our executives based upon their individual accomplishments and the general performance of the company under their leadership. Because our 2011 annual bonuses have not yet been determined, we are not able to describe our 2011 bonus decisions or disclose the 2011 overall bonus pool and individual bonus payments to our NEOs. But as we anticipate that we will follow a similar process in making our 2011 bonus determinations as we did for 2010, we describe our 2010 annual cash bonus compensation process below.

 

98


Table of Contents

For 2010, the overall bonus pool and the individual bonus payments and variable consulting fees were not based on formulaic performance metrics. Instead, bonuses or variable consulting fees were awarded on a discretionary basis by our CEO (other than for himself) in consultation with the compensation committee, generally based on the company’s performance, combined with an objective and subjective evaluation of individual performance. The amount of our CEO’s 2010 bonus was determined by the compensation committee, based on company and individual performance. The aggregate amount of the bonus payments and variable consulting fees paid to our NEOs in 2010 represented 0.4% of revenues. We believe the responsible exercise of discretion and consideration of a broad range of factors enables us to retain the flexibility to appropriately reward individual performance while conserving the cash we need as a private company for operational purposes.

 

The following table sets forth the amounts of the annual bonuses or variable consulting fees earned by our NEOs in 2010.

 

Name


   2010 Bonus or Variable
Consulting Fee


 

Arkadiy Dobkin, Chief Executive Officer and President

   $ 200,000   

Ilya Cantor, Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

   $ 100,000   

Karl Robb, President of EU Operations and Executive Vice President

   $ 300,000 (1)  

Balazs Fejes, Chief Technology Officer

   $ 210,000 (1)  

Ginger Mosier, Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary

   $ 40,000   

(1)   These amounts reflect the variable consulting fees that were paid directly to Landmark Business Development Limited, Mr. Robb’s direct employer, and Redlodge Holdings Limited, Mr. Fejes’ direct employer, and as such are reported in the “All Other Compensation” column of the Summary Compensation Table.

 

The amount of each of the bonuses or variable consulting fees was determined based on the following company-wide performance:

 

   

2010 revenue growth of 48% over 2009; and

 

   

2010 net income growth of 109% over 2009.

 

In addition, the bonus or variable consulting fee for each of our NEOs was based on the following considerations of individual performance:

 

   

Mr. Dobkin’s contribution to the substantial growth in revenues and net income of the company, and the overall leadership and strategic vision that he demonstrated throughout the year;

 

   

Mr. Robb’s acquisition of key new accounts, substantial growth in existing accounts, and resulting 2010 Europe segment revenue growth of 83% over 2009;

 

   

Mr. Fejes’ successful execution of his CTO responsibilities while growing one of our largest accounts by over 300%;

 

   

Mr. Cantor’s contribution to the internal preparedness of the company’s internal systems, staffing, and controls commensurate with IPO plans and the establishment of an internal legal function, including through the hiring of a General Counsel; and

 

   

Ms. Mosier’s preparation of the company’s internal legal systems for the IPO and exceeding targets in transforming support for executing commercial contracts, supporting the pre-sales process, and implementing substantially stronger internal risk management controls and processes.

 

Equity Awards

 

To reward and retain our NEOs in a manner that best aligns their interests with stockholders’ interests, we use stock options as the primary incentive vehicles for long-term compensation. We believe that stock options are an effective tool for meeting our compensation goal of increasing long-term stockholder value because the value of the stock options is tied to our future performance. Because employees are able to profit from stock

 

99


Table of Contents

options only if our stock price increases relative to the stock option’s exercise price, we believe stock options provide meaningful incentives to employees to achieve increases in the value of our stock over time. In addition, stock option awards generally vest ratably over four years, which enhances their retentive value.

 

We generally use stock options to compensate our NEOs, both in the form of initial grants in connection with the commencement of employment and additional or “refresher” grants. In 2011, however, our NEOs did not receive any equity grants. We anticipate making stock option grants to our NEOs after the closing of this offering as part of our annual compensation process. See —“2012 Long Term Incentive Plan and Awards—Equity Awards to Be Granted After the Closing of This Offering.”

 

In 2010, Ms. Mosier received an option award in connection with the commencement of her employment, Mr. Cantor received a refresher grant, and Messrs. Fejes and Robb each received an option grant for the first time as part of their total compensation. To date, there has been no set program for the award of refresher grants, and our compensation committee retains discretion to make stock option awards to employees at any time, on the recommendation of our CEO, including in connection with the promotion of an employee, to reward an employee’s performance, for retention purposes or for other circumstances recommended by management.

 

In 2010, stock option grants were made under the 2006 Stock Option Plan, or the 2006 Plan, to our NEOs in the amounts set forth in the table below.

 

Name


   Number of
Options Granted


 

Arkadiy Dobkin, Chief Executive Officer and President

     0   

Ilya Cantor, Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

     107,152   

Karl Robb, President of EU Operations and Executive Vice President

     160,000   

Balazs Fejes, Chief Technology Officer

     160,000   

Ginger Mosier, Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary

     35,720   

 

The stock options granted to our NEOs in 2010 vest in equal installments of 25% on each of January 1, 2011, 2012, 2013 and 2014. Under the terms of the 2006 Plan, the compensation committee has the discretion to accelerate the vesting of these stock options in the event of a change in control of the company. Although Mr. Dobkin was not granted any stock options in 2010, he has a sizable direct stock ownership in the company.

 

On January 16, 2012, we granted 194,800 shares of restricted stock to Mr. Robb. These restricted shares vested 25% on January 16, 2012 and are scheduled to vest 25% on each of January 1, 2013, 2014 and 2015. On termination of Mr. Robb’s service to the company With Cause or without Good Reason (in each case, as defined in the award agreement), any unvested restricted shares will be forfeited. In addition, under the restricted stock award agreement, Mr. Robb is subject to perpetual confidentiality and non-disclosure obligations as well as non-competition and employee and customer non-solicitation obligations that survive for a period of 12 months after the termination of service to the company.

 

The new equity plan that we have adopted in connection with the initial public offering permits us to grant stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units or other types of equity awards to employees of the company, including our NEOs, as the compensation committee deems appropriate. See “—2012 Long Term Incentive Plan and Awards.”

 

Perquisites

 

We do not provide significant perquisites to our NEOs, because we believe that our compensation objectives are better achieved as a result of the compensation elements described above. However, there is no firm policy against the provision of such perquisites and our current stance on perquisites may be re-evaluated at a later date as necessary to ensure that we can attract, retain, and properly motivate our NEOs.

 

100


Table of Contents

Retirement and Other Broad-based Employee Benefits

 

We have established a 401(k) retirement plan, which is a tax-qualified self funded retirement plan, in which our U.S. employees, including Messrs. Dobkin and Cantor and Ms. Mosier, may participate. We do not make any employer contributions to the 401(k) retirement plan. Other benefits in which our U.S. employees, including Messrs. Dobkin and Cantor and Ms. Mosier, may participate include group health insurance (including medical, dental and vision), long and short term disability, group life, AD&D and paid time off. Mr. Robb receives lump sum cash payments in amounts sufficient to cover the cost of obtaining health insurance. Mr. Fejes receives health insurance benefits and a pension contribution that is mandatory under Swiss law. We do not maintain any defined benefit pension plans or any nonqualified deferred compensation plans although, as noted above, we do make pension plan contributions for Mr. Fejes under Swiss law.

 

Compensation Risk Assessment

 

Our management team has reviewed our compensation policies and practices for all of our employees with our board of directors. The board of directors has determined, based on this review, that our compensation policies and practices are not reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on our company.

 

Severance and Change in Control Arrangements

 

During 2011, none of our NEOs were entitled to protections on a termination of employment or service or a change in control. As a result, the termination of employment of a NEO and/or a change in control would not have entitled any NEO to the acceleration of any unvested equity interest or any other payments or benefits. However, as noted above, on a change in control, the compensation committee may in its discretion accelerate the vesting of any unvested stock options issued under the 2006 Plan.

 

Employment Agreements and Other Arrangements

 

Although they are not currently party to employment or consulting agreements with us (other than a standard employment agreement that Mr. Fejes has entered into with a Swiss sub-entity under Swiss law), pursuant to the terms of the consultancy agreements previously entered into, Messrs. Robb and Fejes are subject to certain confidentiality obligations that survived the expiration of those agreements. Under such obligations, Messrs. Robb and Fejes agree that they will not disclose any confidential information relating to us or our business and assign to us their rights to any intellectual property developed within the course of their service to us. Mr. Dobkin is subject to similar confidentiality obligations pursuant to an employment agreement he previously entered into and which has since expired and that is briefly described below under “—Potential Payments on Termination and Change in Control.”

 

In addition, Ms. Mosier and Mr. Cantor each entered into a non-disclosure and non-solicitation agreement in connection with the commencement of their respective employment. Pursuant to these agreements, Ms. Mosier and Mr. Cantor are subject to perpetual confidentiality obligations and employee and customer non-solicitation obligations that survive for a period of 12 months after the termination of employment. Mr. Fejes also entered into an agreement in connection with his option grant, under which he is subject to a perpetual non-disclosure obligation and non-solicitation and non-compete obligations, which survive for a period of 12 months after the termination of employment. Mr. Robb is subject to certain noncompetition, non-solicitation and non-disclosure obligations set forth in his restricted stock agreement. See “— Elements of Compensation — Equity Awards.”

 

Tax Deductibility of Executive Compensation

 

Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, or the Code, limits to $1 million the federal income tax deduction for compensation paid to any named executive officer of a publicly held corporation, other than the chief financial officer. Compensation in excess of $1 million a year may nonetheless be deducted if such compensation is “performance based” within the meaning of the Code. As a newly public company, the plans and agreements described in this prospectus are generally exempt from the application of Section 162(m) for three years.

 

101


Table of Contents

To the extent 162(m) does apply to any compensation paid by the company, we expect that although we will consider deductibility when structuring the compensation arrangements of our NEOs, we may in certain circumstances award compensation that is not deductible when such payments are appropriate to attract and retain executive talent.

 

Other provisions of the Code can also affect compensation decisions. Section 409A of the Code, which governs the form and timing of payment of deferred compensation, imposes sanctions, including a 20% penalty and an interest penalty, on the recipient of deferred compensation that does not comply with Section 409A. The compensation committee will take into account the implications of Section 409A in determining the form and timing of compensation awarded to our executives and will strive to structure any nonqualified deferred compensation plans or arrangements to be exempt from or to comply with the requirements of Section 409A.

 

Section 280G of the Code disallows a company’s tax deduction for payments received by certain individuals in connection with a change in control to the extent that the payments exceed an amount approximately three times their average annual compensation, and Section 4999 of the Code imposes a 20% excise tax on those payments. The compensation committee will take into account the implications of Section 280G in determining potential payments to be made to our executives in connection with a change in control. Nevertheless, to the extent that certain payments upon a change in control are classified as excess parachute payments, such payments may not be deductible pursuant to Section 280G.

 

2011 Summary Compensation Table

 

The following table summarizes the compensation of our named executive officers, or NEOs, for 2011. Our NEOs are our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, and the three other most highly compensated executive officers as determined by their total compensation set forth in the table below.

 

Name and Principal Position


  Year

    Salary
($)


    Bonus (1)
($)


     Option
Awards
($) (2)


    All Other
Compensation
($)


    Total
($)

 

Arkadiy Dobkin

                                                

Chief Executive Officer and President

    2011        260,000        —           —          —          260,000   
      2010        260,000        200,000         —          —          460,000   

Ilya Cantor

                                                

Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

    2011        240,000        —           —          —          240,000   
      2010        240,000        100,000         270,083        —          610,083   

Karl Robb

                                                

President of EU Operations and Executive Vice President

    2011        —          —           —          273,969 (3)(4)       273,969   
      2010        —          —           441,993        562,688 (3)(4)       1,004,681   

Balazs Fejes

                                                

Chief Technology Officer

    2011        200,232 (5)       —           —          114,350 (5)(6)       314,582   
      2010        170,055 (5)       —           441,993        319,035 (5)(6)       931,083   

Ginger Mosier

                                                

Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary

    2011        178,333 (7)       10,000         —          —          188,333   
      2010        141,667 (8)       40,000         90,028        —          271,695   

(1)   The amounts of the 2011 annual bonuses have not yet been determined. We expect to determine the 2011 annual bonuses in February 2012. Ms. Mosier received a special bonus in June 2011.

 

102


Table of Contents
(2)   The amounts in this column represent the aggregate grant date fair value of the option awards granted to Messrs. Cantor, Robb and Fejes and Ms. Mosier in 2010, computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. We provide information regarding the assumptions used to calculate the value of these option awards in Note 13 to the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. There can be no assurance that these awards will vest or will be exercised (in which case no value will be realized by the individual), or that the value upon exercise will approximate the aggregate grant date fair value.
(3)   For Mr. Robb, this table represents the U.S. dollar equivalent of amounts earned in euros and Belarusian rubles. For 2010, the applicable exchange rates were $1.33 per euro and $0.00033 per Belarusian ruble. For 2011, the applicable exchange rates were $1.40 per euro and $0.00021 per Belarusian ruble.
(4)   Mr. Robb provides services to the company in his capacity as a consultant. For 2010, this amount represented amounts of $262,688 and $300,000, which were intended to be a fixed consulting fee and a variable consulting fee, respectively, and were paid directly to his direct employer, Landmark Business Development Limited. For 2011, this amount was intended to be a fixed consulting fee and was paid directly to his direct employer, Landmark Business Development Limited.
(5)   For Mr. Fejes, this table represents the U.S. dollar equivalent of amounts earned in euros, Swiss francs and Hungarian forints. For 2010, the applicable exchange rates were $1.33 per euro, $0.96 per Swiss franc, and $0.0048 per Hungarian forint. For 2011, the applicable exchange rates were $1.40 per euro, $1.13 per Swiss franc, and $0.0050 per Hungarian forint.
(6)   Mr. Fejes provides services to the company partially in his capacity as a consultant and partially in his capacity as an employee. For 2010, the amount included under “All Other Compensation” represented amounts of $109,035 and $210,000, which were intended to be a fixed consulting fee and a variable consulting fee, respectively, and were paid directly to his direct employer, Redlodge Holdings Limited. For 2011, the amount of $114,350 included under “All Other Compensation” represented an amount intended to be a fixed consulting fee, which was paid directly to his direct employer, Redlodge Holdings Limited.
(7)   This amount represents the base salary that Ms. Mosier received in 2011. Her current annual base salary rate is $180,000, which reflects an increase from the $170,000 rate effective as of March 1, 2011.
(8)   This amount is pro-rated to reflect a partial year of service at the company, from March 1, 2010 to December 31, 2010. Ms. Mosier’s annualized salary for 2010 was $170,000.

 

2011 Grants of Plan-Based Awards

 

None of our NEOs received any equity grants in 2011.

 

Outstanding Equity Awards at December 31, 2011

 

The following table summarizes the number of shares of common stock underlying outstanding stock option awards for each NEO as of December 31, 2011.

 

    Option Awards

 

Name


  Number of Securities
Underlying
Unexercised Options
Exercisable (#)


    Number of Securities
Underlying
Unexercised Options
Unexercisable (#)


    Option  Exercise
Price

($)

    Option
Expiration
Date


 

Arkadiy Dobkin

    —          —          —          —     

Ilya Cantor

    112,000        0        1.52        01/20/2016   
      96,000        0        2.76        02/22/2017   
      26,800        80,352 (1)       6.88        08/13/2020   

Karl Robb

    40,000        120,000 (1)       4.63        08/13/2020   

Balazs Fejes

    40,000        120,000 (1)       4.63        08/13/2020   

Ginger Mosier

    8,936        26,784 (1)       6.88        08/13/2020   

(1)   The options vest in four equal installments, with 25% vesting on each of January 1, 2011, 2012, 2013 and 2014.

 

103


Table of Contents

2011 Option Exercises and Stock Vested

 

None of our NEOs exercised stock options in 2011.

 

2011 Pension Benefits

 

We do not maintain any defined benefit pension plans, although, as discussed under “—Elements of Compensation—Retirement and Other Broad-based Employee Benefits,” we do make contributions to a pension plan for Mr. Fejes under Swiss law.

 

2011 Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

 

We do not maintain any nonqualified deferred compensation plans.

 

Potential Payments on Termination and Change in Control

 

None of our NEOs would have been entitled to receive any payments or benefits had his or her employment or service terminated or had we undergone a change in control, in each case on December 31, 2011. Mr. Dobkin’s employment agreement, which entitled him to certain payments and benefits on specified terminations of employment, expired on January 20, 2011. As noted above, however, the compensation committee has the discretion to accelerate the vesting of outstanding stock options under the 2006 Stock Option Plan on a change in control.

 

Employee Benefit Plans

 

Incentive Compensation Plans

 

We currently maintain our 2006 Stock Option Plan, or the 2006 Plan, pursuant to which we have awarded stock options to certain of our employees, including our NEOs. We have also adopted the EPAM Systems, Inc. 2012 Long Term Incentive Plan, or the 2012 Plan, which is described below and which permits us to grant equity and cash-based incentive awards to our NEOs and other employees, consultants and service providers. As of the closing of this offering, no new awards will be made under the 2006 Plan. In addition, 733,808 shares that remained available for issuance under the 2006 Plan as of January 11, 2012, the effective date of the 2012 Plan, are available for issuance under the 2012 Plan, as well as remaining available for issuance under the 2006 Plan until the closing of this offering, and any shares that are subject to an option that was previously granted under the 2006 Plan and that expires unexercised, is forfeited, terminated or canceled, or is paid in cash in lieu of shares will become available for issuance under the 2012 Plan.

 

2006 Stock Option Plan

 

Shares Subject to the Plan . The 2006 Plan was adopted on May 31, 2006, and was amended on January 11, 2012. As of January 15, 2012, options to purchase 6,595,136 shares of our common stock were outstanding under the 2006 Plan. No new awards will be made under the 2006 Plan after the closing of this offering.

 

Stock Options . Nonqualified stock options have been granted under the 2006 Plan. The term of an option may not exceed ten years. After the termination of service of a recipient, other than for Cause or due to Retirement, Disability (in each case as defined in the 2006 Plan) or death, options may be exercised, to the extent vested and exercisable on the date of termination, for a period of 30 days following such termination (or for such longer period as the compensation committee in its sole discretion may determine), and all unvested options will terminate. However, in the event of a voluntary termination of employment (other than due to Retirement) or termination for Cause, the compensation committee in its discretion may provide for the outstanding vested options to be deemed “frozen” and not exercisable for the ten-day period immediately following the date of such termination so that the compensation committee (for employees who are executive officers) or us (for other employees) may decide whether to provide for the forfeiture of such vested options, except as would be

 

104


Table of Contents

prohibited by law. In the event of termination of service due to Retirement, Disability or death, options may be exercised, to the extent vested and exercisable on the date of termination, for a period of 90 days following such termination (or for such longer period as the compensation committee may in its discretion determine, including to comply with applicable laws), and all unvested options will terminate.

 

In the event of a Liquidation (as defined in our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation), unvested options will automatically vest immediately prior to such Liquidation and vested options must be exercised by the participant immediately prior to such Liquidation or otherwise be deemed forfeited. In the event of a Reorganization Event (as defined in our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation), in the sole discretion of our compensation committee, unvested options will automatically vest immediately prior to such Reorganization Event or be replaced with comparable options to purchase shares of the capital stock of the successor entity (or affiliate thereof), and vested options, in the sole discretion of the compensation committee, will either be required to be exercised immediately prior to such Reorganization Event or otherwise be deemed forfeited or be replaced with comparable options to purchase shares of the capital stock of the successor entity (or affiliate thereof) or be purchased by us or the successor entity (or affiliate thereof).

 

Adjustments; Corporate Transactions . In the event of certain changes in our corporate structure, including a stock dividend or split, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, spinoff, combination, exchange of shares or extraordinary dividend, our compensation committee will adjust the aggregate number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2006 Plan and the number, exercise price and, if applicable, type of shares underlying awards under the plan, in each case, as may be determined by our compensation committee in its sole discretion to be necessary to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits awarded or intended to be awarded under the plan. In the event of certain corporate transactions, including a sale or transfer of all or substantially all of our assets or intellectual property or a change in control, the compensation committee has the discretion to accelerate unvested stock options or substitute such options for an equivalent award in the successor company. The compensation committee also has the discretion to require vested stock options to be exercised immediately prior to such corporate transaction or to determine that such options will be substituted for an equivalent award in the successor company or that such options will be purchased by us or the successor company.

 

Amendment or Termination . Our board of directors has the authority to amend or terminate the 2006 Plan at any time, provided that stockholder approval is obtained if such approval is required by applicable tax or securities laws. We intend to terminate the 2006 Plan in connection with this offering, although outstanding awards will remain subject to the terms of the 2006 Plan.

 

2012 Long Term Incentive Plan and Awards

 

After the closing of this offering, we expect to issue nonqualified stock options under the 2012 Plan to our senior employees as part of our annual compensation process. The following is a summary of the material terms of the 2012 Plan and the stock option awards that are expected to be granted to our NEOs. This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the 2012 Plan attached as Exhibit 10.12 to this registration statement. You are encouraged to read the full 2012 Plan.

 

2012 Plan

 

Purpose. The purpose of the 2012 Plan is to motivate and reward those employees and other individuals who are expected to contribute significantly to our success to perform at the highest level and to further our best interests and those of our shareholders.

 

Plan Term . The 2012 Plan is scheduled to expire after ten years. However, to the extent permitted by the listing rules of the stock exchange on which we are listed, such ten-year term may be extended indefinitely. Also, the term will expire sooner if prior to end of the ten-year term or any extension period, the maximum number of

 

105


Table of Contents

our common shares available for issuance under the 2012 Plan has been issued or our board of directors terminates the 2012 Plan.

 

Authorized Shares and Award Limits. Subject to adjustment (as described below), 9,246,800 shares of our common stock are available for awards to be granted under the 2012 Plan (other than substitute awards; that is, awards that are granted in assumption of, or in substitution for, an outstanding award previously granted by a company or other business acquired by us or with which we combine). This is in addition to 733,808 shares that remain available under the 2006 Plan and, from the effective date of the 2012 Plan, are available for new awards under the 2012 Plan, as well as remaining available for issuance under the 2006 Plan until the closing of this offering. In addition, up to 6,595,136 shares that are subject to outstanding awards under the 2006 Plan and that expire or terminate for any reason prior to exercise or that would otherwise return to the 2006 Plan’s share reserve will be available for awards to be granted under the 2012 Plan.

 

If an award (other than a substitute award) expires or is canceled or forfeited, the shares covered by such award will again be available for issuance under the 2012 Plan. Shares tendered or withheld in payment of an exercise price or for withholding taxes will also be available for future issuance under the 2012 Plan.

 

Administration.  Our compensation committee or our board of directors will administer the 2012 Plan and has authority to:

 

   

designate participants;

 

   

determine the types of awards (including substitute awards) to grant, the number of shares to be covered by awards, the terms and conditions of awards, whether awards may be settled or exercised in cash, shares, other awards, other property or net settlement, the circumstances under which awards may be canceled, repurchased, forfeited or suspended, and whether awards may be deferred automatically or at the election of the holder or the committee;

 

   

interpret and administer the plan and any instrument or agreement relating to, or award made under, the plan;

 

   

establish, amend, suspend or waive rules and regulations and appoint agents; and

 

   

make any other determination and take any other action that it deems necessary or desirable to administer the plan.

 

To the extent not inconsistent with applicable law, the compensation committee or our board of directors may delegate to a committee of one or more directors or to one or more of our officers the authority to grant awards under the plan.

 

Types of Awards. The 2012 Plan provides for grants of incentive and non-qualified stock options, SARs, restricted stock, RSUs, performance awards and other stock-based awards:

 

   

Stock Options.  A stock option is a contractual right to purchase shares at a future date at a specified exercise price. The per share exercise price of a stock option (except in the case of substitute awards) will be determined by our compensation committee or our board of directors but may not be less than the closing price of a share of our common stock on the day prior to the grant date. Our compensation committee or our board of directors will determine the date on which each stock option becomes vested and exercisable and the expiration date of each option. The compensation committee or the board of directors may specify in an award agreement that an “in-the-money” option will be automatically exercised on its expiration date. However, no stock option will be exercisable more than ten years from the grant date, except that the compensation committee or the board of directors may provide in an award agreement for an extension of such ten-year term in the event the exercise of the option would be prohibited by law on the expiration date. Stock options that are intended to qualify as incentive stock options must meet the requirements of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

106


Table of Contents
   

SARs.  A SAR represents a contractual right to receive, in cash or shares, an amount equal to the appreciation of one share of our common stock from the grant date. The per share exercise price of a SAR (except in the case of substitute awards) will be determined by our compensation committee or our board of directors but may not be less than the closing price of a share of our common stock on the day prior to the grant date. Our compensation committee or our board of directors will determine the date on which each SAR may be exercised or settled in whole or in part and the expiration date of each SAR. However, no SAR will be exercisable more than ten years from the grant date.

 

   

Restricted Stock.  Restricted stock is an award of shares of our common stock that are subject to restrictions on transfer and a substantial risk of forfeiture.

 

   

RSUs.  An RSU represents a contractual right to receive the value of a share of our common stock at a future date, subject to specified vesting and other restrictions.

 

   

Performance Awards.  Performance awards, which may be denominated in cash or shares, will be earned upon the satisfaction of performance conditions specified by our compensation committee or our board of directors. The performance conditions for awards that are intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code may include, but not be limited, to the following: net sales; revenue; revenue growth or product revenue growth; operating income (before or after taxes); pre- or after-tax income or loss (before or after allocation of corporate overhead and bonus); net earnings; earnings per share; net income or loss (before or after taxes); return on equity; total shareholder return; return on assets or net assets; appreciation in and/or maintenance of share price; market share; gross profits; earnings or loss (including earnings or loss before taxes, before interest and taxes, or before earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization); economic value-added models or equivalent metrics; comparisons with various stock market indices; reductions in costs; cash flow or cash flow per share (before or after dividends); return on capital (including return on total capital or return on invested capital); cash flow return on investment; improvement in or attainment of expense levels or working capital levels, including cash, inventory and accounts receivable; operating margin; gross margin; cash margin; year-end cash; debt reduction; shareholder equity; operating efficiencies; market share; customer satisfaction; customer growth; employee satisfaction; research and development achievements; manufacturing achievements (including obtaining particular yields from manufacturing runs and other measurable objectives related to process development activities); regulatory achievements (including submitting or filing applications or other documents with regulatory authorities or receiving approval of any such applications or other documents and passing pre-approval inspections (whether of us or our third-party manufacturer) and validation of manufacturing processes (whether our or our third-party manufacturer’s)); financial ratios, including those measuring liquidity, activity, profitability or leverage; cost of capital or assets under management; financing and other capital raising transactions (including sales of our equity or debt securities; factoring transactions; sales or licenses of our assets, including its intellectual property, whether in a particular jurisdiction or territory or globally; or through partnering transactions); and implementation, completion or attainment of measurable objectives with respect to research, development, manufacturing, commercialization, products or projects, production volume levels, acquisitions and divestitures; factoring transactions; and recruiting and maintaining personnel. These performance criteria may be measured on an absolute ( e.g. , plan or budget) or relative basis, and may be established on a corporate-wide basis or with respect to one or more business units, divisions, subsidiaries or business segments. Relative performance may be measured against a group of peer companies, a financial market index or other acceptable objective and quantifiable indices.

 

   

Other Stock-Based Awards.  Our compensation committee or our board of directors are authorized to grant other stock-based awards, which may be denominated in shares of our common stock or factors that may influence the value of our shares, including convertible or exchangeable debt securities, other rights convertible or exchangeable into shares, purchase rights for shares, awards with value and payment contingent upon our performance or that of our business units or any other factors that the committee designates.

 

107


Table of Contents

Adjustments. In the event that our compensation committee and our board of directors determines that, as a result of any dividend or other distribution, recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase or exchange of shares of our common stock or other securities, issuance of warrants or other rights to purchase our shares or other securities, issuance of our shares pursuant to the anti-dilution provisions of our securities, or other similar corporate transaction or event affecting our shares, or of changes in applicable laws, regulations or accounting principles, an adjustment is appropriate to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the 2012 Plan, the committee or the board will adjust equitably any or all of:

 

   

the number and type of shares or other securities that thereafter may be made the subject of awards, including the aggregate and individual limits under the 2012 Plan;

 

   

the number and type of shares or other securities subject to outstanding awards; and

 

   

the grant, purchase, exercise or hurdle price for any award or, if deemed appropriate, make provision for a cash payment to the holder of an outstanding award.

 

Termination of Service and Change in Control. Our compensation committee or our board of directors will determine the effect of a termination of employment or service on outstanding awards, including whether the awards will vest, become exercisable, settle or be forfeited. The committee or the board of directors may set forth in the applicable award agreement the treatment of an award upon a change in control. In addition, in the case of a stock option or SAR, except as otherwise provided in the applicable award agreement, upon a change in control, a merger or consolidation, or any other event with respect to which the committee or the board deems it appropriate, the committee or the board may cancel the award in consideration of:

 

   

the full acceleration of the award and either:

 

   

a period of ten days to exercise the award; or

 

   

a payment in cash or other consideration in an amount equal to the intrinsic value of the cancelled award; or

 

   

a substitute award that preserves the intrinsic value of the cancelled award.

 

Amendment and Termination . Our board of directors may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or terminate the 2012 Plan, subject to approval of our shareholders if required by the rules of the stock exchange on which our shares are principally traded. Our compensation committee or our board of directors may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or terminate any outstanding award. However, no such board or committee action that would materially adversely affect the rights of a holder of an outstanding award may be taken without the holder’s consent, except to the extent that such action is taken to cause the 2012 Plan to comply with applicable law, stock market or exchange rules and regulations or accounting or tax rules and regulations or to impose any “clawback” or recoupment provisions on any awards in accordance with the 2012 Plan.

 

In addition, our compensation committee or our board of directors may amend the 2012 Plan or create sub-plans in such manner as may be necessary to enable the plan to achieve its stated purposes in any jurisdiction in a tax efficient manner and in compliance with local rules and regulations. In the event of the dissolution or liquidation of our company, each award will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such action, unless otherwise determined by our compensation committee or our board of directors. Subject to the adjustment provision summarized above, our compensation committee or our board of directors may not directly or indirectly, through cancellation or regrant or any other method, reduce, or have the effect of reducing, the exercise price of any award established at the time of grant without approval of our shareholders.

 

U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences.

 

Non-Qualified Stock Options . A non-qualified stock option is an option that does not meet the requirements of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code. A participant will not recognize taxable income when granted a

 

108


Table of Contents

non-qualified stock option. When the participant exercises the stock option, he or she will recognize taxable ordinary income equal to the excess of the fair market value of the shares received on the exercise date over the aggregate exercise price of the shares. The participant’s tax basis in the shares acquired on exercise of the option will be increased by the amount of such taxable income. We generally will be entitled to a federal income tax deduction in an amount equal to the ordinary income that the participant recognizes. When the participant sells the shares acquired on exercise, the participant will realize long-term or short-term capital gain or loss, depending on whether the participant holds the shares for more than one year before selling them. Special rules apply if all or a portion of the exercise price is paid in the form of shares.

 

Incentive Stock Options . An incentive stock option is an option that meets the requirements of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code. A participant will not have taxable income when granted an incentive stock option or when exercising the option. If the participant exercises the option and does not dispose of the shares until the later of two years after the grant date and one year after the exercise date, the entire gain, if any, realized when the participant sells the shares will be taxable as long-term capital gain. We will not be entitled to any corresponding tax deduction.

 

If a participant disposes of the shares received upon exercise of an incentive stock option within the one-year or two-year periods described above, it will be considered a “disqualifying disposition,” and the option will be treated as a non-qualified stock option for federal income tax purposes. If a participant exercises an incentive stock option more than three months after the participant’s employment or service with us terminates, the option will be treated as a non-qualified stock option for federal income tax purposes. If the participant is disabled and terminates employment or service because of his or her disability, the three-month period is extended to one year. The three-month period does not apply in the case of the participant’s death.

 

Equity Awards to Be Granted After the Closing of This Offering

 

After the closing of this offering, we expect to make equity grants of service-vesting non-qualified stock options to our NEOs and other employees pursuant to awards issued under the 2012 Plan as part or our annual compensation process. The stock options will have as an exercise price the closing price of a share of our common stock on the day prior to the grant date. We will not know the exact number of shares subject to individual stock option awards until such stock option grants are approved. The aggregate number of shares of our common stock underlying stock options granted to our NEOs and other employees will be no more than 1,600,000.

 

The following terms are expected to apply if our NEOs receive stock option grants as part of our annual compensation process after the closing of this offering. The stock options will vest 25% on each of the first four anniversaries of the grant date and will expire on the tenth anniversary of the grant date. The options are not transferable prior to exercise, other than by laws of descent or distribution or in connection with any award transfer program adopted by us. After exercise, the shares are transferable subject to any applicable lock up agreement and securities laws.

 

If an NEO’s employment or service terminates due to death or Disability (see definition below), unless otherwise determined by our compensation committee or our board of directors in its sole discretion, unvested stock options covered by this grant will be forfeited, and vested options will remain exercisable for one year following such termination. If an NEO’s employment or service is terminated by us for Cause (see definition below), unexercised options covered by this grant, whether vested or unvested, will be forfeited. If an NEO’s employment or service is terminated by us without Cause or by the NEO for Good Reason (see definition below) on or within two years after a Change in Control (see definition below), any unvested options will vest, and the options will remain exercisable for 90 days. If an NEO’s employment or service is terminated for any other reason, unless otherwise determined by our compensation committee or our board of directors in its sole discretion, unvested options will be forfeited, and vested options will remain exercisable for 90 days.

 

109


Table of Contents

“Disability” generally means “Disability” as defined in the executive’s employment or consulting agreement or, if not so defined, except as otherwise provided in the applicable award agreement:

 

   

a permanent and total disability that entitles the executive to disability income payments under any long-term disability plan or policy provided by us under which the executive is covered, as such plan or policy is then in effect; or

 

   

if the executive is not covered under a long-term disability plan or policy provided by us at such time for whatever reason, then “Disability” means a “permanent and total disability” as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code and, in this case, the existence of any such Disability will be certified by a physician acceptable to us.

 

“Cause” generally means our good faith determination of the executive’s:

 

   

willful material breach or habitual neglect of the executive’s duties or obligations in connection with the executive’s employment or service;

 

   

having engaged in willful misconduct, gross negligence or a breach of fiduciary duty, or the executive’s willful material breach of his or her duties to the company or under his or her employment or consulting agreement, if applicable, or of any of our policies;

 

   

having been convicted of, or having entered a plea bargain or settlement admitting guilt for, a felony or any other criminal offense involving moral turpitude, fraud or, in the course of the performance of the executive’s service to the company, material dishonesty;

 

   

unlawful use or possession of illegal drugs on our premises or while performing his or her duties and responsibilities; or

 

   

commission of an act of fraud, embezzlement or material misappropriation, in each case, against us or any of our affiliates.

 

In the case of the executive’s willful breach or habitual neglect of his or her duties or obligations, willful misconduct, gross negligence or a breach of fiduciary duty, or the executive’s willful breach of his or her employment or consulting agreement or any of our policies, we will provide the executive with written notice specifying the circumstances alleged to constitute Cause, and, if possible, the executive will have 30 days following receipt of such notice to cure such circumstances.

 

“Good Reason” generally means “Good Reason” as defined in the executive’s employment or consulting agreement, if any, or if not so defined, the occurrence of any of the following events, in each case without the executive’s consent:

 

   

a reduction in the executive’s base compensation and cash incentive opportunity, other than any such reduction that applies generally to similarly situated employees or executives;

 

   

relocation of the geographic location of the executive’s principal place of employment or service by more than 50 miles from his or her principal place of employment or service; or

 

   

a material reduction in the executive’s title, duties, responsibilities or authority.

 

In each case, the executive must provide us with written notice specifying the circumstances alleged to constitute Good Reason within 90 days following the first occurrence of such circumstances, and if possible, we will have 30 days following receipt of such notice to cure such circumstances. If we have not cured such circumstances within such 30-day period, the executive must terminate his or her employment or service not later than 60 days after the end of such 30-day period.

 

“Change in Control” generally means the occurrence any one or more of the following events:

 

   

the acquisition of 50% or more of the combined voting power of our outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors;

 

110


Table of Contents
   

the replacement of the majority of our directors during any 24-month period (other than by directors approved by at least a majority of our remaining directors); or

 

   

the consummation of

 

   

our or any of our subsidiaries’ merger or consolidation with any other corporation or entity (unless our or our subsidiary’s voting securities outstanding immediately prior to such transaction continue to represent at least 50% of the combined voting power and total fair market value of the securities of our company or of the surviving entity or its ultimate parent outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation); or

 

   

any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer to any person (other than our affiliate) of our assets and/or assets of any of our subsidiaries, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, having an aggregate fair market value of more than 50% of the fair market value of our company and our subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction or transactions, but only to the extent that, in connection with such transaction or transactions or within a reasonable period thereafter, our stockholders receive distributions of cash and/or assets having a fair market value that is greater than 50% of the fair market value of our company immediately prior to such transaction or transactions.

 

2011 Director Compensation

 

The following table lists the individuals who served as our non-employee directors during 2011. None of our non-employee directors earned any cash or equity-based compensation for their services on our board during 2011. See “Management—Board Structure and Compensation of Directors” for a discussion of how we expect to compensate our non-employee directors after this offering. We have not compensated and do not expect to compensate our employee directors for their service on our board of directors.

 

Name


   Fees Earned
or Paid in
Cash

($)

     Stock Awards
($)


     Option
Awards
($)


     Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)


     Change in
Pension Value
and Non-

qualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings


     All Other
Compensation
($)


     Total
($)


 

Drew Guff

     —           —           —           —           —           —           —     

Donald Spencer

     —           —           —           —           —           —           —     

Ross Goodhart

     —           —           —           —           —           —           —     

 

EPAM Systems, Inc. 2012 Non-Employee Directors Compensation Plan

 

We have adopted the EPAM Systems, Inc. 2012 Non-Employee Directors Compensation Plan, or the 2012 Directors Plan, which allows us to grant stock options, restricted stock, RSUs and other equity-based awards to our non-employee directors. The purpose of the 2012 Directors Plan is to attract and retain the services of our experienced non-employee directors.

 

Plan Term. The 2012 Directors Plan will expire after ten years (unless such term is extended in accordance with the terms of the plan). However, the term will expire sooner if prior to that date the maximum number of our common shares available for issuance under the 2012 Directors Plan has been issued or our board of directors terminates the plan.

 

Authorized Shares. Subject to adjustment as described below, 600,000 shares of our common stock are available for awards to be granted under the 2012 Directors Plan.

 

Administration. Our board of directors will administer the 2012 Directors Plan and has authority to select individuals to whom awards are granted, determine the types of awards that will be granted and the number of shares underlying such awards and interpret and administer the plan and any instrument or agreement relating to, or award made under, the plan.

 

111


Table of Contents

Eligibility. Each member of our board of directors who is not our employee is eligible to receive awards under the 2012 Directors Plan independence standards.

 

Adjustments. In the event that the board of directors determines that, as a result of any dividend or other distribution, recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase or exchange of shares of our common stock or other securities, issuance of warrants or other rights to purchase our shares or other securities, issuance of our shares pursuant to the anti-dilution provisions of our securities, or other similar corporate transaction or event affecting our shares, or of changes in applicable laws, regulations or accounting principles, an adjustment is appropriate to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the 2012 Directors Plan, the board will adjust equitably any or all of:

 

   

the number and type of shares or other securities that thereafter may be made the subject of awards, including the aggregate number of shares available for award under the plan;

 

   

the number and type of shares or other securities subject to outstanding awards; and

 

   

the grant, purchase, exercise or hurdle price for any award or, if deemed appropriate, make provision for a cash payment to the holder of an outstanding award.

 

Automatic Grants. The board of directors may institute, by resolution, automatic award grants to new and to continuing members of the board of directors, and determine the number and type of such awards, the terms and conditions of such awards and the criteria for the grant of such awards. Beginning at our first Annual Meeting of Shareholders as a public company and at each Annual Meeting of Shareholders thereafter, each director who is to continue in service following such meeting will receive an award of restricted shares of our common stock, with the number of such restricted shares determined by dividing $75,000 by the closing price of a share on the day prior to the grant date. Each director who joins our board of directors will receive an initial award of restricted shares of our common stock, with the number of such restricted shares determined by dividing $100,000 by the closing price of a share of our common stock on the day prior to the grant date.

 

Retainers. The board of directors is authorized, subject to limitations under applicable law, to grant annual cash retainers to non-employee directors for service as a member of the board or a committee of the board or as chair or lead director of the board or any such committee. These retainers may be received in shares of our common stock at the election of the directors. Any shares delivered to a non-employee director pursuant to this election will not count against the share availability under the 2012 Directors Plan.

 

Vesting and Settlement. Each initial award, annual award and prorated award, if applicable, will vest and settle pursuant to the terms of the applicable award agreement.

 

Termination of Service and Change in Control. The board of directors may provide in any award agreement, or may determine in any individual case, the circumstances in which, and the extent to which, an award may be exercised, settled, vested, paid or forfeited in the event of a director’s termination of service from the board of directors or a change in control prior to exercise or settlement of such award.

 

Amendment and Termination. Our board of directors may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or terminate the 2012 Directors Plan, subject to approval of our shareholders if required by the rules of the stock exchange on which our common shares are principally traded or by applicable law. Our board of directors may also amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or terminate any outstanding award. However, no such board action that would materially adversely affect the rights of a holder of an outstanding award may be taken without the holder’s consent, except to the extent that such action is taken to cause the 2012 Directors Plan to comply with applicable law, stock market or exchange rules and regulations or accounting or tax rules and regulations.

 

112


Table of Contents

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

Our Related Person Transaction Policy

 

Prior to this offering, our board of directors has not adopted a formal written policy for review and approval of transactions required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K. Our board of directors adopted a written policy with respect to related party transactions in January 2012.

 

Under such related person transaction policy, a “Related Person Transaction” is any transaction, arrangement or relationship involving us in which a Related Person has a direct material interest. A “Related Person” is any of our executive officers, directors or director nominees, any stockholder beneficially owning in excess of 5% of our stock or securities exchangeable for our stock and any immediate family member of any of the foregoing persons.

 

Pursuant to such related person transaction policy, any Related Person Transaction, including any arrangement or transaction existing on the date of this offering that is expected to continue in the future, must be approved or ratified by our board of directors or a designated committee thereof consisting solely of independent directors. In determining whether to approve or ratify a transaction with a Related Person, our board of directors or the designated committee of independent directors will consider all relevant facts and circumstances, including without limitation the commercial reasonableness of the terms, the benefit and perceived benefit, or lack thereof, to us, opportunity costs of alternate transactions, the materiality and character of the Related Person’s direct or indirect interest, and the actual or apparent conflict of interest of the Related Person. Our board of directors or the designated committee of independent directors will not approve or ratify a Related Person Transaction unless it has determined that, upon consideration of all relevant information, such transaction is in, or not inconsistent with, the best interests of us and our shareholders.

 

Below are historical transactions with Related Persons that we believe will continue in the future, subject to our related person transaction policy and subject to approval or ratification by our board of directors or a designated committee thereof consisting solely of independent directors. Our board of directors approved such transactions at the time they were entered into and we believe that each of these transactions were in the best interests of us and our shareholders at the time they were entered into.

 

Registration Rights Agreements

 

Under the terms of the Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement dated February 19, 2008 with our Series A-1 and Series A-2 preferred stockholders and certain common stockholders and the Registration Rights Agreement dated April 26, 2010 with our Series A-3 preferred stockholders, referred to together as the Registration Rights Agreements, our preferred stockholders and certain common stockholders, including Arkadiy Dobkin, Karl Robb and Balazs Fejes, are each entitled to certain registration rights, including demand registration rights. For a more detailed description of these registration rights, see “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.”

 

Indemnification Agreements

 

Our third amended and restated certificate of incorporation includes provisions that authorize and require us to indemnify our officers and directors to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law, subject to limited exceptions. In connection with this offering, we have entered into or will enter into separate indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. These agreements will require us to indemnify these individuals to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against liabilities that may arise by reason of their service to us, and to advance expenses incurred as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified.

 

113


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

 

The following table sets forth information regarding beneficial ownership of our common stock as of January 20, 2012, by:

 

   

each selling stockholder;

 

   

each person whom we know to own beneficially more than 5% of our common stock;

 

   

each of the directors and named executive officers individually; and

 

   

all directors and executive officers as a group.

 

In accordance with the rules of the SEC, beneficial ownership includes voting or investment power with respect to securities and includes the shares of common stock issuable pursuant to stock options that are exercisable within 60 days of January 20, 2012. Shares of common stock issuable pursuant to stock options are deemed outstanding for computing the percentage of the person holding such options but are not outstanding for computing the percentage of any other person. The percentage of beneficial ownership prior to this offering is based on 38,999,032 shares of common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2011. The percentage of beneficial ownership following this offering is based on 40,690,635 shares of common stock outstanding after the closing of this offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.

 

Unless otherwise indicated, the address for each listed stockholder is: c/o EPAM Systems, Inc., 41 University Drive, Suite 202, Newtown, Pennsylvania 18940. To our knowledge, except as indicated in the footnotes to this table and pursuant to applicable community property laws, the persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock. To our knowledge, except as indicated in the footnotes to this table, the shares of common stock owned by our directors and executive officers are not pledged to secure obligations owed to others. Unless otherwise indicated, based on the information supplied to us by or on behalf of the selling stockholders, no selling stockholder is a broker-dealer or an affiliate of a broker-dealer.

 

     Shares Beneficially Owned
Before the Offering


     Number of
Shares Offered


     Shares Beneficially Owned
After the Offering


 

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner


   Number

     Percent

        Number

     Percent(1)

 

Named Executive Officers and Directors

                                            

Arkadiy Dobkin

     5,492,256         14.1         549,224         4,943,032         12.1   

Karl Robb(8)

     1,000,624         2.6         83,274         915,171         2.2   

Ilya Cantor(2)

     261,576         *         23,821         235,418         *   

Balazs Fejes(9)

     674,168         1.7         65,238         606,751         1.5   

Ginger Mosier(3)

     17,856         *         1,063         16,072         *   

Andrew J. Guff(4)

     20,468,144         52.5         3,714,672         16,753,472         41.2   

Donald P. Spencer(4)

     20,468,144         52.5         3,714,672         16,753,472         41.2   

Ross Goodhart

     —           —           —           —           —     

Ronald Vargo

     5,882         *         —           5,882         *   

Robert Segert

     5,882         *         —           5,882         *   

All executive officers and directors as a group (10 people)

     27,926,388         70.8         4,437,291         23,481,681         57.2   

5% Stockholders

                                            

Russia Partners II, LP(4)

     20,468,144         52.5         3,714,672         16,753,472         41.2   

Russia Partners II EPAM Fund, LP(4)

     20,468,144         52.5         3,714,672         16,753,472         41.2   

Rainmeadow Holdings Limited(5)

     2,995,400         7.7         557,456         2,437,944         6.0   

Da Vinci CIS Private Sector Growth Fund Limited(6)

     2,407,872         6.2         448,112         1,959,760         4.8   

Leonid Lozner

     2,552,424         6.5         11,765         2,540,659         6.2   

 

114


Table of Contents
     Shares Beneficially Owned
Before the Offering


     Number of
Shares Offered


     Shares Beneficially Owned
After the Offering


 

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner


   Number

     Percent

        Number

     Percent(1)

 

Other Selling Stockholders

                                            

Russia Partners II EPAM Fund B, LP(4)

     20,468,144         52.5         3,714,672         16,753,472         41.2   

Euroventures III Limited Partnership(7)

     1,477,392         3.8         274,952         1,202,440         3.0   

Landmark Business Development Limited(8)

     1,000,624         2.6         83,274         915,171         2.2   

Redlodge Holdings Limited(9)

     674,168         1.7         65,238         606,751         1.5   

Sergey Yezhkov(10)

     318,024         *         31,800         286,224         *   

Alexey Vitashkevich

     255,696         *         25,560         230,136         *   

Paul Twentyman(11)

     132,000         *         7,285         124,000         *   

Elaina Shekhter(12)

     101,720         *         9,259         91,552         *   

Viktar Dvorkin(13)

     93,248         *         5,556         83,920         *   

Igor Nys(14)

     84,320         *         7,285         76,320         *   

Isaak Karaev(15)

     80,000         *         4,951         72,000         *   

Valeri Makovik(16)

     69,392         *         5,895         62,456         *   

Alex Lyashok(17)

     67,856         *         5,883         61,070         *   

Igor Ovsyanik(18)

     62,000         *         5,280         55,800         *   

Yury Antaniuk(19)

     54,000         *         4,624         48,600         *   

Jason Harman(20)

     48,888         *         3,493         44,088         *   

Attila Bozso(21)

     46,000         *         4,189         41,400         *   

Anthony Conte(22)

     20,000         *         1,191         18,000         *   

All other selling stockholders(23)

     380,280         *         30,525         344,954         *   

 


*   Denotes less than 1% of the shares of common stock beneficially owned.
(1)   Assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ overallotment option. See “Underwriting.”
(2)   Represents shares issuable to Mr. Cantor upon the exercise of options. In connection with this offering, Mr. Cantor will exercise 26,158 stock options on a “net exercise” basis, which will result in the issuance to him of the 23,821 shares of common stock that he is offering to sell in this offering, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $17.00 per share, which is the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus.
(3)   Represents shares issuable to Ms. Mosier upon the exercise of options. In connection with this offering, Ms. Mosier will exercise 1,784 stock options on a “net exercise” basis, which will result in the issuance to her of the 1,063 shares of common stock that she is offering to sell in this offering, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $17.00 per share, which is the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus.
(4)  

Includes (i) 12,202,776 shares of common stock owned by Russia Partners II, LP (“RP II”); (ii) 7,395,592 shares of common stock owned by Russia Partners II EPAM Fund, LP (“RP II EPAM”); (iii) 361,800 shares of common stock owned by Russia Partners II EPAM Fund B, LP (“RP II EPAM B”) and (iv) 507,976 shares of common stock owned by Russia Partners III, LP (“RP III” and collectively with RP II, RP II EPAM and RP II EPAM B, the “Siguler Guff Holders”). Russia Partners Capital II M, LLC is the general partner of RP II, Russia Partners Capital II E, LLC is the general partner of RP II EPAM and of RP II EPAM B, and Russia Partners Capital III, LLC is the general partner of RP III. Andrew J. Guff and Donald P. Spencer are the managing directors of each of Russia Partners Capital II M, LLC, Russia Partners Capital II E, LLC and Russia Partners Capital III, LLC and may be deemed to have voting and investment control over the shares of our common stock held by the Siguler Guff Holders. The Siguler Guff Holders are all managed by Russia Partners Management, LLC, whose investment committee of Andrew J. Guff, George W. Siguler and Vladimir Andrienko, may also be deemed to have voting and investment control over the shares of our common stock held by the Siguler Guff Holders. The Siguler Guff Holders, their general partners and their manager are all affiliates of Siguler Guff & Company. Each of Russia Partners Capital II M, LLC, Russia Partners Capital II E, LLC, Russia Partners Capital III, LLC, Russia Partners Management, LLC and Messrs. Guff, Spencer, Siguler and Andrienko disclaims beneficial

 

115


Table of Contents
 

ownership of any shares of our common stock owned of record by the Siguler Guff Holders, except to the extent of any pecuniary interest therein. Ross Goodhart, one of our directors, is an officer of affiliates of the Siguler Guff Holders. The address of each of the Siguler Guff Holders, Russia Partners Capital II M, LLC, Russia Partners Capital II E, LLC, Russia Partners Capital III, LLC, Russia Partners Management, LLC and Messrs. Guff, Spencer, Siguler and Andrienko is c/o Siguler Guff & Company, LP, 825 Third Avenue, 10th Floor, New York, NY 10022. 2,270,989 of the shares of common stock being offered are being sold by RP II, 1,376,352 of the shares of common stock being offered are being sold by RP II EPAM and 67,333 of the shares of common stock being offered are being sold by RP II EPAM B.

(5)   Rainmeadow Holdings Limited is a wholly-owned subsidiary of VTB Capital PE Investment Holding (Cyprus) Limited (“VTBC PE Investment”). VTBC PE Investment is a wholly-owned subsidiary of VTB Capital Private Equity Holding AG (“VTBC Private Equity”). VTBC Private Equity is a wholly-owned subsidiary of CJSC VTB Capital Holding and CJSC VTB Capital Holding is a wholly-owned subsidiary of JSC VTB Bank and is part of the VTB Capital group (“VTB Capital”), a group of affiliated entities all owned by JSC VTB Bank. Voting and investment decisions over our shares of common stock owned by Rainmeadow Holdings Limited is subject to approval by several investment and risk management committees of VTB Capital, and carried out by Yuri Soloviev and Svetlana Fedorenko, directors of VTBC Private Equity, making recommendations to the directors of Rainmeadow Holdings Limited, currently Harris Demetriadis and Demetrios Demetriades. Each of Yuri Soloviev, Svetlana Fedorenko, Harris Demetriadis and Demetrios Demetriades disclaims beneficial ownership of our shares of common stock owned by Rainmeadow Holdings Limited in their individual capacities. The address of VTBC Private Equity Holding, Mr. Soloviev and Mrs. Fedorenko is c/o VTB Capital Private Equity Holding AG, 4 Lindenstrasse, 6340 Baar, Switzerland and the address of Rainmeadow Holdings Limited is Thasou, 3, Dadlow House, P.C. 1520, Nicosia, Cyprus. Rainmeadow Holdings Limited is an affiliate of VTB Capital Inc., a broker-dealer. Rainmeadow Holdings Limited purchased the securities in the ordinary course of business and, at the time of the purchase of the securities to be resold, had no agreements or understandings, directly or indirectly, with any person to distribute the securities.
(6)   Includes shares of common stock owned by Da Vinci CIS Private Sector Growth Fund Limited (“PSGF”). Messrs. David Allison, David Clark, and David Fisher, as the directors of PSGF, may be deemed to have voting and dispositive control over the shares of our common stock held by PSGF. Each of Messrs. Allison, Clark and Fisher disclaim beneficial ownership of any shares of our common stock owned of record by PSGF, except to the extent of any pecuniary interest therein. The address of PSGF is Martello Court, Admiral Park, St Peter Port, Guernsey, GY1 3HB.
(7)   Includes shares of common stock owned by Euroventures III Limited Partnership (“Euroventures”). EV Capital Partners Ltd. is the general partner of Euroventures. Messrs. Max Schimmelpenninck, Peter Radford and Andrew Elder, as directors of EV Capital Partners Ltd., may be deemed to have voting and dispositive control over the shares of our common stock held by Euroventures. Each of Messrs. Schimmelpenninck, Radford and Elder disclaim beneficial ownership of any shares of our common stock owned of record by Euroventures, except to the extent of any pecuniary interest therein. The address of Euroventures is P.O. Box 466, Bordeaux Court, Les Echelons, St. Peter Port, Guernsey, GY1 6AW. Mr. Ivan Halasz, a consultant for Euroventures’ investment advisor, is a member of the supervisory board of our Hungarian subsidiary.
(8)  

Includes 194,800 shares of common stock owned by Mr. Robb, 80,000 shares of common stock issuable to Mr. Robb upon the exercise of options and 725,824 shares of common stock owned by Landmark Business Development Limited (“Landmark”). Karl Robb, as the shareholder of Landmark, and David Bryant and Anne-Marie Compton, as the directors of Landmark, may be deemed to have voting and dispositive control over the shares of our common stock held by Landmark. Each of Mr. Bryant and Ms. Compton disclaim beneficial ownership of any shares of our common stock owned of record by Landmark. The address of Landmark is 11 Bath Street, St. Helier, Jersey, JEZ 4ST, Channel Islands. Landmark provides consultancy services to us. In connection with this offering Mr. Robb will exercise 8,000 stock options on a “net exercise” basis, which will result in the issuance to him of 5,821 shares of common stock that he is offering to sell in this offering, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $17.00 per share, which is the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Mr. Robb is additionally

 

116


Table of Contents
 

offering to sell 4,870 shares of common stock acquired pursuant to an original issuance of common stock and Landmark is offering to sell 72,582 shares of common stock.

(9)   Includes 80,000 shares issuable to Mr. Fejes upon the exercise of options and 594,168 shares of common stock owned by Redlodge Holdings Limited. Mr. Fejes, our Chief Technology Officer, and Stelios Savvides is each a director of Redlodge Holdings Limited and may be deemed to have voting and dispositive control over the shares of our common stock held by Redlodge Holdings Limited. The address of Redlodge Holdings Limited is 229 Arch. Makarios III Avenue, Meliza Court, 4th Floor, 3105 Limassol, Cyprus. Redlodge provides consultancy services to us. In connection with this offering, Mr. Fejes will exercise 8,000 stock options on a “net exercise” basis, which will result in the issuance to him of the 5,821 shares of common stock that he is offering to sell in this offering, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $17.00 per share, which is the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus. In addition, Redlodge is offering to sell 59,417 shares of common stock.
(10)   Represents 151,256 shares and 166,768 shares issuable to Sergey Yezhkov upon the exercise of options. Mr. Yezhkov is currently one of our employees.
(11)   Represents shares issuable to Paul Twentyman upon the exercise of options. Mr. Twentyman is currently one of our employees. In connection with this offering, Mr. Twentyman will exercise 8,000 stock options on a “net exercise” basis, which will result in the issuance to him of the 7,285 shares of common stock that he is offering to sell in this offering, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $17.00 per share, which is the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus.
(12)   Represents shares issuable to Elaina Shekter upon the exercise of options. Ms. Shekter is currently one of our employees. In connection with this offering, Ms. Shekter will exercise 10,168 stock options on a “net exercise” basis, which will result in the issuance to her of the 9,259 shares of common stock that she is offering to sell in this offering, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $17.00 per share, which is the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus.
(13)   Represents shares issuable to Viktar Dvorkin upon the exercise of options. Mr. Dvorkin is currently one of our employees. In connection with this offering, Mr. Dvorkin will exercise 9,328 stock options on a “net exercise” basis, which will result in the issuance to him of the 5,556 shares of common stock that he is offering to sell in this offering, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $17.00 per share, which is the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus.
(14)   Represents shares issuable to Igor Nys upon the exercise of options. Mr. Nys is currently one of our employees. In connection with this offering, Mr. Nys will exercise 8,000 stock options on a “net exercise” basis, which will result in the issuance to him of the 7,285 shares of common stock that he is offering to sell in this offering, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $17.00 per share, which is the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus.
(15)   Represents shares issuable to Isaak Karaev upon the exercise of options. Mr. Karaev is currently one of our employees. In connection with this offering, Mr. Karaev will exercise 8,000 stock options on a “net exercise” basis, which will result in the issuance to him of the 4,951 shares of common stock that he is offering to sell in this offering, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $17.00 per share, which is the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus.
(16)   Represents shares issuable to Valeri Makovik upon the exercise of options. Mr. Makovik is currently one of our employees. In connection with this offering, Mr. Makovik will exercise 6,936 stock options on a “net exercise” basis, which will result in the issuance to him of the 5,895 shares of common stock that he is offering to sell in this offering, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $17.00 per share, which is the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus.
(17)   Represents 45,536 shares and 22,320 shares issuable to Alex Lyashok upon the exercise of options. Mr. Lyashok is currently one of our employees. In connection with this offering, Mr. Lyashok will exercise 2,232 stock options on a “net exercise” basis, which will result in the issuance to him of 1,329 shares of common stock that he is offering to sell in this offering, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $17.00 per share, which is the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Mr. Lyashok is additionally offering to sell 4,554 shares of common stock acquired pursuant to an original issuance of common stock.

 

117


Table of Contents
(18)   Represents shares issuable to Igor Ovsyanik upon the exercise of options. Mr. Ovsyanik is currently one of our employees. In connection with this offering, Mr. Ovsyanik will exercise 6,200 stock options on a “net exercise” basis, which will result in the issuance to him of the 5,280 shares of common stock that he is offering to sell in this offering, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $17.00 per share, which is the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus.
(19)   Represents shares issuable to Yury Antaniuk upon the exercise of options. Mr. Antaniuk is currently one of our employees. In connection with this offering, Mr. Antaniuk will exercise 5,400 stock options on a “net exercise” basis, which will result in the issuance to him of the 4,624 shares of common stock that he is offering to sell in this offering, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $17.00 per share, which is the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus.
(20)   Represents shares issuable to Jason Harman upon the exercise of options. Mr. Harman is currently one of our employees. In connection with this offering, Mr. Harman will exercise 4,800 stock options on a “net exercise” basis, which will result in the issuance to him of the 3,493 shares of common stock that he is offering to sell in this offering, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $17.00 per share, which is the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus.
(21)   Represents shares issuable to Attila Bozso upon the exercise of options. Mr. Bozso is currently one of our employees. In connection with this offering, Mr. Bozso will exercise 4,600 stock options on a “net exercise” basis, which will result in the issuance to him of the 4,189 shares of common stock that he is offering to sell in this offering, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $17.00 per share, which is the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus.
(22)   Represents shares issuable to Anthony Conte upon the exercise of options. Mr. Conte is currently one of our employees. In connection with this offering, Mr. Conte will exercise 2,000 stock options on a “net exercise” basis, which will result in the issuance to him of the 1,191 shares of common stock that he is offering to sell in this offering, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $17.00 per share, which is the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus.
(23)   Represents 90,696 shares held by, and 289,584 shares issuable upon the exercise of options to, selling stockholders not listed above who, as a group, own less than 1.0% of our outstanding common stock prior to this offering. All of the selling stockholders in the group are our employees. In connection with this offering, the group of selling stockholders will exercise 28,568 stock options on a “net exercise” basis, which will result in the issuance to them of the 23,758 shares of common stock that they are offering to sell in this offering, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $17.00 per share, which is the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus. The selling stockholders are additionally offering to sell 6,766 shares of common stock acquired pursuant to an original issuance of common stock.

 

118


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

 

The following descriptions are summaries of the material terms of our third amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws as will be in effect immediately prior to the closing of this offering and relevant actions of the Delaware Government Corporate Law (the “DGCL”). Reference is made to the more detailed provisions of, and the descriptions are qualified in their entirety by reference to, our third amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, copies of which are filed with the SEC as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, and applicable law.

 

General

 

Following completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 160,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $.001 per share, and 40,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $.001 per share.

 

Common Stock

 

As of September 30, 2011, there were 38,999,032 shares of common stock outstanding, which were held of record by 50 stockholders. There will be 40,690,635 shares of common stock outstanding, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option, after giving effect to the sale of the shares of common stock offered hereby.

 

The holders of common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters which stockholders generally are entitled to vote, except on matters relating solely to terms of preferred stock. Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any outstanding preferred stock, the holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably such dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by the board of directors out of funds legally available therefor. See “Dividend Policy.”

 

In the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding up of EPAM, the holders of common stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of liabilities, subject to prior distribution rights of preferred stock, if any, then outstanding.

 

The common stock has no preemptive or conversion rights or other subscription rights. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock. All outstanding shares of common stock are fully paid and non-assessable, and the shares of common stock to be issued upon completion of this offering will be fully paid and non-assessable.

 

Preferred Stock

 

In connection with this offering all of our outstanding shares of preferred stock will be converted into shares of common stock. Following this offering, our board of directors has the authority to issue preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions thereof, including dividend rights, dividend rates, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, redemption prices, liquidation preferences and the number of shares constituting any series or the designation of such series, without further vote or action by the stockholders.

 

The issuance of preferred stock may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of EPAM without further action by the stockholders and may adversely affect the voting and other rights of the holders of common stock. At present, EPAM has no plans to issue any of the preferred stock.

 

Election and Removal of Directors

 

Our board of directors will consist of not less than 3 directors, excluding any directors elected by holders of preferred stock pursuant to provisions applicable in the case of defaults. The exact number of directors will be

 

119


Table of Contents

fixed from time to time by resolution of the board. Our board of directors will be divided into three classes. The directors in each class will serve for a three-year term, one class being elected each year by our stockholders. This system of electing and removing directors may discourage a third party from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us because it generally makes it more difficult for stockholders to replace a majority of our directors. Our third amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will not provide for cumulative voting in the election of directors.

 

Limits on Written Consents

 

Any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders and may not be effected by any consent in writing in lieu of a meeting of such stockholders.

 

Stockholder Meetings

 

Special meetings of the stockholders may be called at any time only by the board of directors acting pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the whole board, subject to the rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock.

 

Amendments to Our Governing Documents

 

Generally, the amendment of our third amended and restated certificate of incorporation requires approval by our board of directors and a majority vote of stockholders. However, certain material amendments (including amendments with respect to provisions governing board composition, actions by written consent, and special meetings) require the approval of at least 66  2 / 3 % of the votes entitled to be cast by the outstanding capital stock in the elections of our board of directors. Any amendment to our amended and restated bylaws requires the approval of either a majority of our board of directors or approval of at least 66  2 / 3 % of the votes entitled to be cast by the holders of our outstanding capital stock in elections of our board of directors.

 

Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Nominations and Proposals

 

Our amended and restated bylaws establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and nomination of candidates for election as directors.

 

Limitation of Liability of Directors and Officers

 

Our third amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that no director will be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except as required by applicable law, as in effect from time to time. Currently, Delaware law requires that liability be imposed for the following:

 

   

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to our company or our stockholders;

 

   

any act or omission not in good faith or which involved intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

   

unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; and

 

   

any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

 

As a result, neither we nor our stockholders have the right, through stockholders’ derivative suits on our behalf, to recover monetary damages against a director for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, including breaches resulting from grossly negligent behavior, except in the situations described above.

 

120


Table of Contents

Our third amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, we will indemnify any officer or director of our company against all damages, claims and liabilities arising out of the fact that the person is or was our director or officer, or served any other enterprise at our request as a director or officer. Amending this provision will not reduce our indemnification obligations relating to actions taken before an amendment.

 

Anti-takeover Effects of Some Provisions

 

Some provisions of our third amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws could make the following more difficult:

 

   

acquisition of control of us by means of a proxy contest or otherwise, or

 

   

removal of our incumbent officers and directors.

 

These provisions, as well as our ability to issue preferred stock, are designed to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of increased protection give us the potential ability to negotiate with the proponent of an unfriendly or unsolicited proposal to acquire or restructure us, and that the benefits of this increased protection outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging those proposals, because negotiation of those proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

 

Registration Rights

 

After the completion of this offering, holders of approximately 22,376,519 shares of our common stock will have the right to require us to register the sales of their shares of common stock under the Securities Act, pursuant to the terms of the Registration Rights Agreements between us and the holders of these securities. Subject to limitations specified in such agreements, these registration rights include:

 

Demand registration rights.     At any time following the completion of this offering, holders of a majority of our registrable preferred securities, that will convert into our common stock, subject to each of the Registration Rights Agreements can request us to file with the SEC and cause to be declared effective a registration statement covering the resale of all or any portion of the shares of registrable securities that they hold, as long as the anticipated gross proceeds of such offering and registration will be at least $7 million. In addition, if certain holders party to the Registration Rights Agreements did not participate in this offering, such holders can request us to file with the SEC and cause to be declared effective a registration statement covering the resale of all or any portion of the shares of registrable securities that they hold, as long as the anticipated gross proceeds of such offering and registration will be at least $7 million. We are only obligated to register the registrable securities on three occasions, however our board may, in its good faith judgment, defer any filing for 90 days (which deferral may not be used more than once in any 12-month period). Furthermore, at any time, the holders of the registrable securities held by parties to the Registration Rights Agreements can require us to file with the SEC and cause to be declared effective (if we are eligible) a short-form registration statement on Form S-3 covering the resale of all or any portion of shares of registrable securities held by such persons, except if we have already effected two registration statements on Form S-3 in that year, if the anticipated gross proceeds of such offering and registration would not exceed $1 million or if Form S-3 is not available to us.

 

Piggyback registration rights.     After the completion of this offering, if we register any of our securities under the Securities Act for sale to the public, either for our own account or for the account of other security holders or both, the holders of shares of registrable securities party to the Registration Rights Agreements are entitled to notice of the intended registration and to include any or all of their registrable securities in the registration.

 

Limitations and expenses.     With specified exceptions, a stockholder’s right to include shares in an underwritten registered offering is subject to the right of the underwriters to limit the number of shares included in such offering. We are generally required to pay all expenses of registration, including the fees and expenses of legal counsel for us and for the selling stockholders, but excluding underwriters’ discounts and commissions.

 

121


Table of Contents

All registration rights for a holder under the Registration Rights Agreements terminate on the date after the completion of this offering when all such holder’s registrable securities can be resold pursuant to Rule 144(b)(1) under the Securities Act. Furthermore, as a result of the transfer restrictions described under “Shares Eligible for Future Sale—Lock-up Agreements,” the earliest that holders may exercise these rights is 181 days after the date of this prospectus. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale—Lock-up Agreements.”

 

Delaware Business Combination Statute

 

We will be subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which regulates corporate acquisitions. Section 203 prevents an “interested stockholder,” which is defined generally as a person owning 15% or more of a corporation’s voting stock, or any affiliate or associate of that person, from engaging in a broad range of “business combinations” with the corporation for three years after becoming an interested stockholder unless:

 

   

the board of directors of the corporation had previously approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder’s becoming an interested stockholder;

 

   

upon completion of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder’s becoming an interested stockholder, that person owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, other than statutorily excluded shares of common stock; or

 

   

following the transaction in which that person became an interested stockholder, the business combination is approved by the board of directors of the corporation and holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock not owned by the interested stockholder.

 

Under Section 203, the restrictions described above also do not apply to specific business combinations proposed by an interested stockholder following the announcement or notification of designated extraordinary transactions involving the corporation and a person who had not been an interested stockholder during the previous three years or who became an interested stockholder with the approval of a majority of the corporation’s directors, if such extraordinary transaction is approved or not opposed by a majority of the directors who were directors prior to any person becoming an interested stockholder during the previous three years or were recommended for election or elected to succeed such directors by a majority of such directors.

 

Section 203 may make it more difficult for a person who would be an interested stockholder to effect various business combinations with a corporation for a three-year period. Section 203 also may have the effect of preventing changes in our management and could make it more difficult to accomplish transactions, which our stockholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

 

Listing

 

Our shares of common stock have been approved for listing on the NYSE under the symbol “EPAM,” subject to official notice of issuance.

 

Transfer Agent and Registrar

 

The transfer agent and registrar for the common stock is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC.

 

122


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF COMMON STOCK

 

The following is a general discussion of the material U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of common stock by a beneficial owner that is a “non-U.S. holder”, other than a non-U.S. holder that owns, or has owned, actually or constructively, more than 5% of the company’s common stock. A “non-U.S. holder” is a person or entity that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is:

 

   

a non-resident alien individual, other than certain former citizens and residents of the United States subject to tax as expatriates;

 

   

a corporation, or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized in or under the laws of a jurisdiction other than the United States or any state or political subdivision thereof or the District of Columbia; or

 

   

an estate or trust, other than an estate or trust the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source.

 

A “non-U.S. holder” does not include an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of disposition and is not otherwise a resident of the United States for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Such an individual is urged to consult his or her own tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the sale, exchange or other disposition of common stock.

 

This discussion is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and administrative pronouncements, judicial decisions and final, temporary and proposed Treasury Regulations, changes to any of which subsequent to the date of this prospectus may affect the tax consequences described herein. This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income and estate taxation that may be relevant to non-U.S. holders in light of their particular circumstances and does not address any tax consequences arising under the laws of any state, local or foreign jurisdiction. Prospective holders are urged to consult their tax advisors with respect to the particular tax consequences to them of owning and disposing of common stock, including the consequences under the laws of any state, local or foreign jurisdiction.

 

Dividends

 

As discussed under “Dividend Policy” above, the company does not currently expect to pay dividends. In the event that the company does pay dividends, dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder of common stock generally will be subject to withholding tax at a 30% rate or a reduced rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty. In order to obtain a reduced rate of withholding, a non-U.S. holder will be required to provide an Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN certifying its entitlement to benefits under a treaty. Additional certification requirements apply if a non-U.S. holder holds our common stock through a foreign partnership or a foreign intermediary.

 

The withholding tax does not apply to dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder who provides a Form W-8ECI, certifying that the dividends are effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States. Instead, the effectively connected dividends will be subject to regular U.S. income tax as if the non-U.S. holder were a United States person (as defined in the Code) unless an applicable treaty provides otherwise. A non-U.S. corporation receiving effectively connected dividends may also be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” imposed at a rate of 30% (or a lower treaty rate).

 

Gain on Disposition of Common Stock

 

A non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on gain realized on a sale or other disposition of common stock unless:

 

   

the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business of the non-U.S. holder in the United States, subject to an applicable treaty providing otherwise, or

 

123


Table of Contents
   

the company is or has been a U.S. real property holding corporation, as defined in the Code, at any time within the five-year period preceding the disposition or the non-U.S. holder’s holding period, whichever period is shorter, and its common stock has ceased to be traded on an established securities market prior to the beginning of the calendar year in which the sale or disposition occurs.

 

The company believes that it is not, and does not anticipate becoming, a U.S. real property holding corporation.

 

Gain that is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business will be subject to regular U.S. income tax as if the non-U.S. holder were a U.S. person, subject to an applicable treaty providing otherwise. A non-U.S. corporation with effectively connected gains may also be subject to additional “branch profits tax” imposed at a rate of 30% (or a lower treaty rate).

 

Information Reporting Requirements and Backup Withholding

 

Information returns will be filed with the Internal Revenue Service in connection with payments of dividends. A non-U.S. holder may have to comply with certification procedures to establish that it is not a United States person in order to avoid information reporting and backup withholding, with respect to payments of dividends and the proceeds from a sale or other disposition of common stock. The amount of any backup withholding from a payment to a non-U.S. holder will be allowed as a credit against such holder’s United States federal income tax liability and may entitle such holder to a refund, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the Internal Revenue Service.

 

Recent Legislation

 

Recent legislation generally imposes withholding at a rate of 30% on payments to certain foreign entities of dividends on and the gross proceeds of dispositions of U.S. common stock, unless various U.S. information reporting and due diligence requirements (generally relating to ownership by U.S. persons of interests in or accounts with those entities) have been satisfied. IRS guidance released in July 2011 indicates that, under future regulations, this withholding will apply to payments of dividends on our common stock made on or after January 1, 2014 and to payments of gross proceeds from a sale or other disposition of our common stock made on or after January 1, 2015. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the possible implications of this legislation on their investment in our common stock.

 

Federal Estate Tax

 

Individual non-U.S. holders and entities the property of which is potentially includible in such an individual’s gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes (for example, a trust funded by such an individual and with respect to which the individual has retained certain interests or powers) should note that, absent an applicable treaty benefit, the common stock will be treated as U.S. situs property subject to U.S. federal estate tax.

 

124


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

 

Prior to this offering, there has been no market for our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of our common stock, including shares issued upon the exercise of outstanding options, in the public market could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time. As described below, only a limited number of shares of common stock will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to existing contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Nevertheless, sales of our common stock in the public market after the restrictions lapse, or the perception that those sales may occur, may adversely affect the prevailing market price at such time and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

 

Upon completion of this offering, based on our shares outstanding as of September 30, 2011, we will have 41,800,635 shares of common stock outstanding assuming the exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option, the conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock, the expiration of the contractual put option relating to our puttable common stock, the issuance of shares of common stock in relation to our 2010 acquisition of Instant Information Inc. and no exercise of any options outstanding as of September 30, 2011, except for 120,620 shares of common stock to be issued and sold in this offering upon the exercise of vested stock options. Of these shares, the 7,400,000 shares, or 8,510,000 shares if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, sold in this offering will be freely transferable without restriction or registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares of common stock purchased by one of our existing “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The remaining 33,290,635 shares of common stock existing are “restricted shares” as defined in Rule 144. Restricted shares may be sold in the public market only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or 701 under the Securities Act. As a result of the contractual 180-day lockup period described below and the provisions of Rules 144 and 701, these shares will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

 

Number of Shares


      

Date


  12,696         On the date of this prospectus
  33,277,939         At various times after 180 days from the date of this prospectus (subject, in some cases to volume limitations)

 

Rule 144

 

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, once we have been a reporting company subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act for 90 days, an affiliate who has beneficially owned restricted shares of our common stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of either of the following:

 

   

1% of the number of shares of common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately

  406,906 shares outstanding immediately after this offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock; and

 

   

the average weekly reported volume of trading of our common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

 

However, the six month holding period increases to one year in the event we have not been a reporting company for at least 90 days. In addition, any sales by affiliates under Rule 144 are also limited by manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us.

 

The volume limitation, manner of sale and notice provisions described above will not apply to sales by non-affiliates. For purposes of Rule 144, a non-affiliate is any person or entity who is not our affiliate at the time of sale and has not been our affiliate during the preceding three months. Once we have been a reporting company for 90 days, a non-affiliate who has beneficially owned restricted shares of our common stock for six months may rely on Rule 144 provided that certain public information regarding us is available. The six-month holding period increases to one year if we have not been a reporting company for at least 90 days. However, a non-

 

125


Table of Contents

affiliate who has beneficially owned the restricted shares proposed to be sold for at least one year will not be subject to any restrictions under Rule 144 regardless of how long we have been a reporting company.

 

We are unable to estimate the number of shares that will be sold under Rule 144 since this will depend on the market price for our common stock, the personal circumstances of the stockholder and other factors.

 

Rule 701

 

In general, under Rule 701, any of our employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors who purchases shares of common stock from us in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement before the effective date of this offering is entitled to resell such shares of common stock 90 days after the effective date of this offering in reliance on Rule 144, without having to comply with the holding period requirements or other restrictions contained in Rule 144.

 

The SEC has indicated that Rule 701 will apply to typical stock options granted by an issuer before it becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, along with the shares of common stock acquired upon exercise of such options, including exercises after the date of this prospectus. Securities issued in reliance on Rule 701 are restricted securities and, subject to contractual restrictions described below, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, may be sold by persons other than “affiliates,” as defined in Rule 144, subject only to the manner of sale provisions of Rule 144 and by “affiliates” under Rule 144 without compliance with its one-year minimum holding period requirement.

 

Registration Rights

 

Upon completion of this offering, and subject to lock-up agreements entered into in connection with this offering as described under “—Lock-up Agreements,” the holders of approximately 22,376,519 shares of common stock will have the right to require us to register the sales of their shares of common stock under the Securities Act, under the terms of the Registration Rights Agreements between us and the holders of these securities. These registration rights are described in “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.” Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration, except for shares of common stock purchased by affiliates.

 

Stock Options

 

As of September 30, 2011, options to purchase a total of 6,701,384 shares of common stock were outstanding. 2,361,882 of the shares of common stock subject to options are locked up pursuant to the agreement described below granting waiver consent rights to Citigroup Global Markets Inc., UBS Securities LLC and Barclays Capital Inc., and 2,829,854 of the shares of common stock subject to options are locked up pursuant to the agreement described below granting waiver consent rights to us. An additional 627,560 shares of common stock remained available for future option grants under our stock plans as of September 30, 2011.

 

In connection with this offering, we intend to file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering all shares of common stock subject to outstanding options or issuable pursuant to our long-term incentive plans. Subject to Rule 144 volume limitations applicable to affiliates, shares of common stock registered under any registration statements will be available for sale in the open market, except to the extent that the shares of common stock are subject to vesting restrictions with us or the contractual restrictions described below.

 

Lock-up Agreements

 

We, the selling stockholders, our officers and directors and certain other stockholders who hold an aggregate of approximately 37,451,464 shares of our common stock have agreed that, subject to certain exceptions, for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, we and they will not, without the prior written consent of Citigroup Global Markets Inc., UBS Securities LLC and Barclays Capital Inc., dispose of or hedge any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for our common stock. Notwithstanding the

 

126


Table of Contents

foregoing, if (i) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period, we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to our company occurs; or (ii) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day restricted period, the restrictions described above shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event. Citigroup Global Markets Inc., UBS Securities LLC and Barclays Capital Inc. may release any of the securities subject to these lock-up agreements at any time without notice. These agreements are described under the section captioned “Underwriting.”

 

Citigroup Global Markets Inc., UBS Securities LLC and Barclays Capital Inc. have advised us that they have no present intent or arrangement to release any shares of common stock subject to a lock-up, and will consider the release of any lock-up on a case-by-case basis. Upon a request to release any shares of common stock subject to a lock-up, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., UBS Securities LLC and Barclays Capital Inc. would consider the particular circumstances surrounding the request, including, but not limited to, the length of time before the lock-up expires, the number of shares of common stock requested to be released, the reasons for the request, the possible impact on the market for our common stock and whether the holder of our shares of common stock requesting the release is an officer, director or other affiliate of ours.

 

Certain stockholders have also agreed, pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreements and subject to certain exceptions, not to sell or dispose of any common stock during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus without our prior written consent which, in most cases pursuant to the underwriting agreement relating to this offering, can only be granted with the consent of Citigroup Global Markets Inc., UBS Securities LLC and Barclays Capital Inc. We expect that substantially all of the outstanding shares of our common stock will be locked up pursuant to the lockup agreement and the Registration Rights Agreements.

 

In addition, certain optionholders have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, that without our prior written consent, they will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus sell or dispose of any options.

 

We may release any of the securities subject to these lock-up agreements at any time without notice, but have no present intent or arrangement to release any shares of common stock subject to a lock-up, and will consider the release of any lock-up on a case-by-case basis. Upon a request to release any securities subject to a lock-up, we would consider the particular circumstances surrounding the request, including, but not limited to, the length of time before the lockup expires, the number of shares of common stock requested to be released, the reasons for the request, the possible impact on the market for our common stock and whether the holder of our shares of common stock requesting the release is an officer, director or other affiliate of ours.

 

127


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

 

Citigroup Global Markets Inc., UBS Securities LLC, Barclays Capital Inc. and Renaissance Securities (Cyprus) Limited are acting as joint book-running managers of the offering and as representatives of the underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions stated in the underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, each underwriter named below has severally agreed to purchase, and we and the selling stockholders have agreed to sell to that underwriter, the number of shares of common stock set forth opposite the underwriter’s name.

 

Underwriter


   Number of
Shares


 

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

        

UBS Securities LLC

        

Barclays Capital Inc.

        

Renaissance Securities (Cyprus) Limited (1)

        

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated

        

Cowen and Company, LLC

        
    


Total

     7,400,000   

(1)   Renaissance Securities (Cyprus) Limited is not an SEC-registered broker-dealer. Any offers and sales of shares of our common stock by Renaissance Securities (Cyprus) Limited in the United States or to U.S. persons will be effected by or through its SEC-registered broker-dealer affiliate, RenCap Securities, Inc., or another SEC-registered broker-dealer, acting as a selling agent in accordance with applicable U.S. securities laws.

 

The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the underwriters to purchase the shares of common stock included in this offering are subject to approval of legal matters by counsel and to other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to purchase all the shares of common stock (other than those covered by the over-allotment option described below) if they purchase any of the shares.

 

Shares of common stock sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount from the initial public offering price not to exceed $         per share. If all the shares of common stock are not sold at the initial offering price, the underwriters may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The representatives have advised us and the selling stockholders that the underwriters do not intend to make sales to discretionary accounts that exceed 5% of the total number of shares offered by them.

 

If the underwriters sell more shares of common stock than the total number set forth in the table above, we have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to 1,110,000 additional shares at the public offering price less the underwriting discount. The underwriters may exercise the option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, in connection with this offering. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter must purchase a number of additional shares approximately proportionate to that underwriter’s initial purchase commitment. Any shares of common stock issued or sold under the option will be issued and sold on the same terms and conditions as the other shares that are the subject of this offering.

 

We, our officers and directors, the selling stockholders, certain of our employees and our other stockholders have agreed that, subject to certain exceptions, for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, we and they will not, without the prior written consent of Citigroup Global Markets Inc., UBS Securities LLC and Barclays Capital Inc., dispose of or hedge any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for our common stock. Citigroup Global Markets Inc., UBS Securities LLC and Barclays Capital Inc. may release any of the securities subject to these lock-up agreements at any time without notice. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (i) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period, we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to our company occurs; or (ii) prior to the expiration of the

 

128


Table of Contents

180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day restricted period, the restrictions described above shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event.

 

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our shares of common stock. Consequently, the initial public offering price for the shares of common stock is expected to be determined by negotiations among us, the selling stockholders and the representatives. Among the factors expected to be considered in determining the initial public offering price are our results of operations, our current financial condition, our future prospects, our markets, the economic conditions in and future prospects for the industry in which we compete, our management and currently prevailing general conditions in the equity securities markets, including current market valuations of publicly traded companies considered comparable to our company. We cannot assure you, however, that the price at which the shares of common stock will sell in the public market after this offering will not be lower than the initial public offering price or that an active trading market in our shares of common stock will develop and continue after this offering.

 

Our shares of common stock have been approved for listing on the NYSE under the symbol “EPAM,” subject to official notice of issuance.

 

The following table shows the underwriting discounts and commissions that we and the selling stockholders are to pay to the underwriters in connection with this offering. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.

 

     Paid by EPAM Systems, Inc.

     Paid by Selling Stockholders

 
     No Exercise

     Full Exercise

     No Exercise

     Full Exercise

 

Per share

   $                    $                    $                    $                

Total

   $         $         $         $     

 

The estimated offering expenses to be paid by us, exclusive of underwriting discounts and commissions, are approximately $3.8 million.

 

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of common stock in the open market. Purchases and sales in the open market may include short sales, purchases to cover short positions, which may include purchases pursuant to the over-allotment option and stabilizing purchases.

 

   

Short sales involve secondary market sales by the underwriters of a greater number of shares of common stock than they are required to purchase in the offering.

 

   

“Covered” short sales are sales of shares of common stock in an amount up to the number of shares of common stock represented by the underwriters’ over-allotment option.

 

   

“Naked” short sales are sales of shares of common stock in an amount in excess of the number of shares of common stock represented by the underwriters’ over-allotment option.

 

   

Covering transactions involve purchases of shares of common stock either pursuant to the over-allotment option or in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover short positions.

 

   

To close a naked short position, the underwriters must purchase shares of common stock in the open market after the distribution has been completed. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the shares of common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.

 

   

To close a covered short position, the underwriters must purchase shares of common stock in the open market after the distribution has been completed or must exercise the over-allotment option. In determining the source of shares of common stock to close the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares of common stock available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares of common stock through the over-allotment option.

 

129


Table of Contents
   

Stabilizing transactions involve bids to purchase shares of common stock so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum.

 

Purchases to cover short positions and stabilizing purchases, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the shares of common stock. They may also cause the price of the shares of common stock to be higher than the price that would otherwise exist in the open market in the absence of these transactions. The underwriters may conduct these transactions on the NYSE, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise. If the underwriters commence any of these transactions, they may discontinue them at any time.

 

The underwriters have performed commercial banking, investment banking and advisory services for us from time to time for which they have received customary fees and reimbursement of expenses. The underwriters may, from time to time, engage in transactions with and perform services for us in the ordinary course of their business for which they may receive customary fees and reimbursement of expenses.

 

Pursuant to the underwriting agreement we and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make because of any of those liabilities. The underwriters have agreed to reimburse us for certain expenses related to this offering.

 

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares to purchasers on or about the date specified on the cover page of this prospectus, which will be the          day following the date of the pricing of the shares.

 

Notice to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area

 

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”) an offer to the public of any shares of common stock which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this Prospectus (the “Shares”) may not be made in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any Shares may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

 

(a) to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

(b) to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

 

(c) in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of Shares shall result in a requirement for the publication by us or any underwriter of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

 

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any Shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any Shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any Shares, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State, and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

 

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom

 

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

 

(a) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the Shares in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us; and

 

130


Table of Contents

(b) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the Shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

 

Notice to Prospective Investors in Russia

 

This prospectus is only being distributed in Russia to “qualified investors” (as defined by the Russian Securities Law). The information in this prospectus may not be passed on to third parties or otherwise made publicly available in the Russian Federation. The common stock to which this prospectus relates and this prospectus itself have not been and will not be registered with the Russian Federal Service for Financial Markets and are not intended for placement or public circulation in the Russian Federation. The common stock will not be offered, advertised, transferred or sold as part of their initial distribution or at any time thereafter to or for the benefit of any persons (including legal entities) resident, incorporated, established or having their usual residence in the Russian Federation or to any person located within the territory of the Russian Federation who is not a qualified investor in accordance with Russian law unless and to the extent otherwise permitted under Russian law.

 

Notice to Prospective Investors in Ukraine

 

Under Ukrainian law, the shares of common stock are securities of a foreign issuer. The shares of common stock are not eligible for initial offering and public circulation in Ukraine. Neither the issue of the shares of common stock nor a prospectus in respect of the shares of common stock has been, or is intended to be, registered with the State Commission on Securities and Stock Market of Ukraine. The information provided in this document is not an offer, or an invitation to make offers, to sell, exchange or otherwise transfer the shares of common stock in Ukraine.

 

Notice to Prospective Investors in Chile

 

Neither we nor the shares of common stock have been registered with the Superintendencia de Valores y Seguros pursuant to Law No. 18.045, the ley de Mercado de Valores , and regulations thereunder. This prospectus does not constitute an offer of, or an invitation to subscribe for or purchase, the shares of common stock in the Republic of Chile, other than to individually identified buyers pursuant to a private offering within the meaning of Article 4 of the Ley de Mercado de Valores (an offer that is not “addressed to the public at large or to a certain sector or specific group of the public”).”

 

Notice to Prospective Investors in Brazil

 

The offering will not be carried out by any means that would constitute a public offering in Brazil under Law 6385, of December 7, 1976, as amended, and under CVM Rule (instrução) No. 400, of December 29, 2003, as amended. The issuance, placement and sale of the shares of common stock have not been and will not be registered with the Brazilian Securities Commission — Comissão de Valores Mobiliarios — CVM . Any representation to the contrary is untruthful and unlawful. Any public offering or distribution, as defined under Brazilian laws and regulations, of the new units in Brazil is not legal without such prior registration. Documents relating to the offering of the shares of common stock, as well as information contained therein, may not be supplied to the public in Brazil, as the offering of the shares of common stock is not a public offering of securities in Brazil, nor may they be used in connection with any offer for subscription or sale of the shares of common stock to the public in Brazil. The underwriters have agreed to offer or sell the nor the shares of common stock in Brazil only under circumstances which do not constitute a public offering of securities under Brazilian laws and regulations.

 

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland

 

The shares of common stock may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange, or SIX, or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland.

 

131


Table of Contents

This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under article 652a or article 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under article 27 et seq. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares of common stock or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

 

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the company or the shares of common stock have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares of common stock will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA, and the offer of shares of common stock has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes, or CISA. The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares of common stock.

 

Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong

 

The shares of common stock may not be offered or sold in Hong Kong by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong) and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares of common stock may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares of common stock which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

 

Notice to Prospective Investors in Japan

 

The shares of common stock offered in this prospectus have not been registered under the Securities and Exchange Law of Japan. The shares of common stock have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the account of any resident of Japan, except (i) pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities and Exchange Law and (ii) in compliance with any other applicable requirements of Japanese law.

 

Notice to Prospective Investors in Singapore

 

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares of common stock may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares of common stock be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person pursuant to Section 275(1), or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA, in each case subject to compliance with conditions set forth in the SFA.

 

132


Table of Contents

Where the shares of common stock are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

 

   

a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or

 

   

a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor, shares of common stock, debentures and units of shares of common stock and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares of common stock pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:

 

   

to an institutional investor (for corporations, under Section 274 of the SFA) or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person pursuant to an offer that is made on terms that such shares of common stock, debentures and units of shares of common stock and debentures of that corporation or such rights and interest in that trust are acquired at a consideration of not less than S$200,000 (or its equivalent in a foreign currency) for each transaction, whether such amount is to be paid for in cash or by exchange of securities or other assets, and further for corporations, in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA;

 

   

where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer; or

 

   

where the transfer is by operation of law.

 

Notice to Prospective Investors in Kuwait

 

The shares of common stock have not been licensed for offering in Kuwait by the Capital Markets Authority. The offering of the shares of common stock in Kuwait on the basis of a private placement or public offering is, therefore, restricted in accordance with Law No. 7 of 2010, its Executive Regulations and the various Resolutions and Announcements issued pursuant thereto or in connection therewith. No private or public offering of the shares of common stock are being made in Kuwait, and no agreement relating to the sale of the shares of common stock will be concluded in Kuwait. No marketing or solicitation or inducement activities are being used to offer or market the shares of common stock in Kuwait.

 

With regard to the contents of this document we recommend that you consult a licensee as per the law and specialized in giving advice about the purchase of shares of common stock and other securities before making an investment decision.

 

Notice to Prospective Investors in Qatar

 

In the State of Qatar, the offer contained in this prospectus is made on an exclusive basis to the specifically intended recipient of the same, upon that person’s request and initiative, for personal use only and shall in no way be construed as a general offer for the sale of securities to the public or an attempt to do business as a bank, an investment company or otherwise in the State of Qatar. This prospectus and the underlying securities have not been approved or licensed by the Qatar Central Bank or the Qatar Financial Centre Regulatory Authority or any other regulator in the State of Qatar. The information contained in this prospectus shall only be shared with any third parties in Qatar on a need to know basis for the purpose of evaluating the contained offer. Any distribution of this prospectus by the recipient to third parties in Qatar beyond the terms hereof is not permitted and shall be at the liability of such recipient.

 

133


Table of Contents

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Arab Emirates

 

The company has not been approved or licensed by the Emirates Securities and Commodities Authority, the UAE Central Bank or any other relevant licensing authorities or governmental agencies in the United Arab Emirates. This document is strictly private and confidential and has not been reviewed, deposited or registered with any licensing authority or governmental agency in the United Arab Emirates, and is being issued to a limited number of institutional investors and must not be provided to any person other than the original recipient and may not be reproduced or used for any other purpose. The shares of common stock may not be offered or sold directly or indirectly to the public in the United Arab Emirates.

 

Notice to Prospective Investors in China

 

The shares of common stock may not be offered or sold directly or indirectly to the public in the People’s Republic of China (“China”) and neither this prospectus, which has not been submitted to the Chinese Securities and Regulatory Commission, nor any offering material or information contained herein relating to the shares of common stock, may be supplied to the public in China or used in connection with any offer for the subscription or sale of shares of common stock to the public in China. The shares of common stock may only be offered or sold to China-related organizations which are authorized to engage in foreign exchange business and offshore investment from outside of China. Such China related investors may be subject to foreign exchange control approval and filing requirements under the relevant Chinese foreign exchange regulations.

 

134


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

 

The validity of the issuance of the shares of common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for EPAM Systems, Inc. by Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP , New York, New York. Certain matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Latham & Watkins LLP, New York, New York.

 

EXPERTS

 

The consolidated financial statements of EPAM Systems, Inc. as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 and for the three years ended December 31, 2010 included in this prospectus have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein. Such financial statements are included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

 

We have filed with the SEC, Washington, D.C. 20549, a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the common stock offered hereby. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto. For further information with respect to the company and its common stock, reference is made to the registration statement and the exhibits and any schedules filed therewith. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document referred to are not necessarily complete and in each instance, if such contract or document is filed as an exhibit, reference is made to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, each statement being qualified in all respects by such reference. A copy of the registration statement, including the exhibits and schedules thereto, may be read and copied at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the SEC maintains an Internet site at http://www.sec.gov, from which interested persons can electronically access the registration statement, including the exhibits and any schedules thereto.

 

As a result of the offering, we will become subject to the full informational requirements of the Exchange Act. We will fulfill our obligations with respect to such requirements by filing periodic reports and other information with the SEC. We intend to furnish our stockholders with annual reports containing consolidated financial statements certified by an independent public accounting firm. We maintain a website at http://www.epam.com. Our website and the information accessible through our website shall not be deemed to be incorporated into this prospectus or the registration statement of which it forms a part.

 

135


Table of Contents

I NDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page

 

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements

        

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2010 and 2009

     F-3   

Consolidated Statements of Income for Years Ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

     F-4   

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Redeemable Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Equity for Years Ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

     F-5   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for Years Ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

     F-7   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for Years Ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

     F-8   

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

        

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2011 and December  31, 2010 (Unaudited)

     F-33   

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income for Nine months Ended September  30, 2011 and 2010 (Unaudited)

     F-34   

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for Nine months Ended September 30, 2011 and 2010 (Unaudited)

     F-35   

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

     F-36   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

EPAM Systems, Inc.

Newtown, PA

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of EPAM Systems, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in redeemable preferred stock and stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of EPAM Systems, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

 

Philadelphia, PA

June 10, 2011 (January 23, 2012 as to the effect of the stock split described in Note 16)

 

F-2


Table of Contents

EPAM SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

     As of December 31,

 
           2010      

          2009      

 
     (in thousands, except share
and per share data)
 

Assets

                

Current assets

                

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 54,004      $ 52,927   

Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $1,671 in 2010 and $2,982 in 2009

     41,488        27,450   

Unbilled revenues, net of allowance $0 in 2010 and $264 in 2009

     23,883        13,952   

Prepaid and other current assets

     5,750        3,028   

Deferred tax assets, current

     3,122        1,362   
    


 


Total current assets

     128,247        98,719   

Property and equipment, net

     25,338        23,053   

Restricted cash

     2,438        373   

Intangible assets, net

     2,023        2,728   

Goodwill

     10,032        9,222   

Deferred tax assets, long-term

     2,294        1,160   

Other long-term assets

     486        152   
    


 


Total assets

   $ 170,858      $ 135,407   
    


 


Liabilities

                

Current liabilities

                

Accounts payable

   $ 2,001      $ 4,127   

Accrued expenses

     15,031        4,928   

Deferred revenue

     5,151        4,417   

Due to employees

     5,685        3,229   

Revolving line of credit

            7,000   

Taxes payable

     7,528        6,148   

Deferred tax liabilities, current

     331        213   
    


 


Total current liabilities

     35,727        30,062   

Deferred tax liabilities, long-term

     173        134   
    


 


Total liabilities

     35,900        30,196   
    


 


Commitments and Contingencies (Note 15)

                

Preferred stock, $.001 par value; 5,000,000 authorized; 2,054,935 and 2,054,935 Series A-1 convertible redeemable preferred stock issued and outstanding at December 31, 2010 and 2009; $.001 par value 945,114 authorized, 384,804 and 675,081 Series A-2 convertible redeemable preferred stock issued and outstanding at December 31, 2010 and 2009

     68,377        87,413   

Puttable common stock, $.001 par value, 56,896 and 171,312 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2010 and 2009

     332        1,264   

Stockholders’ equity

                

Common stock, $.001 par value; 160,000,000 authorized; 18,810,112 and 18,701,784 shares issued; 17,054,408 and 17,060,504 shares outstanding at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively

     17        17   

Preferred stock, $.001 par value; 290,277 and 0 authorized Series A-3 convertible preferred stock issued and outstanding at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively

     —          —     

Additional paid-in capital

     36,750        12,582   

Retained earnings

     47,718        20,842   

Treasury stock

     (15,972     (15,040

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (2,264     (1,867
    


 


Total stockholders’ equity

     66,249        16,534   
    


 


Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 170,858      $ 135,407   
    


 


 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements

 

F-3


Table of Contents

EPAM SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,

 
     2010

    2009

    2008

 
     (in thousands, except per share data)  

Revenues

   $  221,824      $  149,939      $  160,632   

Operating expenses:

                        

Cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)

     132,528        88,027        91,205   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     47,635        39,248        53,913   

Depreciation and amortization expense

     6,242        5,618        4,889   

Other operating expenses, net

     2,629        1,064        400   
    


 


 


Income from operations

     32,790        15,982        10,225   

Interest income

     562        227        1,474   

Interest expense

     (76     (185     (129

Foreign exchange (loss)

     (2,181     (1,617     (3,819
    


 


 


Income before provision for income taxes

     31,095        14,407        7,751   

Provision for income taxes

     2,787        879        3,701   
    


 


 


Net income

   $ 28,308      $ 13,528      $ 4,050   
    


 


 


Accretion of preferred stock

     (1,432     (4,423     (3,941

Net income allocated to participating securities

     (17,984     (5,201     (63

Effect on income available from redemption of preferred stock

     5,418        —          —     
    


 


 


Net income available for common stockholders

     14,310        3,904        46   

Net income per share of common stock:

                        

Basic (common)

   $ 0.84      $ 0.23      $ 0.00   

Basic (puttable common)

   $ 0.84      $ 0.23      $ 0.00   

Diluted (common)

   $ 0.79      $ 0.22      $ 0.00   

Diluted (puttable common)

   $ 0.79      $ 0.22      $ 0.00   

Shares used in calculation of net income per share of common stock:

                        

Basic (common)

     17,056        16,719        16,050   

Basic (puttable common)

     141        153        114   

Diluted (common)

     19,314        18,474        17,980   

Diluted (puttable common)

     141        153        114   

Pro forma net income per share of common stock:

                        

Basic

   $ 0.88                   

Diluted

   $ 0.83                   

Shares used in calculation of pro forma net income per share of common stock:

                        

Basic

     38,490                   

Diluted

     40,748                   

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements

 

F-4


Table of Contents

EPAM SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN

REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

    For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

 
    Series A-1 and A-2,
Convertible
Redeemable Preferred


    Puttable Common
Stock


    Common Stock

    Series A-3
Convertible
Preferred Stock


    Additional
Paid-in
Capital


    Retained
Earnings


    Treasury
Stock


    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income


    Total
Stockholders’
Equity


    Comprehensive
income


 
    Shares

    Amount

    Shares

    Amount

    Shares

    Amount

    Shares

    Amount

                                     
    (in thousands, except share data)  

Balance, December 31, 2007

    2,054,935      $  31,448        83,744      $ 613        17,409,456      $ 17        —        $  —        $ 5,827      $  11,628      $ —        $ 1,457      $  18,929           

Sale of Series A-2 convertible redeemable preferred stock (Note 12)

    675,081        47,601        —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —             

Accretion of A-1 preferred stock to redemption value

    —          3,941        —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (3,941     —          —          (3,941        

Issuance of common stock

    —          —          —          —          12,696        —          —          —          18        —          —          —          18           

Purchase of common stock

    —          —          —          —          (1,566,184     (2     —          —          2        —          (14,500     —          (14,500        

Stock issued in connection with acquisition of Plus Micro

    —          —          33,664        313        —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —             

Stock-based compensation expense

    —          —          9,600        117        522,536        1        —          —          2,679        —          —          —          2,680           

Currency translation adjustment

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (3,138     (3,138     (3,138

Net income

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          4,050        —          —          4,050        4,050   
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Balance, December 31, 2008

    2,730,016        82,990        127,008        1,043        16,378,504        16        —          —          8,526        11,737        (14,500     (1,681     4,098        912   

Accretion of A-1 convertible redeemable preferred stock to redemption value

    —          4,423        —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (4,423     —          —          (4,423        

Purchase of common stock

    —          —          —          —          (75,096     —          —          —          —          —          (540     —          (540        

Stock issued in connection with acquisition of Rodmon

    —          —          38,784        200        323,160        —          —          —          1,667        —          —          —          1,667           

Stock issued in connection with acquisition of Plus Micro

    —          —          5,520        21        —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —             

Stock-based compensation expense

    —          —          —          —          433,936        1        —          —          2,389        —          —          —          2,390           

Currency translation adjustment

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (186     (186     (186

Net income

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          13,528        —          —          13,528        13,528   
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Balance, December 31, 2009

    2,730,016        87,413        171,312        1,264        17,060,504        17        —          —          12,582        20,842        (15,040     (1,867     16,534        13,342   
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 

(Continued)

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements

 

F-5


Table of Contents

EPAM SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN

REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (CONT’D)

 

    For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

 
    Series A-1 and A-2,
Convertible
Redeemable
Preferred


    Puttable Common
Stock


    Common Stock

    Series A-3
Convertible
Preferred Stock


    Additional
Paid-in
Capital


    Retained
Earnings


    Treasury
Stock


    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income


    Total
Stockholders’
Equity


    Comprehensive
income


 
    Shares

    Amount

    Shares

    Amount

    Shares

    Amount

    Shares

    Amount

                                     
    (in thousands, except share data)  

Balance, December 31, 2009

    2,730,016        87,413        171,312        1,264        17,060,504        17        —          —          12,582        20,842        (15,040     (1,867     16,534           

Repurchase and retirement of Series A-2 convertible redeemable preferred stock

    (290,277     (20,468     —          —          —          —          —          —          5,418        —          —          —          5,418           

Issue of Series A-3 convertible preferred stock

    —          —          —          —          —          —          290,277        —          14,971        —          —          —          14,971           

Accretion of A-1 preferred stock to redemption value

    —          1,432        —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (1,432     —          —          (1,432        

Purchase of common stock (Note 12)

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (6,392     —          (6,392        

Net proceeds from sale of common stock (Note 12)

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (58     —          6,392        —          6,334           

Purchase of puttable stock (Note 12)

    —          —          (114,416     (932     —          —          —          —          932        —          (932     —          —             

Adjustment of shares issued in connection with acquisition of Rodmon

    —          —          —          —          (11,696     —          —          —          (60     —          —                  (60        

Stock-based compensation expense

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          2,939        —          —          —          2,939           

Proceeds from stock options exercise

    —          —          —          —          5,600        —          —          —          26        —          —          —          26           

Currency translation adjustment

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (397     (397     (397

Net income

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          28,308        —          —          28,308        28,308   
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Balance, December 31, 2010

    2,439,739        68,377        56,896        332        17,054,408        17        290,277        —          36,750        47,718        (15,972     (2,264     66,249        27,911   
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 

(Concluded)

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements

 

F-6


Table of Contents

EPAM SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

     For the Years Ended
December 31,


 
     2010

    2009

    2008

 
     (in thousands)  

Cash flows from operating activities:

                        

Net Income

   $ 28,308      $ 13,528      $ 4,050   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

                        

Depreciation and amortization

     6,242        5,618        4,889   

Bad debt expense

     202        1,702        4,820   

Deferred taxes

     (2,704     (2,671     1,372   

Stock-based compensation

     2,939        2,411        2,797   

(Gain)/loss on asset disposals

     (7     162        —     

Non-cash write offs

     (41     707        —     

Other

     383        1,409        1,748   

Change in operating assets and liabilities (net of effects of acquisitions):

                        

(Increase)/decrease in:

                        

Accounts receivable

     (13,791     (2,240     (3,972

Unbilled revenues

     (10,653     (2,621     (7,667

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     (2,253     653        (456

Increase (decrease) in:

                        

Accounts payable

     (2,646     1,536        (1,708

Accrued expenses

     10,065        (2,196     (3,846

Deferred revenue

     209        3,428        (3,605

Due to employees

     2,545        1,622        1,430   

Taxes payable

     1,675        3,064        (982
    


 


 


Net cash provided by/(used in) operating activities

     20,473        26,112        (1,130
    


 


 


Cash flows from investing activities:

                        

Purchases of property and equipment

     (8,365     (1,049     (9,842

Payment for construction of building in Minsk

     —          (8,447     (7,749

(Increase)/decrease in restricted cash and other long-term assets, net

     (2,049     466        (571

Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired

     (412     —          (1,170
    


 


 


Net cash (used in) investing activities

     (10,826     (9,030     (19,332
    


 


 


Cash flows from financing activities:

                        

Purchase of treasury stock

     (7,324     (540     (14,500

Proceeds from sale of treasury stock, net of costs

     6,334                47,601   

Repurchase of Series A-2 convertible redeemable preferred stock

     (15,050     —          18   

Proceeds from issue of Series A-3 convertible preferred stock, net of costs

     14,971                   

Proceeds related to line of credit

     —          7,000        —     

Repayment related to line of credit

     (7,000     —          (6,903

Other

     26        —          100   
    


 


 


Net cash (used in)/provided by financing activities

     (8,043     6,460        26,316   
    


 


 


Effect of exchange-rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     (527     (1,273     (1,691
    


 


 


Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

     1,077        22,269        4,163   

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year–January 1

     52,927        30,658        26,495   
    


 


 


Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

   $ 54,004      $ 52,927      $ 30,658   
    


 


 


Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

                        

Cash paid during the year for:

                        

Income taxes

   $ 5,577      $ 1,233      $ 5,083   

Bank interest

     101        185        123   

 

Summary of non-cash investing and financing transactions:

 

   

Common stock issued in connection with acquisitions was $0 in 2010, $1,867 in 2009, and $313 in 2008.

 

   

Accretion of Series A-1 convertible redeemable preferred stock was $1,432 in 2010, $4,423 in 2009 and $3,941 in 2008.

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

EPAM SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2010 AND 2009

AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2009 AND 2008

(US DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)

 

1. NATURE OF BUSINESS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

EPAM Systems, Inc. (the Company or EPAM) is a global IT services provider focused on complex software product development services, software engineering and vertically-oriented custom development solutions with delivery centers throughout central and eastern Europe. The Company provides these solutions to primarily Fortune Global 2000 companies in multiple verticals, including independent software vendors (ISVs) and technology, banking and financial services, business information and media, travel and hospitality and retail and consumer.

 

Since EPAM’s inception in 1993, the Company has focused on providing software product development services, software engineering and vertically-oriented custom development solutions through its global delivery model. This has served as a foundation for the Company’s other solutions, including custom application development, application testing, platform-based solutions, application maintenance and support, and infrastructure management.

 

The Company is incorporated in Delaware with headquarters in Newtown, PA, with multiple delivery centers located in Belarus, Ukraine, Russia, Hungary, Kazakhstan and Poland, and client management locations in the United States, United Kingdom, Germany, Sweden, Switzerland, Russia and Kazakhstan.

 

Principles of Consolidation — The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of EPAM Systems, Inc. and its subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.

 

Use of Estimates — The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions affect reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements, as well as revenues and expenses during the reporting period. The Company bases its estimates and judgments on historical experience, knowledge of current conditions and its beliefs of what could occur in the future, given available information. Actual results could differ from those estimates, and such differences may be material to the financial statements.

 

Revenue Recognition — The Company recognizes revenue when realized or realizable and earned, which is when the following criteria are met: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; delivery has occurred; the sales price is fixed or determinable; and collectability is reasonably assured. If there is an uncertainty about the project completion or receipt of payment for the consulting services, revenues are deferred until the uncertainty is sufficiently resolved. At the time revenues are recognized, we provide for client incentive programs and reduce revenues accordingly.

 

The Company defers amounts billed to its clients for revenues not yet earned. Such amounts are anticipated to be recorded as revenues as services are performed in subsequent periods. Unbilled revenues represent services provided which are billed subsequent to the period end in accordance with the contract terms.

 

The majority of the Company’s revenues (85.2% of revenues in 2010, 81.7% in 2009 and 81.2% in 2008) is generated under time-and-material contracts whereby revenues are recognized as services are performed with the corresponding cost of providing those services reflected as cost of revenues when incurred. The majority of the revenues are billed on an hourly, daily or monthly basis whereby actual time is charged directly to the client.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

Revenues from fixed-price contracts (12.3% of revenues in 2010, 15.5% in 2009 and 15.6% in 2008) are based on the proportional performance method. In instances where final acceptance of the product, system, or solution is specified by the client, revenues are deferred until all acceptance criteria have been met. In absence of a sufficient basis to measure progress towards completion, revenue is recognized upon receipt of final acceptance from the client. The complexity of the estimation process and factors relating to the assumptions, risks and uncertainties inherent with the application of the proportional performance method of accounting affects the amounts of revenues and related expenses reported in our consolidated financial statements. A number of internal and external factors can affect our estimates, including labor hours and specification and testing requirement changes. In order to estimate the amount of revenue for the period under the proportional performance method, the Company determines the percentage of actual labor hours incurred as compared to estimated total labor hours and applies that percentage to the consideration allocated to the deliverable. The cumulative impact of any revision in estimates is reflected in the financial reporting period in which the change in estimate becomes known. Our fixed price contracts are generally recognized over a period of twelve months or less.

 

The Company enters into multiple element arrangements with our clients under time-and-material and fixed-fee contracts. In October 2009, the FASB issued a new accounting standard which provides guidance for arrangements with multiple deliverables. We adopted this standard effective January 1, 2010 for all new or amended contracts, and it did not have a material effect on our financial condition or consolidated results of operations, or change our units of accounting and how we allocate the arrangement consideration to various units of accounting. These arrangements consist of development services and other service deliverables that qualify for separate units of accounting. These other services include maintenance and support services for our time and material contracts and separately priced warranties for our fixed-fee contracts. These deliverables qualify for multiple units of accounting and therefore arrangement consideration is allocated among the units of accounting based on their relative selling price. The relative selling price is based on the price charged for the deliverable when it is sold separately. For multiple element arrangements under time-and-material contracts, revenue is recognized as services are performed for each deliverable. For arrangements under fixed-fee contracts, revenue is recognized upon delivery of development services under the proportional performance method and on a straight-line basis over the warranty period. The warranty period is generally six months to two years.

 

The Company reports gross reimbursable “out-of-pocket” expenses incurred as both revenues and cost of revenues in the consolidated statements of income.

 

Cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) — Consists principally of salaries, employee benefits and stock compensation expense, reimbursable and non-reimbursable travel costs and subcontractor fees.

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses — Consist of expenses associated with promoting and selling the Company’s services and include such items as sales and marketing personnel salaries, stock compensation expense and related fringe benefits, commissions, travel, and the cost of advertising and other promotional activities. General and administrative expenses include other operating items such as officers’ and administrative personnel salaries, marketing personnel salaries, stock compensation expense and related fringe benefits, legal and audit expenses, insurance, provision for doubtful accounts, and operating lease expenses.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents — Cash equivalents are short-term, highly liquid investments that are readily convertible into cash, with maturities of three months or less at the date acquired. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009 all amounts are in cash.

 

Restricted Cash — Restricted cash represents cash that is restricted by agreements with third parties for special purposes (see Note 3).

 

Accounts Receivable — Accounts receivable are recorded at net realizable value. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of its clients to make required payments. The allowance for doubtful accounts is determined by evaluating the relative credit-worthiness of each client, historical collections experience and other information, including the aging of the receivables.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

Recoveries of losses from accounts receivable written off in prior years are presented within income from operations on the Company’s consolidated statements of income. Collections in respect of prior year write-offs amounted to $1,686 for the year ended December 31, 2010 and $0 in each of the two years ended December 2009 and 2008.

 

The table below summarizes movements in qualifying accounts for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008:

 

    Balance at
Beginning of
Period


    Charged to Costs
and Expenses


    Deductions/Other

    Balance at End of
Year


 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts (billed and unbilled):

                               

Fiscal Year 2008

  $ 1,462      $ 4,779      $ (1,809   $ 4,432   

Fiscal Year 2009

    4,432        2,972        (4,158     3,246   

Fiscal Year 2010

    3,246        1,493        (3,068     1,671   

 

Property and Equipment — Property and equipment acquired in the ordinary course of the Company’s operations are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is calculated on the straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets generally ranging from 3 to 50 years. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the term of the lease or the estimated useful life of the improvement. Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred, while renewals and betterments are capitalized.

 

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets — Goodwill is measured as the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the sum of the amounts assigned to tangible and intangible assets acquired less liabilities assumed. The determination of the fair value of the intangible assets acquired involves certain judgments and estimates. These judgments can include, but are not limited to, the cash flows that an asset is expected to generate in the future and the appropriate weighted average cost of capital.

 

The Company does not amortize goodwill but performs a test for impairment annually, or when indications of potential impairment exist, utilizing a fair value approach at the reporting unit level. The Company determines fair value using the income approach which estimates the fair value of its reporting units based on the future discounted cash flows. In testing for a potential impairment of goodwill, the Company estimates the fair value of its reporting units to which goodwill relates and determines the carrying value (book value) of the assets and liabilities related to those reporting units.

 

In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2010, 2009 and 2008, the Company completed its annual impairment testing of goodwill and determined there was no impairment.

 

The Company amortizes other intangible assets with determinable lives over their estimated useful lives. The Company records an impairment charge on these assets when it determines that their carrying value may not be recoverable. The carrying value is not recoverable if it exceeds the undiscounted future cash flows resulting from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition. When there exists one or more indicators of impairment, the Company measures any impairment of intangible assets based on a projected discounted cash flow method using a discount rate determined by the Company’s management to be commensurate with the risk inherent in its business model. The Company’s estimates of future cash flows attributable to its other intangible assets require significant judgment based on the Company’s historical and anticipated results. There was no indication of impairment for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008.

 

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets — Long-lived assets, such as property, plant, and equipment are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. The assessment for potential impairment is based primarily on the Company’s ability to recover the carrying value of its long-lived assets from expected future cash flows from its operations

 

F-10


Table of Contents

on an undiscounted basis at each reporting date. If such assets are determined to be impaired, the impairment recognized is the amount by which the carrying value of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets. Property and equipment to be disposed of by sale is carried at the lower of the then current carrying value or fair value less estimated costs to sell. The Company did not incur any impairments of long-lived assets for 2010, 2009, or 2008.

 

Income Taxes — The provision for income taxes includes federal, state, local and foreign taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the year in which the temporary differences are expected to be reversed. Changes to enacted tax rates would result in either increases or decreases in the provision for income taxes in the period of changes. The Company evaluates the realizability of deferred tax assets and recognizes a valuation allowance when it is more likely than not that all, or a portion of, deferred tax assets will not be realized.

 

The realization of deferred tax assets is primarily dependent on future earnings. Any reduction in estimated forecasted results may require that the Company record valuation allowances against deferred tax assets. Once a valuation allowance has been established, it will be maintained until there is sufficient positive evidence to conclude that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will be realized. A pattern of sustained profitability will generally be considered as sufficient positive evidence to reverse a valuation allowance. If the allowance is reversed in a future period, the income tax provision will be correspondingly reduced. Accordingly, the increase and decrease of valuation allowances could have a significant negative or positive impact on future earnings. See Note 10 to the consolidated financial statements for further information.

 

On January 1, 2007, the Company adopted an accounting standard on income taxes regarding uncertain tax positions. The adoption did not have an effect on the results of operations or financial position of the Company. The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense in the consolidated statements of income.

 

Foreign Currency Translation — Assets and liabilities of consolidated foreign subsidiaries, whose functional currency is the local currency, are translated to U.S. dollars at period end exchange rates. Revenues and expenses are translated to U.S. dollars at daily exchange rates. The adjustment resulting from translating the financial statements of such foreign subsidiaries to U.S. dollars is reflected as a cumulative translation adjustment and reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income.

 

The Company reports the effect of exchange rate changes on cash balances held in foreign currencies as a separate item in the reconciliation of the changes in cash and cash equivalents during the period. Transaction gains and losses are included in the period in which they occur.

 

Risks and Uncertainties — Principally, all of the Company’s IT delivery centers and a majority of its employees are located in Central and Eastern Europe. As a result, the Company may be subject to certain risks associated with international operations, risks associated with the application and imposition of protective legislation and regulations relating to import and export, or otherwise resulting from foreign policy or the variability of foreign economic or political conditions. Additional risks associated with international operations include difficulties in enforcing intellectual property rights, the burdens of complying with a wide variety of foreign laws, potential geo-political and other risks associated with potentially adverse tax consequences, tariffs, quotas and other barriers.

 

At any time after January 1, 2011, the Series A-1 and Series A-2 convertible redeemable preferred stockholders may exercise their redemption option subject to all terms as defined in Note 12. As of the financial statement date, no stockholders have expressed any interest in exercising their redemption option.

 

Concentration of Credit — The Company maintains its cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments with financial institutions. As of December 31, 2010, $21.1 million of total cash was held in CIS countries, with $10.4 million of that in Belarus. Banking and other financial systems in the CIS are less

 

F-11


Table of Contents

developed and regulated than in some more developed markets, and legislation relating to banks and bank accounts is subject to varying interpretations and inconsistent application. Banks in the CIS generally do not meet the banking standards of more developed markets, and the transparency of the banking sector lags behind international standards. Furthermore, bank deposits made by corporate entities in CIS generally are not insured. As a result, the banking sector remains subject to periodic instability. Another banking crisis, or the bankruptcy or insolvency of banks through which we receive or with which we hold funds, particularly in Belarus, may result in the loss of our deposits or adversely affect our ability to complete banking transactions in the CIS, which could materially adversely affect our business and financial condition.

 

For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 the top five clients accounted for 29.7%, 23.6% and 24.0% of revenues, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 the top ten clients accounted for 42.6%, 35.3% and 36.8% of revenues, respectively. One client accounted for 11.7%, 10.2% and 8.1% of revenues in 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Accounts receivable for this client was 16.9% and 17.5% of total accounts receivable as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively; unbilled revenues for this client was 23.9% and 16.9% of total unbilled revenues as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 

During the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 the Company incurred subcontractor costs of $12,219, $13,199 and $18,080, respectively, to a vendor for staffing, consulting, training, recruiting and other logistical / support services provided for the Company’s delivery and development operations in Eastern Europe. Such costs are included in cost of revenues in the accompanying consolidated statements of income.

 

Foreign currency risk — The Company generates revenues in various global markets based on client contracts obtained in non-U.S. dollar currencies, principally, Euros, British pounds and Russian Rubles. The Company incurs expenditures in non-U.S. dollar currencies, principally in Hungarian Forints, Euros, and Russian Rubles associated with the IT delivery centers located in Central and Eastern Europe. The Company is exposed to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates primarily on accounts receivable and unbilled revenues from sales in these foreign currencies, and cash flows for expenditures in foreign currencies. The Company doesn’t use derivative financial instruments to hedge the risk of foreign exchange volatility.

 

Interest rate risk — The Company’s exposure to market risk for changes in interest rates relates primarily to the Company’s cash and cash equivalents and the LIBOR+1.25% rate long-term credit facility (see Note 7). The Company doesn’t use derivative financial instruments to hedge the risk of interest rate volatility.

 

Fair value of financial instruments — The Company’s financial instruments consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and other current and non-current assets and liabilities. The fair values of these instruments approximate their carrying values due to their short-term nature.

 

Accounting for Stock-Based Employee Compensation Plans —Stock-based compensation expense for awards of equity instruments to employees and non-employee directors is determined based on the grant-date fair value of the awards ultimately expected to vest. The Company recognizes these compensation costs on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award, which is generally the option vesting term of four years (See Note 13).

 

The Company estimates forfeitures at the time of grant and revises its estimates, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures or vesting differ from those estimates. Such revisions could have a material effect on the Company’s operating results. The assumptions used in the valuation model are based on subjective future expectations combined with management judgment. If any of the assumptions used in the valuation model changes significantly, stock-based compensation for future awards may differ materially compared to the awards previously granted.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements — In October 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued a new accounting standard which provides guidance for arrangements with multiple deliverables. Specifically, the new standard requires an entity to allocate consideration at the inception of an arrangement to all

 

F-12


Table of Contents

of its deliverables based on their relative selling prices. In the absence of the vendor-specific objective evidence or third-party evidence of the selling prices, consideration must be allocated to the deliverables based on management’s best estimate of the selling prices. In addition, the new standard eliminates the use of the residual method of allocation. This guidance is required to be effective no later than the first quarter of 2011 and early adoption is permitted. We adopted this standard effective January 1, 2010. Our adoption did not have a material effect on our financial condition, consolidated results of operations or disclosures.

 

In January 2010, the FASB issued new guidance requiring supplemental fair value disclosures and providing several clarifications regarding existing disclosure requirements. Specifically, the new guidance requires an entity to disclose separately the amounts of significant transfers in and out of Level 1 and Level 2 fair value measurements and to describe the reasons for the transfers. In addition, the new standard requires a gross presentation of the Level 3 rollforward, stating separately information about purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements. The new guidance also provides clarification regarding the appropriate level of disaggregation of assets and liabilities for the purpose of fair value disclosures as well as the requirement to provide disclosures about the valuation techniques and inputs used to measure fair value for both recurring and nonrecurring Level 2 and Level 3 measurements. Our adoption of this standard did not have a material effect on our financial condition, consolidated results of operations or disclosures.

 

In December 2010, the FASB issued a new accounting standard requiring that Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test be performed for reporting units whose carrying value is zero or negative. This guidance was effective January 1, 2011. Our adoption of this standard will not have a material effect on our financial condition or consolidated results of operations.

 

In December 2010, the FASB issued new guidance clarifying some of the disclosure requirements related to business combinations that are material on an individual or aggregate basis. Specifically, the guidance states that if comparative financial statements are presented, the entity should disclose revenues and earnings of the combined entity as though the business combination(s) that occurred during the current year occurred as of the beginning of the comparable prior annual reporting period only. Additionally, the new standard expands the supplemental pro forma disclosure required by the authoritative guidance to include a description of the nature and amount of material, nonrecurring pro forma adjustments directly attributable to the business combination in the reported pro forma revenues and earnings. This guidance was effective January 1, 2011. Our adoption of this standard will not have a material effect on our financial condition or consolidated results of operations. However, it may result in additional disclosures in the event that we enter into a business combination that is material either on an individual or aggregate basis.

 

2. ACQUISITIONS

 

Instant Information, Inc. — On August 20, 2010 EPAM agreed to acquire certain assets and assume certain liabilities of Instant Information, Inc. The primary purpose of this acquisition was to acquire skilled workforce and experienced management, the rights to the intellectual property embodied by our InfoNgen services and cloud deployment capabilities. The acquisition also considerably strengthens our existing business information and media services vertical. The purchase price consisted of $360 cash plus contingent consideration of $1,000 in Company stock. Contingent consideration is dependent upon the acquiree’s meeting specified level of performance over calendar years of 2010-2012. The Company estimates the fair value of this contingent consideration to be nil as of December 31, 2010. The results of Instant Information, Inc. are included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements from August 21, 2010.

 

Under the acquisition method of accounting the Company has allocated the purchase price to the tangible and intangible assets and liabilities acquired based on their fair values. As part of the process, the Company performed a valuation analysis to determine the fair values of certain intangible assets of Instant Information, Inc. as of the acquisition date. As part of the valuation process, relief from royalty method was used to determine the fair value of the trade name of $216. The intangible is being amortized over a 5 year life. Goodwill is amortizable over 15 years for tax purposes.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

The purchase price was allocated to the assets acquired based on their related fair values, as follows:

 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 11   

Restricted cash

     107   

Trade receivables

     273   

Prepaid and other assets

     53   

Property and equipment

     113   

Software

     19   

Trade name

     216   

Goodwill

     838   
    


Total assets acquired

     1,630   
    


Accounts payable

     580   

Accrued expenses

     186   

Deferred revenue

     448   

Liability under capital leases

     36   

Other taxes payable

     20   
    


Total liabilities assumed

     1,270   
    


Net assets acquired

   $ 360   
    


 

Included in consolidated statements of income for the year ended December 31, 2010 are $677 and $873 of revenues and net losses of the acquiree, respectively.

 

Total service fees related to the acquisition amount to $63 and are presented within selling, general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2010.

 

The pro forma results presented below include the effects of the Instant Information acquisition as if it had been consummated as of January 1, 2009.

 

     (unaudited)

 
     Pro Forma
Year Ended
December 31, 2010


     Pro Forma
Year Ended
December 31, 2009


 

Revenues

   $ 223,313       $ 158,606   

Net income

     24,976         11,363   

 

Rodmon Systems, Inc. — On May 31, 2009, EPAM agreed to acquire substantially all the assets of Rodmon Systems Inc. and Rodmon Belarus (combined known as “Rodmon”). The primary purpose of this acquisition was to acquire a strategic client relationship and experienced management and technical personnel. The purchase price was set based on 2009 calendar year collected revenue, which resulted in $1,867 in stock. The Company issued 323,160 shares of common stock and 38,784 shares of puttable common stock with an estimated fair value determined by management of the Company using market prices and multiples generated in similar transactions. The results of Rodmon are included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements from June 1, 2009.

 

Under the acquisition method of accounting the Company has allocated the purchase price to the tangible and intangible assets and liabilities acquired based on their fair values. As part of the process, the Company performed a valuation analysis to determine the fair values of certain identifiable assets of Rodmon as of the acquisition date. As part of the valuation process, the income approach was used to determine the fair value of the client relationship of $1,287. The intangible is being amortized over a 5 year life. No goodwill can be deducted for tax purposes.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

The purchase price was allocated to the assets acquired based on their related fair values, as follows:

 

Trade receivables

   $ 405   

Unbilled revenues

     11   

Prepaid assets

     4   

Property and equipment

     39   

Client relationships

     1,288   

Goodwill

     920   
    


Total assets acquired

     2,667   
    


Accounts payable

     118   

Due to employees

     4   

Accrued expenses

     179   

Deferred tax liability — long-term

     499   
    


Total liabilities assumed

     800   
    


Net assets acquired

   $ 1,867   
    


 

Included in consolidated statements of income for the year ended December 31, 2009 are $1,166 and $101 of revenues and net income of the acquiree, respectively.

 

The pro forma results presented below include the effects of the acquisition as if it had been consummated as of January 1, 2008.

 

     (unaudited)

 
     Pro Forma
Year Ended
December 31,
2009


     Pro Forma
Year Ended
December 31,
2008


 

Revenues

   $ 150,640       $ 161,733   

Net income

     13,523         4,038   

 

Plus Micro — On June 13, 2008, EPAM agreed to acquire 100% (one hundred percent) of the charter capital of TOO “PLUS MICRO” (“Plus Micro”), a company organized and existing under the laws of the Republic of Kazakhstan. The business purpose of the acquisition was to expand our geographic footprint, broaden our service portfolio and help gain access to new clients throughout the CIS region.

 

The purchase price was approximately $1,407 (including transaction costs, net of $142 cash acquired) in cash and stock. The Company made cash payments of approximately $1,104, issued 33,664 shares of puttable common stock valued at $313 and paid $132 of cash 12 months after the acquisition date which was contingent on the verification of the accuracy of certain representations made by the sellers. The estimated fair value of common stock issued was determined by management of the Company using market prices and multiples generated in similar transactions. The results of operations of Plus Micro are included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements from June 1, 2008. The activity from June 1, 2008 to June 13, 2008 was immaterial to the consolidated financial statements of the Company.

 

Under the purchase method of accounting the Company has allocated the purchase price to the tangible and intangible assets and liabilities acquired based on their fair values. As part of the process, the Company performed a valuation analysis to determine the fair values of certain identifiable assets of Plus Micro as of the acquisition date. As part of the valuation process, the income approach was used to determine the fair value of the client relationship of $1,449. The intangible is being amortized over a five-year life.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

The purchase price was allocated to the assets acquired based on their related fair values, as follows:

 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 142   

Unbilled revenues

     33   

Prepaid assets

     20   

Property and equipment

     26   

Client relationships

     1,449   

Other assets

     21   
    


Total assets acquired

     1,691   
    


Accounts payable

     7   

Due to employees

     89   

Taxes payable

     46   
    


Total liabilities assumed

     142   
    


Net assets acquired

   $ 1,549   
    


 

Disclosure of the pro forma results is impracticable, since the acquired entity was a local Kazhakstan company operating under local accounting standards that are not consistent with GAAP.

 

3. RESTRICTED CASH

 

Restricted cash consists of the following:

 

     2010

     2009

 

Security deposits under client contracts

   $ 1,819       $ 23   

Deposit under employee loan programs

     512         350   

Security deposit under operating leases

     107         —     
    


  


Total

   $ 2,438       $ 373   
    


  


 

At December 31, 2010 and 2009 security deposits under client contracts included fixed amounts placed in respect of letters of credit and a bank guarantee intended to secure appropriate performance under respective contracts. The Company estimates the probability of non-performance under the contracts as remote, therefore, no provision for losses has been created in respect of this amounts as of December 31, 2010 and 2009.

 

Included in restricted cash as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 were deposits of $512 and $350, respectively, placed in connection with certain employee loan programs (See Note 15).

 

4. PREPAID AND OTHER CURRENT ASSETS

 

Prepaid and other current assets consist of the following:

 

     2010

     2009

 

Prepaid expenses

   $ 2,599       $ 1,589   

Taxes receivable

     1,927         847   

Employee loans

     432         99   

Unamortized software licenses and subscriptions

     442         149   

Due from employees

     194         83   

Other

     156         261   
    


  


Total

   $ 5,750       $ 3,028   
    


  


 

F-16


Table of Contents

5. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT — NET

 

Property and equipment consists of the following:

 

     Useful Life

   2010

    2009

 

Leasehold improvements

   9 years    $ 1,826      $ 1,067   

Furniture and fixtures

   7 years      1,875        1,639   

Office equipment

   7 years      2,548        1,847   

Purchased computer software

   3 years      1,468        1,072   

Computer hardware

   3 years      14,662        10,390   

Building

   50 years      16,532        16,199   
         


 


            38,911        32,214   

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

          (13,573     (9,161
         


 


Total

        $ 25,338      $ 23,053   
         


 


 

Depreciation and amortization expense related to property and equipment was $5,243, $4,723 and $4,235 for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

 

6. GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS — NET

 

Goodwill by reportable segment:

 

     2010

     2009

 

North America

   $ 2,286       $ 1,448   

EU

     2,864         2,864   

Russia

     3,185         3,213   

Other

   $ 1,697       $ 1,697   
    


  


Total

   $ 10,032       $ 9,222   
    


  


 

Changes in goodwill for the years ended December 31 are as follows:

 

     2010

    2009

 

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 9,222      $ 8,389   

Acquisition of Rodmon (Note 2)

     —          920   

Acquisition of Instant Information (Note 2)

     838        —     

Effect of net foreign currency exchange rate changes

     (28     (87
    


 


Balance at end of year

   $ 10,032      $ 9,222   
    


 


 

F-17


Table of Contents

Components of intangible assets were as follows:

 

          2010

 
     Weighted average life at
acquisition


   Gross carrying
amount


     Accumulated
amortization


    Net carrying
amount


 

Client relationships

   5 years    $ 3,994       $ (2,339   $ 1,655   

Developed technology

   3 years      355         (355     —     

Trade name

   8 years      415         (47     368   
         


  


 


Total

        $ 4,764       $ (2,741   $ 2,023   
         


  


 


 

          2009

 
     Weighted average life at
acquisition


   Gross carrying
amount


     Accumulated
amortization


    Net carrying
amount


 

Client relationships

   5 years    $ 3,988       $ (1,540   $ 2,448   

Developed technology

   3 years      355         (246     109   

Trade name

   9 years      199         (28     171   
         


  


 


Total

        $ 4,542       $ (1,814   $ 2,728   
         


  


 


 

All of the intangible assets have finite lives and as such are subject to amortization. Amortization of intangibles for the years ended December 31 is presented in the table below:

 

     2010

     2009

     2008

 

Client relationships

   $ 871       $ 763       $ 522   

Developed technology

     109         119         119   

Trade name

     19         13         13   
    


  


  


Total

   $ 999       $ 895       $ 654   
    


  


  


 

Estimated amortization expenses of the Company’s existing intangible assets for the next five years are as follows:

 

Year Ending December 31,


   Amount

 

2011

   $ 757   

2012

     563   

2013

     392   

2014

     164   

2015

     44   

Thereafter

     103   
    


Total

   $ 2,023   
    


 

7. LONG-TERM DEBT

 

Revolving Line of Credit — In November 2006, the Company entered into a revolving credit loan and security agreement (collectively “Credit Facility” or “Facility”) with a bank (the “Bank”). The Credit Facility is comprised of a five-year revolving line of credit pursuant to which the Company can borrow up to $7,000 at any point in time based on borrowing availability, as defined, at LIBOR plus 1.25%. The maximum borrowing availability under the Facility is based upon a percentage of eligible accounts receivable. On September 30, 2010, the Company and the Bank agreed to amend the Facility to increase the borrowing capacity to $15,000 and extend the term of same through October 15, 2013. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, the borrowing capacity was $15,000 and $7,000, respectively.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

The Facility is collateralized by 85% of US trade receivables, as defined. The Facility contains affirmative and negative covenants, including financial and coverage ratios. As of December 31, 2009, $7,000 in revolving credit borrowing was outstanding under a 6-month LIBOR contract due in July 2010. No borrowing was outstanding as of December 31, 2010, and the Company was in compliance with all debt covenants as of that date.

 

8. ACCRUED EXPENSES

 

Accrued expenses consist of the following:

 

     2010

     2009

 

Compensation

   $ 7,856       $ 1,750   

Subcontractor costs

     6,026         2,546   

Professional fees

     228         142   

Facilities costs

     109         105   

Other

     812         385   
    


  


Total

   $ 15,031       $ 4,928   
    


  


 

9. TAXES PAYABLE

 

Taxes payable consist of the following:

 

     2010

     2009

 

Corporate profit tax

   $ 2,668       $ 2,717   

Payroll taxes and social security

     1,460         911   

Value added tax

     3,400         2,520   
    


  


Total

   $ 7,528       $ 6,148   
    


  


 

10. INCOME TAXES

 

Income before provision for income taxes shown below is based on the geographic location to which such income is attributed for years ended December 31:

 

     2010

    2009

    2008

 

Income (loss) before income tax expense:

                        

Domestic

   $ 809      $ 122      $ (3,152

Foreign

     30,286        14,285        10,903   
    


 


 


Total

   $ 31,095      $ 14,407      $ 7,751   
    


 


 


Income tax expense (benefit) consists of:

                        

Current

                        

Federal

   $ 2,918      $ 1,652      $ 1,079   

State

     160        335        271   

Foreign

     2,573        1,563        979   

Deferred

                        

Federal

     (1,016     (1,112     (120

State

     (76     (146     (15

Foreign

     (1,772     (1,413     1,507   
    


 


 


Total

   $ 2,787      $ 879      $ 3,701   
    


 


 


 

F-19


Table of Contents

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are provided for the effects of temporary differences between the tax basis of an asset and liability and its reported amount in the consolidated balance sheets. These temporary differences result in taxable or deductible amounts in future years.

 

The components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

 

     2010

     2009

 

Deferred tax assets:

                 

Fixed assets

   $ 606       $ 161   

Intangible assets

     458         330   

Accrued expenses

     1,977         738   

Net operating loss carryforward

     424         344   

Deferred revenue

     1,128         777   

Stock-based compensation

     934         592   

Foreign currency exchanges

     171         59   

Restricted stock options

     487         510   

Other assets

     20         113   
    


  


Deferred tax assets

   $ 6,205       $ 3,624   
    


  


Deferred tax liabilities:

                 

Fixed assets

     238         200   

Accrued revenue

     299         438   

Deferred intercompany gain

     707         770   

Other liabilities

     49         41   
    


  


Deferred tax liability

   $ 1,293       $ 1,449   
    


  


Net deferred tax asset

   $ 4,912       $ 2,175   
    


  


 

At December 31, 2010, the Company had current and non-current deferred tax assets of $3,122 and $2,294, respectively and current and non-current tax liabilities of $331 and $173, respectively. At December 31, 2009, the Company had current and non-current deferred tax assets of $1,362 and $1,160, respectively and current and non-current tax liabilities of $213 and $134, respectively.

 

At December 31, 2010, the Company had federal net operating losses of $88, which are available to offset future taxable income and expire in 2023 for federal income tax purposes. These net operating losses are attributed to the B2Bits Corp acquisition. As a result of a change in control of B2Bits Corp in November 2007, the Company’s ability to use its federal net operating losses to offset future taxable income is limited under IRC Section 382 to $43 per year. The Company expects to utilize all of its net operating loss carryforwards prior to their expiration. The Company had foreign net operating losses of $1,408, which are available to offset taxable income for foreign income tax purposes indefinitely.

 

Undistributed earnings of non-US subsidiaries were $90,490 and $58,121 as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. These earnings are considered to be permanently reinvested in non-US operations or will be reinvested substantially free of additional tax. Accordingly, no provisions for US federal and state taxes have been provided thereon.

 

If such earnings are repatriated in the future, or are no longer deemed to be indefinitely reinvested, we will accrue the applicable amount of taxes associated with such earnings. Due to the various methods by which such earnings could be repatriated in the future, it is not practicable to determine the amount of applicable taxes that would result from such repatriation.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

Deferred taxes have not been provided on the excess book basis in the shares of certain foreign subsidiaries because these basis differences are not expected to reverse in the foreseeable future. These basis differences could reverse through a sale of the subsidiaries, the receipt of dividends from the subsidiaries, as well as various other events.

 

The provision for income taxes differs from the amount of income tax determined by applying the applicable US statutory federal income tax rate to pretax income as follows:

 

     2010

    2009

    2008

 

Statutory federal tax

   $ 10,572      $ 4,900      $ 3,252   

Increase (decrease) in taxes resulting from:

                        

State taxes, net of federal benefit

     216        159        188   

Effect of permanent differences

     1,957        404        3,158   

Rate differential between U.S. and foreign

     (9,947     (4,403     (2,206

Change in foreign tax rate

     101        39        (352

Foreign taxes, net of federal benefit

     —          (8     (436

Other

     (112     (212     97   
    


 


 


Income tax expense

   $ 2,787      $ 879      $ 3,701   
    


 


 


 

The growth in the permanent differences related to expenses incurred related to the settlement of litigation that will not be deductible and therefore creates a permanent difference.

 

On September 22, 2005, the president of Belarus signed the decree “On the High-Technologies Park” (the “Decree”). The Decree is aimed at boosting the country’s high-technology sector. The Decree stipulates that member technology companies have a 100% exemption from Belarusian income tax of 24% effective July 1, 2006. The Decree is in effect for a period of 15 years from date of signing.

 

The current tax law in Hungary allows the Company a tax credit of 10% of annual qualified salaries, taken over a 4 year period, for up to 70% of the total tax due for that period. The Company has been able to take the full 70% credit for 2008-2010.

 

The aggregate dollar benefits derived from these tax holidays approximated $9.0 million, $5.5 million and $2.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The benefit the tax holiday had on diluted net income per share approximated $1.76 in the year ended December 31, 2010 and $1.07 for the year ended December 31, 2009 and $0.52 for the year ended December 31, 2008.

 

In January of 2007, the Company adopted ASC 740-10, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes. The adoption did not have a material effect on the results of operations or financial position of the Company. The liability for unrecognized tax benefits is included in income tax liability within the consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2010 and 2009. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the total amount of gross unrecognized tax benefits (excluding the federal benefit received from state tax positions) was $55 and $273, respectively, (excluding penalties and interest of $3 and $129, respectively). Of this total, $55 and $199, respectively, (net of the federal benefit on state tax issues) represents the amount of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would favorably affect the effective tax rate in future periods.

 

The Company’s policy is to recognize interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions as a component of its provision for income taxes. The total amount of accrued interest and penalties resulting from such unrecognized tax benefits was $3, $129 and $365 at December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Included in the provision for income taxes is interest and penalties in the amount of 42, 195 and 104 for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

The beginning to ending reconciliation of the gross unrecognized tax benefits are as follows:

 

     2010

    2009

    2008

 

Gross Balance at January 1

   $ 274      $ 670      $ 1,857   

Decreases due to settlement

     (218     (396     (1,187
    


 


 


Balance at December 31

   $ 56      $ 274      $ 670   
    


 


 


 

There are no tax positions for which it is reasonably possible that unrecognized tax benefits will significantly increase or decrease within 12 months of the reporting date.

 

The Company files income tax returns in the United States and in various states, local and foreign jurisdictions. The Company’s significant tax jurisdictions are the U.S. Federal, Pennsylvania, Russia, Denmark, Germany, Ukraine, United Kingdom, Hungary, and Kazakhstan. The tax years subsequent to 2006 remain open to examination by the Internal Revenue Service. Generally, the tax years subsequent to 2006 remain open to examination by various state and local taxing authorities and various foreign taxing authorities.

 

11. OPERATING SEGMENTS

 

Our reportable segments are: North America, Europe, Russia and Other. This determination is based on the unique business practices and market specifics of each region and that each region engages in business activities from which it earns revenues and incurs expenses. Our chief operating decision maker evaluates the Company’s performance and allocates resources based on segment revenues and operating profit. Segment operating profit is defined as income from operations before unallocated costs. Generally, operating expenses for each operating segment have similar characteristics and are subject to similar factors, pressures and challenges. Expenses included in segment operating profit consist principally of direct selling and delivery costs as well as an allocation of certain shared services expenses. Certain expenses are not specifically allocated to specific segments as management does not believe it is practical to allocate such costs to individual segments because they are not directly attributable to any specific segment. Further, stock based compensation expense is not allocated to individual segments in internal management reports used by the chief operating decision maker. Accordingly, these expenses are separately disclosed as “unallocated” and adjusted only against our total income from operations.

 

Revenues from external clients and segment operating profit, before unallocated expenses, for the North America, Europe, Russia and Other reportable segments were as follows for the years ended December 31:

 

     2010

     2009

    2008

 

Total segment revenues:

                         

North America

   $ 110,179       $ 77,068      $ 77,919   

Europe

     68,420         37,372        28,867   

Russia

     31,388         24,625        46,082   

Other

     11,522         10,621        7,486   
    


  


 


Total segment revenues

   $ 221,509       $ 149,686      $ 160,354   
    


  


 


Segment operating profit (loss):

                         

North America

   $ 28,496       $ 21,436      $ 15,407   

Europe

     15,057         6,024        3,227   

Russia

     3,119         (726     5,339   

Other

     1,414         (1,069     2,523   
    


  


 


Total segment operating profit

   $ 48,086       $ 25,665      $ 26,496   
    


  


 


 

F-22


Table of Contents

Intersegment transactions were excluded from the above on the basis they are neither included into the measure of a segment’s profit and loss by the chief operating decision maker, nor provided to the chief operating decision maker on a regular basis.

 

Reconciliation of reportable segment revenues and operating profit to the consolidated income from operations for the years ended December 31 is presented below:

 

     2010

    2009

    2008

 

Total segment revenues

   $ 221,509      $ 149,686      $ 160,354   

Unallocated revenue

     315        253        278   
    


 


 


Revenues

   $ 221,824      $ 149,939      $ 160,632   
    


 


 


     2010

    2009

    2008

 

Total segment operating profit

   $ 48,086      $ 25,665      $ 26,496   
    


 


 


Unallocated Amounts:

                        

Other revenue

     315        253        278   

Stock-based compensation expense

     (2,939     (2,411     (2,797

Legal settlement

     (2,608     —          —     

Non-corporate taxes

     (2,344     (1,896     (1,374

Professional fees

     (1,229     (1,213     (1,836

Depreciation and amortization

     (1,021     (916     (654

Bank charges

     (548     (449     (600

Provision for bad debts

     (265     2,159        (2,449

Other corporate expenses

     (4,657     (5,210     (6,839
    


 


 


Income from operations

   $ 32,790      $ 15,982      $ 10,225   
    


 


 


 

Geographic Area Information

 

Management has determined that it is not practical to allocate identifiable assets by segment since such assets are used interchangeably amongst the segments. Geographical information about the Company’s long-lived assets is based on physical location of the assets at the end of each of the years ended December 31:

 

     2010

     2009

 

North America

   $ 386       $ 476   

Europe

     745         693   

Russia

     1,268         1,168   

Other*

     22,939         20,716   
    


  


Total

   $ 25,338       $ 23,053   
    


  



*   Includes $20,377 and $18,956 in Belarus assets as of December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

Long-lived assets include property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization. Information about the Company’s revenues by client location for each of the three years ended December 31 is as follows:

 

     2010

     2009

     2008

 

United States

   $ 117,027       $ 80,168       $ 79,881   

Russia

     31,488         24,503         42,853   

United Kingdom

     32,584         18,785         16,247   

Switzerland

     9,751         2,369         89   

Kazakhstan

     7,480         5,253         7,503   

Germany

     7,239         6,110         4,610   

Netherlands

     5,399         4,013         3,129   

Other locations

     7,083         6,607         3,292   

Reimbursable expenses and other revenues

     3,773         2,131         3,028   
    


  


  


Revenues

   $ 221,824       $ 149,939       $ 160,632   
    


  


  


 

Revenues by client location differ from the segment information above, which is not solely based on the geographic location of the clients but rather is based on managerial responsibility for a particular client regardless of where the client is located.

 

Service Offering Information

 

Information about the Company’s revenues by service offering for each of the three years ended December 31 is as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,

 
     2010

     2009

     2008

 

Software development

   $ 149,658       $ 105,397       $ 117,313   

Application testing services

     44,459         28,489         27,096   

Application maintenance and support

     19,262         11,828         10,917   

Infrastructure services

     2,823         —           94   

Licensing

     1,849         2,094         2,184   

Reimbursable expenses and other revenues

     3,773         2,131         3,028   
    


  


  


Revenues

   $ 221,824       $ 149,939       $ 160,632   
    


  


  


 

12. PREFERRED AND COMMON STOCK

 

Series A-1 Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock (“Series A-1 Preferred”) — On January 20, 2006, Siguler Guff LLC, a New York based private equity investment firm, acting through its affiliated investment funds Russia Partners II LP (RPII) and Russia Partners EPAM Fund LP (RPE), purchased 657,354 shares of Series A-1 Preferred at $12.17 per share or $8,000. At the same time, RPII and RPE also acquired 11,180,648 shares of the Company’s common stock from existing holders, and the Company enabled RPII and RPE to convert such shares into 1,397,581 shares of Series A-1 Preferred. The difference between the share price of the Series A-1 Preferred ($12.17 per share) and the common stock ($1.13 per share) exchanged of $6,803 has been recorded as a deemed dividend. The Company accreted the 12.5% compounded annual rate of return through April 15, 2010, in accordance with the redemption provision as detailed below. Annual accretion was $1,432, $4,423 and $3,941 for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The ending redemption value was $41,245, $39,813 and $35,390 at December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

 

The terms of the Series A-1 Preferred are as follows:

 

Dividends — No dividends will be paid on the Series A-1 Preferred unless dividends are paid on common stock.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

Liquidation — Before any payment to the common stockholders, the Series A-1 Preferred will receive their purchase price of the Series A-1 Preferred ($12.17 per share) plus a 12.5% compounded annual rate of return on the purchase price.

 

If the assets distributable to the holders of the Series A Preferred upon a liquidation are insufficient to pay the full Series A-1, A-2 and A-3 Preferred liquidation amounts, then such assets or the proceeds shall be distributed among the holders of the Series A-1, A-2 and A-3 Preferred ratably in proportion to the respective amount to which they otherwise would be entitled.

 

The liquidation amount is equal to the carrying value for all periods presented.

 

Redemption — At any time after January 1, 2011, if the Company has not affected a qualified public offering, as defined, the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series A-1 Preferred, voting together as a separate class, may by written request require the Company to redeem all or any number of shares of the Series A-1 Preferred in four equal semi-annual installments beginning thirty calendar days from the date of the redemption election and ending on the date one and one-half years after such date. The Company shall affect such redemptions on the applicable redemption date by paying in cash in exchange for each share of Series A-1 Preferred to be redeemed then outstanding an amount equal to the Series A-1 Preferred liquidation amount ($12.17 per share plus a 12.5% compounded annual rate of return) on such redemption date.

 

Pursuant to section 6.8 of the Series A-3 convertible preferred stock purchase agreement, the 12.5% compounded annual return related to the Series A-1 Preferred, which has been part of the Series A-1 liquidation amount, ceases after the date of issuance of the Series A-3 Preferred. EPAM terminated the accretion related to this liquidation amount on or about April 15, 2010.

 

Voting — Each holder of a share of Series A-1 Preferred shall be entitled to voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the common stock (except as otherwise expressly provided or as required by law) voting together with the common stock as a single class on an as-converted to common stock basis. Each share of Series A-1 Preferred (including fractional shares) shall be entitled to one vote for each whole share of common stock that would be issuable upon conversion of such shares on the record date for determining eligibility to participate in the action being taken.

 

Conversion Rights — Any holder of Series A-1 Preferred may convert any share of Series A-1 Preferred held by such holder into a number of shares of common stock determined by dividing (i) the Series A-1 Preferred purchase price ($12.17 per share) by (ii) the Series A-1 conversion price then in effect. The initial conversion price for the Series A-1 Preferred (the “Series A-1 Conversion Price”) shall be equal to the purchase price ($12.17 per share). The Series A-1 Conversion Price from time to time in effect is subject to adjustment, as defined. Each share of Series A-1 Preferred shall automatically be converted into shares of common stock at the then effective applicable Series A-1 Conversion Price upon the earliest of (i) the date specified by vote or written consent or agreement of holders of at least a majority of the shares of Series A-1 Preferred then outstanding, (ii) effective immediately before a qualified public offering, as defined, or (iii) effective upon the closing of a liquidation or a reorganization event, as defined, that results in the receipt of a per share amount of cash proceeds or non-cash property valued equal to or greater than the Series A-1 Preferred liquidation amount, as defined.

 

Series A-2 Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock (“Series A-2 Preferred”) — On February 19, 2008, the Company completed a private placement and raised net proceeds of $47,601 ($50,000 gross less $2,399 costs) from the sale of 675,081 shares of Series A-2 Preferred at a sale price of $74.07 per share. The ending carrying value was $27,132, $47,601 and $47,601 at December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

 

In connection with this private placement, the Company designated the Series A-2 Preferred as a new series of preferred stock and renamed the existing series of shares of Series A preferred stock as Series A-1 Preferred.

 

On January 19, 2010, the Company entered into a stock repurchase agreement with certain stockholders to repurchase 290,277 of Series A-2 Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock at a per share price of $51.85 for a

 

F-25


Table of Contents

total consideration of $15,050. On November 10, 2010, Board of Directors of the Company voted to retire these shares.

 

The Series A-2 Preferred shares have the following rights and preferences:

 

Dividends — No dividends will be paid on the Series A-2 Preferred unless dividends are paid on common stock.

 

Liquidation — Before any payment to the common stockholders, the Series A-2 Preferred holders will receive their liquidation preference.

 

In the event of any liquidation that values 100% of the equity securities of the Company on a fully-diluted basis at an amount that is less than the Series A-2 post-money valuation, as defined, the holders of shares of Series A-2 Preferred shall be entitled to receive either their per share purchase price of the Series A-2 Preferred ($74.07) plus a 12.5% compounded annual rate of return if the purchase price is less than the percentage ceiling amount, defined for purposes of liquidation as 17.1% of cash proceeds or non cash property received by the Company in the event of any liquidation, or the greater of (1) $74.07 per share and (2) the percentage ceiling amount.

 

In the event of liquidation that values 100% of the equity securities of the Company on a fully-diluted basis at an amount that is equal to or greater than the Series A-2 post-money valuation, as defined, the holders of shares of Series A-2 Preferred shall be entitled to receive either their per share purchase price of the Series A-2 Preferred ($74.07) plus a 12.5% to 18% compounded annual rate of return on the purchase price, if greater than the percentage ceiling amount, or the percentage ceiling amount.

 

If the assets distributable to the holders of the Series A Preferred upon a liquidation are insufficient to pay the full Series A-1, A-2 and A-3 Preferred liquidation amounts, then such assets or the proceeds shall be distributed among the holders of the Series A-1, A-2 and A-3 Preferred ratably in proportion to the respective amount to which they otherwise would be entitled.

 

Redemption — At any time before January 1, 2011, if the Company has not effected a qualified public offering, as defined, the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series A-2 Preferred, may, by written request, require the Company to redeem all or any number of shares of the Series A-2 Preferred in three equal installments payable no later than the 12th, 18th and 24th month following the date of the redemption election. The Company shall effect such redemptions on the applicable redemption date by paying in cash in exchange for each shares of Series A-2 Preferred to be redeemed then outstanding, a per share amount equal to the lesser of (x) an amount that would provide a compounded annual return of 12.5% from the date of initial issuance date and (y) the percentage ceiling amount. At any time on or after January 1, 2011, the redemption per share amount is equal to the lesser of (x) the hurdle amount, an amount that would provide an annual IRR, as defined, from the initial issuance date of such share of at least 17%, provided, however, that the hurdle amount, as defined, shall cease to compound after December 31, 2010 and (y) the percentage ceiling amount, as defined. The percentage ceiling amount means, initially, 17.1% and thereafter adjusted pro rata for any changes in the percentage of capital stock of the Company owned by the holders of shares of Series A-2 Preferred (on a fully diluted basis) multiplied by the aggregate value of all Common Stock (assuming conversion of the Series A Preferred) as reasonably determined by the Board in good faith.

 

Voting — Each holder of a Series A-2 Preferred shall be entitled to voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of common stock (except as otherwise expressly provided or as required by law) voting together with the common stock as a single class on an as-converted to common stock basis. Each share of Series A-2 Preferred (including fractional shares) shall be entitled to one vote for each whole share of common stock that would be issuable upon conversion of such shares on the record date for determining eligibility to participate in the action being taken.

 

Conversion rights — Any holder of Series A-2 Preferred may convert any share of Series A-2 Preferred held by such holder into a number of shares of common stock determined by dividing (i) the Series A-2 Preferred

 

F-26


Table of Contents

purchase price ($74.07 per share) by (ii) the Series A-2 conversion price then in effect. The initial conversion price for the Series A-2 Preferred (the “Series A-2 Conversion Price”) shall be equal to the purchase price ($74.07 per share). The Series A-2 Conversion Price from time in effect is subject to adjustment, as defined. Each share of Series A-2 Preferred shall automatically be converted into shares of common stock at the then effective applicable Series A-2 Conversion Price upon the earliest of (i) the date specified by vote or written consent or agreement of holders of at least a majority of the shares of Series A-2 Preferred then outstanding, (ii) effective immediately before a qualified public offering, as defined, or (iii) effective upon the closing of a liquidation or a reorganization event, as defined, that results in the receipt per share of amount of cash proceeds or non-cash property valued equal to or greater than, the lesser of (x) their purchase price of the Series A-2 Preferred ($74.07 per share) plus a 12.5% compounded annual rate of return on the purchase price and (y) the percentage ceiling amount, as defined.

 

Registration Rights — The holders of at least majority of the Series A-2 Preferred holders, may, by written request, require the Company to file a registration statement with certain limitations.

 

Series A-3 Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series A-3 Preferred”)

 

On April 15, 2010, the Company created and issued 290,277 shares of Series A-3 Preferred at $51.85 per share, for a total consideration of $14,971, net of costs.

 

The Series A-3 Preferred have the following rights and preferences:

 

Dividends — No dividends will be paid on the Series A-3 Preferred unless dividends are paid on common stock.

 

Liquidation — Before any payment to the common stockholders, the Series A-3 Preferred holders will receive their liquidation preference.

 

In the event of liquidation that values 100% of the equity securities of the Company on a fully-diluted basis at an amount that is equal to or greater than the Series A-3 liquidation amount, as defined, the holders of shares of Series A-3 Preferred shall be entitled to receive their pro rata portion based on the per share amount available to common stockholders.

 

If the assets distributable to the holders of the Series A Preferred upon a liquidation are insufficient to pay the full Series A-1, A-2 and A-3 Preferred liquidation amounts, then such assets or the proceeds shall be distributed among the holders of the Series A-1, A-2 and A-3 Preferred ratably in proportion to the respective amount to which they otherwise would be entitled.

 

The liquidation amount is equal to the carrying value for all periods presented.

 

Voting — Each holder of a Series A-3 Preferred shall be entitled to voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of common stock (except as otherwise expressly provided or as required by law) voting together with the common stock as a single class on an as-converted to common stock basis. Each share of Series A-3 Preferred (including fractional shares) shall be entitled to one vote for each whole share of common stock that would be issuable upon conversion of such shares on the record date for determining eligibility to participate in the action being taken.

 

Conversion rights — Any holder of Series A-3 Preferred may convert any share of Series A-3 Preferred held by such holder into a number of shares of common stock determined by dividing (i) the Series A-3 Preferred purchase price ($51.85 per share) by (ii) the Series A-3 conversion price then in effect. The initial conversion price for the Series A-3 Preferred (the “Series A-3 Conversion Price”) shall be equal to the purchase price ($51.85 per share). The Series A-3 Conversion Price from time in effect is subject to adjustment, as defined. Each share of Series A-3 Preferred shall automatically be converted into shares of common stock at the then effective applicable Series A-3 Conversion Price upon the earliest of (i) the date specified by vote or written consent or

 

F-27


Table of Contents

agreement of holders of at least a majority of the shares of Series A-3 Preferred then outstanding, (ii) effective immediately before a qualified public offering, as defined, or (iii) effective upon the closing of a liquidation or a reorganization event, as defined.

 

Registration Rights — The holders of at least a majority of the Series A-3 Preferred holders, may, by written request, require the Company to file a registration statement with certain limitations.

 

Puttable Stock — As part of consideration paid in business combinations (see Note 2), the Company issued common stock to certain stockholders of the acquired companies. The shares had an attached Put Option that provided the holders with the right to put the shares at the original per share value in the event the Company does not have a qualified public offering or reorganization event within a specified period from the acquisition date. The Company issued 44,304, 43,280 and 0 shares for the years ending December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

 

Treasury Stock — During 2010, the Company purchased 114,432 shares of puttable common stock, at a cost of $932, in connection with the execution of a stockholder put option. During the fourth quarter of 2009, the Company purchased 75,096 shares of common stock, at a cost of $540, in connection with the execution of a stockholder put option. During the second quarter of 2008, the Company purchased 1,566,184 shares of common stock, at a cost of $14,500, in connection with certain equity transactions authorized by the board of directors.

 

13. STOCK COMPENSATION

 

Restricted Stock Units — As of December 31, 2008, 439,448 restricted shares were issued and outstanding. The shares were valued at their fair market value on date of grant and vest in accordance with individual agreements. The shares carry a restriction to transferability prior to vesting, and upon vesting are automatically converted into common stock of the Company. The shares vest over a specified period or if issued as part of an acquisition, based on milestones. In general, the Shares become fully vested upon reorganization or a liquidity event. The stock-based compensation charge related to shares granted was $0, $851 and $1,304 in 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Summary of restricted stock activity as of December 31, 2010, and changes during the years then ended is presented below:

 

     Number of
Shares


    Weighted
Average Grant
Date Fair Value


 

Unvested restricted stock outstanding at December 31, 2007

     956,464      $ 2.28   

Restricted stock granted

     15,136        9.26   

Restricted stock vested

     (532,152     2.40   
    


 


Unvested restricted stock outstanding at December 31, 2008

     439,448      $ 2.37   

Restricted stock granted

     —          —     

Restricted stock vested

     (439,448     2.37   
    


 


Unvested restricted stock outstanding at December 31, 2009

     —          —     

Restricted stock granted

     —          —     

Restricted stock vested

     —          —     
    


 


Unvested restricted stock outstanding at December 31, 2010

     —          —     
    


 


 

All restricted stock units were fully vested as of December 31, 2009.

 

Stock Option Plan — Effective May 31, 2006, the Board of Directors of the Company adopted the 2006 Stock Option Plan (the “2006 Plan”). The Company’s stock option plan permits the granting of options to directors, employees, and certain independent contractors. The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors generally has the authority to select individuals who are to receive options and to specify the terms and conditions of each option so granted, including the number of shares covered by the option, the exercise price,

 

F-28


Table of Contents

vesting provisions, and the overall option term. A total of 7,395,840 shares of common stock have been reserved for issuance under the 2006 Plan. All of the options issued pursuant to the 2006 Plan expire ten years from the date of grant.

 

As of December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, options to purchase 6,378,584, 3,827,312 and 3,974,560 shares of common stock, respectively, were issued and outstanding under the 2006 Plan. The stock-based compensation charge related to stock option grants for 2010, 2009 and 2008 was $2,939, $1,560 and $1,493, respectively. A summary of stock option activity as of December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, and changes during the years then ended is presented below:

 

     Number of
Options


    Weighted
Average
Exercise Price


     Aggregate
Intrinsic Value


 

Options outstanding at January 1, 2008

     4,018,472      $  2.58       $ 26,852   

Options granted

     140,888        9.26         (706

Options exercised

     (12,000     1.52         (33

Options forfeited/cancelled

     (172,800     3.30         (429
    


 


  


Options outstanding at December 31, 2008

     3,974,560      $ 2.79       $ 5,825   
    


 


  


Options granted

     68,000        4.63         76   

Options forfeited/cancelled

     (215,248     3.40         (429
    


 


  


Options outstanding at December 31, 2009

     3,827,312      $ 2.30       $ 13,277   
    


 


  


Options granted

     2,774,952        5.77         3,064   

Options exercised

     (5,600     4.63         (13

Options forfeited/cancelled

     (218,080     2.98         (850
    


 


  


Options outstanding at December 31, 2010

     6,378,584      $ 3.79       $ 19,708   
    


 


  


Options vested and exercisable at December 31, 2010

     3,307,464        2.08         15,861   

Options expected to vest

     2,608,488        5.61         3,309   

 

The fair value of each option award is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option valuation model. The Company recognizes the fair value of each option as compensation expense ratably using the straight-line method over the service period (generally the vesting period). The Black-Scholes model incorporates the following assumptions:

 

a. Expected volatility — the Company estimates the volatility of common stock at the date of grant using historical volatility of peer public companies. The expected volatility was 43%, 49% and 45% in 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

 

b. Expected term — the Company estimates the expected term of options granted using the simplified method of determining expected term as outlined in SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin 107 as used for grants. The expected term was 6.25 years in 2010, 2009 and 2008.

 

c. Risk-free interest rate — the Company estimates the risk-free interest rate using the U.S. Treasury yield curve for periods equal to the expected term of the options in effect at the time of grant. The risk-free rate was approximately 1.78%, 3.0% and 3.4% in 2010, 2009 and 2008.

 

d. Dividends — the Company uses an expected dividend yield of zero since it has never declared or paid any dividends on its common stock. The Company intends to retain any earnings to fund future growth and the operation of its business and, therefore, does not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

 

Additionally, the Company estimates forfeitures at the time of grant and revises those estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. It uses a combination of historical data and other factors to estimate pre-vesting option forfeitures and record share-based compensation expense only for those awards that are expected to vest.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 there was $6,650, $1,837 and $2,879, respectively, of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested share-based compensation awards granted under the plan. That cost is expected to be recognized over the next 2 years using the weighted average method.

 

During the fourth quarter of 2010, the Company modified certain parameters pertaining to the stock option award issued on August 13, 2010. Summary of the key terms of the modification follows:

 

     After
modification


     Before
modification


 

Number of grantees

     20         20   

Number of options granted

     604,960         552,000   

Strike price

   $ 6.88       $ 4.63   

 

The modification had no impact on the estimated costs related to the stock options issued on August 13, 2010.

 

14. EARNINGS PER SHARE

 

Basic EPS is computed by dividing the net income applicable to common stockholders for the period by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the same period. Our Series A-1 Preferred, Series A-2 Preferred, Series A-3 Preferred, restricted stock units and puttable common stock are considered participating securities since these securities have non-forfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents during the contractual period of the award and thus require the two-class method of computing EPS. When calculating diluted EPS, the numerator is computed by adding back the undistributed earnings allocated to the participating securities in arriving at the basic EPS and then reallocating such undistributed earnings among the company’s common stock, participating securities and the potential common shares that result from the assumed exercise of all dilutive options. The denominator is increased to include the number of additional common shares that would have been outstanding had the options been issued.

 

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share as follows:

 

     2010

    2009

    2008

 

Numerator for common earnings per share:

                        

Net income

   $ 28,308      $ 13,528      $ 4,050   

Accretion of preferred stock

     (1,432     (4,423     (3,941

Net income allocated to participating securities

     (17,984     (5,201     (63

Effect on income available from redemption of preferred stock

     5,418        —          —     
    


 


 


Numerator for basic (common) earnings per share

     14,310        3,904        46   

Effect on income available from reallocation of options

     996        224        3   
    


 


 


Numerator for diluted (common) earnings per share

   $ 15,306      $ 4,128      $ 49   
    


 


 


Numerator for (puttable common) earnings per share:

                        

Net income allocated to basic (puttable common)

     118        36        0   

Effect on income available from reallocation of options

     (7     (2     (0
    


 


 


Numerator for diluted (puttable common) earnings per share

     111        34        0   
    


 


 


Denominator for basic (common) earnings per share:

                        

Weighted average common shares outstanding

     17,056        16,719        16,050   

Effect of dilutive securities:

                        

Stock options

     2,258        1,755        1,930   
    


 


 


Denominator for diluted (common) earnings per share

     19,314        18,474        17,980   
    


 


 


Denominator for basic and diluted (puttable common) earnings per share:

                        

Weighted average puttable common shares outstanding

     141        153        114   
    


 


 


 

F-30


Table of Contents
     2010

     2009

     2008

 

Earnings per share:

                          

Basic (common)

   $ 0.84       $ 0.23       $ 0.00   

Basic (puttable common)

     0.84         0.23         0.00   

Diluted (common)

     0.79         0.22         0.00   

Diluted (puttable common)

     0.79         0.22         0.00   

Excluded Options due to Anti-Dilutive

     1,803         —           574   

 

Pro Forma Net Income per Share (Unaudited) — Upon completion of the planned initial public offering the Series A-1 Preferred, Series A-2 Preferred and Series A-3 Preferred convert into common shares. This conversion would have a significant impact on net income per share calculation.

 

Therefore, pro forma basic and diluted net income per share were computed using the as-if converted method as though the conversion had occurred as of the beginning of the period.

 

The following table presents the calculation of basic and diluted pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share:

 

     2010

 

Net Income

     28,308   

Effect on income available from redemption of preferred stock

     5,418   
    


Adjusted Net Income

     33,726   

Weighted average common shares outstanding

     17,056   

Add: Adjustments to reflect the weighted average effect of the assumed conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock and puttable commons shares

     21,434   
    


Denominator for basic earnings per share

     38,490   

Effect of dilutive securities

        

Stock Options

     2,258   
    


Denominator for diluted earnings per share

     40,748   

Earning per share:

        

Basic

     0.88   

Diluted

     0.83   

 

15. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

Leases — The Company leases office space under operating leases, which expire at various dates through 2018. Certain leases contain renewal provisions and generally require the Company to pay utilities, insurance, taxes, and other operating expenses. Rent expense under operating lease agreements for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 was $6,724, $6,399, and $8,383 respectively. Future minimum rental payments under operating leases that have initial or remaining lease terms in excess of one year as of December 31, 2010 are as follows:

 

Year ending December 31,


   Operating
Leases


 

2011

   $ 9,553   

2012

     7,334   

2013

     4,150   

2014

     1,558   

2015

     634   

Thereafter

     988   
    


Total minimum lease payments

   $ 24,217   
    


 

F-31


Table of Contents

Employee Loan Program — Starting in third quarter of 2006, the Company started to guarantee bank loans for certain of its key employees. Under the conditions of the guarantees, the Company is required to maintain a security deposit of 30% of the value of loans outstanding at each reporting date. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, the total commitment of the Company under these guarantees was $1,222 and $1,511, respectively. The Company estimates a probability of material losses under the program as remote, therefore, no provision for losses was recognized for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009.

 

Litigation — From time to time, the Company is involved with litigation, claims or other contingencies. Management is not aware of any such matters, except as described below, that would have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements of the Company.

 

In September 2010, the Company entered into a Settlement Agreement and Release (“Agreement”) with a former officer and their related parties (“Plaintiffs”). In consideration and exchange for the releases, promises, and other covenants given by the Plaintiffs in this agreement, and for the purchase by the Company of all the EPAM common stock held by the Plaintiffs, the Company agreed to make a one-time aggregate cash payment of $9 million to the Plaintiffs. The Company has determined that the fair value of 986,352 shares of common stock at the time of settlement was $6.48 per share, or roughly $6.4 million, which was recorded as treasury stock within Stockholders’ Equity. The remaining amount of $2.6 million was recorded as a current period expense within other operating expenses. Subsequently, the Company reissued 673,184 shares to the existing A-3 stockholders at $6.48 per share, and 313,168 shares to existing A-2 stockholders also at $6.48 per share.

 

16. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

We have evaluated subsequent events occurring through January 23, 2012 which is the date the consolidated financial statements are issued.

 

On January 19, 2012, the Company effected an 8 to 1 stock split of the Company’s common stock. All shares of common stock and stock options to purchase common stock and per share information presented in the consolidated financial statements have been adjusted to reflect the stock split on a retroactive basis for all periods presented. The Company will make a cash payment to common stockholders for all fractional shares, if any, which would otherwise be required to be issued as a result of the stock split. There is no change in the par value of the Company’s common stock. The ratio by which shares of preferred stock are convertible into shares of common stock has been adjusted to reflect the effects of the common stock split, such that each share of preferred stock is convertible into eight shares of common stock.

 

******

 

F-32


Table of Contents

EPAM SYSTEMS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(Unaudited)

     As of
September 30,
2011


    As of
December 31,
2010


 
     (in thousands, except share
and per share data)
 
Assets                 

Current assets

                

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 67,399      $ 54,004   

Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $2,013 and $1,671, respectively

     50,927        41,488   

Unbilled revenues

     33,417        23,883   

Prepaid and other current assets

     4,880        5,750   

Deferred tax assets, current

     2,806        3,122   
    


 


Total current assets

     159,429        128,247   

Property and equipment, net

     34,063        25,338   

Restricted cash

     2,370        2,438   

Intangible assets, net

     1,392        2,023   

Goodwill

     8,196        10,032   

Deferred tax assets, long-term

     2,257        2,294   

Other long-term assets

     2,051        486   
    


 


Total assets

   $ 209,758      $ 170,858   
    


 


Liabilities                 

Current liabilities

                

Accounts payable

   $ 1,885      $ 2,001   

Accrued expenses

     15,845        15,031   

Deferred revenue

     3,981        5,151   

Due to employees

     10,009        5,685   

Taxes payable, current

     8,010        7,528   

Deferred tax liabilities, current

     —          331   

Other liabilities

     79        —     
    


 


Total current liabilities

     39,809        35,727   

Deferred tax liabilities, long-term

     171        173   

Taxes payable, long-term

     1,026        —     
    


 


Total liabilities

     41,006        35,900   
    


 


Commitments and contingencies (See Note 7)

                

Preferred stock $.001 par value; 5,000,000 authorized; 2,054,935 Series A-1 convertible redeemable preferred stock issued and outstanding; $.001 par value 945,114 authorized 384,804 Series A-2 convertible redeemable preferred stock issued and outstanding at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010

     85,940        68,377   

Puttable common stock, $.001 par value, 18,112 and 56,896 issued and outstanding at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively

     133        332   

Stockholders’ equity

                

Common stock, $.001 par value; 160,000,000 authorized; 18,857,712 and 18,810,112 shares issued, 17,140,792 and 17,054,408 shares outstanding at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively

     17        17   

Preferred stock, $.001 par value; 290,277 authorized Series A-3 convertible preferred stock issued and outstanding at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010

              

Additional paid-in capital

     21,612        36,750   

Retained earnings

     79,687        47,718   

Treasury stock

     (15,972     (15,972

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (2,665     (2,264
    


 


Total stockholders’ equity

     82,679        66,249   
    


 


Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 209,758      $ 170,858   
    


 


The accompanying notes are an integral part of the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

EPAM SYSTEMS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

(Unaudited)

 

     For the
Nine Months Ended
September 30,


 
     2011

    2010

 
     (in thousands, except
per share data)
 

Revenues

   $ 239,401      $ 151,050   

Operating expenses:

                

Cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)

     145,948        92,403   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     46,420        31,574   

Depreciation and amortization expense

     5,732        4,519   

Goodwill impairment loss

     1,697        —     

Other operating expenses, net

     23        2,614   
    


 


Income from operations

     39,581        19,940   

Interest income

     986        482   

Interest expense

     (37     (64

Other income

     51        —     

Foreign exchange (loss)

     (3,138     (1,429
    


 


Income before provision for income taxes

     37,443        18,929   

Provision for income taxes

     5,474        2,251   
    


 


Net income

   $ 31,969      $ 16,678   
    


 


Accretion of preferred stock

     (17,563     (1,432

Net income allocated to participating securities

     (12,010     (11,450

Effect on income available from redemption of preferred stock

     —          5,418   
    


 


Net income available for common stockholders

     2,396        9,214   

Net income per share of common stock:

                

Basic (common)

   $ 0.14      $ 0.54   

Basic (puttable common)

   $ 0.40      $ 0.58   

Diluted (common)

   $ 0.14      $ 0.51   

Diluted (puttable common)

   $ 0.37      $ 0.54   

Shares used in calculation of net income per share of common stock:

                

Basic (common)

     17,078        17,057   

Basic (puttable common)

     44        149   

Diluted (common)

     20,156        19,032   

Diluted (puttable common)

     44        149   

Pro forma net income per share of common stock:

                

Basic

   $ 0.82           

Diluted

   $ 0.74           

Shares used in calculation of pro forma net income per share of common stock:

                

Basic

     38,962           

Diluted

     43,334           

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

EPAM SYSTEMS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Unaudited)

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,

 
             2011        

            2010        

 
     (in thousands)  

Cash flows from operating activities:

                

Net income

   $ 31,969      $ 16,678   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

                

Depreciation and amortization

     5,732        4,519   

Bad debt expense

     361        21   

Deferred taxes

     71        —     

Stock-based compensation

     2,154        1,753   

Goodwill impairment loss

     1,697        —     

Other

     517        52   

Change in operating assets and liabilities (net of effects of acquisitions):

                

(Increase)/decrease in:

                

Accounts receivable

     (9,920     (2,792

Unbilled revenues

     (9,903     (19,871

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     19        585   

Increase/(decrease) in:

                

Accounts payable

     (437     (2,408

Accrued expenses

     691        4,217   

Deferred revenue

     (1,097     (1,061

Due to employees

     4,412        2,034   

Taxes payable

     1,809        (1,995

Other liabilities

     79        —     
    


 


Net cash provided by operating activities

     28,154        1,732   
    


 


Cash flows from investing activities:

                

Purchases of property and equipment

     (12,852     (5,904

Payment for construction of building in Minsk

     (710     —     

(Increase) in restricted cash and other long-term assets, net

     —          (2,204

Acquisition of business, net of cash acquired

     —          (412
    


 


Net cash used in investing activities

     (13,562     (8,520
    


 


Cash flows from financing activities:

                

Purchase of treasury stock

     —          (452

Purchases of Series A-2 convertible redeemable preferred stock

     —          (15,050

Proceeds from issue of Series A-3 convertible preferred stock, net of costs

     —          14,971   

Costs related to potential stock issue

     (1,175 )     —     

Proceeds related to line of credit

     5,000        —     

Repayment related to line of credit

     (5,000 )       (7,000

Other

     72       (59
    


 


Net cash used in financing activities

     (1,103 )     (7,590
    


 


Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     (94     (392
    


 


Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     13,395        (14,770

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year–January 1

     54,004        52,927   
    


 


Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

   $ 67,399      $ 38,157   
    


 


 

Summary of non-cash investing and financing transactions:

 

   

Accretion of Series A-1 convertible redeemable preferred stock was $0 in 2011 and $1,432 in 2010.

 

   

Accretion of Series A-2 convertible redeemable preferred stock was $17,563 in 2011 and $0 in 2010.

 

   

Total incurred but not paid costs related to stock issue were $341 in 2011 and $0 in 2010.

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

EPAM SYSTEMS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unaudited)

(US DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)

 

1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION

 

The accompanying unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America and Article 10 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements (and notes thereto) for the year ended December 31, 2010. In our opinion, all adjustments considered necessary for a fair presentation of the accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been included, and all adjustments are of a normal and recurring nature. Operating results for the interim periods are not necessarily indicative of results that may be expected to occur for the entire year.

 

Principles of Consolidation — The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of EPAM Systems Inc. and its subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.

 

Use of Estimates — The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions affect reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements, as well as revenues and expenses during the reporting period. The Company bases its estimates and judgments on historical experience, knowledge of current conditions and its beliefs of what could occur in the future, given available information. Actual results could differ from those estimates, and such differences may be material to the financial statements.

 

2. GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS—NET

 

As a result of an operating loss in the Other reporting unit for the three months ended June 30, 2011, the Company performed a goodwill impairment test. In assessing impairment in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification, (“ASC”) No. 350, “Intangibles-Goodwill and Other,” the Company determined that the fair value of the Other reporting unit, based on the total of the expected future discounted cash flows directly related to the reporting unit, was below the carrying value of the reporting unit. The Company completed the second step of the goodwill impairment test, resulting in an impairment charge of $1,697. The Company does not believe it is necessary to perform an impairment test for the remaining reporting units since they continue to demonstrate strong earnings growth and operating margins, and no indicators of impairment currently exist.

 

Changes in goodwill for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 are as follows:

 

     North America

     EU

     Russia

    Other

    Total

 

Goodwill as of December 31, 2010

   $ 2,286       $ 2,864       $ 3,185      $ 1,697      $ 10,032   

Goodwill write off

     —           —           —          (1,697     (1,697

Effect of net foreign currency exchange rate changes

     —           —           (139     —          (139
    


  


  


 


 


Goodwill as of September 30, 2011

   $ 2,286       $ 2,864       $ 3,046        —        $ 8,196   
    


  


  


 


 


 

 

F-36


Table of Contents

All of the intangible assets have finite lives and as such are subject to amortization. Amortization of intangibles for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010 was $639 and $752, respectively.

 

Components of intangible assets as of September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, were as follows:

 

    
     September 30, 2011

 
     Weighted average
life at acquisition


     Gross
carrying
amount


     Accumulated
amortization


    Net
carrying
amount


 

Client relationships

     5 years       $ 3,924       $ (2,856   $ 1,068   

Developed technology

     3 years         355         (355     —     

Trade name

     8 years         415         (91     324   
             


  


 


              $ 4,694       $ (3,302   $ 1,392   
             


  


 


 

    
     December 31, 2010

 
     Weighted average
life at acquisition


     Gross
carrying
amount


     Accumulated
amortization


    Net
carrying
amount


 

Client relationships

     5 years       $ 3,994       $ (2,339   $ 1,655   

Developed technology

     3 years         355         (355     —     

Trade name

     8 years         415         (47     368   
             


  


 


              $ 4,764       $ (2,741   $ 2,023   
             


  


 


 

Estimated future amortization expenses of the Company’s existing intangible assets as of September 30, 2011 are as follows:

 

     Amount

 

Rest of 2011

   $ 141   

2012

     560   

2013

     393   

2014

     165   

Thereafter

     133   
    


Total

   $ 1,392   
    


 

3. INCOME TAXES

 

The variation in the customary relationship between income tax expense and income before income taxes relates primarily to an increase in our clients’ need for onsite resources in North America and the United Kingdom, which increased our consolidated effective tax rate, and a relative shift in offshore services performed in Belarus, where we are currently entitled to a 100% exemption from Belarusian income tax, to Ukraine and, to a lesser extent, Russia, both of which have significantly higher tax rates.

 

4. RESTRICTED CASH

 

Restricted cash consists of the following:

 

     September 30, 2011

     December 31, 2010

 

Security deposits under client contracts.

   $ 1,825       $ 1,819   

Deposit under Employee Loan Programs

     438         512   

Security deposit under operating leases

     107         107   
    


  


Total

   $ 2,370       $ 2,438   
    


  


 

At September 30, 2011, security deposits under client contracts included fixed amounts placed in respect of letters of credit and a bank guarantee intended to secure appropriate performance under respective contracts. The Company estimates the probability of non-performance under the contracts as remote, therefore, no provision for losses has been created in respect of this amount as of September 30, 2011.

 

Included in restricted cash as of September 30, 2011 were deposits of $438 placed in connection with certain employee loan programs (See Note 7).

 

F-37


Table of Contents

5. LONG-TERM DEBT

 

Revolving Line of Credit  — In November 2006, the Company entered into a revolving credit loan and security agreement (collectively “Credit Facility” or “Facility”) with a bank (the “Bank”). The Credit Facility is comprised of a five year revolving line of credit pursuant to which the Company can borrow up to $7,000 at any point in time based on borrowing availability, as defined, at LIBOR plus 1.25%. The facility expires on October 15, 2013. The maximum borrowing availability under the Facility is based upon a percentage of eligible accounts receivable and US cash. On July 25, 2011, the Company and the Bank agreed to amend the Facility to increase the borrowing capacity to $30,000. As of September 30, 2011, the borrowing capacity was $27,204.

 

The Facility is collateralized by 85% of US trade receivables, as defined, and US cash representing the lesser of (a) available cash on hand, and (b) $10,000, $5,000 and $0 for the periods ending December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively. The Facility contains affirmative and negative covenants, including financial and coverage ratios. As of September 30, 2011, the Company had no outstanding borrowing under the facility and was in compliance with all debt covenants as of that date.

 

6. EARNINGS PER SHARE

 

Basic EPS is computed by dividing the net income applicable to common stockholders for the period by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the same period. Our Series A-1 Preferred, Series A-2 Preferred, Series A-3 Preferred, restricted stock units and puttable common stock are considered participating securities since these securities have non-forfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents during the contractual period of the award and thus require the two-class method of computing EPS. When calculating diluted EPS, the numerator is computed by adding back the undistributed earnings allocated to the participating securities in arriving at the basic EPS and then reallocating such undistributed earnings among the Company’s common stock, participating securities and the potential common shares that result from the assumed exercise of all dilutive options. The denominator is increased to include the number of additional common shares that would have been outstanding had the options been issued.

 

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share as follows:

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,

 
     2011

    2010

 

Numerator for common earnings per share:

                

Net income

   $ 31,969      $ 16,678   

Accretion of preferred stock

     (17,563     (1,432

Net income allocated to participating securities

     (12,010     (11,450

Effect on income available from redemption of preferred stock

     —          5,418   
    


 


Numerator for basic (common) earnings per share

     2,396        9,214   

Effect on income available from reallocation of options

     4,515        540   
    


 


Numerator for diluted (common) earnings per share

   $ 6,911      $ 9,754   
    


 


Numerator for (puttable common) earnings per share:

                

Net income allocated to basic (puttable common)

     17        87   

Effect on income available from reallocation of options

     (1     (5
    


 


Numerator for diluted (puttable common) earnings per share

     16        82   
    


 


Denominator for basic (common) earnings per share:

                

Weighted average common shares outstanding

     17,078        17,057   

Effect of dilutive securities:

                

Stock options

     3,078        1,975   
    


 


Denominator for diluted (common) earnings per share

     20,156        19,032   
    


 


Denominator for basic and diluted (puttable common) earnings per share:

                

Weighted average puttable common shares outstanding

     44        149   
    


 


Earnings per share:

                

Basic (common)

   $ 0.14      $ 0.54   

Basic (puttable common)

     0.40        0.58   

Diluted (common)

     0.14        0.51   

Diluted (puttable common)

     0.37        0.54   

Excluded Options due to Anti-Dilutive

     600        316   

 

 

F-38


Table of Contents

Pro Forma Net Income per Share (Unaudited)  — Upon completion of the planned initial public offering the Series A-1 Preferred, Series A-2 Preferred and Series A-3 Preferred convert into common shares. This conversion would have a significant impact on net income per share calculation.

 

Therefore, pro forma basic and diluted net income per share were computed using the as-if converted method as though the conversion had occurred as of the beginning of the period.

 

The following table presents the calculation of basic and diluted pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share:

 

     Nine Months
Ended
September 30,


 
     2011

 

Net Income

     31,969   

Weighted average common shares outstanding

    
17,078
  

Add: Adjustments to reflect the weighted average effect of the assumed conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock and puttable commons shares

     21,884   
    


Denominator for basic earnings per share

     38,962   

Effect of dilutive securities

        

Stock Options

     4,372   
    


Denominator for diluted earnings per share

     43,334   

Earning per share:

        

Basic

     0.82   

Diluted

     0.74   

 

7. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

Leases — The Company leases office space under operating leases, which expire at various dates through 2018. Certain leases contain renewal provisions and generally require the Company to pay utilities, insurance, taxes, and other operating expenses. Rent expense under operating lease agreements for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010 was $6,335 and $4,876, respectively. Future minimum rental payments under operating leases that have initial or remaining lease terms in excess of one year as of September 30, 2011 are as follows:

 

     Amount

 

Rest of 2011

   $ 2,096   

2012

     6,658   

2013

     3,935   

2014

     2,423   

2015

     1,275   

Thereafter

     3,320   
    


Total minimum lease

   $ 19,707   
    


 

Total future minimum lease payments exclude rental income of $917 due under noncancelable subleases.

 

Employee Loan Program — Starting in third quarter of 2006, the Company started to guarantee bank loans for certain of its key employees. Under the conditions of the guarantees, the Company is required to maintain a

 

F-39


Table of Contents

security deposit of 30% of the value of loans outstanding at each reporting date. As of September 30, 2011 the total commitment of the Company under these guarantees was $917. The Company estimates a probability of material losses under the program as remote, therefore, no provision for losses was recognized for the three months ended September 30, 2011.

 

Litigation — From time to time, the Company is involved with litigation, claims or other contingencies. Management is not aware of any such matters that would have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements of the Company.

 

8. COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 

The components of accumulated other comprehensive income as of September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010 were as follows:

 

     September 30,
2011


    December 31,
2010


 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

   $ (2,665   $ (2,264
    


 


Total accumulated other comprehensive income

   $ (2,665   $ (2,264
    


 


 

The components of comprehensive income for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010 were as follows:

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,

 
     2011

    2010

 

Comprehensive income:

                

Net income

   $ 31,969      $ 16,678   

Foreign currency translation adjustments

     (401     (265
    


 


Total comprehensive income

   $ 31,568      $ 16,413   
    


 


 

9. SEGMENT INFORMATION

 

Our reportable segments are: North America, Europe, Russia and Other. This determination is based on the unique business practices and market specifics of each region and that each region engages in business activities from which it earns revenues and incurs expenses. Our chief operating decision maker evaluates the Company’s performance and allocates resources based on segment revenues and operating profit. Segment operating profit is defined as income from operations before unallocated costs. Generally, operating expenses for each operating segment have similar characteristics and are subject to similar factors, pressures and challenges. Expenses included in segment operating profit consist principally of direct selling and delivery costs as well as an allocation of certain shared services expenses. Certain expenses are not specifically allocated to specific segments as management does not believe it is practical to allocate such costs to individual segments because they are not directly attributable to any specific segment. Further, stock based compensation expense is not allocated to individual segments in internal management reports used by the chief operating decision maker. Accordingly, these expenses are separately disclosed as “unallocated” and adjusted only against our total income from operations.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

Revenues from external customers and segment operating profit, before unallocated expenses, for the North America, Europe, Russia and Other reportable segments for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, are as follows:

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,

 
     2011

     2010

 

Total segment revenues:

                 

North America

   $ 109,390       $ 76,162   

Europe

     87,804         45,485   

Russia

     32,787         21,222   

Other

     9,210         8,012   
    


  


Total segment revenues

   $ 239,191       $ 150,881   
    


  


Segment operating profit:

                 

North America

   $ 25,812       $ 19,735   

Europe

     17,697         9,589   

Russia

     7,156         389   

Other

     1,383         660   
    


  


Total segment operating profit

   $ 52,048       $ 30,373   
    


  


 

Intersegment transactions were excluded from the above on the basis they are neither included into the measure of a segment’s profit and loss by the chief operating decision maker, nor provided to the chief operating decision maker on a regular basis.

 

Reconciliation of segment revenues and operating profit to consolidated income from operations is presented below:

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,

 
     2011

     2010

 

Total segment revenues

   $ 239,191       $ 150,881   

Unallocated revenue

     210         169   
    


  


Revenues

   $ 239,401       $ 151,050   
    


  


 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,

 
     2011

    2010

 

Total segment operating profit

     $52,048      $ 30,373   

Unallocated amounts:

                

Other revenues

     210        169   

Stock-based compensation expense

     (2,154     (1,754

Legal settlement

     —          (2,609

Non-corporate taxes

     (2,179     (1,322

Professional fees

     (2,193     (1,053

Depreciation and amortization

     (668     (768

Bank charges

     (529     (411

Goodwill impairment loss

     (1,697     —     

Other corporate expenses

     (3,257     (2,685
    


 


Income from operations

   $ 39,581      $ 19,940   
    


 


 

F-41


Table of Contents

Geographic Area Information

 

Management has determined that it is not practical to allocate identifiable assets by segment since such assets are used interchangeably amongst the segments. Geographical information about the Company’s long-lived assets based on physical location of the assets is:

 

     As of September 30,
2011


     As of December 31,
2010


 

Belarus

   $ 25,025       $ 20,377   

Ukraine

     4,103         2,223   

Russia

     1,782         1,263   

United States

     1,453         386   

Hungary

     1,095         704   

Other

     605         385   
    


  


Total

   $ 34,063       $ 25,338   
    


  


 

Long-lived assets include property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization.

 

Information about the Company’s revenues by client location is as follows:

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,


 
     2011

     2010

 

United States

   $ 118,419       $ 81,091   

United Kingdom

     50,267         21,545   

Russia

     31,041         21,239   

Switzerland

     11,153         6,376   

Kazakhstan

     5,600         5,206   

Germany

     5,029         5,233   

Sweden

     3,958         1,727   

Netherlands

     3,189         3,932   

Other locations

     6,433         2,719   

Reimbursable expenses and other revenues

     4,312         1,982   
    


  


Revenues

   $ 239,401       $ 151,050   
    


  


 

Revenues by client location differ from the segment information above, which is not solely based on the geographic location of the clients but rather is based on managerial responsibility for a particular client regardless of where the client is located.

 

Service Offering Information

 

Information about the Company’s revenues by service offering is as follows:

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,

 
     2011

     2010

 

Software development

   $ 157,025       $ 103,055   

Application testing services

     48,523         30,540   

Application maintenance and support

     20,502         13,110   

Infrastructure services

     6,353         1,270   

Licensing

     2,686         1,093   

Reimbursable expenses and other revenues

     4,312         1,982   
    


  


Revenues

   $ 239,401       $ 151,050   
    


  


 

F-42


Table of Contents

10. STOCK COMPENSATION

 

Stock Option Plan — Effective May 31, 2006, the Board of Directors of the Company adopted the 2006 Stock Option Plan (the “2006 Plan”). As of September 30, 2011, a total of 7,395,840 shares of common stock have been reserved for issuance under the 2006 Plan.

 

The following costs related to the Company’s stock compensation plan are included in the unaudited consolidated statements of income:

 

     Nine Months Ended
September  30,

 
         2011    

         2010    

 

Cost of revenues

   $ 947       $ 774   

Sales, general and administrative

     1,207         979   
    


  


Total

   $ 2,154       $ 1,753   
    


  


 

Stock option activity under the Company’s plans is set forth below:

 

     Number of
Options


    Weighted
Average


     Aggregate
Intrinsic Value


 

Options outstanding at December 31, 2010

     6,378,584      $ 3.79       $ 19,708   

Options granted

     600,000        14.00         (975

Options exercised

     (47,600     1.52         (517

Options forfeited/cancelled

     (229,600     5.49         (1,581
    


                

Options outstanding at September 30, 2011

     6,701,384      $ 4.66       $ 51,718   
    


                

Options vested and exercisable at September 30, 2011

     3,940,640        2.70         38,140   

Options expected to vest

     2,469,256        7.36         12,396   

 

The fair value of each option award is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option valuation model. The Company recognizes the fair value of each option as compensation expense ratably using the straight-line method over the service period (generally the vesting period). The Black-Scholes model for the 600,000 options granted in July, 2011 incorporates the following assumptions:

 

a. Expected volatility — the Company estimates the volatility of common stock at the date of grant using historical volatility of peer public companies. The expected volatility was 43.0%.

 

b. Expected term — the Company estimates the expected term of options granted using the simplified method of determining expected term as outlined in SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin 107 as used for grants. The expected term was 6.25 years.

 

c. Risk-free interest rate — the Company estimates the risk-free interest rate using the U.S. Treasury yield curve for periods equal to the expected term of the options in effect at the time of grant. The risk-free rate was approximately 2.1%.

 

d. Dividends — the Company uses an expected dividend yield of zero since it has never declared or paid any dividends on its common stock. The Company intends to retain any earnings to fund future growth and the operation of its business and, therefore, does not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

 

Additionally, the Company estimates forfeitures at the time of grant and revises those estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. It uses a combination of historical data and other factors to estimate pre-vesting option forfeitures and record share-based compensation expense only for those awards that are expected to vest.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

As of September 30, 2011 and 2010 there was $7,328 and $10,667, respectively, of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested share-based compensation awards granted under the plan. That cost is expected to be recognized over the next 2 years using the weighted average method.

 

11. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

We have evaluated subsequent events occurring through January 23, 2012 which is the date the consolidated financial statements are issued.

 

On December 7, 2011, the Company entered into an agreement with IDEAB Project Eesti AS of approximately $17,209 for the construction of a 14,071 square meter office building within the High Technology Zone in Minsk, Belarus. The building is expected to be operational in the second half of 2012. In December 2011 the Company made an advance payment to IDEAB of $700.

 

On January 11, 2012 the Company approved the 2012 Long Term Incentive Plan (“2012 Plan”), which will be used to issue equity grants to employees. The Company authorized 9,246,800 shares of common stock to be reserved for issuance under the plan. This will be in addition to 733,808 shares that remained available for issuance under the 2006 Plan as of January 11, 2012 and which are available for issuance under the 2012 Plan, as well as remaining available for issuance under the 2006 Plan until the closing of this offering. In addition, up to 6,595,136 shares that are subject to outstanding awards under the 2006 Plan and that expire or terminate for any reason prior to exercise or that would otherwise return to the 2006 Plan’s share reserve will be available for awards to be granted under the 2012 Plan.

 

On January 11, 2012 the Company approved the 2012 Non-Employee Directors Compensation Plan (“2012 Directors Plan”), which will be used to issue equity grants to our non-employee directors. The Company authorized 600,000 shares of common stock to be reserved for issuance under the plan. The 2012 Directors Plan will expire after ten years and will be administered by the Company’s board of directors. On January 18, 2012, the Company issued 11,764 shares of commons stock to our non-employee directors with an unrecognized compensation cost of $200.

 

On January 16, 2012 the Company issued 194,800 shares of restricted stock to one of its executives with an unrecognized compensation cost of $3,312.

 

On January 19, 2012, the Company effected an 8 to 1 stock split of the Company’s common stock. All shares of common stock and stock options to purchase common stock and per share information presented in the consolidated financial statements have been adjusted to reflect the stock split on a retroactive basis for all periods presented. The Company will make a cash payment to common stockholders for all fractional shares, if any, which would otherwise be required to be issued as a result of the stock split. There is no change in the par value of the Company’s common stock. The ratio by which shares of preferred stock are convertible into shares of common stock has been adjusted to reflect the effects of the common stock split, such that each share of preferred stock is convertible into eight shares of common stock.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

 

7,400,000 Shares

 

EPAM Systems, Inc.

 

Common Stock

 

LOGO

 


 

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

 

                    , 2012

 


 

Citigroup   UBS Investment Bank   Barclays Capital  

RenCap

 


 

Stifel Nicolaus Weisel

Cowen and Company

 


 

Until                     , 2012 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade shares of our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 



Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

 

     Amount
to Be Paid


 

Registration fee

   $ 17,785   

FINRA filing fee

     15,818   

NYSE listing fee

     245,000   

Transfer agent’s fees

     16,800   

Printing and engraving expenses

     350,000   

Legal fees and expenses

     1,800,000   

Accounting fees and expenses

     900,000   

Miscellaneous

     454,597   
    


Total

   $ 3,800,000   
    



*   To be filed by amendment.

 

Each of the amounts set forth above, other than the registration fee and the FINRA filing fee, is an estimate.

 

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

 

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides that a corporation may indemnify directors and officers as well as other employees and individuals against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any threatened, pending or completed actions, suits or proceedings in which such person is made a party by reason of such person being or having been a director, officer, employee or agent to the registrant. The Delaware General Corporation Law provides that Section 145 is not exclusive of other rights to which those seeking indemnification may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise. Article 8 of the registrant’s third amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will be in effect on the closing of this offering, provides that the registrant must indemnify its directors and officers as well as directors or officers of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise serving at the request of the registrant, and may indemnify its employees and other agents, in each case to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL.

 

Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law permits a corporation to provide in its certificate of incorporation that a director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) for unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases, redemptions or other distributions, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. The registrant’s third amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will be in effect on the closing of this offering, provides for such limitation of liability.

 

The registrant maintains standard policies of insurance under which coverage is provided (a) to its directors and officers against loss rising from claims made by reason of breach of duty or other wrongful act, and (b) to the registrant with respect to payments which may be made by the registrant to such officers and directors pursuant to the above indemnification provision or otherwise as a matter of law.

 

The registrant intends to enter into indemnification agreements with each of its directors and executive officers. These agreements will provide that the registrant will indemnify each of its directors and such officers to the fullest extent permitted by law and by its certificate of incorporation or bylaws.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

The proposed form of underwriting agreement filed as Exhibit 1 to this registration statement provides for indemnification of directors and officers of the registrant by the underwriters against certain liabilities.

 

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

 

Since July 1, 2008, the registrant has sold the following securities without registration under the Securities Act of 1933:

 

Issuance of capital stock

 

On May 31, 2009, the Company issued 323,160 shares of common stock and 38,784 shares of puttable common stock to certain stockholders of Rodmon Systems, Inc. for an aggregate value of $1.9 million as consideration for the acquisition of the assets of Rodmon Systems, Inc. This issuance was exempt from registration under the Securities Act pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act. The recipients were sophisticated investors with access to information about our company provided by us in the course of negotiating the acquisition of assets.

 

On April 15, 2010, the Company raised approximately $15,050,000 through the sale of 290,277 shares of Series A-3 convertible redeemable preferred stock to Rainmeadow Holding Group for a purchase price of $51.85 per share. Each share of Series A-3 convertible preferred stock will convert into eight shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering. This issuance was exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act.

 

On August 20, 2010, the Company entered into an agreement with Instant Information Inc. to issue shares of common stock to Instant Information Inc. as consideration for the acquisition of the assets of Instant Information Inc, subject to certain revenue milestones or on the completion of an initial public offering by the Company. 53,336 shares of common stock are expected to be issued to Instant Information Inc. upon completion of this offering for an aggregate value of $906,712. This issuance was exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act. The recipient was an accredited investor within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act.

 

On September 30, 2010, the Company raised $4,362,707 through the private placement of 673,184 shares of common stock to Rainmeadow Holdings Limited. This issuance was exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act.

 

On October 6, 2010, the Company raised $2,029,549 through the private placement of 313,168 shares of common stock to Euroventures III Limited Partnership. This issuance was exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act. The recipient was an accredited investor within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act.

 

Grants and exercises of stock options, awards of restricted stock

 

Since January 1, 2008, we granted to our employees and consultants options to purchase an aggregate of 3,583,840 shares of common stock pursuant to our 2006 Stock Option Plan at exercise prices ranging from $4.63 to $14.00 per share for an aggregate exercise price of $25,380,911;

 

Since January 1, 2008, we issued and sold an aggregate of 65,200 shares of common stock upon the exercise of options issued to certain employees and consultants providers at exercise prices ranging from $1.52 to $4.63 per share, for an aggregate consideration of $116,250;

 

In January 2012 we issued 194,800 shares of restricted stock to one of our executive officers with an unrecognized compensation cost of $3,311,600. The recipient was an accredited investor within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act. In January 2012, we issued 11,764 shares of common stock to our non-employee directors with an unrecognized compensation cost of $200,000.

 

No underwriters were involved in the foregoing sales of securities. The issuances of the securities described above were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act and/or Regulation D or Rule 701 promulgated thereunder.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

(a) The following exhibits are filed as part of this registration statement:

 

Exhibit

Number


  

Description


  1.1            Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.1            Form of Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, to be in effect upon completion of this offering
  3.2            Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws to be in effect upon completion of this offering
  4.1            Form of Common Stock Certificate
  4.2          Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement dated February 19, 2008
  4.3          Registration Rights Agreement dated April 26, 2010
  5.1            Opinion of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP
  10.1          Revolving line of credit between EPAM Systems, Inc. and PNC Bank, National Association dated November 22, 2006
  10.2          Security Agreement between EPAM Systems, Inc. and PNC Bank, National Association dated November 22, 2006
  10.3          Borrowing Base Rider between EPAM Systems, Inc. and PNC Bank, National Association dated November 22, 2006
  10.4          First Amendment to loan documents between EPAM Systems, Inc. and PNC Bank, National Association dated September 30, 2010
  10.5          Amended and Restated Committed Line of Credit Note dated September 30, 2010
  10.6            EPAM Systems, Inc. Amended and Restated 2006 Stock Option Plan
  10.7            Form of EPAM Systems, Inc. 2006 Stock Option Plan Award Agreement (under the EPAM Systems, Inc. Amended and Restated 2006 Stock Option Plan)
  10.8          Series A-2 Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement
  10.9          Series A-3 Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement
  10.10          Second Amendment to loan documents between EPAM Systems, Inc. and PNC Bank, National Association dated July 25, 2011
  10.11          Second Amended and Restated Committed Line of Credit Note dated July 25, 2011
  10.12            EPAM Systems, Inc. 2012 Long Term Incentive Plan
  10.13            Form of Senior Management Non-Qualified Stock Option Award Agreement (under the EPAM Systems, Inc. 2012 Long Term Incentive Plan)
  10.14           

Restricted Stock Award Agreement by and between Karl Robb and EPAM Systems, Inc. dated January 16, 2012

  10.15            EPAM Systems, Inc. 2012 Non-Employee Directors Compensation Plan
  10.16            Form of Non-Employee Director Restricted Stock Award Agreement (under the EPAM Systems, Inc. 2012 Non-Employee Directors Compensation Plan)
  10.17            EPAM Systems, Inc. Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy

 

II-3


Table of Contents
  10.18           Form of Director Offer Letter
  10.19           Executive Employment Agreement by and between Arkadiy Dobkin and EPAM Systems, Inc. dated January 20, 2006 (expired except with respect to Section 8)
  10.20            Offer Letter by and between Ginger Mosier and EPAM Systems, Inc. dated February 24, 2010
  10.21            Employment Contract by and between Balazs Fejes and EPAM Systems (Switzerland) GmbH. dated June 15, 2009
  10.22            Consultancy Agreement by and between Landmark Business Development Limited, Balazs Fejes and EPAM Systems, Inc. dated January 20, 2006 (expired except with respect to Section 8)
  10.23            Consultancy Agreement by and between Landmark Business Development Limited, Karl Robb and EPAM Systems, Inc. dated January 20, 2006 (expired except with respect to Section 8)
  10.24            Form of nondisclosure, noncompete and nonsolicitation agreement
  10.25            Form of Indemnification Agreement
  10.26           

English translation of Agreement with IDEAB Project Eesti AS

  21.1          Subsidiaries of the Registrant
  23.1            Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
  23.2            Consent of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
  24.1          Power of Attorney (included on signature page)
  24.2            Power of Attorney (included on signature page)

  Previously filed

 

(b) The following financial statement schedule is filed as part of this registration statement:

 

None

 

Item 17. Undertakings

 

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

 

(a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

(b) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the provisions referenced in Item 14 of this registration statement, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered hereunder, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

(c) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 5 to this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Newtown, State of Pennsylvania, on the 23rd day of January, 2012.

 

EPAM S YSTEMS , I NC .

By:       /s/ A RKADIY D OBKIN
    Name:   Arkadiy Dobkin
    Title:   Chairman, CEO and President

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature


  

Title


 

Date


/ S / A RKADIY D OBKIN


   Chairman, CEO and President (principal executive officer)   January 23, 2012
Arkadiy Dobkin     

/ S / I LYA C ANTOR


Ilya Cantor

  

Chief Financial Officer

(principal financial officer and principal accounting officer)

  January 23, 2012

*


   Director   January 23, 2012
Karl Robb     

*


   Director   January 23, 2012
Andrew J. Guff     

*


   Director   January 23, 2012
Donald P. Spencer     

*


   Director   January 23, 2012
Ross Goodhart     

 

*By:

 

/ S / A RKADIY D OBKIN


    Arkadiy Dobkin, as Attorney-In-Fact

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints ARKADIY DOBKIN, ILYA CANTOR, GINGER MOSIER, and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement and any and all additional registration statements pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto each said attorney-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or either of them or their or his or her substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

 

 

II-6


Table of Contents

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature


  

Title


 

Date


/ S / R OBERT S EGERT


   Director   January 23, 2012
Robert Segert     

/ S / R ONALD V ARGO


Ronald Vargo

   Director   January 23, 2012

 

II-7


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number


  

Description


  1.1            Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.1            Form of Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, to be in effect upon completion of this offering
  3.2            Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws to be in effect upon completion of this offering
  4.1            Form of Common Stock Certificate
  4.2          Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement dated February 19, 2008
  4.3          Registration Rights Agreement dated April 26, 2010
  5.1            Opinion of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP
  10.1          Revolving line of credit between EPAM Systems, Inc. and PNC Bank, National Association dated November 22, 2006
  10.2          Security Agreement between EPAM Systems, Inc. and PNC Bank, National Association dated November 22, 2006
  10.3          Borrowing Base Rider between EPAM Systems, Inc. and PNC Bank, National Association dated November 22, 2006
  10.4          First Amendment to loan documents between EPAM Systems, Inc. and PNC Bank, National Association dated September 30, 2010
  10.5          Amended and Restated Committed Line of Credit Note dated September 30, 2010
  10.6            EPAM Systems, Inc. Amended and Restated 2006 Stock Option Plan
  10.7            Form of EPAM Systems, Inc. 2006 Stock Option Plan Award Agreement (under the EPAM Systems, Inc. Amended and Restated 2006 Stock Option Plan)
  10.8          Series A-2 Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement
  10.9          Series A-3 Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement
  10.10          Second Amendment to loan documents between EPAM Systems, Inc. and PNC Bank, National Association dated July 25, 2011
  10.11         

Second Amended and Restated Committed Line of Credit Note dated July 25, 2011

  10.12            EPAM Systems, Inc. 2012 Long Term Incentive Plan
  10.13            Form of Senior Management Non-Qualified Stock Option Award Agreement (under the EPAM Systems, Inc. 2012 Long Term Incentive Plan)
  10.14           

Restricted Stock Award Agreement by and between Karl Robb and EPAM Systems, Inc. dated January 16, 2012

  10.15            EPAM Systems, Inc. 2012 Non-Employee Directors Compensation Plan
  10.16            Form of Non-Employee Director Restricted Stock Award Agreement (under the EPAM Systems, Inc. 2012 Non-Employee Directors Compensation Plan)
  10.17            EPAM Systems, Inc. Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy
  10.18            Form of Director Offer Letter
  10.19            Executive Employment Agreement by and between Arkadiy Dobkin and EPAM Systems, Inc. dated January 20, 2006 (expired except with respect to Section 8)
  10.20            Offer Letter by and between Ginger Mosier and EPAM Systems, Inc. dated February 24, 2010
  10.21            Employment Contract by and between Balazs Fejes and EPAM Systems (Switzerland) GmbH. dated June 15, 2009


Table of Contents
  10.22            Consultancy Agreement by and between Landmark Business Development Limited, Balazs Fejes and EPAM Systems, Inc. dated January 20, 2006 (expired except with respect to Section 8)
  10.23            Consultancy Agreement by and between Landmark Business Development Limited, Karl Robb and EPAM Systems, Inc. dated January 20, 2006 (expired except with respect to Section 8)
  10.24            Form of nondisclosure, noncompete and nonsolicitation agreement
  10.25            Form of Indemnification Agreement
  10.26           

English translation of Agreement with IDEAB Project Eesti AS

  21.1          Subsidiaries of the Registrant
  23.1            Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
  23.2            Consent of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
  24.1          Power of Attorney (included on signature page)
  24.2            Power of Attorney (included on signature page)

  Previously filed

 

 

2

Exhibit 1.1

FORM OF UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

EPAM Systems, Inc.

             Shares

Common Stock

($         par value)

Underwriting Agreement

New York, New York

February [    ], 2012

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

UBS Securities LLC

Barclays Capital Inc.

Renaissance Securities (Cyprus) Limited

As Representatives of the several Underwriters,

c/o Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

388 Greenwich Street

New York, New York 10013

Ladies and Gentlemen:

EPAM Systems, Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of Delaware (the “Company”), proposes to issue and sell to the several underwriters named in Schedule I hereto (the “Underwriters”), for whom you (the “Representatives”) are acting as representatives, [            ] shares of common stock, $0.001 par value (“Common Stock”) of the Company, and the persons named in Schedule II hereto (the “Selling Stockholders”) propose to sell to the several Underwriters [                ] shares of Common Stock (said shares to be issued and sold by the Company and shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholders collectively being hereinafter called the “Underwritten Securities”). The Company also proposes to grant to the Underwriters an option to purchase up to [                    ] additional shares of Common Stock to cover over-allotments, if any (the “Option Securities”; the Option Securities, together with the Underwritten Securities, being hereinafter called the “Securities”). The use of the neuter in this Agreement shall include the feminine and masculine wherever appropriate. Certain terms used herein are defined in Section 20 hereof.

1. Representations and Warranties .

(i) The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, each Underwriter as set forth below in this Section 1.

(a) The Company has prepared and filed with the Commission a registration statement (file number 333-174827) on Form S-1, including a related preliminary prospectus, for registration under the Act of the offering and sale of the Securities. Such Registration Statement, including any amendments thereto


filed prior to the Execution Time, has become effective. The Company may have filed one or more amendments thereto, including a related preliminary prospectus, each of which has previously been furnished to you. The Company will file with the Commission a final prospectus in accordance with Rule 424(b). As filed, such final prospectus shall contain all information required by the Act and the rules thereunder and, except as otherwise required by law and after consultation with the Representatives, shall be in all substantive respects in the form furnished to you prior to the Execution Time or, to the extent not completed at the Execution Time, shall, except as otherwise required by law and after consultation with the Representatives, contain only such specific additional information and other changes (beyond that contained in the latest Preliminary Prospectus) as the Company has advised you, prior to the Execution Time, will be included or made therein.

(b)(i) On the Effective Date, the Registration Statement did, and when the Prospectus is first filed in accordance with Rule 424(b) and on the Closing Date (as defined herein) and on any date on which Option Securities are purchased, if such date is not the Closing Date (a “settlement date”), the Prospectus (and any supplement thereto) will, comply in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Act and the rules thereunder and (ii) on the Effective Date and at the Execution Time, the Registration Statement did not and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading; and on the date of any filing pursuant to Rule 424(b) and on the Closing Date and any settlement date, the Prospectus (together with any supplement thereto) will not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided , however , that the Company makes no representations or warranties as to the information contained in or omitted from the Registration Statement, or the Prospectus (or any supplement thereto) in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by or on behalf of any Underwriter through the Representatives specifically for inclusion in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus (or any supplement thereto), it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 8 hereof.

(c)(i) The Disclosure Package and the price to the public, the number of Underwritten Securities and the number of Option Securities to be included on the cover page of the Prospectus, when taken together as a whole and (ii) each electronic road show when taken together as a whole with the Disclosure Package and the price to the public, the number of Underwritten Securities and the number of Option Securities to be included on the cover page of the Prospectus, does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. The preceding sentence does not apply to statements in or omissions from the Disclosure Package based upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by any Underwriter through the Representatives specifically for use therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by or on behalf of any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 8 hereof.

 

2


(d)(i) At the time of filing the Registration Statement and (ii) as of the Execution Time (with such date being used as the determination date for purposes of this clause (ii)), the Company was not and is not an Ineligible Issuer (as defined in Rule 405), without taking account of any determination by the Commission pursuant to Rule 405 that it is not necessary that the Company be considered an Ineligible Issuer.

(e) Each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus does not include any information that conflicts with the information contained in the Registration Statement on file at the time of issuance of such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, including any document incorporated by reference therein that has not been superseded or modified. The foregoing sentence does not apply to statements in or omissions from any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus based upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by any Underwriter through the Representatives specifically for use therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by or on behalf of any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 8 hereof.

(f) Each of the Company and its material subsidiaries listed on Exhibit 21.1 of the Registration Statement (the “ Material Subsidiaries ”) has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction in which it is chartered or organized with full corporate power and authority to own or lease, as the case may be, and to operate its properties and conduct its business as described in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, and is duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation and is in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction which requires such qualification, except as would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

(g) All the outstanding shares of capital stock of each Material Subsidiary have been duly and validly authorized and issued and are fully paid and nonassessable, and, except as otherwise set forth in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, all outstanding shares of capital stock of the Material Subsidiaries are owned by the Company either directly or through wholly owned subsidiaries free and clear of any perfected security interest or any other security interests, claims, liens or encumbrances.

(h) There is no franchise, contract or other document of a character required to be described in the Registration Statement or Prospectus, or to be filed as an exhibit thereto, which is not described or filed as required (and the Disclosure Package contains in all material respects the same description of the foregoing matters contained in the Prospectus); and the statements in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus under the heading “Material U.S.

 

3


Federal Tax Considerations for Non-U.S. Holders of Common Stock” insofar as such statements summarize legal matters, agreements, documents or proceedings discussed therein, are accurate and fair summaries of such legal matters, agreements, documents or proceedings.

(i) The Company is not and, after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Securities and the application of the proceeds thereof as described in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, will not be required to register as an “investment company” as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

(j) No consent, approval, authorization, filing with or order of any court or governmental agency or body is required in connection with the transactions contemplated herein, except such as have been obtained under the Act and such as may be required under the blue sky laws of any jurisdiction in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Securities by the Underwriters in the manner contemplated herein and in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, except as would not have a Material Adverse Effect or an adverse effect on the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

(k) Neither the issue and sale of the Securities nor the consummation of any other of the transactions herein contemplated nor the fulfillment of the terms hereof will conflict with, result in a breach or violation of, or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to, (i) the certificate of incorporation or by-laws, or the equivalent thereof, of (x) the Company or (y) any of its subsidiaries, (ii) the terms of any indenture, contract, lease, mortgage, deed of trust, note agreement, loan agreement or other agreement, obligation, condition, covenant or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or bound or to which its or their property is subject, or (iii) any statute, law, rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree applicable to the Company or any of its subsidiaries of any court, regulatory body, administrative agency, governmental body, arbitrator or other authority having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of its or their properties, except in the case of clause (i)(y), (ii) or (iii), such as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or an adverse effect on consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

(l) No holders of securities of the Company have rights to the registration of such securities under the Registration Statement except such as are being exercised in connection with sales of Common Stock hereunder by the Selling Stockholders, or such as have been waived.

(m) The consolidated historical financial statements and schedules of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries included in the Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus and the Registration Statement present fairly in all material respects the consolidated financial condition, results of operations and

 

4


cash flows of the Company as of the dates and for the periods indicated, comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable accounting requirements of the Act and have been prepared in all material respects in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved (except as otherwise noted therein). The selected financial data set forth under the caption “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data” in the Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus and Registration Statement fairly present in all material respects, on the basis stated in the Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus and the Registration Statement, the information included therein.

(n) No action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries or its or their property is pending or, to the best knowledge of the Company, threatened that (i) could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the performance of this Agreement or the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated hereby or (ii) could reasonably be expected to have Material Adverse Effect, except as set forth in or contemplated in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (exclusive of any supplement thereto).

(o) Each of the Company and each of its subsidiaries owns or leases all such properties as are necessary to the conduct of its operations as presently conducted except as would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

(p) Neither the Company nor any subsidiary is in violation or default of (i) any provision of its certificate of incorporation or bylaws, or the equivalent thereof, (ii) the terms of any indenture, contract, lease, mortgage, deed of trust, note agreement, loan agreement or other agreement, obligation, condition, covenant or instrument to which it is a party or bound or to which its property is subject, or (iii) any statute, law, rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree of any court, regulatory body, administrative agency, governmental body, arbitrator or other authority having jurisdiction over the Company or such subsidiary or any of its properties, as applicable, except with respect to any subsidiary (and its properties), and except with respect to the Company (and its properties) in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii), as would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

(q) Deloitte & Touche LLP, who have certified certain financial statements of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries and delivered their report with respect to the audited consolidated financial statements and schedules included in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, are independent public accountants with respect to the Company within the meaning of the Act and the applicable published rules and regulations thereunder.

(r) The Company has filed all tax returns that are required to be filed or has requested extensions thereof (except in any case in which the failure so to file would not have a Material Adverse Effect), except as set forth in or contemplated in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (exclusive of any

 

5


supplement thereto), and has paid all taxes required to be paid by it and any other assessment, fine or penalty levied against it, to the extent that any of the foregoing is due and payable, except for any such assessment, fine or penalty (i) that is currently being contested in good faith and for which adequate reserves have been created in accordance with GAAP or (ii) as would not have a Material Adverse Effect, except as set forth in or contemplated in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (exclusive of any supplement thereto).

(s) No labor problem or dispute with the employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries exists or is threatened or imminent, and the Company is not aware of any existing or imminent labor disturbance by the employees of any of its or its subsidiaries’ principal suppliers, contractors or customers, that could have Material Adverse Effect, except as set forth in or contemplated in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (exclusive of any supplement thereto).

(t) Except in each case as would not have a Material Adverse Effect or as set forth in or contemplated in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (exclusive of any supplement thereto): the Company and each of its subsidiaries are insured by insurers of recognized financial responsibility against such losses and risks and in such amounts as are prudent and customary in the businesses in which they are engaged; all policies of insurance insuring the Company or any of its subsidiaries or their respective businesses, assets, employees, officers and directors are in full force and effect; the Company and its subsidiaries are in compliance with the terms of such policies and instruments in all respects; there are no claims by the Company or any of its subsidiaries under any such policy or instrument as to which any insurance company is denying liability or defending under a reservation of rights clause; and neither the Company nor any such subsidiary has been refused any insurance coverage sought or applied for. Neither the Company nor any such subsidiary has any reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business at a cost that would not have Material Adverse Effect.

(u) No Material Subsidiary of the Company is currently prohibited, directly or indirectly, from paying any dividends to the Company, from making any other distribution on such Material Subsidiary’s capital stock, from repaying to the Company any loans or advances to such Material Subsidiary from the Company or from transferring any of such Material Subsidiary’s property or assets to the Company or any other Material Subsidiary of the Company, except as in each case as would not have a Material Adverse Effect, and except as described in or contemplated by the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (exclusive of any supplement thereto).

 

6


(v) The Company and its subsidiaries possess all licenses, certificates, permits and other authorizations issued by all applicable authorities necessary to conduct their respective businesses, except in each case the lack of which would not have a Material Adverse Effect and neither the Company nor any such subsidiary has received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any such license, certificate, permit or other authorization which, singly or in the aggregate would not have a Material Adverse Effect, except as set forth in or contemplated in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (exclusive of any supplement thereto).

(w) The Company maintains a consolidated system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles and to maintain asset accountability; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. The Company’s consolidated internal controls over financial reporting are effective and the Company is not aware of any material weakness in its consolidated internal controls over financial reporting.

(x) The Company maintains consolidated “disclosure controls and procedures” (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Exchange Act); such disclosure controls and procedures are effective.

(y) The Company has not taken, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that would constitute or that might reasonably be expected to cause or result in, under the Exchange Act or otherwise, stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities.

(z) Except in each case as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the Company and its subsidiaries are (i) in compliance with any and all applicable foreign, federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to the protection of human health and safety, the environment or hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants (“Environmental Laws”), (ii) have received and are in compliance with all permits, licenses or other approvals required of them under applicable Environmental Laws to conduct their respective businesses and (iii) have not received notice of any actual or potential liability under any environmental law, except as set forth in or contemplated in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (exclusive of any supplement thereto). Except as set forth in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, neither the Company nor any of the subsidiaries has been named as a “potentially responsible party” under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, as amended.

 

7


(aa) None of the following events has occurred or exists, except in each case as would not have a Material Adverse Effect: (i) a failure to fulfill the obligations, if any, under the minimum funding standards of Section 302 of the United States Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), and the regulations and published interpretations thereunder with respect to a Plan, determined without regard to any waiver of such obligations or extension of any amortization period; (ii) an audit or investigation by the Internal Revenue Service, the U.S. Department of Labor, the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any other federal or state governmental agency or any foreign regulatory agency with respect to the employment or compensation of employees by any of the Company or any of its subsidiaries that could have a Material Adverse Effect; (iii) any breach of any contractual obligation, or any violation of law or applicable qualification standards, with respect to the employment or compensation of employees by the Company or any of its subsidiaries. None of the following events has occurred or is reasonably likely to occur, except in each case as would not have a Material Adverse Effect: (i) a material increase in the aggregate amount of contributions required to be made to all Plans in the current fiscal year of the Company and its subsidiaries compared to the amount of such contributions made in the most recently completed fiscal year of the Company and its subsidiaries; (ii) a material increase in the “accumulated post-retirement benefit obligations” (within the meaning of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards 106) of the Company and its subsidiaries compared to the amount of such obligations in the most recently completed fiscal year of the Company and its subsidiaries; (iii) any event or condition giving rise to a liability under Title IV of ERISA that could have a Material Adverse Effect; or (iv) the filing of a claim by one or more employees or former employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries. For purposes of this paragraph, the term “Plan” means a plan (within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA) subject to Title IV of ERISA with respect to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries may have any liability.

(bb) There is and has been no failure on the part of the Company and any of the Company’s directors or officers, in their capacities as such, to comply with any provision of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations promulgated in connection therewith (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), including Section 402 relating to loans.

(cc) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee or affiliate of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is aware of or has taken any action, directly or indirectly, that would result in a violation by such persons of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (the “FCPA”), including, without limitation, making use of the mails or any means or instrumentality of interstate commerce corruptly in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay or authorization of the payment of any money, or other property, gift, promise to give, or authorization of the giving of anything of value to any “foreign official” (as such term is defined in the FCPA) or any

 

8


foreign political party or official thereof or any candidate for foreign political office, in contravention of the FCPA; and the Company, its subsidiaries and, to the knowledge of the Company, its affiliates have conducted their businesses in compliance with the FCPA and have instituted and maintain policies and procedures designed to ensure, and which are reasonably expected to continue to ensure, continued compliance therewith.

(dd) The operations of the Company and its subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements and the money laundering statutes and the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “Money Laundering Laws”) and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the best knowledge of the Company, threatened.

(ee) None of the Company, any of its subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee or affiliate of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is currently identified on any list of prohibited persons or entities maintained by the European Union, the United Nations or the United States (“Restricted Persons”); and the Company will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the offering of the Securities hereunder, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity, to support activities in or with countries sanctioned by said authorities or with individuals or entities sanctioned by said authorities or with any Restricted Person.

Any certificate signed by any officer of the Company and delivered to the Representatives or counsel for the Underwriters in connection with the offering of the Securities shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Company, as to matters covered thereby, to each Underwriter.

(ii) Each Selling Stockholder severally and not jointly represents and warrants to, and agrees with, each Underwriter that:

(a) Such Selling Stockholder is the record and beneficial owner of the Securities to be sold by it hereunder free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities and claims and has duly endorsed such Securities in blank, and has full power and authority to sell its interest in the Securities, and, assuming that each Underwriter acquires its interest in the Securities it has purchased from such Selling Stockholder without notice of any adverse claim (within the meaning of Section 8-105 of the New York Uniform Commercial Code (“UCC”)), each Underwriter that has purchased such Securities delivered on the Closing Date to The Depository Trust Company or other securities intermediary by making

 

9


payment therefor as provided herein, and that has had such Securities credited to the securities account or accounts of such Underwriters maintained with The Depository Trust Company or such other securities intermediary will have acquired a security entitlement (within the meaning of Section 8-102(a)(17) of the UCC) to such Securities purchased by such Underwriter, and no action based on an adverse claim (within the meaning of Section 8-105 of the UCC) may be successfully asserted against such Underwriter with respect to such Securities.

(b) Such Selling Stockholder has not taken, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that would constitute or that might reasonably be expected to cause or result in, under the Exchange Act or otherwise, stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities.

(c) Certificates in negotiable form or book entry securities entitlements for such Selling Stockholder’s Securities have been placed in custody, for delivery pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, under a Custody Agreement and Power of Attorney duly authorized (if applicable), executed and delivered by such Selling Stockholder, in the form heretofore furnished to you (the “Custody Agreement” and “Power of Attorney”, as applicable) with American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, as Custodian (the “Custodian”); the Securities represented by the certificates or securities entitlements so held in custody for such Selling Stockholder are subject to the interests hereunder of the Underwriters; the arrangements for custody and delivery of such certificates, made by such Selling Stockholder hereunder and under the Custody Agreement, are not subject to termination by any acts of such Selling Stockholder, or by operation of law, whether by the death or incapacity of such Selling Stockholder or the occurrence of any other event; and if any such death, incapacity or any other such event shall occur before the delivery of such Securities hereunder, certificates or book-entry securities entitlements for the Securities will be delivered by the Custodian in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Custody Agreement as if such death, incapacity or other event had not occurred, regardless of whether or not the Custodian shall have received notice of such death, incapacity or other event.

(d) No consent, approval, authorization or order of any court or governmental agency or body is required for the consummation by such Selling Stockholder of the transactions contemplated herein, except such as may have been obtained under the Act and such as may be required under the blue sky laws of any jurisdiction in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Securities by the Underwriters and such other approvals as have been obtained.

(e) Neither the sale of the Securities being sold by such Selling Stockholder nor the consummation of any other of the transactions herein contemplated by such Selling Stockholder or the fulfillment of the terms hereof by such Selling Stockholder will conflict with, result in a breach or violation of,

 

10


or constitute a default under (i) any law or the charter or by-laws, or the equivalent thereof, of such Selling Stockholder or (ii) the terms of any indenture or other agreement or instrument to which such Selling Stockholder or any of its subsidiaries is a party or bound or (iii) any judgment, order or decree applicable to such Selling Stockholder or any of its subsidiaries of any court, regulatory body, administrative agency, governmental body or arbitrator having jurisdiction over such Selling Stockholder or any of its subsidiaries; except for such conflicts, breaches, violations, or defaults, in the case of clause (ii), as would not impair in any material respect the ability of such Selling Stockholder to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement, the Power of Attorney or the Custody Agreement.

(f) Such Selling Stockholder is familiar with the Disclosure Package and Registration Statement and has no knowledge of any material fact, condition or information not disclosed in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or any supplement thereto which has adversely affected or may adversely affect the business of the Company or any of its subsidiaries; and the sale of Securities by such Selling Stockholder pursuant hereto is not prompted by any material information concerning the Company or any of its subsidiaries which is not set forth in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

(g) In respect of any statements in or omissions from the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, the Preliminary Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto used by the Company or any Underwriter, as the case may be, made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by any Selling Stockholder specifically for use in connection with the preparation thereof (the “Selling Stockholder Information,” it being understood and agreed that Selling Stockholder Information consists only of (A) the legal name, address and the number of shares of Common Stock owned by such Selling Stockholder, and (B) the other information with respect to such Selling Stockholder (excluding percentages) which appear in the table (and corresponding footnotes) under the caption “Principal and Selling Stockholders”), such Selling Stockholder hereby makes the same representations and warranties to each Underwriter as the Company makes to such Underwriter under paragraphs (i)(b)(ii) and (i)(c) of this Section.

Any certificate signed by any officer of any Selling Stockholder or any Selling Stockholder and delivered to the Representatives or counsel for the Underwriters in connection with the offering of the Securities shall be deemed a representation and warranty by such Selling Stockholder, as to matters covered thereby, to each Underwriter.

 

11


2. Purchase and Sale . (a) Subject to the terms and conditions and in reliance upon the representations and warranties herein set forth, the Company and the Selling Stockholders agree, severally and not jointly, to sell to each Underwriter, and each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company and the Selling Stockholders, at a purchase price of $[            ] per share, the amount of the Underwritten Securities set forth opposite such Underwriter’s name in Schedule I hereto.

(b) Subject to the terms and conditions and in reliance upon the representations and warranties herein set forth, the Company hereby grants an option to the several Underwriters to purchase, severally and not jointly, up to [            ] Option Securities at the same purchase price per share as the Underwriters shall pay for the Underwritten Securities, less an amount per share equal to any dividends or distributions declared by the Company and payable to the Underwritten Securities but not payable on the Option Securities. Said option may be exercised only to cover over-allotments in the sale of the Underwritten Securities by the Underwriters. Said option may be exercised in whole or in part at any time on or before the 30th day after the date of the Prospectus upon written notice by the Representatives to the Company setting forth the number of shares of the Option Securities as to which the several Underwriters are exercising the option and the settlement date. The number of Option Securities to be purchased by each Underwriter shall be the same percentage of the total number of shares of the Option Securities to be purchased by the several Underwriters as such Underwriter is purchasing of the Underwritten Securities, subject to such adjustments as you in your absolute discretion shall make to eliminate any fractional shares.

3. Delivery and Payment . Delivery of and payment for the Underwritten Securities and the Option Securities (if the option provided for in Section 2(b) hereof shall have been exercised on or before the third Business Day immediately preceding the Closing Date) shall be made at 10:00 AM, New York City time, on [            ], 2012, or at such time on such later date not more than three Business Days after the foregoing date as the Representatives shall designate, which date and time may be postponed by agreement among the Representatives and the Company or as provided in Section 9 hereof (such date and time of delivery and payment for the Securities being herein called the “Closing Date”). Delivery of the Securities shall be made to the Representatives for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters against payment by the several Underwriters through the Representatives of the respective aggregate purchase prices of the Securities being sold by the Company and each of the Selling Stockholders to or upon the order of the Company and the Selling Stockholders by wire transfer payable in same-day funds to the accounts specified by the Company and the Selling Stockholders. Delivery of the Underwritten Securities and the Option Securities shall be made through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company unless the Representatives shall otherwise instruct.

Each Selling Stockholder will pay all applicable state transfer taxes, if any, involved in the transfer to the several Underwriters of the Securities to be purchased by them from such Selling Stockholder and the respective Underwriters will pay any additional stock transfer taxes involved in further transfers.

 

12


If the option provided for in Section 2(b) hereof is exercised after the third Business Day immediately preceding the Closing Date, the Company will deliver the Option Securities (at the expense of the Company) to the Representatives, at 388 Greenwich Street, New York, New York, on the date specified by the Representatives (which shall be within three Business Days after exercise of said option) for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters, against payment by the several Underwriters through the Representatives of the purchase price thereof to or upon the order of the Company by wire transfer payable in same-day funds to the accounts specified by the Company. If settlement for the Option Securities occurs after the Closing Date, the Company will deliver to the Representatives on the settlement date for the Option Securities, and the obligation of the Underwriters to purchase the Option Securities shall be conditioned upon receipt of, supplemental opinions, certificates and letters confirming as of such date the opinions, certificates and letters delivered on the Closing Date pursuant to Section 6 hereof.

4. Offering by Underwriters . It is understood that the several Underwriters propose to offer the Securities for sale to the public as set forth in the Prospectus.

5. Agreements .

(i) The Company agrees with the several Underwriters that:

(a) Prior to the termination of the offering of the Securities, the Company will not file any amendment of the Registration Statement or supplement to the Prospectus or any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement unless the Company has furnished you or your counsel a copy for review prior to filing and will not file any such proposed amendment or supplement to which you reasonably object. The Company will cause the Prospectus, properly completed, and any supplement thereto to be filed in a form approved by the Representatives with the Commission pursuant to the applicable paragraph of Rule 424(b) within the time period prescribed and will provide evidence satisfactory to the Representatives of such timely filing. The Company will promptly advise the Representatives (i) when the Prospectus, and any supplement thereto, shall have been filed (if required) with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) or when any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement shall have been filed with the Commission, (ii) when, prior to termination of the offering of the Securities, any amendment to the Registration Statement shall have been filed or become effective, (iii) of any request by the Commission or its staff for any amendment of the Registration Statement, or any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, or for any supplement to the Prospectus or for any additional information, (iv) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or of any notice objecting to its use or the institution or threatening of any proceeding for that purpose and (v) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the institution or threatening of any proceeding for such

 

13


purpose. The Company will use its best efforts to prevent the issuance of any such stop order or the occurrence of any such suspension or objection to the use of the Registration Statement and, upon such issuance, occurrence or notice of objection, to obtain as soon as possible the withdrawal of such stop order or relief from such occurrence or objection, including, if necessary, by filing an amendment to the Registration Statement or a new registration statement and using its best efforts to have such amendment or new registration statement declared effective as soon as practicable.

(b) If, at any time prior to the filing of the Prospectus pursuant to Rule 424(b), any event occurs as a result of which the Disclosure Package would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein in the light of the circumstances under which they were made or the circumstances then prevailing not misleading, the Company will (i) notify promptly the Representatives so that any use of the Disclosure Package may cease until it is amended or supplemented; (ii) amend or supplement the Disclosure Package to correct such statement or omission; and (iii) supply any amendment or supplement to you in such quantities as you may reasonably request.

(c) If, at any time when a prospectus relating to the Securities is required to be delivered under the Act (including in circumstances where such requirement may be satisfied pursuant to Rule 172), any event occurs as a result of which the Prospectus as then supplemented would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein in the light of the circumstances under which they were made at such time not misleading, or if it shall be necessary to amend the Registration Statement or supplement the Prospectus to comply with the Act or the rules thereunder, the Company promptly will (i) notify the Representatives of any such event; (ii) prepare and file with the Commission, subject to the second sentence of paragraph (a) of this Section 5, an amendment or supplement which will correct such statement or omission or effect such compliance; and (iii) supply any supplemented Prospectus to you in such quantities as you may reasonably request.

(d) As soon as practicable, the Company will make generally available to its security holders an earnings statement or statements of the Company and its subsidiaries which will satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Act and Rule 158.

(e) The Company will furnish to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters, without charge, conformed copies of the Registration Statement (including exhibits thereto) and to each other Underwriter a copy of the Registration Statement (without exhibits thereto) and, so long as delivery of a prospectus by an Underwriter or dealer may be required by the Act (including in circumstances where such requirement may be satisfied pursuant to Rule 172), as many copies of the Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and any supplement thereto as the Representatives may reasonably request. The Company will pay the expenses of printing or other production of all documents relating to the offering.

 

14


(f) The Company will use its reasonable best efforts to arrange for, if necessary, and with the cooperation of the Underwriters, the qualification of the Securities for sale under the laws of such jurisdictions as requested by the Representatives after consultation with the Company and will use its best efforts to maintain such qualifications in effect so long as required for the distribution of the Securities; provided that in no event shall the Company be obligated to qualify to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not now so qualified or to take any action that would subject it to service of process in suits, or subject itself to taxation in excess of a nominal dollar amount, in any jurisdiction where it is not now so subject.

(g) The Company will not, without the prior written consent of each of Citigroup Global Markets Inc., UBS Securities LLC and Barclays Capital Inc. (each a “Lock-Up Agent” and collectively, the “Lock-Up Agents”), offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, or otherwise dispose of (or enter into any transaction which is designed to, or might reasonably be expected to, result in the disposition (whether by actual disposition or effective economic disposition due to cash settlement or otherwise) by the Company or any affiliate of the Company or any person in privity with the Company or any affiliate of the Company) directly or indirectly, including the filing (or participation in the filing) of a registration statement with the Commission in respect of, or establish or increase a put equivalent position or liquidate or decrease a call equivalent position within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act, any other shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into, or exercisable, or exchangeable for, shares of Common Stock; or publicly announce an intention to effect any such transaction, for a period of 180 days after the date of this Agreement, provided, however, that (i) the Company may issue and sell the Securities to the Underwriters hereunder, (ii) the Company may issue and grant or sell shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into, or exercisable, or exchangeable for, shares of Common Stock pursuant to any equity option plan, equity ownership plan or dividend reinvestment plan of the Company described in the Disclosure Package, (iii) the Company may issue shares of Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of securities or the exercise of options or warrants outstanding at the Execution Time, (iv) the Company may file one or more registration statements on Form S-8; (v) the Company may issue shares of Common Stock pursuant to and in accordance with the asset purchase agreement dated as of August 20, 2010 by and between Instant Information Inc. and the Company and (vi) the Company may offer, issue and sell shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into, or exercisable, or exchangeable for, shares of Common Stock in connection with any acquisition or strategic investment (including any joint venture, strategic alliance or partnership) as long as (x) the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock issued or issuable does not exceed 10% of the number of shares of Common

 

15


Stock outstanding immediately after the issuance and sale of the Securities, and (y) each recipient of any such shares or other securities executes a lock-up letter substantially the same as those described in Section 6(l) hereof in favor of the Lock-Up Agents for the remainder of such 180-day restricted period, as extended pursuant to the next sentence if applicable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (x) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period the Company issues an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to the Company occurs, or (y) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day period, the restrictions imposed in this clause shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event. The Company will provide the Representatives and any co-managers and each individual subject to the restricted period pursuant to the lock-up letters described in Section 6(l) hereof with prior notice of any such announcement that gives rise to an extension of the restricted period.

(h)(i) if each of the Lock-Up Agents agree to release or waive the restrictions set forth in a lock-up letter described in Section 6(l) hereof for an officer or director of the Company and provide the Company with notice of the impending release or waiver at least three Business Days before the effective date of the release or waiver, the Company agrees to announce the impending release or waiver by a press release substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto through a major news service at least two Business Days before the effective date of the release or waiver, and (ii) each of the Lock-Up Agents agrees that at least three Business Days before the effective date of any release or waiver of the restrictions set forth in a lock-up letter described in Section 6(l) hereof or (b) the effective date of any release or waiver of the restrictions set forth in Sections 5(i)(g) and 5(ii)(a) of this Agreement, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., on behalf of the Lock-Up Agents, will notify any Representative who is not a Lock-Up Agent of the impending release or waiver, and (iii) the Company agrees that, upon the receipt of any solicitation or request for release from or waiver of (a) a lock-up letter described in Section 6(l) hereof or (b) the restrictions set forth in Sections 5(i)(g) and 5(ii)(a) of this Agreement, the Company will notify any Representative who is not a Lock-Up Agent of the solicitation or request at the same time it notifies the Lock-Up Agents of such solicitation or request.

(i) The Company will not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that would constitute or that would reasonably be expected to cause or result in, under the Exchange Act or otherwise, stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities.

 

16


(j) The Company agrees to pay the costs and expenses relating to the following matters: (i) the preparation, printing or reproduction and filing with the Commission of the Registration Statement (including financial statements and exhibits thereto), each Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, and each amendment or supplement to any of them; (ii) the printing (or reproduction) and delivery (including postage, air freight charges and charges for counting and packaging) of such copies of the Registration Statement, each Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, and all amendments or supplements to any of them, as may, in each case, be reasonably requested for use in connection with the offering and sale of the Securities; (iii) the preparation, printing, authentication, issuance and delivery of certificates for the Securities, including any stamp or transfer taxes in connection with the original issuance, and sale of the Securities; (iv) the printing (or reproduction) and delivery of this Agreement, any blue sky memorandum and all other agreements or documents printed (or reproduced) and delivered in connection with the offering of the Securities; (v) the registration of the Securities under the Exchange Act and the listing of the Securities on the New York Stock Exchange; (vi) any registration or qualification of the Securities for offer and sale under the securities or blue sky laws of the several states (including filing fees and the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel for the Underwriters relating to such registration and qualification); (vii) any filings required to be made with FINRA (including filing fees and the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel for the Underwriters relating to such filings); (viii) the transportation and other expenses incurred by or on behalf of Company representatives in connection with presentations to prospective purchasers of the Securities (provided that the Company shall be responsible for half of the cost of any aircraft chartered in connection with the “road show” for the Securities and the Underwriters shall be responsible for the balance); (ix) the fees and expenses of the Company’s accountants and the fees and expenses of counsel (including local and special counsel) for the Company and the Selling Stockholders (other than any fees and expenses of local United Kingdom and Belarus counsel from which the Representatives have requested an opinion with respect to the Company or its subsidiaries, for which the Underwriters shall reimburse the Company); and (x) all other costs and expenses incident to the performance by the Company and the Selling Stockholders of their obligations hereunder. The preceding sentence shall not supersede any other agreement among the Company and the Selling Stockholders as to the allocation of expenses among themselves.

(k) The Company agrees that, unless it has or shall have obtained the prior written consent of the Representatives, and each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, agrees with the Company that, unless it has or shall have obtained, as the case may be, the prior written consent of the Company, it has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Securities that would constitute an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or that would otherwise constitute a “free writing prospectus” (as defined in Rule 405) required to be filed by the Company with the Commission or retained by the Company under Rule 433; provided that the prior written consent of the parties hereto shall be deemed to have been given in respect of the Free Writing Prospectuses included in Schedule II hereto [and any electronic road show]. Any such free writing prospectus consented to by the Representatives or the Company is hereinafter referred to as a “Permitted Free Writing Prospectus.” The Company agrees that (x) it has treated and will treat, as the case may be, each Permitted Free Writing Prospectus as an Issuer Free

 

17


Writing Prospectus and (y) it has complied and will comply, as the case may be, with the requirements of Rules 164 and 433 applicable to any Permitted Free Writing Prospectus, including in respect of timely filing with the Commission, legending and record keeping.

(l) For a period of 165 days after the date of this Agreement, the Company will not, without the prior written consent of the Lock-Up Agents, release any stockholders of the Company from the restrictions on the transfer of Common Stock set forth in Section 2.12 of the Company’s Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement dated as of February 19, 2008 and Section 2.12 of the Company’s Registration Rights Agreement dated as of April 26, 2010.

(ii) Each Selling Stockholder agrees with the several Underwriters that:

(a) Such Selling Stockholder will not, without the prior written consent of each of the Lock-Up Agents, offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, (or enter into any transaction which is designed to, or might reasonably be expected to, result in the disposition (whether by actual disposition or effective economic disposition due to cash settlement or otherwise) by the Selling Stockholder or any affiliate of the Selling Stockholder or any person in privity with the Selling Stockholder or any affiliate of the Selling Stockholder) directly or indirectly, or file (or participate in the filing of) a registration statement with the Commission in respect of, or establish or increase a put equivalent position or liquidate or decrease a call equivalent position within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act with respect to, any shares of Common Stock of the Company or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for such Common Stock, or publicly announce an intention to effect any such transaction, for a period of 180 days after the date of this Agreement (the “Selling Stockholder Lock-Up Period”), other than under circumstances permitted pursuant to the lock-up letter agreement previously executed by such Selling Stockholder or its affiliate and delivered to Citigroup Global Markets Inc; provided however that the restrictions described in this Section 5(ii)(a) not apply to (i) the sale of the Securities by such Selling Stockholder to the Underwriters herunder; (ii) the sale of shares of Common Stock of the Company or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for such Common Stock purchased by such Selling Stockholder on the open market following the completion of the offering of the Securities as contemplated by this Agreement; provided that (A) such sales are not required to be reported in any filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act (other than a filing on Form 5 after the expiration of the Selling Stockholder Lock-Up Period), or otherwise reported to the Commission and (B) such Selling Stockholder does not otherwise voluntarily effect any such report during the Selling Stockholder Lock-Up Period; or (iii) the transfer of shares of Common Stock of the Company or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for such Common Stock: (A) as a bona fide

 

18


gift or gifts, including as a result of the operation of law or estate or intestate succession; or (B) if such Selling Stockholder is a natural person, to a member of the immediate family of such Selling Stockholder (for purposes of this letter agreement, “immediate family” shall mean any relationship by blood, marriage or adoption, not more remote than first cousin, and shall include any former spouse); or if such Selling Stockholder is a natural person, to any trust or other entity for the direct or indirect benefit of the undersigned or the immediate family of such Selling Stockholder; or (C) if such Selling Stockholder is a natural person, to a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which such Selling Stockholder and the immediate family of such Selling Stockholder are the direct or indirect legal and beneficial owners of all the outstanding equity securities or similar interests of such corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity; or (D) if such Selling Stockholder is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity, to any trust or other entity for the direct or indirect benefit of the undersigned or any affiliate, wholly-owned subsidiary, limited partner, member or stockholder of such Selling Stockholder; or (E) if such Selling Stockholder is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity, to a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which Such Selling Stockholder and any affiliate, wholly-owned subsidiary, limited partner, member or stockholder of such Selling Stockholder are the direct or indirect legal and beneficial owners of all the outstanding equity securities or similar interests of such corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity; or (F) as a distribution to any affiliate, wholly-owned subsidiary, limited partner, member or stockholder of such Selling Stockholder; provided that in the case of any transfer pursuant to Section (5)(ii)(a)(iii) above, (w) such Selling Stockholder receives and delivers to the Lock-Up Agents a signed lock-up agreement substantially in the form attached as Exhibit A hereto for the balance of the Selling Stockholder Lock-Up Period from each donee, trustee, distributee or transferee, as the case may be, (x) any such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value, (y) a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of Common Stock is not required to be reported in any filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act (other than a filing on Form 5 after the expiration of the Selling Stockholder Lock-Up Period), or otherwise reported to the Commission during the Selling Stockholder Lock-Up Period and (z) such Selling Stockholder does not otherwise voluntarily effect any such report during the Selling Stockholder Lock-Up Period; or (iv) any transfer of shares of Common Stock of the Company or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for such Common Stock to any immediate family of such Selling Stockholder or to a trust or other entity for the direct or indirect benefit of such immediate family of such Selling Stockholder to comply with the provisions of (i) any order or settlement resulting from any legal proceeding or (ii) any trust that is irrevocable upon the date of this letter; provided that in the case of any such transfer, unless the provisions of such order, settlement or trust otherwise require, the undersigned receives and delivers to the Lock-Up Agents a signed lock-up agreement substantially in the form of attached as Exhibit A hereto for the balance of the Selling Stockholder Lock-Up Period from each transferee; or (v)

 

19


the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of shares of Common Stock, provided that such plan does not provide for the transfer of shares of Common Stock of the Company or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for such Common Stock during the Selling Stockholder Lock-Up Period and, other than any filing required to be made pursuant to Section 13 or Section 16 of the Exchange Act, no public announcement of the establishment or existence of such plan and no filing with the Commission or other regulatory authority in respect of such plan or transactions thereunder or contemplated thereby, by such Selling Stockholder, the Company or any other person, shall be made by such Selling Stockholder, the Company or any other person, prior to the expiration of the Selling Stockholder Lock-Up Period; or (vi) the exercise by such Selling Stockholder of options or warrants to purchase shares of Common Stock of the Company or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for such Common Stock or the vesting, delivery or settlement of shares of Common Stock of the Company or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for such Common Stock or other awards and the receipt by such Selling Stockholder from the Company of shares of Common Stock of the Company or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for such Common Stock thereunder; or (vii) dispositions of shares of Common Stock of the Company or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for such Common Stock to the Company in a transaction exempt from Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act in connection with the exercise of options or warrants to purchase shares of Common Stock of the Company or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for such Common Stock or the vesting, delivery or settlement of shares of Common Stock of the Company or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for such Common Stock in order to pay or provide for any taxes due on such exercise, vesting, delivery or settlement, or to pay the exercise price thereof; provided that in the case of any disposition pursuant to this Section (5)(ii)(a)(vii), (x) a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of Common Stock is not required to be reported in any filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act (other than a filing on Form 5 after the expiration of the Selling Stockholder Lock-Up Period), or otherwise reported to the Commission during the Selling Stockholder Lock-Up Period and (y) such Selling Stockholder does not otherwise voluntarily effect any such report during the Selling Stockholder Lock-Up Period; or (viii) dispositions of shares of Common Stock of the Company or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for such Common Stock to the Company in a transaction exempt from Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act in connection with the exercise of options or warrants to purchase shares of Common Stock of the Company or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for such Common Stock or the vesting, delivery or settlement of shares of Common Stock of the Company or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for such Common Stock in order to pay or provide for any taxes due on such exercise, vesting, delivery or settlement, or to pay the exercise price thereof; provided that in the case of any disposition pursuant to this Section (5)(ii)(a)(viii), such disposition occurs in

 

20


connection with or following the termination of the undersigned’s employment by or service to the Company or any of its affiliates. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (x) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period the Company issues an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to the Company occurs, or (y) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day period, the restrictions imposed in this clause shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event.

(b) Such Selling Stockholder will not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that would constitute or that might reasonably be expected to cause or result in, under the Exchange Act or otherwise, stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities.

(c) Such Selling Stockholder will advise you promptly, and if requested by you, will confirm such advice in writing, so long as delivery of a prospectus relating to the Securities by an underwriter or dealer may be required under the Act, of any material change in information in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus the Preliminary Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto relating to such Selling Stockholder.

(d) Such Selling Stockholder represents that it has not prepared or had prepared on its behalf or used or referred to, and agrees that it will not prepare or have prepared on its behalf or use or refer to, any Free Writing Prospectus, and has not distributed and will not distribute any written materials in connection with the offer or sale of the Securities.

(e) Such Selling Stockholder will comply with the agreement contained in Section 5(i)(j).

6. Conditions to the Obligations of the Underwriters . The obligations of the Underwriters to purchase the Underwritten Securities and the Option Securities, as the case may be, shall be subject to the accuracy of the representations and warranties on the part of the Company and the Selling Stockholders contained herein as of the Execution Time, the Closing Date and any settlement date pursuant to Section 3 hereof, to the accuracy of the statements of the Company and the Selling Stockholders made in any certificates pursuant to the provisions hereof, to the performance by the Company and the Selling Stockholders of their respective obligations hereunder and to the following additional conditions:

(a) The Prospectus, and any supplement thereto, have been filed in the manner and within the time period required by Rule 424(b); any other material required to be filed by the Company pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Act shall have been filed with the Commission within the applicable time periods prescribed for such filings by Rule 433; and no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any notice objecting to its use shall have been issued and no proceedings for that purpose shall have been instituted or threatened.

 

21


(b) The Company shall have requested and caused Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, counsel for the Company, to have furnished to the Representatives (i) their opinion, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Representatives, substantially to the effect set forth in Exhibit C hereto and (ii) a letter, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Representatives, substantially to the effect set forth in Exhibit D hereto.

(c) The Company shall have requested and caused Ginger Mosier, General Counsel for the Company, to have furnished to the Representatives her opinion, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Representatives, substantially to the effect set forth in Exhibit E hereto.

(d) The Selling Stockholders shall have requested and caused Whalen LLP, counsel for the Selling Stockholders, to have furnished to the Representatives their opinion dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Representatives, substantially to the effect set forth in Exhibit F hereto.

(e) The Company shall have requested and caused [•] and [•], local Belarus and United Kingdom counsel for the Company, to have furnished to the Representatives her opinion, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Representatives, substantially to the effect set forth in Exhibit G-1 and G-2 hereto.

In rendering such opinions set forth in Sections 6(b) to (e), such counsel may rely (A) as to matters involving the application of laws of any jurisdiction other than the States of Delaware and New York or the Federal laws of the United States, to the extent they deem proper and specified in such opinion, upon the opinion of other counsel of good standing whom they believe to be reliable and who are satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, and (B) as to matters of fact, to the extent they deem proper, on certificates of responsible officers of the Selling Stockholders and public officials.

(f) The Representatives shall have received from Latham & Watkins, LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, such opinion or opinions, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Representatives, with respect to the issuance and sale of the Securities, the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package, the Prospectus (together with any supplement thereto) and other related matters as the Representatives may reasonably require, and the Company and each Selling Stockholder shall have furnished to such counsel such documents as they request for the purpose of enabling them to pass upon such matters.

 

22


(g) The Company shall have furnished to the Representatives a certificate of the Company, signed by its principal executive officer and principal financial officer, dated the Closing Date, to the effect that:

(i) the representations and warranties of the Company in this Agreement are true and correct on and as of the Closing Date with the same effect as if made on the Closing Date and the Company has complied with all the agreements and satisfied all the conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied at or prior to the Closing Date;

(ii) no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any notice objecting to its use has been issued and no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened; and

(iii) since the date of the most recent financial statements included in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (exclusive of any supplement thereto), there has been no material adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise), prospects, earnings, business or properties of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, except as set forth in or contemplated in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (exclusive of any supplement thereto).

(h) Each Selling Stockholder shall have furnished to the Representatives a certificate, signed by an officer or authorized signatory of such Selling Stockholder, dated the Closing Date, to the effect that the representations and warranties of such Selling Stockholder in this Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Closing Date to the same effect as if made on the Closing Date, and that each Selling Stockholder has complied with all agreements and satisfied all the conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied at or prior to the Closing Date.

(i) The Company shall have requested and caused Deloitte & Touche LLP to have furnished to the Representatives at the Execution Time and at the Closing Date, letters, dated respectively as of the Execution Time and as of the Closing Date, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives substantially to the effect set forth in Exhibit H hereto.

 

23


(j) Subsequent to the Execution Time or, if earlier, the dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement (exclusive of any amendment thereof) and the Prospectus (exclusive of any supplement thereto), there shall not have been (i) any change or decrease specified in the letter or letters referred to in paragraph (g) of this Section 6 or (ii) any change, or any development involving a prospective change, in or affecting the condition (financial or otherwise), earnings, business or properties of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, except as set forth in or contemplated in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto) the effect of which, in any case referred to in clause (i) or (ii) above, is, in the sole judgment of the Representatives, so material and adverse as to make it impractical or inadvisable to proceed with the offering or delivery of the Securities as contemplated by the Registration Statement (exclusive of any amendment thereof), the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto).

(k) The Securities shall have been listed and admitted and authorized for trading on the New York Stock Exchange, and satisfactory evidence of such actions shall have been provided to the Representatives.

(l) At the Execution Time, the Company shall have furnished to the Representatives a letter substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto from each officer and director of the Company and the Selling Stockholders, addressed to the Representatives.

If any of the conditions specified in this Section 6 shall not have been fulfilled when and as provided in this Agreement, or if any of the opinions and certificates mentioned above shall not be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters, this Agreement and all obligations of the Underwriters hereunder may be canceled at, or at any time prior to, the Closing Date by the Representatives. Notice of such cancellation shall be given to the Company and each Selling Stockholder in writing or by telephone or facsimile confirmed in writing.

The documents required to be delivered by this Section 6 shall be delivered at the office of Latham & Watkins, counsel for the Underwriters, at 885 Third Avenue, New York, NY 10022, on the Closing Date.

7. Reimbursement of Underwriters’ Expenses . If the sale of the Securities provided for herein is not consummated because any condition to the obligations of the Underwriters set forth in Section 6 hereof is not satisfied, because of any termination pursuant to Section 10(i) hereof or because of any refusal, inability or failure on the part of the Company or any Selling Stockholders to perform any agreement herein or comply with any provision hereof other than by reason of a default by any of

 

24


the Underwriters, the Company will reimburse the Underwriters severally through Citigroup Global Markets Inc. on demand for all expenses (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel) that shall have been incurred by them in connection with the proposed purchase and sale of the Securities. If the Company is required to make any payments to the Underwriters under this Section 7 because of any Selling Stockholder’s refusal, inability or failure to satisfy any condition to the obligations of the Underwriters set forth in Section 6, such Selling Stockholder shall reimburse the Company on demand for all amounts so paid.

8. Indemnification and Contribution. (a) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, the directors, officers, employees and agents of each Underwriter and each person who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act against any and all losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which they or any of them may become subject under the Act, the Exchange Act or other Federal or state statutory law or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the registration statement for the registration of the Securities as originally filed or in any amendment thereof, or in the Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or in any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and agrees to reimburse each such indemnified party, as incurred, for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided , however , that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon any such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made therein in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of any Underwriter through the Representatives specifically for inclusion therein. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which the Company may otherwise have.

(b) Each Selling Stockholder severally and not jointly agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, each of its officers who signs the Registration Statement, each Underwriter, the directors, officers, employees and agents of each Underwriter and each person who controls the Company or any Underwriter within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act and each other Selling Stockholder, if any, to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Company to each Underwriter, but only with reference to the Selling Stockholder Information furnished by such Selling Stockholder specifically for inclusion in the documents referred to in the foregoing indemnity. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which any Selling Stockholder may otherwise have.

 

25


(c) Each Underwriter severally and not jointly agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of the Company’s directors, each of the Company’s officers who signs the Registration Statement, each person who controls the Company within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act and each of the Selling Stockholders to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity to each Underwriter, but only with reference to written information relating to such Underwriter furnished to the Company by or on behalf of such Underwriter through the Representatives specifically for inclusion in the documents referred to in the foregoing indemnity. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which any Underwriter may otherwise have. The Company and each Selling Stockholder acknowledge that the statements set forth (i) in the last paragraph of the cover page regarding delivery of the Securities and, under the heading “Underwriting”, (ii) the list of Underwriters and their respective participation in the sale of the Securities, (iii) the sentences related to concessions and reallowances and (iv) the paragraph related to stabilization, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus constitute the only information furnished in writing by or on behalf of the several Underwriters for inclusion in the Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus.

(d) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 8 of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under this Section 8, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof; but the failure so to notify the indemnifying party (i) will not relieve it from liability under paragraph (a), (b) or (c) above unless and to the extent it did not otherwise learn of such action and such failure results in the forfeiture by the indemnifying party of substantial rights and defenses and (ii) will not, in any event, relieve the indemnifying party from any obligations to any indemnified party other than the indemnification obligation provided in paragraph (a), (b) or (c) above. The indemnifying party shall be entitled to appoint counsel of the indemnifying party’s choice at the indemnifying party’s expense to represent the indemnified party in any action for which indemnification is sought (in which case the indemnifying party shall not thereafter be responsible for the fees and expenses of any separate counsel retained by the indemnified party or parties except as set forth below); provided , however , that such counsel shall be satisfactory to the indemnified party. Notwithstanding the indemnifying party’s election to appoint counsel to represent the indemnified party in an action, the indemnified party shall have the right to employ separate counsel (including local counsel), and the indemnifying party shall bear the reasonable fees, costs and expenses of such separate counsel if (i) the use of counsel chosen by the indemnifying party to represent the indemnified party would present such counsel with a conflict of interest, (ii) the actual or potential defendants in, or targets of, any such action include both the indemnified party and the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it and/or other indemnified parties which are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party, (iii) the indemnifying party shall not have employed counsel satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party within a reasonable time after notice of the institution of such action or (iv) the indemnifying party shall authorize the indemnified party to employ separate counsel at the expense of the indemnifying party. An indemnifying party will not, without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any pending or threatened claim,

 

26


action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties to such claim or action) unless such settlement, compromise or consent includes no admission of fault and an unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such claim, action, suit or proceeding.

(e) In the event that the indemnity provided in paragraph (a), (b) or (c) of this Section 8 is unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party for any reason, the Company, the Selling Stockholders, severally and not jointly, and the Underwriters agree to contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending same) (collectively “Losses”) to which the Company, one or more of the Selling Stockholders and one or more of the Underwriters may be subject in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company, by the Selling Stockholders and by the Underwriters from the offering of the Securities; provided , however , that in no case shall any Underwriter (except as may be provided in any agreement among underwriters relating to the offering of the Securities) be responsible for any amount in excess of the underwriting discount or commission applicable to the Securities purchased by such Underwriter hereunder. If the allocation provided by the immediately preceding sentence is unavailable for any reason, the Company, the Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters shall contribute in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative benefits but also the relative fault of the Company, of the Selling Stockholders and of the Underwriters in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such Losses as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. Benefits received by the Company and by the Selling Stockholders shall be deemed to be equal to the total net proceeds from the offering (before deducting expenses) received by each of them, and benefits received by the Underwriters shall be deemed to be equal to the total underwriting discounts and commissions, in each case as set forth on the cover page of the Prospectus. Relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any untrue or any alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information provided by the Company, the Selling Stockholders on the one hand or the Underwriters on the other, the intent of the parties and their relative knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement or omission. The Company, the Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution were determined by pro rata allocation or any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above. Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph (e), no person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. For purposes of this Section 8, each person who controls an Underwriter within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act and each director, officer, employee and agent of an Underwriter shall have the same rights to contribution as such Underwriter, and each person who controls the Company within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act, each officer of the Company who shall have signed the Registration Statement and each director of the Company shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company, subject in each case to the applicable terms and conditions of this paragraph (e).

 

27


(f) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the liability of each Selling Stockholder under such Selling Stockholder’s representations and warranties contained in Section 1 hereof, under the indemnity and contribution agreements contained in this Section 8 or otherwise pursuant to this Agreement shall be limited to an amount equal to the initial public offering price of the Securities sold by such Selling Stockholder to the Underwriters. The Company and the Selling Stockholders may agree, as among themselves and without limiting the rights of the Underwriters under this Agreement, as to the respective amounts of such liability for which they each shall be responsible.

9. Default by an Underwriter . If any one or more Underwriters shall fail to purchase and pay for any of the Securities agreed to be purchased by such Underwriter or Underwriters hereunder and such failure to purchase shall constitute a default in the performance of its or their obligations under this Agreement, the remaining Underwriters shall be obligated severally to take up and pay for (in the respective proportions which the amount of Securities set forth opposite their names in Schedule I hereto bears to the aggregate amount of Securities set forth opposite the names of all the remaining Underwriters) the Securities which the defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed to purchase; provided , however , that in the event that the aggregate amount of Securities which the defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed to purchase shall exceed 10% of the aggregate amount of Securities set forth in Schedule I hereto, the remaining Underwriters shall have the right to purchase all, but shall not be under any obligation to purchase any, of the Securities, and if such nondefaulting Underwriters do not purchase all the Securities, this Agreement will terminate without liability to any nondefaulting Underwriter, the Selling Stockholders or the Company. In the event of a default by any Underwriter as set forth in this Section 9, the Closing Date shall be postponed for such period, not exceeding five Business Days, as the Representatives shall determine in order that the required changes in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus or in any other documents or arrangements may be effected. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall relieve any defaulting Underwriter of its liability, if any, to the Company, the Selling Stockholders and any nondefaulting Underwriter for damages occasioned by its default hereunder.

10. Termination . This Agreement shall be subject to termination in the absolute discretion of the Representatives, by notice given to the Company prior to delivery of and payment for the Securities, if at any time prior to such delivery and payment (i) trading in the Company’s Common Stock shall have been suspended by the Commission or the New York Stock Exchange, (ii) trading in securities generally on the New York Stock Exchange shall have been suspended or limited or minimum prices shall have been established on such exchange, (iii) a banking moratorium shall have been declared either by Federal or New York State authorities or (iv) there shall have occurred any outbreak or escalation of hostilities, declaration by the United States of a national emergency or war, or other calamity or crisis the effect of which on financial markets is such as to make it, in the sole judgment of the Representatives, impractical or inadvisable to proceed with the offering or delivery of the Securities as contemplated by the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto).

 

28


11. Representations and Indemnities to Survive . The respective agreements, representations, warranties, indemnities and other statements of the Company or its officers, of each Selling Stockholder and of the Underwriters set forth in or made pursuant to this Agreement will remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter, any Selling Stockholder or the Company or any of the officers, directors, employees, agents or controlling persons referred to in Section 8 hereof, and will survive delivery of and payment for the Securities. The provisions of Sections 7 and 8 hereof shall survive the termination or cancellation of this Agreement.

12. Notices . All communications hereunder will be in writing and effective only on receipt, and, if sent to the Representatives, will be mailed, delivered or telefaxed to the Citigroup Global Markets Inc. General Counsel (fax no.: (212) 816-7912) and confirmed to the General Counsel, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., at 388 Greenwich Street, New York, New York, 10013, Attention: General Counsel; or, if sent to the Company, will be emailed to Ilya_Cantor@epam.com , Ginger_Mosier@epam.com and Joseph.Hall@davispolk.com and confirmed to the Company at 41 University Drive, Suite 202, Newtown, PA 18940, attention Chief Financial Officer and General Counsel; or if sent to any Selling Stockholder, will be mailed, delivered or telefaxed and confirmed to it at the address set forth in Schedule II hereto.

13. Successors . This Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and the officers, directors, employees, agents and controlling persons referred to in Section 8 hereof, and no other person will have any right or obligation hereunder.

14. No fiduciary duty . The Company and the Selling Stockholders hereby acknowledge that (a) the purchase and sale of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement is an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the Company and the Selling Stockholders, on the one hand, and the Underwriters and any affiliate through which it may be acting, on the other, (b) the Underwriters are acting as principal and not as an agent or fiduciary of the Company or the Selling Stockholders and (c) the Company’s engagement of the Underwriters in connection with the offering and the process leading up to the offering is as independent contractors and not in any other capacity. Furthermore, the Company and the Selling Stockholders agree that they are solely responsible for making their own judgments in connection with the offering (irrespective of whether any of the Underwriters has advised or is currently advising the Company or any Selling Stockholder on related or other matters). The Company and the Selling Stockholders agree that they will not claim that the Underwriters have rendered advisory services of any nature or respect, or owe an agency, fiduciary or similar duty to the Company or any of the Selling Stockholders, in connection with such transaction or the process leading thereto.

 

29


15. Integration . This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings (whether written or oral) between the Company, the Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters, or any of them, with respect to the subject matter hereof.

16. Applicable Law . This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed within the State of New York.

17. Waiver of Jury Trial . The Company and the Selling Stockholders hereby irrevocably waive, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

18. Counterparts . This Agreement may be signed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

19. Headings . The section headings used herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

20. Definitions . The terms that follow, when used in this Agreement, shall have the meanings indicated.

“Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

“Business Day” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a legal holiday or a day on which banking institutions or trust companies are authorized or obligated by law to close in New York City.

“Commission” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.

“Disclosure Package” shall mean (i) the Preliminary Prospectus dated [ ], 2012 as generally distributed to investors and used in the offering of the Securities, (ii) the Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses, if any, identified in Schedule III hereto, and (iii) any other Free Writing Prospectus that the parties hereto shall hereafter expressly agree in writing to treat as part of the Disclosure Package.

“Effective Date” shall mean each date and time that the Registration Statement, any post-effective amendment or amendments thereto and any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement became or becomes effective.

“Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

 

30


“Execution Time” shall mean the date and time that this Agreement is executed and delivered by the parties hereto.

“FINRA” means the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.

“Free Writing Prospectus” shall mean a free writing prospectus, as defined in Rule 405.

“Issuer Free Writing Prospectus” shall mean an issuer free writing prospectus, as defined in Rule 433.

“Material Adverse Effect” shall mean a material adverse effect on the financial condition, prospects, earnings, business or properties of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

“Preliminary Prospectus” shall mean any preliminary prospectus with respect to the offering of the Securities referred to in paragraph 1(i)(a) above included in the Registration Statement at the Effective Date that omits Rule 430A Information.

“Prospectus” shall mean the prospectus relating to the Securities that is first filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) after the Execution Time.

“Registration Statement” shall mean the registration statement referred to in paragraph 1(a) above, including exhibits and financial statements and any prospectus supplement relating to the Securities that is filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) and deemed part of such registration statement pursuant to Rule 430A, as amended at the Execution Time and, in the event any post-effective amendment thereto or any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement becomes effective prior to the Closing Date, shall also mean such registration statement as so amended or such Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, as the case may be.

“Rule 158”, “Rule 163”, “Rule 164”, “Rule 172”, “Rule 405”, “Rule 415”, “Rule 424”, “Rule 430A” and “Rule 433” refer to such rules under the Act.

“Rule 430A Information” shall mean information with respect to the Securities and the offering thereof permitted to be omitted from the Registration Statement when it becomes effective pursuant to Rule 430A.

“Rule 462(b) Registration Statement” shall mean a registration statement and any amendments thereto filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) relating to the offering covered by the registration statement referred to in Section 1(a) hereof.

 

31


If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, please sign and return to us the enclosed duplicate hereof, whereupon this letter and your acceptance shall represent a binding agreement among the Company, the Selling Stockholder(s) and the several Underwriters.

 

Very truly yours,
EPAM Systems, Inc.
By:    
  Name:  
  Title:  
[Selling Stockholder]
By:    
  Name:  
  Title:  
[Selling Stockholder]
By:    
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

32


The foregoing Agreement is hereby confirmed and accepted as of the date first above written.
Citigroup Global Markets Inc.
By:     
  Name:  
  Title:  
UBS Securities LLC
By:    
  Name:  
  Title:  
By:    
  Name:  
  Title:  
Barclays Capital Inc.
By:    
  Name:  
  Title:  
Renaissance Securities (Cyprus) Limited
By:    
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

33


SCHEDULE I

 

Underwriters

   Number of
Underwritten Securities
to be Purchased

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

  

UBS Securities LLC

  

Barclays Capital Inc.

  

Renaissance Securities (Cyprus) Limited

  

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated

  

Cowen and Company, LLC

  
  

 

Total

  
  

 


SCHEDULE II

 

Selling Stockholders:

   Number of
Underwritten Securities
to be Sold

[name]

  

[name]

  
  

 

Total

  
  

 


SCHEDULE III

Schedule of Free Writing Prospectuses included in the Disclosure Package


[Form of Lock-Up Agreement]   EXHIBIT A

EPAM Systems, Inc.

Public Offering of Common Stock

July              , 2011

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

UBS Securities LLC

Barclays Capital Inc.

Renaissance Securities (Cyprus) Limited

As Representatives of the several Underwriters,

c/o Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

388 Greenwich Street

New York, New York 10013

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This letter is being delivered to you in connection with the proposed Underwriting Agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”), between EPAM Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and each of you as representatives of a group of Underwriters named therein, relating to an underwritten public offering of Common Stock, $0.001 par value (the “Common Stock”), of the Company (the “Offering”).

In order to induce you and the other Underwriters to enter into the Underwriting Agreement, the undersigned will not, without the prior written consent of Citigroup Global Markets Inc., UBS Securities LLC and Barclays Capital Inc. (collectively, the “Lock-Up Agents”), offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of (or enter into any transaction which is designed to, or might reasonably be expected to, result in the disposition (whether by actual disposition or effective economic disposition due to cash settlement or otherwise) by the undersigned or any affiliate of the undersigned or any person in privity with the undersigned or any affiliate of the undersigned), directly or indirectly, or establish or increase a put equivalent position or liquidate or decrease a call equivalent position within the meaning of Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission promulgated thereunder (the “Exchange Act”) with respect to, any shares of Common Stock of the Company or any securities convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for such Common Stock (the “Lock-Up Securities”), or publicly announce an intention to effect any such transaction, from the date hereof and ending 180 days after the date of the Underwriting Agreement (the “Lock-Up Period”). If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, the undersigned further agrees that the foregoing restrictions shall be equally applicable to any issuer-directed shares of Common Stock the undersigned may purchase in the Offering. In addition, the undersigned agrees that, without the prior written consent of the Lock-Up Agents, it will not, during the Lock-Up Period, make any demand for or exercise any right with respect


to (other than piggyback registration rights, if any) the registration of any Lock-Up Securities or the filing of any registration statement with respect thereto. The undersigned also agrees and consents to the entry of stop transfer instructions with the Company’s transfer agent and registrar against the transfer of the undersigned’s Lock-Up Securities except in compliance with the foregoing restrictions.

If (i) the Company issues an earnings release or material news, or a material event relating to the Company occurs, during the last 17 days of the Lock-Up Period, or (ii) prior to the expiration of the Lock-Up Period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the Lock-Up Period, the restrictions imposed by this letter agreement shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event, unless the Lock-Up Agents waive, in writing, such extension. The undersigned hereby acknowledges that the Company will agree in the Underwriting Agreement to provide written notice to the undersigned of any event that would result in an extension of the Lock-Up Period and agrees that any such notice properly delivered will be deemed to have given to, and received by, the undersigned.

Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the restrictions described in this letter agreement shall not apply to:

 

  A. the sale of the Lock-Up Securities by the undersigned to the Underwriters in the Offering pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement; or

 

  B. the sale of the Lock-Up Securities purchased by the undersigned on the open market following the completion of the Offering; provided that (i) such sales are not required to be reported in any filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act (other than a filing on Form 5 after the expiration of the Lock-Up Period), or otherwise reported to the Securities and Exchange Commission and (ii) the undersigned does not otherwise voluntarily effect any such report during the Lock-Up Period; or

 

  C. the transfer of the Lock-Up Securities:

 

  (i) as a bona fide gift or gifts, including as a result of the operation of law or estate or intestate succession; or

 

  (ii) if the undersigned is a natural person, to a member of the immediate family of the undersigned (for purposes of this letter agreement, “immediate family” shall mean any relationship by blood, marriage or adoption, not more remote than first cousin, and shall include any former spouse); or

 

2


  (iii) if the undersigned is a natural person, to any trust or other entity for the direct or indirect benefit of the undersigned or the immediate family of the undersigned; or

 

  (iv) if the undersigned is a natural person, to a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which the undersigned and the immediate family of the undersigned are the direct or indirect legal and beneficial owners of all the outstanding equity securities or similar interests of such corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity; or

 

  (v) if the undersigned is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity, to any trust or other entity for the direct or indirect benefit of the undersigned or any affiliate, wholly-owned subsidiary, limited partner, member or stockholder of the undersigned; or

 

  (vi) if the undersigned is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity, to a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which the undersigned and any affiliate, wholly-owned subsidiary, limited partner, member or stockholder of the undersigned are the direct or indirect legal and beneficial owners of all the outstanding equity securities or similar interests of such corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity; or

 

  (vii) as a distribution to any affiliate, wholly-owned subsidiary, limited partner, member or stockholder of the undersigned;

provided that in the case of any transfer pursuant to clauses C(i) through C(vii) above, (a) the undersigned receives and delivers to the Lock-Up Agents a signed lock-up agreement substantially in the form of this letter agreement for the balance of the Lock-Up Period from each donee, trustee, distributee or transferee, as the case may be, (b) any such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value, (c) a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of Common Stock is not required to be reported in any filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act (other than a filing on Form 5 after the expiration of the Lock-Up Period), or otherwise reported to the Securities and Exchange Commission during the Lock-Up Period and (d) the undersigned does not otherwise voluntarily effect any such report during the Lock-Up Period; or

 

3


  D. any transfer of Lock-Up Securities to any immediate family of the undersigned or to a trust or other entity for the direct or indirect benefit of such immediate family of the undersigned to comply with the provisions of (i) any order or settlement resulting from any legal proceeding or (ii) any trust that is irrevocable upon the date of this letter; provided that in the case of any such transfer, unless the provisions of such order, settlement or trust otherwise require, the undersigned receives and delivers to the Lock-Up Agents a signed lock-up agreement substantially in the form of this letter agreement for the balance of the Lock-Up Period from each transferee; or

 

  E. the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of shares of Common Stock, provided that such plan does not provide for the transfer of Lock-Up Securities during the Lock-Up Period and, other than any filing required to be made pursuant to Section 13 or Section 16 of the Exchange Act, no public announcement of the establishment or existence of such plan and no filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission or other regulatory authority in respect of such plan or transactions thereunder or contemplated thereby, by the undersigned, the Company or any other person, shall be made by the undersigned, the Company or any other person, prior to the expiration of the Lock-Up Period; or

 

  F. the exercise by the undersigned of options or warrants to purchase Lock-Up Securities or the vesting, delivery or settlement of Lock-Up Securities or other awards and the receipt by the undersigned from the Company of Lock-Up Securities thereunder; or

 

  G. dispositions of Lock-Up Securities to the Company in a transaction exempt from Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act in connection with the exercise of options or warrants to purchase Lock-Up Securities or the vesting, delivery or settlement of Lock-Up Securities in order to pay or provide for any taxes due on such exercise, vesting, delivery or settlement, or to pay the exercise price thereof; provided that in the case of any disposition pursuant to clause G, (a) a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of Common Stock is not required to be reported in any filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act (other than a filing on Form 5 after the expiration of the Lock-Up Period), or otherwise reported to the Securities and Exchange Commission during the Lock-Up Period and (b) the undersigned does not otherwise voluntarily effect any such report during the Lock-Up Period; or

 

  H. dispositions of Lock-Up Securities to the Company in a transaction exempt from Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act in connection with the exercise of options or warrants to purchase Lock-Up Securities or the vesting, delivery or settlement of Lock-Up Securities in order to pay or provide for any taxes due on such exercise, vesting, delivery or settlement, or to pay the exercise price thereof; provided that in the case of any disposition pursuant to clause H, such disposition occurs in connection with or following the termination of the undersigned’s employment by or service to the Company or any of its affiliates.

 

4


The undersigned hereby agrees that delivery of this letter agreement to the undersigned satisfies any notice requirement with respect to the filing of the registration statement for the Offering pursuant to the Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement with the Company dated as of February 19, 2008 and the Registration Rights Agreement with the Company dated as of April 26, 2010 (collectively, the “Registration Rights Agreements”), and the Second Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement with the Company dated as of April 26, 2010 (together with the Registration Rights Agreements, the “Agreements”), and without prejudice to any piggyback registration rights the undersigned may have under the Registration Rights Agreements (but subject to the undersigned’s obligation not to demand any registration during the Lock-Up Period), the undersigned waives any tag-along rights, co-sale rights, or other similar rights under the Agreements, in each case to have any securities (debt or equity) included in the Offering or sold in connection with the sale of Common Stock pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, any preemptive rights the undersigned may have with respect to the Offering under the Agreements, any rights of first refusal or rights of first offer the undersigned may have with respect to the Lock-Up Securities under the Agreements and any rights the undersigned may have under Section 2.12(a) of either Registration Rights Agreement.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if and only if the undersigned previously had any rights under Section 2.12(a) of either Registration Rights Agreement, to the extent that the Lock-Up Agents release any Lock-Up Securities from the restrictions contained in any letter agreement (but not, for the avoidance of doubt, those contained in the Underwriting Agreement) which contains restrictions similar to those contained in this letter agreement, then the Lock-Up Agents shall simultaneously release a pro rata portion of the Lock-Up Securities subject to this letter agreement to the same extent (such that the percentage of shares released from this letter agreement is the same as the percentage of shares released under any other such letter agreement), unless the Company shall have confirmed to the Lock-Up Agents that such other release was due to reasons of economic hardship.

If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, (i) the Lock-Up Agents agree that, at least three business days before the effective date of any release or waiver of the foregoing restrictions in connection with a transfer of shares of Common Stock, the Lock-Up Agents will notify the Company of the impending release or waiver, and (ii) the Company will agree in the Underwriting Agreement to announce the impending release or waiver by press release through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver. Any release or waiver granted by the Lock-Up Agents hereunder to any such officer or director shall only be effective two business days after the publication date of such press release. The provisions of this paragraph will not apply if (a) the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer not for consideration and (b) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms described in this letter to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of the transfer.

 

5


It is understood that, if the Company notifies the Lock-Up Agents in writing that it does not intend to proceed with the Offering, if the Offering is not completed on or before June 30, 2012 or if for any reason the Underwriting Agreement (other than the provisions thereof that survive termination) shall terminate or be terminated prior to the Closing Date (as defined in the Underwriting Agreement), the letter agreement set forth above shall likewise be terminated and be of no further force and effect and the undersigned will be released from its obligations hereunder.

 

6


Yours very truly,
By:
 
 

Printed Name of Stockholder, director or officer

Address:

 
 
 
 

 

7


[Form of Press Release]   EXHIBIT B

EPAM Systems, Inc.

[            ], 2012

EPAM Systems, Inc. (the “Company”) announced today that Citigroup Global Markets Inc. UBS Securities LLC and Barclay’s Capital Inc., the release agents in the Company’s recent public sale of [            ] shares of common stock, are [waiving] [releasing] a lock-up restriction with respect to [            ] shares of the Company’s common stock held by [certain officers or directors] [an officer or director] of the Company. The [waiver] [release] will take effect on [            ], 2011, and the shares may be sold on or after such date.

This press release is not an offer for sale of the securities in the United States or in any other jurisdiction where such offer is prohibited, and such securities may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an exemption from registration under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.


[Form of Waiver of Lock-up]   ADDENDUM

[Letterhead of CGMI]

EPAM Systems, Inc.

Public Offering of Common Stock

[            ], 2011

[Name and Address of

Officer or Director

Requesting Waiver]

Dear Mr./Ms. [Name]:

This letter is being delivered to you in connection with the offering by EPAM Systems, Inc. (the “Company”) of [            ] shares of common stock, $[            ] par value (the “Common Stock”), of the Company and the lock-up letter dated [            ], 2011 (the “Lock-up Letter”), executed by you in connection with such offering, and your request for a [waiver] [release] dated [            ], 2011, with respect to [                ] shares of Common Stock (the “Shares”).

Citigroup Global Markets Inc., UBS Securities LLC and Barclays Capital Inc. hereby agree to [waive] [release] the transfer restrictions set forth in the Lock-up Letter, but only with respect to the Shares, effective [            ], 2011; provided , however , that such [waiver] [release] is conditioned on the Company announcing the impending [waiver] [release] by press release through a major news service at least two business days before effectiveness of such [waiver] [release]. This letter will serve as notice to the Company of the impending [waiver] [release].

Except as expressly [waived] [released] hereby, the Lock-up Letter shall remain in full force and effect.

 

Very truly yours,

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

By:    
  Name:  
  Title:  

UBS Securities LLC

By:    
  Name:  
  Title:  


By:    
  Name:  
  Title:  

Barclays Capital Inc.

By:    
  Name:  
  Title:  

cc: Company

 

2


EXHIBIT C

[Form of opinion of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP]


EXHIBIT D

[Form of negative-assurance letter of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP]


EXHIBIT E

[Form of General Counsel Opinion]


EXHIBIT F

[Form of Opinion of Whalen LLP]


EXHIBIT G

[Form of Local Counsel Opinion]

 

2


EXHIBIT H

[FORM OF COMFORT LETTER]

 

3

Exhibit 3.1

FORM OF

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

EPAM SYSTEMS, INC.

Pursuant to the provisions of § 242 and § 245 of the

General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware

EPAM Systems, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”), a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, hereby certifies as follows:

A. The present name of the Corporation is EPAM Systems, Inc. The original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on December 18, 2002, was amended and restated on January 19, 2006, was further amended and restated on February 19, 2008, was further amended by the Certificate of Designation of the Series A-3 Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock of the Corporation filed on April 22, 2010 and was further amended by the Certificate of Amendment to the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation filed on January 19, 2012.

B. The Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is hereby amended in its entirety as set forth in the Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation hereinafter provided.

C. The Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation herein certified has been duly adopted by the stockholders in accordance with the provisions of § 228, §242 and §245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (“ Delaware Law ”). Prompt written notice of the adoption of the amendments and of the restatement of the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation herein certified has been given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing thereto, as provided in § 228 of Delaware Law.

D. The Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall become effective upon the filing hereof with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

E. The Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation shall, at the effective time, read as follows:

Article 1. NAME

The name of the Corporation is EPAM Systems, Inc.


Article 2. REGISTERED OFFICE AND AGENT

The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19808. The name of its registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company.

Article 3. PURPOSE AND POWERS

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under Delaware Law.

Article 4. CAPITAL STOCK

4.1 Authorized Shares

The total number of shares of stock that the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 200,000,000, consisting of 160,000,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “ Common Stock ”), and 40,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “ Preferred Stock ”).

On January 19, 2012 (the “ Effective Time ”), each share of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time was automatically and without any further action on the part of the holder thereof converted into eight (8) shares of Common Stock (the “ Stock Split ”). Each holder of a certificate representing a share or shares of Common Stock, which certificate (an “ Old Certificate ”) was issued prior to the Effective Time, shall be entitled to receive, upon surrender of such Old Certificate to the Corporation for cancellation, a new certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock, which will equal the number of shares represented by the Old Certificate being surrendered multiplied by eight (8); provided that the Board of Directors may instead determine by resolution in accordance with § 158 of Delaware Law that such holder’s shares of Common Stock shall be uncertificated, in which case such holder shall not be entitled to receive a new certificate and such holder’s ownership of Common Stock shall be recorded in the books and records of the Corporation. No scrip or fractional share certificate shall be issued in connection with the Stock Split. Old Certificates will be deemed for all purposes to represent the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding after giving effect to the Stock Split, except that the holder of an Old Certificate shall not be entitled to receive any distributions payable by the Corporation after the Effective Time until such Old Certificate has been surrendered as aforesaid. Such distributions, if any, shall be accumulated and, at the time of surrender of the Old Certificate, all such unpaid distributions shall be paid without interest.

 

2


The Board of Directors is hereby empowered to authorize by resolution or resolutions from time to time the issuance of one or more classes or series of Preferred Stock and to fix the designations, powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other rights, if any, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, if any, with respect to each such class or series of Preferred Stock and the number of shares constituting each such class or series, and to increase or decrease the number of shares of any such class or series to the extent permitted by Delaware Law.

4.2 Voting Rights

Each holder of Common Stock, as such, shall be entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock held of record by such holder on all matters on which stockholders generally are entitled to vote; provided, however, that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation (including any Certificate of Designations relating to any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation (including any Certificate of Designations relating to any series of Preferred Stock) or pursuant to Delaware Law.

Article 5. BYLAWS

The Board of Directors shall have the power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation.

The stockholders may adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws only with the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than 66 2/3% of the total voting power of all outstanding securities of the Corporation then entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

Article 6. BOARD OF DIRECTORS

(1) The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of a Board of Directors consisting of not less than three directors, with the exact number of directors to be determined from time to time solely by resolution adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Whole Board. For purposes of this Certificate of Incorporation, the term “ Whole Board ” shall mean the total number of authorized directors whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships.

(2) The directors shall be divided into three classes, designated Class I, Class II and Class III. Each class shall consist, as nearly as may be possible, of one-third of the total number of directors constituting the entire Board of Directors. Each director shall serve for a term ending on the date of the third annual meeting of stockholders next following the annual meeting at which such director was elected, provided that directors initially designated as Class I directors shall serve for a term ending on the date of the 2013 annual meeting,

 

3


directors initially designated as Class II directors shall serve for a term ending on the date of the 2014 annual meeting, and directors initially designated as Class III directors shall serve for a term ending on the date of the 2015 annual meeting. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each director shall hold office until such director’s successor shall have been duly elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. In the event of any change in the number of directors, the Board of Directors shall apportion any newly created directorships among, or reduce the number of directorships in, such class or classes as shall equalize, as nearly as possible, the number of directors in each class. In no event will a decrease in the number of directors shorten the term of any incumbent director. A majority of the Whole Board shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the Board of Directors and, except as otherwise expressly required by law or by this Certificate of Incorporation, the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors.

(3) The names and mailing addresses of the persons who are to serve initially as directors of each Class are:

 

     Name    Mailing Address

Class I

   Karl Robb   

c/o EPAM Systems, Inc.

41 University Drive, Suite 202

Newtown, Pennsylvania 18940

   Ross Goodhart   

c/o EPAM Systems, Inc.

41 University Drive, Suite 202

Newtown, Pennsylvania 18940

Class II

   Andrew J. Guff   

c/o EPAM Systems, Inc.

41 University Drive, Suite 202

Newtown, Pennsylvania 18940

   Donald P. Spencer   

c/o EPAM Systems, Inc.

41 University Drive, Suite 202

Newtown, Pennsylvania 18940

   Ronald Vargo   

c/o EPAM Systems, Inc.

41 University Drive, Suite 202

Newtown, Pennsylvania 18940

Class III

   Arkadiy Dobkin   

c/o EPAM Systems, Inc.

41 University Drive, Suite 202

Newtown, Pennsylvania 18940

   Robert Segert   

c/o EPAM Systems, Inc.

41 University Drive, Suite 202

Newtown, Pennsylvania 18940

 

4


(4) There shall be no cumulative voting in the election of directors. Election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation so provide.

(5) Vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, removal or otherwise and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors may be filled solely by a majority of the directors then in office (although less than a quorum) or by the sole remaining director, and each director so elected shall hold office for a term that shall coincide with the term of the Class to which such director shall have been elected.

(6) No director may be removed from office by the stockholders except for cause with the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than a majority of the total voting power of all outstanding securities of the Corporation then entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

(7) Notwithstanding anything else contained herein, whenever the holders of one or more classes or series of Preferred Stock shall have the right, voting separately as a class or series, to elect directors, the election, term of office, filling of vacancies, removal and other features of such directorships shall be governed by the terms of the resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors pursuant to Article 4 applicable thereto, and such directors so elected shall not be subject to the provisions of this Article 6 unless otherwise provided therein.

Article 7. MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

(1) An annual meeting of stockholders for the election of directors to succeed those whose terms expire and for the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting shall be held at such place, on such date, and at such time as the Board of Directors shall determine.

(2) Special meetings of the stockholders may be called only by the Board of Directors acting pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board. Notwithstanding the foregoing, whenever holders of one or more classes or series of Preferred Stock shall have the right, voting separately as a class or series, to elect directors, such holders may call, pursuant to the terms of the resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors pursuant to Article 4 hereto, special meetings of holders of such Preferred Stock.

 

5


(3) Any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders may be taken only upon the vote of stockholders at an annual or special meeting duly noticed and called in accordance with Delaware Law, as amended from time to time, and this Article 7 and may not be taken by written consent of stockholders without a meeting.

Article 8. INDEMNIFICATION

(1) A director of the Corporation shall not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware Law.

(2)(a) Each person (and the heirs, executors or administrators of such person) who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to, or is involved in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware Law. The right to indemnification conferred in this Article 8 shall also include the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in connection with any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition to the fullest extent authorized by Delaware Law. The right to indemnification conferred in this Article 8 shall be a contract right.

(b) The Corporation may, by action of its Board of Directors, provide indemnification to such of the employees and agents of the Corporation to such extent and to such effect as the Board of Directors shall determine to be appropriate and authorized by Delaware Law.

(3) The Corporation shall have power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss incurred by such person in any such capacity or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under Delaware Law.

(4) The rights and authority conferred in this Article 8 shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may otherwise have or hereafter acquire.

 

6


(5) Neither the amendment nor repeal of this Article 8, nor the adoption of any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation, nor, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware Law, any modification of law, shall adversely affect any right or protection of any person granted pursuant hereto existing at, or arising out of or related to any event, act or omission that occurred prior to, the time of such amendment, repeal, adoption or modification (regardless of when any proceeding (or part thereof) relating to such event, act or omission arises or is first threatened, commenced or completed).

(6) The Corporation hereby acknowledges that the directors affiliated with Siguler Guff & Company and its affiliates may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by Siguler Guff & Company and certain of its affiliates (collectively, the “ Fund Indemnitors ”). The Corporation hereby agrees (i) that it is the indemnitor of first resort (i.e., its obligations to such persons are primary and any obligation of the Fund Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by such persons are secondary), (ii) that it shall be required to advance the full amount of expenses incurred by such persons and shall be liable for the full amount of all expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement to the extent legally permitted and as required by the terms of this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation (or any other agreement between the Corporation and such persons), without regard to any rights such persons may have against the Fund Indemnitors, and (iii) that it irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Fund Indemnitors from any and all claims against the Fund Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. The Corporation further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Fund Indemnitors on behalf of such persons with respect to any claim for which such persons have sought indemnification from the Corporation shall affect the foregoing and the Fund Indemnitors shall be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of such persons against the Corporation. The Corporation and each such person agree that the Fund Indemnitors are express third party beneficiaries of the terms of this Article 8, section 6.

Article 9. FORUM SELECTION

The Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of the corporation to the corporation or the corporation’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, or (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Article 9.

 

7


Article 10. AMENDMENTS

The Corporation reserves the right to amend this Certificate of Incorporation in any manner permitted by Delaware Law and all rights and powers conferred upon stockholders, directors and officers herein are granted subject to this reservation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions set forth in Articles 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 and this Article 10 may not be repealed or amended in any respect, and no other provision may be adopted, amended or repealed which would have the effect of modifying or permitting the circumvention of the provisions set forth in any of Articles 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 or this Article 10, unless such action is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than 66 2/3% of the total voting power of all outstanding securities of the Corporation then entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

[ Remainder of page intentionally left blank. ]

 

8


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation as of this              day of                      , 2012.

 

EPAM SYSTEMS, INC.
   
By: Ilya Cantor
Title: Chief Financial Officer

Exhibit 3.2

FORM OF

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

OF

EPAM SYSTEMS, INC.

ARTICLE 1

OFFICES

Section 1.01 . Registered Office. The registered office of EPAM Systems, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”) shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware.

Section 1.02 . Other Offices. The Corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.

Section 1.03 . Books. The books of the Corporation may be kept within or without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.

ARTICLE 2

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

Section 2.01 . Time and Place of Meetings. All meetings of stockholders shall be held at such place, either within or without the State of Delaware, on such date and at such time as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors (or the Chairman in the absence of a designation by the Board of Directors).

Section 2.02 . Annual Meetings. An annual meeting of stockholders, commencing with the year 2013, shall be held for the election of directors and to transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.

Section 2.03 . Special Meetings. Special meetings of the stockholders may be called only by the Board of Directors acting pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board.

Section 2.04 . Notice of Meetings and Adjourned Meetings; Waivers of Notice. (a) Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in

 

1


person and vote at such meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Unless otherwise provided by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (“ Delaware Law ”), such notice shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting. The Board of Directors or the chairman of the meeting may adjourn the meeting to another time or place (whether or not a quorum is present), and notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time, place and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and voting at such meeting, are announced at the meeting at which such adjournment is made. At the adjourned meeting, the Corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, or after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

(b) A written waiver of any such notice signed by the person entitled thereto, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.

Section 2.05 . Quorum. Unless otherwise provided under the Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation (the “ Certificate of Incorporation ”) or these Bylaws and subject to Delaware Law, the presence, in person or by proxy, of the holders of a majority of the outstanding capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the chairman of the meeting or a majority in voting interest of the stockholders present in person or represented by proxy may adjourn the meeting, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified.

Section 2.06 . Voting. (a) Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation and subject to Delaware Law, each stockholder shall be entitled to one vote for each outstanding share of capital stock of the Corporation held by such stockholder. Any share of capital stock of the Corporation held by the

 

2


Corporation shall have no voting rights. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of the majority of the shares of capital stock of the Corporation present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock to elect additional directors under specific circumstances, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares of capital stock of the Corporation present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors.

(b) Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent or dissent to a corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy, appointed by an instrument in writing, subscribed by such stockholder or by his attorney thereunto authorized, or by proxy sent by cable, telegram or by any means of electronic communication permitted by law, which results in a writing from such stockholder or by his attorney, and delivered to the secretary of the meeting. No proxy shall be voted after three (3) years from its date, unless said proxy provides for a longer period.

(c) In determining the number of votes cast for or against a proposal or nominee, shares abstaining from voting on a matter and votes by a broker that have not been directed by the beneficial owner will be counted for purposes of determining a quorum but not for purposes of determining the number of votes cast.

Section 2.07 . Action by Consent. As set forth in Article 7 of the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders may be taken only upon the vote of stockholders at an annual or special meeting duly noticed and called in accordance with Delaware Law and may not be taken by written consent of stockholders without a meeting.

Section 2.08 . Organization. At each meeting of stockholders, the Chairman of the Board, if one shall have been elected, or in the Chairman’s absence or if one shall not have been elected, the director designated by the vote of the majority of the directors present at such meeting, shall act as chairman of the meeting. The Secretary (or in the Secretary’s absence or inability to act, the person whom the chairman of the meeting shall appoint secretary of the meeting) shall act as secretary of the meeting and keep the minutes thereof.

Section 2.09 . Order of Business. The order of business at all meetings of stockholders shall be as determined by the chairman of the meeting.

 

3


Section 2.10. Nomination of Directors.

(a) Annual Meetings of Stockholders . (i) Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the Corporation or the proposal of other business to be transacted by the stockholders at an annual meeting of stockholders may be made only (A) pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto), (B) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof or (C) by any stockholder of the Corporation who is a stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in this Section 2.10(a) and at the time of the annual meeting, who shall be entitled to vote at the meeting and who complies with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.10(a), and any failure to comply with these procedures shall result in the nullification of such nomination or proposal.

(ii) For nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting of stockholders by a stockholder pursuant to clause (i)(C) of paragraph (i) of this Section 2.10(a), the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the secretary of the Corporation and any such proposed business (other than the nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors) must constitute a proper matter for stockholder action. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice shall be delivered to, or mailed and received by, the secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting of stockholders; provided, however , that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than 30 days prior to such anniversary date or delayed more than 70 days after such anniversary date then to be timely such notice must be received by the Corporation no earlier than 120 days prior to such annual meeting and no later than the later of 70 days prior to the date of the meeting or the 10 th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of the meeting was first made by the Corporation. In no event shall the adjournment or postponement of any meeting, or any announcement thereof, commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

(iii) A stockholder’s notice to the secretary shall set forth (A) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a director all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “ Exchange Act ”) (including such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected), (B) as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief

 

4


description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the text of the proposal or business (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and in the event that such business includes a proposal to amend these Bylaws, the text of the proposed amendment), the reasons for conducting such business and any material interest in such business of such stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made and (C) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made:

(1) the name and address of such stockholder (as they appear on the Corporation’s books) and any such beneficial owner;

(2) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are held of record or are beneficially owned by such stockholder and by any such beneficial owner;

(3) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding between or among such stockholder and any such beneficial owner, any of their respective affiliates or associates, and any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such nomination or other business;

(4) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding (including, regardless of the form of settlement, any derivative, long or short positions, profit interests, forwards, futures, swaps, options, warrants, convertible securities, stock appreciation or similar rights, hedging transactions and borrowed or loaned shares) that has been entered into by or on behalf of, or any other agreement, arrangement or understanding that has been made, the effect or intent of which is to create or mitigate loss to, manage risk or benefit of share price changes for, or increase or decrease the voting power of, such stockholder or any such beneficial owner or any such nominee with respect to the Corporation’s securities;

(5) a representation that the stockholder is a holder of record of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to bring such nomination or other business before the meeting; and

(6) a representation as to whether such stockholder or any such beneficial owner intends or is part of a group that intends to (i) deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the voting power of the Corporation’s

 

5


outstanding capital stock required to approve or adopt the proposal or to elect each such nominee and/or (ii) otherwise to solicit proxies from stockholders in support of such proposal or nomination. If requested by the Corporation, the information required under clauses 2.10(a)(iii)(C)(2), (3) and (4) of the preceding sentence of this Section 2.10 shall be supplemented by such stockholder and any such beneficial owner not later than 10 days after the record date for the meeting to disclose such information as of the record date.

(b) Special Meetings of Stockholders . If the election of directors is included as business to be brought before a special meeting in the Corporation’s notice of meeting, then nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the Corporation at a special meeting of stockholders may be made by any stockholder who is a stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in this Section 2.10(b) and at the time of the special meeting, who shall be entitled to vote at the meeting and who complies with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.10(b). For nominations to be properly brought by a stockholder before a special meeting of stockholders pursuant to this Section 2.10(b), the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the secretary of the Corporation. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice shall be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation (A) not earlier than 120 days prior to the date of the special meeting nor (B) later than the later of 90 days prior to the date of the special meeting or the 10 th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of the special meeting was first made. A stockholder’s notice to the secretary shall comply with the notice requirements of Section 2.10(a)(iii).

(c) General . (i) At the request of the Board of Directors, any person nominated by the Board of Directors for election as a director shall furnish to the secretary of the Corporation the information that is required to be set forth in a stockholder’s notice of nomination that pertains to the nominee. No person shall be eligible to be nominated by a stockholder to serve as a director of the Corporation unless nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.10. No business proposed by a stockholder shall be conducted at a stockholder meeting except in accordance with this Section 2.10. The chairman of the meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that a nomination was not made in accordance with the procedures prescribed by these Bylaws or that business was not properly brought before the meeting, and if he should so determine, he shall so declare to the meeting and the defective nomination shall be disregarded or such business shall not be transacted, as the case may be. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.10, unless otherwise required by law, if the stockholder (or a qualified representative of the stockholder) does not appear at the annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation to present a nomination or other proposed

 

6


business, such nomination shall be disregarded or such proposed business shall not be transacted, as the case may be, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Corporation and counted for purposes of determining a quorum. For purposes of this Section 2.10, to be considered a qualified representative of the stockholder, a person must be a duly authorized officer, manager or partner of such stockholder or must be authorized by a writing executed by such stockholder or an electronic transmission delivered by such stockholder to act for such stockholder as proxy at the meeting of stockholders and such person must produce such writing or electronic transmission, or a reliable reproduction of the writing or electronic transmission, at the meeting of stockholders.

(ii) Without limiting the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.10, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act, and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 2.10; provided , however , that any references in these Bylaws to the Exchange Act or such rules and regulations are not intended to and shall not limit any requirements applicable to nominations or proposals as to any other business to be considered pursuant to this Section 2.10, and compliance with paragraphs (a)(i)(C) and (b) of this Section 2.10 shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make nominations or submit other business (other than as provided in paragraph 2.10(c)(iii)).

(iii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the notice requirements set forth herein with respect to the proposal of any business pursuant to this Section 2.10 shall be deemed satisfied by a stockholder if such stockholder has submitted a proposal to the Corporation in compliance with Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act, and such stockholder’s proposal has been included in a proxy statement that has been prepared by the Corporation to solicit proxies for the meeting of stockholders.

ARTICLE 3

DIRECTORS

Section 3.01 . General Powers. Except as otherwise provided in Delaware Law or the Certificate of Incorporation, the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.

Section 3.02 . Number, Election and Term Of Office. The Board of Directors shall consist of not less than three nor more than nine directors, with the exact number of directors to be determined from time to time solely by resolution adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Whole Board. For purposes

 

7


of these Bylaws, the term “Whole Board” shall mean the total number of authorized directors whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships. As set forth in Article 6 of the Certificate of Incorporation, the directors shall be divided into three classes, designated Class I, Class II and Class III. Each class shall consist, as nearly as may be possible, of one-third of the total number of directors constituting the entire Board of Directors. Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, each director shall serve for a term ending on the date of the third annual meeting of stockholders next following the annual meeting at which such director was elected. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each director shall hold office until such director’s successor shall have been duly elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. Directors need not be stockholders.

Section 3.03 . Quorum and Manner of Acting. Unless the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws require a greater number, a majority of the Whole Board shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the Board of Directors and, except as otherwise expressly required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, the act of a majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors. When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place (whether or not a quorum is present), notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the Board of Directors may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors the directors present thereat shall adjourn the meeting, from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

Section 3.04 . Time and Place of Meetings. The Board of Directors shall hold its meetings at such place, either within or without the State of Delaware, and at such time as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors (or the Chairman in the absence of a determination by the Board of Directors).

Section 3.05 . Annual Meeting. The Board of Directors shall meet for the purpose of organization, the election of officers and the transaction of other business, as soon as practicable after each annual meeting of stockholders, on the same day and at the same place where such annual meeting shall be held. Notice of such meeting need not be given. In the event such annual meeting is not so held, the annual meeting of the Board of Directors may be held at such place either within or without the State of Delaware, on such date and at such time as shall be specified in a notice thereof given as hereinafter provided in Section 3.07 herein or in a waiver of notice thereof signed by any director who chooses to waive the requirement of notice.

 

8


Section 3.06 . Regular Meetings. After the place and time of regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall have been determined and notice thereof shall have been once given to each member of the Board of Directors, regular meetings may be held without further notice being given.

Section 3.07 . Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board or the President and shall be called by the Chairman of the Board, President or Secretary on the written request of three directors. Notice of special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be given to each director at least two days before the date of the meeting in such manner as is determined by the Board of Directors.

Section 3.08 . Committees. The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to the following matter: (a) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by Delaware Law to be submitted to the stockholders for approval or (b) adopting, amending or repealing any bylaw of the Corporation. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors when required.

Section 3.09 . Action by Consent. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions, are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

 

9


Section 3.10 . Telephonic Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, members of the Board of Directors, or any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors, or such committee, as the case may be, by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

Section 3.11 . Resignation. Any director may resign at any time by giving notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the Board of Directors or to the Secretary of the Corporation. The resignation of any director shall take effect upon receipt of notice thereof or at such later time as shall be specified in such notice; and unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

Section 3.12 . Vacancies. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, removal or otherwise and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors may be filled solely by a majority of the directors then in office (although less than a quorum) or by the sole remaining director, and each director so elected shall hold office for a term that shall coincide with the term of the Class to which such director shall have been elected. If there are no directors in office, then an election of directors may be held in accordance with Delaware Law. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, when one or more directors shall resign from the Board, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have the power to fill such vacancy or vacancies and each director so chosen shall hold office as provided in the filling of the other vacancies.

Section 3.13 . Removal. No director may be removed from office by the stockholders except for cause with the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than a majority of the total voting power of all outstanding securities of the corporation then entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

Section 3.14 . Compensation. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the Board of Directors shall have authority to fix the compensation of directors, including fees and reimbursement of expenses.

Section 3.15 . Preferred Stock Directors. Notwithstanding anything else contained herein, whenever the holders of one or more classes or series of Preferred Stock shall have the right, voting separately as a class or series, to elect directors, the election, term of office, filling of vacancies, removal and other features of such directorships shall be governed by the terms of the resolutions applicable thereto adopted by the Board of Directors pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation, and such directors so elected shall not be subject to the provisions of Sections 3.02, 3.12 and 3.13 of this Article 3 unless otherwise provided therein.

 

10


ARTICLE 4

OFFICERS

Section 4.01 . Principal Officers. The principal officers of the Corporation shall be a President, one or more Vice Presidents, a Treasurer and a Secretary who shall have the duty, among other things, to record the proceedings of the meetings of stockholders and directors in a book kept for that purpose. The Corporation may also have such other principal officers, including one or more Controllers, as the Board may in its discretion appoint. One person may hold the offices and perform the duties of any two or more of said offices, except that no one person shall hold the offices and perform the duties of President and Secretary.

Section 4.02 . Election, Term of Office and Remuneration. The principal officers of the Corporation shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors at the annual meeting thereof. Each such officer shall hold office until his or her successor is elected and qualified, or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. The remuneration of all officers of the Corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors. Any vacancy in any office shall be filled in such manner as the Board of Directors shall determine.

Section 4.03 . Subordinate Officers. In addition to the principal officers enumerated in Section 4.01 herein, the Corporation may have one or more Assistant Treasurers, Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Controllers and such other subordinate officers, agents and employees as the Board of Directors may deem necessary, each of whom shall hold office for such period as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine. The Board of Directors may delegate to any principal officer the power to appoint and to remove any such subordinate officers, agents or employees.

Section 4.04 . Removal. Except as otherwise permitted with respect to subordinate officers, any officer may be removed, with or without cause, at any time, by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors.

Section 4.05 . Resignations. Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Board of Directors (or to a principal officer if the Board of Directors has delegated to such principal officer the power to appoint and to remove such officer). The resignation of any officer shall take effect upon receipt of notice thereof or at such later time as shall be specified in such notice; and unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

 

11


Section 4.06 . Powers and Duties. The officers of the Corporation shall have such powers and perform such duties incident to each of their respective offices and such other duties as may from time to time be conferred upon or assigned to them by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE 5

CAPITAL STOCK

Section 5.01 . Certificates For Stock; Uncertificated Shares. The shares of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board of Directors of the Corporation may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Corporation. Except as otherwise provided by law, the rights and obligations of the holders of uncertificated shares and the rights and obligations of the holders of shares represented by certificates of the same class and series shall be identical. Every holder of stock represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by the Chairman or Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors, or the President or Vice President, and by the Treasurer or an assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an assistant Secretary of such Corporation representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue. The Corporation shall not have power to issue a certificate in bearer form.

Section 5.02 . Transfer Of Shares. Shares of the stock of the Corporation may be transferred on the record of stockholders of the Corporation by the holder thereof or by such holder’s duly authorized attorney upon surrender of a certificate therefor properly endorsed or upon receipt of proper transfer instructions from the registered holder of uncertificated shares or by such holder’s duly authorized attorney and upon compliance with appropriate procedures for transferring shares in uncertificated form, unless waived by the Corporation.

Section 5.03 . Authority for Additional Rules Regarding Transfer. The Board of Directors shall have the power and authority to make all such rules and regulations as they may deem expedient concerning the issue, transfer and registration of certificated or uncertificated shares of the stock of the Corporation, as well as for the issuance of new certificates in lieu of those which may be lost or destroyed, and may require of any stockholder requesting replacement of lost or destroyed certificates, bond in such amount and in such form as they may deem expedient to indemnify the Corporation, and/or the transfer agents, and/or the registrars of its stock against any claims arising in connection therewith.

 

12


ARTICLE 6

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 6.01 . Fixing the Record Date. (a) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing such record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting. If the Board of Directors so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the Board of Directors determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided that the Board of Directors may in its discretion or as required by law fix a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and in such case shall fix the same date or an earlier date as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting.

(b) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

Section 6.02 . Dividends. Subject to limitations contained in Delaware Law and the Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of capital stock of the Corporation, which dividends may be paid either in cash, in property or in shares of the capital stock of the Corporation.

 

13


Section 6.03 . Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall commence on January 1 and end on December 31 of each year.

Section 6.04 . Corporate Seal. The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the year of its organization and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware”. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed, affixed or otherwise reproduced.

Section 6.05 . Voting of Stock Owned by the Corporation. The Board of Directors may authorize any person, on behalf of the Corporation, to attend, vote at and grant proxies to be used at any meeting of stockholders of any corporation (except this Corporation) in which the Corporation may hold stock.

Section 6.06 . Amendments. These Bylaws or any of them, may be altered, amended or repealed, or new Bylaws may be made, by the stockholders entitled to vote thereon at any annual or special meeting thereof, or by the Board of Directors. Unless a higher percentage is required by the Certificate of Incorporation as to any matter that is the subject of these Bylaws, all such amendments must be approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of 662/3% of the total voting power of all outstanding securities of the Corporation then entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, or by a majority of the Board of Directors.

 

14

Exhibit 4.1

LOGO


The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:

 

TEN COM - as tenants in common

  UNIF GIFT MIN ACT - ................... Custodian .............

TEN ENT - as tenants by the entireties

  (Cust)             (Minor)

JT TEN - as joint tenants with right of

  under Uniform Gifts to Minors

                survivorship and not as tenants

 

                in common

  Act ...................      
  (State)

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

For Value Received,                                  hereby sell, assign and transfer unto

 

    PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER    

IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE

  
    
    
    

 

 

 

(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE)

 

 

 

 

 

   

Shares

of the stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint

 

   

Attorney

to transfer the said stock on the books of the within named Corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

 

Date d                                                                         

  

 

  

 

  

NOTICE: THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATSOEVER.

Signature(s) Guaranteed

 

By                                                                                             

  

The Signature(s) must be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (Banks, Stockbrokers, Savings and Loan Associations and Credit Unions with membership in an approved Signature Guarantee Medallion Program), pursuant to SEC Rule 17Ad-15.

  

 

 

THE CORPORATION WILL FURNISH TO ANY STOCKHOLDER, UPON REQUEST AND WITHOUT CHARGE, A FULL STATEMENT OF THE DESIGNATIONS, RELATIVE RIGHTS, PREFERENCES AND LIMITATIONS OF THE SHARES OF EACH CLASS AND SERIES AUTHORIZED TO BE ISSUED, SO FAR AS THE SAME HAVE BEEN DETERMINED, AND OF THE AUTHORITY, IF ANY, OF THE BOARD TO DIVIDE THE SHARES INTO CLASSES OR SERIES AND TO DETERMINE AND CHANGE THE RELATIVE RIGHTS, PREFERENCES AND LIMITATIONS OF ANY CLASS OR SERIES. SUCH REQUEST MAY BE MADE TO THE SECRETARY OF THE CORPORATION OR TO THE TRANSFER AGENT NAMED ON THIS CERTIFICATE.

 

Exhibits 5.1 and 23.2

 

OPINION OF DAVIS POLK & WARDWELL LLP

 

January 23, 2012

 

EPAM Systems, Inc.

41 University Drive

Suite 202

Newtown, Pennsylvania 18940

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

EPAM Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), is filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission a Registration Statement on Form S-1 (the “ Registration Statement ”) for the purpose of registering under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), 8,510,000 shares of its common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of which up to 2,627,647 shares will be sold by the Company (the “ Primary Securities ”), which includes 1,110,000 shares subject to an over-allotment option granted by the Company to the underwriters, and 5,882,353 shares (the “ Secondary Securities ”) will be sold by the selling stockholders (the “ Selling Stockholders ”) referred to therein.

 

We, as your counsel, have examined such documents and such matters of fact and law that we have deemed necessary for the purpose of rendering the opinion expressed herein. Based on the foregoing, we advise you that, in our opinion:

 

i)   when the Company files its Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, a form of which has been filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, when the price at which the Primary Securities are to be sold has been approved by or on behalf of the Board of Directors of the Company and when the Primary Securities have been duly issued and delivered against payment therefor in accordance with the terms of the Underwriting Agreement referred to in the prospectus which is a part of the Registration Statement, the Primary Securities will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable;

 

ii)   the Secondary Securities to be sold by the Selling Stockholders which are outstanding as of the date hereof are validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable; and

 

iii)   the Secondary Securities to be sold by the Selling Stockholders which are issuable upon the prior exercise of options to purchase common stock of the Company will, upon the proper exercise of such options, be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

 

We are members of the Bar of the State of New York and the foregoing opinion is limited to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and further consent to the reference to our name under the caption “Legal Matters” in the prospectus which is a part of the Registration Statement. In giving this consent, we do not admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act.

 

Very truly yours,

/s/ Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP

Exhibit 10.6

EPAM SYSTEMS, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED 2006 STOCK OPTION PLAN

(amended and restated as of [                     ] 1 )

 

  1. P URPOSE .

The purpose of this Amended and Restated 2006 Stock Option Plan of EPAM Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), as may be further amended from time to time (this “ Plan ”) is to promote the financial interests of the Company, including its growth and performance, by encouraging directors, officers, employees, and consultants of the Company and its subsidiaries to acquire an ownership position in the Company, enhancing the ability of the Company and its subsidiaries to attract and retain personnel of outstanding ability, and providing those individuals with a way to acquire or increase their proprietary interest in the Company’s success.

 

  2. S HARES S UBJECT TO THIS P LAN .

Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 11 hereof, up to Seven Million Three Hundred Ninety Five Thousand Eight Hundred Forty (7,395,840) shares of the Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company (the “ Shares ”) shall be available for the grant of nonqualified stock options under this Plan. The Shares issued under this Plan may be authorized and unissued Shares, as the Company may from time to time determine. The Shares subject to this Plan shall not be exercisable for an exercise price that is less than the fair market value of a Share as of the date of grant of such option, as determined by the Committee in good faith and on such basis as it deems appropriate. Whenever possible, the determination of the fair market value shall be based upon the closing price of a Share on the day before the date of grant of the option. The Company shall reserve and keep available such number of Shares as will satisfy the requirements of all outstanding options granted under this Plan. Shares subject to an option that expires unexercised, that is forfeited, terminated or canceled, in whole or in part, or is paid in cash in lieu of Shares, shall thereafter again be available for grant under the EPAM Systems Inc. 2012 Long Term Incentive Plan. Effective as of the Effective Date set forth in Section 13 of this Plan, no options may be granted under this Plan, but any options outstanding under this Plan as of such date shall continue to be governed by this Plan and the applicable award agreement.

 

1  

The closing date of the IPO.


  3. A DMINISTRATION .

3.1. Compensation Committee . This Plan shall be administered by the Compensation Committee (the “ Committee ”) of the Board of Directors of the Company, such Committee shall consist of at least two (2) members of the Board of Directors. A majority of the Committee shall constitute a quorum, and the acts of a majority shall be the acts of the Committee. Until such time that the Board of Directors appoints all of the members to the Committee in writing, the Board of Directors shall administer this Plan (and provision of this Plan that requires the Committee to act shall be performed by the Board of Directors) and a majority of the Board of Directors shall constitute a quorum, and the acts of a majority shall be the acts of the Board of Directors.

3.2. Powers . Subject to the provisions of this Plan, the Committee shall (i) from time to time select directors, officers, employees, contractors and consultants of the Company and its subsidiaries who will participate in this Plan (the “ Participants ”), determine the type of options to be granted to Participants, determine the Shares subject to option, and (ii) have the authority to interpret this Plan, to establish, amend and rescind any rules and regulations relating to this Plan, determine the terms and provisions of any agreements entered into hereunder, and make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of this Plan. The Committee may correct any defect, supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in this Plan or in any option in the manner and to the extent it shall deem desirable to carry it into effect. The determinations of the Committee in the administration of this Plan, as described herein, shall be final and conclusive.

 

  4. E LIGIBILITY .

All directors, officers, and employees and certain independent contractors of the Company and its subsidiaries, as determined by the Committee, are eligible to be participants (the “ Participants ”) in this Plan.

 

  5. E XERCISE O F O PTIONS .

5.1. Time and Price . Options shall vest and be exercisable on an annual basis, or such period pursuant to Section 5 or such other period as designated by the Committee. In no event may options be exercisable more than 10 years after their date of grant (the “ Expiration Date ”). The option price of each Share as to which a stock option is exercised shall be paid in full at the time of such exercise.

5.2. Option Exercise. To exercise the option, the Participant or his or her successor shall deliver to the Company (i) written notice, setting forth the number of Shares being purchased and the date of exercise of the option and (ii) full payment for the Shares being purchased. The payment for the Shares may be made by any of the following methods or any combination thereof as permitted by the Committee: (A) cash, (B) check, (C) tendering of Shares (including those underlying awards under the Plan) that have a fair market value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which the option is exercised and any applicable withholding taxes or (D) through a cashless brokered exercise program that complies with the applicable laws and that ensures prompt delivery to the Company of the amount required to pay the exercise price and any applicable withholding taxes. If the option is exercised by the successor of the Participant, following his or her death, proof shall be


submitted, satisfactory to the Committee, of the right of the successor to exercise the option. Any stock certificates evidencing Shares issued pursuant to this Plan which have not been registered with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission shall contain appropriate legends. No certificates representing Shares shall be issued pursuant to this Plan until full payment for such Shares has been made.

5.3. No Shareholder Rights . The Participant shall have no rights as a shareholder with respect to optioned Shares until the date of exercise of the option with respect to such Shares. No adjustment shall be made for dividends (ordinary or extraordinary, whether in cash, securities or other property) or distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to such date of exercise, except as provided in Section 11 or as otherwise provided herein. The Company shall not be required to transfer or deliver any certificates for Shares purchased upon any exercise of any option until after compliance with all then applicable requirements of applicable law. Any fraction of a Share required to satisfy such obligation shall be disregarded and the amount due shall instead be paid in cash to the Participant.

 

  6. T AXES .

6.1. Withholding . The Company shall have the right to deduct from any payment to be made pursuant to this Plan, or to require prior to the issuance or delivery of any Shares or the payment of cash under this Plan, any taxes required by law to be withheld therefrom. The Committee in its sole and absolute discretion may permit a Participant to elect to satisfy such withholding obligation by having the Company retain the number of Shares the fair market value of which equals the amount required to be withheld.

6.2. Issuance Taxes . The issuance of stock certificates upon exercise of the option shall be made without charge to the exercising holder for any stamp or similar tax imposed with respect thereto. The Company shall not, however, be required to pay any such tax that may be payable on account of the issuance and delivery of stock certificates in any name other than that of the registered holder of the option, and the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any such stock certificate unless and until the person or persons requesting the issue thereof have paid to the Company the amount of such tax or have established to the satisfaction of the Company that such tax has been paid.

 

  7. N ON - TRANSFERABILITY .

7.1 No option shall be assigned, pledged, sold, transferred or, otherwise encumbered or disposed of, either voluntarily or by operation of law (whether by virtue of execution, attachment, or similar process) (each of the foregoing a “ Transfer ”), except (i) by will or by the laws of descent or distribution or (ii) to the extent permitted by the Committee in its sole and absolute discretion. An option may be exercised during the lifetime of Participant only by him or her. The terms of an option shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of Participant.


7.2 A Participant may designate a beneficiary or change a previous beneficiary designation at such times prescribed by the Committee by using forms and following procedures approved or accepted by the Committee for that purpose.

 

  8. R EGISTRATION R IGHTS A GREEMENT ; R ESTRICTIVE E NDORSEMENTS

8.1 Notwithstanding anything contained in this Plan to the contrary, as a condition precedent to the Participant exercising all or any portion of an option, the Participant shall acknowledge that the Participant has read and agrees in writing to be legally bound by (and shall become a party to, if applicable) all applicable formal written agreements among the Company and its shareholders (currently, that certain Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of February 19, 2008), which govern at least a majority of the then issued and outstanding shares of the Company and, which are in full force and effect at the time of the Participant’s election to exercise the option.

8.2 The Company reserves the right to include appropriate legends on any stock certificates evidencing shares issued pursuant to this Plan, to the extent such legends are required to comply with transfer restrictions pursuant to applicable securities laws.

 

  9. N O R IGHT T O E MPLOYMENT OR O THER R ELATIONSHIP .

No person shall have any claim or right to be granted an option, and the grant of an option shall not be construed as giving a Participant the right to be retained as an employee, officer, contractor, consultant or director of the Company or its subsidiaries. Further, the Company and its subsidiaries expressly reserve the right at any time to dismiss a Participant free from any liability, or any claim under this Plan, except as provided herein or in any agreement entered into hereunder.

 

  10. T ERMINATION OF R IGHTS , C ERTAIN E VENTS .

10.1. In General . Except as otherwise provided for in this Plan, if at any time while an option is unexercised and unexpired, such Participant’s employment or other form of relationship with the Company or its subsidiaries is terminated for any reason or no reason, then all unexercised or unexpired options granted or awarded, which are fully vested on or before the date of termination will continue to exist and be exercisable for a period of thirty (30) days following the date of termination (but in no event later than the Expiration Date), unless the Committee in its sole and absolute discretion determines that the options should be exercisable to some greater extent or remain exercisable for some longer period (ending in no event later than the Expiration Date). All other unexercised or unexpired options granted or awarded to the terminated Participant, which have not fully vested on or before the date of termination, will terminate on the termination date, and immediately be forfeited and lapse.


10.2. Termination for Cause; Voluntary Termination . Notwithstanding the first sentence contained in Section 10.1 to the contrary, in the event the employment or other form of relationship of the Participant with the Company or its subsidiaries is terminated for “Cause” (as defined below) or if the Participant voluntarily terminates such Participant’s employment or other form of relationship with the Company or its subsidiaries, the outstanding vested options then held by such terminated Participant shall be deemed “frozen” and shall not be exercisable for the ten (10) day period immediately following the date of such termination so that the Committee (in the case of options held by persons then covered by Section 16 of the Exchange Act) or the Company (in the case of options held by all other Participants) can decide whether to elect to terminate all such outstanding vested options. In the event the Committee or the Company, as applicable, exercises its rights to terminate the vested options as described above, such options shall immediately terminate, be immediately forfeited and will lapse at that time. The determination of terminating the options under this Section 10.2 above shall be made by the Committee or the Company, as applicable, in its sole and absolute discretion, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive. Nothing in this Section 10.2 shall be construed to enable the Committee or the Company to have any right to terminate the options under this Section 10.2 (x) if such right would violate any applicable law (including any applicable state securities law) or (y) in the event of a Retirement, Disability or death of the Participant and Sections 10.3, 10.4 and 10.5, respectively shall govern the Participant’s rights in such event. For purposes of this Plan, “ Cause ” means the Company’s (or its subsidiary’s, if applicable) termination of the Participant’s employment or other form of relationship with the Company (or its subsidiary, if applicable) upon the occurrence of any of the following: (i) to the extent that the Company or a subsidiary of the Company maintains a written agreement of employment, consulting or similar arrangement with the Participant and the Company (or the subsidiary) terminates the Participant’s employ or engagement pursuant to that agreement for “cause” (as “cause” is defined in that agreement); (ii) the Participant’s gross negligence or willful misconduct with respect to the Participant’s employment or other form of relationship with the Company or a subsidiary of the Company; or (iii) the conviction of the Participant of a felony or any crime involving moral turpitude, fraud or dishonesty.

10.3. Retirement . In the event that the Participant reaches his or her “normal retirement age,” which, for purposes of this Plan, shall mean age 62 (unless the Company adopts a retirement or similar plan which defines “normal retirement age” to mean an age other than 62 and in such case, the Committee shall determine whether to revise the definition of “normal retirement age” contained in this Plan accordingly) and thereafter retires from service with the Company or its subsidiary (a “ Retirement ”), the Participant shall be entitled to exercise his or her options to the same extent that such options would have been exercisable on the effective date of Retirement for a period of ninety (90) days thereafter (but in no event later than the Expiration Date), unless the Committee in its sole and absolute discretion determines that the options should be exercisable to some greater extent or remain exercisable for some longer period (ending in no event later than the Expiration Date).


10.4. Disability . In the event that the Participant’s employment or other form of relationship with the Company is terminated as a result of Disability (as defined below), the Participant shall remain entitled to exercise the options granted to the same extent that such options would have been exercisable on the effective date of the termination of his or her employment or other relationship with the Company for a period of ninety (90) days thereafter (but in no event later than the Expiration Date), unless the Committee in its sole and absolute discretion determines that the options should be exercisable to some greater extent or remain exercisable for some longer period (ending in no event later than the Expiration Date). For purposes of this Plan, “ Disability ” means a physical or mental disease, injury, or infirmity that prevents the Participant from performing the substantial duties of his or her position with the Company or its subsidiaries for a period of ninety (90) consecutive days as certified by a physician designated by or acceptable to the Committee. Subject to the exercise right granted by this Section 10.4, all unexercised and nonvested options of a disabled Participant shall immediately forfeit and lapse upon the termination of employment or other form of relationship due to Disability.

10.5. Death . If a Participant’s employment or other form of relationship with the Company is terminated by reason of his or her death, such Participant’s personal representatives, estate or heirs (as the case may be) may exercise, subject to any restrictions imposed by the Committee at the time of the grant, any option which was exercisable by the Participant as of the date of his or her death for a period of ninety (90) days after the date of the Participant’s death (but in no event later than the Expiration Date), unless the Committee in its sole and absolute discretion determines that the options should be exercisable to some greater extent or remain exercisable for some longer period (ending in no event later than the Expiration Date). Subject to the exercise right granted by this Section 10.5, all unexercised and nonvested options of a deceased Participant shall immediately forfeit and lapse upon the date of the Participant’s death.

10.6. Liquidation . In the event of a Liquidation (as defined in the Company’s Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on February 19, 2008 (the “ Certificate ”)): (1) each outstanding nonvested option shall automatically vest immediately prior to such Liquidation; and (2) each outstanding vested option (including options which vested pursuant to clause (1) above) must be exercised by the Participant immediately prior to such Liquidation (in the manner designated by the Committee consistent with Section 5.1) or otherwise be deemed forfeited.


10.7. Reorganization Event . In the event of a Reorganization Event (as defined in the Certificate): (1) each outstanding nonvested option, in the sole discretion of the Committee, shall either (i) automatically vest immediately prior to such Reorganization Event, or (ii) be replaced with a comparable option to purchase shares of the capital stock of the successor entity (or affiliate thereof); and (2) each outstanding vested option (including options which vested pursuant to clause (1) above), in the sole discretion of the Committee, shall either (i) be required by the Committee to be exercised immediately prior to such Reorganization Event (in the manner designated by the Committee consistent with Section 5.1) or otherwise be deemed forfeited, or (ii) be replaced with a comparable option to purchase shares of the capital stock of the successor entity (or affiliate thereof), or (iii) purchased by the Company or successor entity (or affiliate thereof) for a payment to the holder of such option equal to the difference between (A) the product of (x) the consideration received for each Share in such Reorganization Event multiplied by (y) the number of Shares subject to such option and (B) the aggregate exercise price of such option. The determination of option comparability under this Section 10.7 above shall be made by the Committee in its sole and absolute discretion, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.

10.8. Notice . The Committee shall provide notice to each Participant within a reasonable period of time in order for each Participant to decide whether to exercise its option (if applicable) as described by this Section 10.

 

  11. A DJUSTMENT OF AND C HANGES IN S HARES .

In the event of any change in the outstanding Shares by reason of any Share dividend or split, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, spinoff, combination or exchange of Shares or other corporate change, or any distributions to shareholders other than regular cash dividends, the Committee shall adjust (i) the aggregate number of Shares reserved for issuance under the Plan and (ii) the number, exercise price and, if applicable, type of Shares underlying outstanding awards under the Plan, in each case, as may be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion to be necessary to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits awarded or intended to be awarded under the Plan.

 

  12. A MENDMENT .

The Board of Directors may amend or terminate this Plan or any portion thereof at any time, provided that no amendment shall be made without shareholder approval if such approval is necessary in order for this Plan to continue to comply with all applicable tax laws and applicable securities laws.

 

  13. E FFECTIVE D ATE .

This Plan was adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company, and upon approval of the Shareholders of the Company was effective as of May 31, 2006. This Plan, as amended and restated, shall be effective as of closing date of the IPO (defined as “the firm commitment underwritten public offering of shares of common stock of the Company, $0.001 par value per share, pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, filed with the Securities and


Exchange Commission on Form S-1 (or a successor form) after which sale such shares of common stock are (i) listed on a national securities exchange or authorized to be quoted on an inter-dealer quotation system of a registered national securities association and (ii) registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended”) (the “ Effective Date ”). Unless extended or earlier terminated by the Board of Directors, this Plan shall continue in effect until, and shall terminate on, the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date of this Plan. Unless so extended, no additional options may be granted on or after the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date of this Plan.

 

  14. V IOLATIONS .

In the event any term or provision of this Plan violates any law applicable to it, such term shall be in force to the fullest extent permitted by such applicable law. Accordingly, in the event any option granted or exercisable hereunder violates any applicable law, such option shall not be exercisable and the issuance and delivery of the underlying Shares thereunder shall be limited to the extent that such option or issuance violates applicable law.

***************************************************

Exhibit 10.7

NEITHER THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS OPTION NOR THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE HEREOF HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE; THEREFORE, THE TRANSFER OF THIS OPTION OR THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE HEREOF IS SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH THE CONDITIONS SPECIFIED BELOW, AND NO SUCH TRANSFER OF THIS OPTION OR SUCH SHARES SHALL BE VALID UNTIL SUCH CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN FULFILLED.

EPAM SYSTEMS, INC.

2006 STOCK OPTION PLAN

FORM OF STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

THIS STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is made this                      ,              , by and between EPAM SYSTEMS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and                      (the “ Participant ”).

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company considers it desirable and in the Company’s interest that the Participant be given an opportunity to purchase its shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “ Shares ”), pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Company’s 2006 Stock Option Plan, as may be amended from time to time (the “ Plan ”) to provide an incentive for the Participant and to promote the interests of the Company and its affiliates.

NOW, THEREFORE, it is agreed as follows:

1. Incorporation of the Terms of the Plan . This Stock Option Agreement is subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Plan, and the terms of the Plan are hereby incorporated herein by reference and made a part hereof. Capitalized terms not defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings ascribed to them by the Plan. The Participant hereby acknowledges and agrees that the Participant has received a copy of the Plan.

2. Grant of Option . The Company hereby grants to Participant an option to purchase from the Company                      shares of Common Stock (“ Option Shares ”) at the exercise price per Share set forth below. Subject to earlier expiration or termination of the option granted hereunder, this option shall expire on the 10th anniversary of the date hereof. This Agreement and the Option Shares are not intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.


3. Period of Exercise of Option . The Participant shall be entitled to exercise the option granted hereunder to purchase Option Shares as follows:

 

Exercise Date

 

No. of Shares

 

Exercise Price Per Share

in each case, together with the number of Option Shares which Participant was theretofore entitled to purchase.

4. Additional Exercise Periods . In the event of the death of the Participant, or if the Participant’s employment or relationship with the Company or its subsidiaries is terminated for any reason, the option granted hereunder may be exercised (if applicable) in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Plan.

5. Method of Exercise . In order to exercise the options granted hereunder, Participant must give written notice to the Chief Financial Officer of the Company (or if there is no Chief Financial Officer, then to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company) at the Company’s principal place of business, accompanied by full payment of the exercise price for the Option Shares being purchased, in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Plan.

6. Manner of Payment . The Participant shall pay the option price for Option Shares purchased upon exercise of the option as set forth in the Plan.

7. Resolution of Disputes . In the event of any question or dispute concerning the construction, interpretation, or application of any of the provisions of this Agreement or of the Plan, the determination of such matter by the Committee, if reasonable and made in good faith, shall be final, conclusive, and binding upon the Participant.

8. Capitalized Terms . Any capitalized term not defined in this Agreement shall have the meaning ascribed to it by the Plan.

[signatures contained on the following page]

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed under seal, intending this to be a sealed instrument, as of the date first above written.

 

ATTEST:     EPAM SYSTEMS, INC.
      By:   __________________________________________ (SEAL)
        Name:
        Title:    President & CEO
WITNESS:     PARTICIPANT:
      ____________________________________________ (SEAL)
      Name:

 

3

Exhibit 10.12

EPAM SYSTEMS, INC.

2012 LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

SECTION 1 . Purpose . The purpose of the EPAM Systems, Inc. Long Term Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) is to motivate and reward those employees and other individuals who are expected to contribute significantly to the success of EPAM Systems, Inc. (together with its subsidiaries, the “ Company ”) to perform at the highest level and to further the best interests of the Company and its shareholders.

SECTION 2 . Definitions . As used in the Plan, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

(a) “ Affiliate ” means (i) any entity that, directly or indirectly, is controlled by the Company and (ii) any entity in which the Company has a significant equity interest, in each case as determined by the Committee.

(b) “ Award ” means any Option, SAR, Restricted Stock, RSU, Performance Award or Other Stock-Based Award granted under the Plan.

(c) “ Award Agreement ” means any agreement, contract or other instrument or document evidencing any Award granted under the Plan, which may, but need not, be executed or acknowledged by a Participant.

(d) “ Beneficial Owner ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act.

(e) “ Beneficiary ” means a person entitled to receive payments or other benefits or exercise rights that are available under the Plan in the event of the Participant’s death. If no such person is named by a Participant, or if no Beneficiary designated by such Participant is eligible to receive payments or other benefits or exercise rights that are available under the Plan at the Participant’s death, such Participant’s Beneficiary shall be such Participant’s estate.

(f) “ Board ” means the board of directors of the Company.

(g) “ Cause ” means, with respect to any Participant, “cause” as defined in such Participant’s Employment Agreement, if any, or if not so defined, except as otherwise provided in such Participant’s Award Agreement, such Participant’s:

(i) having engaged in material misconduct in providing services to the Company or its Affiliates;

(ii) having engaged in conduct that he or she knew or reasonably should have known would be materially injurious to the Company or its Affiliates;

(iii) having been convicted of, or having entered a plea bargain or settlement admitting guilt for, (x) a felony or (y) any other criminal offense involving moral turpitude, fraud or, in the course of the performance of the Participant’s service to the Company, material dishonesty;

(iv) unlawful use or possession of illegal drugs on the Company’s premises or while performing the Participant’s duties and responsibilities to the Company; or

(v) the commission of an act of fraud, embezzlement or misappropriation, in each case, against the Company or any Affiliate.


(h) “ Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any one or more of the following events:

(i) any Person, other than an employee benefit plan or trust maintained by the Company, becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors;

(ii) at any time during a period of 24 consecutive months, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the Board and any new member of the Board whose election or nomination for election was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority of members of the Board; or

(iii) the consummation of (A) a merger or consolidation of the Company or any of its subsidiaries with any other corporation or entity, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or, if applicable, the ultimate parent thereof) at least 50% of the combined voting power and total fair market value of the securities of the Company or such surviving entity or parent outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation, or (B) any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer to any Person of assets of the Company and/or any of its subsidiaries, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, having an aggregate fair market value of more than 50% of the fair market value of the Company and its subsidiaries (the “ Company Value ”) immediately prior to such transaction(s), but only to the extent that, in connection with such transaction(s) or within a reasonable period thereafter, the Company’s stockholders receive distributions of cash and/or assets having a fair market value that is greater than 50% of the Company Value immediately prior to such transaction(s).

Notwithstanding the foregoing or any provision of any Award Agreement to the contrary, for any Award that provides for accelerated distribution on a Change of Control of amounts that constitute “deferred compensation” (as defined in Section 409A of the Code and the regulations thereunder (“ Section 409A ”)), if the event that constitutes such Change of Control does not also constitute a change in the ownership or effective control of the Company, or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets (in either case, as defined in Section 409A), such amount shall not be distributed on such Change of Control but instead shall vest as of the date of such Change of Control and shall be paid on the scheduled payment date specified in the applicable Award Agreement, except to the extent that earlier distribution would not result in the Participant who holds such Award incurring interest or additional tax under Section 409A.

(i) “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and the rules, regulations and guidance thereunder. Any reference to a provision in the Code shall include any successor provision thereto.

(j) “ Committee ” means the compensation committee of the Board or such other committee as may be designated by the Board. If the Board does not designate the Committee, references herein to the “Committee” shall refer to the Board.

(k) “ Consultant ” means any person, including an advisor, who is providing services to the Company or any Affiliate.

(l) “ Covered Employee ” means an individual who is (1) either a “covered employee” or expected by the Committee to be a “covered employee,” in each case within the meaning of Section 162(m)(3) of the Code or (2) expected by the Committee to be the recipient of compensation (other than Section 162(m) Compensation) in excess of $1,000,000 for the tax year of the Company with regard to which a deduction in respect of such individual’s Award would be claimed.

 

2


(m) “ Director ” means any member of the Company’s Board of Directors.

(n) “ Disability ” means, with respect to any Participant, “disability” as defined in such Participant’s Employment Agreement, if any, or if not so defined, except as otherwise provided in such Participant’s Award Agreement:

(i) a permanent and total disability that entitles the Participant to disability income payments under any long-term disability plan or policy provided by the Company under which the Participant is covered, as such plan or policy is then in effect; or

(ii) if the Participant is not covered under a long-term disability plan or policy provided by the Company at such time for whatever reason, then the term “Disability” means a “permanent and total disability” as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code and, in this case, the existence of any such Disability will be certified by a physician acceptable to the Company.

(o) “ Effective Date ” means the date on which the Plan is approved by the Board.

(p) “ Employee ” means any person employed by the Company or any Affiliate, with the status of employment determined based upon such factors as are deemed appropriate by the Committee in its discretion, subject to any requirements of the Code or the applicable laws.

(q) “ Employment Agreement ” means any employment, severance, consulting or similar agreement between the Company or any of its Affiliates and a Participant.

(r) “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, and the rules, regulations and guidance thereunder. Any reference to a provision in the Exchange Act shall include any successor provision thereto.

(s) “ Fair Market Value ” means (i) with respect to Shares, the closing price of a Share on the day prior to the date in question (or, if there is no reported sale on such prior day, on the last preceding date on which any reported sale occurred) on the principal stock market or exchange on which the Shares are quoted or traded, or if Shares are not so quoted or traded, fair market value of a Share as determined by the Committee, and (ii) with respect to any property other than Shares, the fair market value of such property determined by such methods or procedures as shall be established from time to time by the Committee.

(t) “ Good Reason ” means, with respect to any Participant, “good reason” as defined in such Participant’s Employment Agreement, if any, or if not so defined, except as otherwise provided in such Participant’s Award Agreement, the occurrence of any of the following events, in each case without such Participant’s consent:

(i) a material reduction by the Company or any of its Affiliates of the Participant’s base salary, other than any such reduction that applies generally to similarly situated employees of the Company; or

(ii) relocation by the Company or any of its Affiliates of the principal place of the Participant’s employment outside a 50 mile radius from its current location;

provided that, in each case, (A) the Participant shall provide the Company with written notice specifying the circumstances alleged to constitute Good Reason within 90 days following the first occurrence of such circumstances, (B) if possible, the Company shall have 60 days following receipt of such notice to cure such circumstances, and (C) if the Company has not cured such circumstances within such 60-day period, the Participant shall terminate his or her employment or service not later than 60 days after the end of such 60-day period.

 

3


(u) “ Incentive Stock Option ” means an option representing the right to purchase Shares from the Company, granted pursuant to Section 6, that meets the requirements of Section 422 of the Code.

(v) “ Intrinsic Value ” with respect to an Option or SAR Award means (i) the excess, if any, of the price or implied price per Share in a Change of Control or other event over (ii) the exercise or hurdle price of such Award multiplied by (iii) the number of Shares covered by such Award.

(w) “ IPO ” means the firm commitment underwritten public offering of shares of common stock of the Company, $0.001 par value per share, pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on Form S-1 (or a successor form) after which sale such shares of common stock are (i) listed on a national securities exchange or authorized to be quoted on an inter-dealer quotation system of a registered national securities association and (ii) registered under the Exchange Act.

(x) “ Non-Qualified Stock Option ” means an option representing the right to purchase Shares from the Company, granted pursuant to Section 6, that is not an Incentive Stock Option.

(y) “ Option ” means an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

(z) “ Other Stock-Based Award ” means an Award granted pursuant to Section 10.

(aa) “ Participant ” means the recipient of an Award granted under the Plan.

(bb) “ Performance Award ” means an Award granted pursuant to Section 9.

(cc) “ Performance Period ” means the period established by the Committee at the time any Performance Award is granted or at any time thereafter during which any performance goals specified by the Committee with respect to such Award are measured.

(dd) “ Person ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act and used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) thereof, including “group” as defined in Section 13(d) thereof.

(ee) “ Restricted Stock ” means any Share granted pursuant to Section 8.

(ff) “ RSU ” means a contractual right granted pursuant to Section 8 that is denominated in Shares. Each RSU represents a right to receive the value of one Share (or a percentage of such value) in cash, Shares or a combination thereof. Awards of RSUs may include the right to receive dividend equivalents.

(gg) “ SAR ” means any right granted pursuant to Section 7 to receive upon exercise by a Participant or settlement, in cash, Shares or a combination thereof, the excess of (i) the Fair Market Value of one Share on the date of exercise or settlement over (ii) the exercise or hurdle price of the right on the date of grant, or if granted in connection with an Option, on the date of grant of the Option.

(hh) “ Section 162(m) Compensation ” means “qualified performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code.

(ii) “ Shares ” means shares of the Company’s common stock.

(jj) “ Substitute Award ” means an Award granted in assumption of, or in substitution for, an outstanding award previously granted by a company or other business acquired by the Company or with which the Company combines.

 

4


(kk) “ Termination of Service ” means, in the case of a Participant who is an employee of the Company or an Affiliate, cessation of the employment relationship such that the Participant is no longer an employee of the Company or Affiliate, or, in the case of a Participant who is an independent contractor or other service provider, the date the performance of services for the Company or an Affiliate has ended; provided, however , that in the case of an employee, the transfer of employment from the Company to an Affiliate, from an Affiliate to the Company, from one Affiliate to another Affiliate or, unless the Committee determines otherwise, the cessation of employee status but the continuation of the performance of services for the Company or an Affiliate as a Director of the Board or an independent contractor shall not be deemed a cessation of service that would constitute a Termination of Service; provided, further , that a Termination of Service will be deemed to occur for a Participant employed by an Affiliate when an Affiliate ceases to be an Affiliate unless such Participant’s employment continues with the Company or another Affiliate.

SECTION 3 . Eligibility.

(a) Any Employee, Consultant or any other individual who provides services to the Company or any Affiliate shall be eligible to be selected to receive an Award under the Plan, to the extent an offer of an Award or a receipt of such Award is permitted by applicable law, stock market or exchange rules and regulations or accounting or tax rules and regulations.

(b) Holders of options and other types of awards granted by a company acquired by the Company or with which the Company combines are eligible for grants of Substitute Awards under the Plan to the extent permitted under applicable regulations of any stock exchange on which the Company is listed.

SECTION 4 . Administration.

(a) Administration of the Plan . The Plan shall be administered by the Committee, which shall be appointed by the Board. All decisions of the Committee shall be final, conclusive and binding upon all parties, including the Company, its shareholders and Participants and any Beneficiaries thereof. The Committee may issue rules and regulations for administration of the Plan. It shall meet at such times and places as it may determine.

(b) Composition of Committee . To the extent necessary or desirable to comply with applicable regulatory regimes, any action by the Committee shall require the approval of Committee members who are (i) independent, within the meaning of and to the extent required by applicable rulings and interpretations of the applicable stock market or exchange on which the Shares are quoted or traded; (ii) a non-employee director within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act; and (iii) an outside director pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Code. The Board may designate one or more Directors as alternate members of the Committee who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the Committee. To the extent permitted by applicable law, including under Section 157(c) of the Delaware General Corporation Law , the Committee may delegate to one or more officers of the Company the authority to grant Options and SARs, except that such delegation shall not be applicable to any Award for a person then covered by Section 16 of the Exchange Act, and the Committee may delegate to another committee of the Board (which may consist of solely one Director) the authority to grant all types of Awards, in accordance with the law.

(c) Authority of Committee . Subject to the terms of the Plan and applicable law, the Committee (or its delegate) shall have full power and authority to: (i) designate Participants; (ii) determine the type or types of Awards (including Substitute Awards) to be granted to each Participant under the Plan; (iii) determine the number of Shares to be covered by (or with respect to which payments, rights or other matters are to be calculated in connection with) Awards; (iv) determine the terms and conditions of any Award; (v) determine whether, to what extent and under what circumstances Awards may be settled or exercised in cash, Shares, other Awards, other

 

5


property, net settlement, or any combination thereof, or canceled, forfeited or suspended, and the method or methods by which Awards may be settled, exercised, canceled, forfeited or suspended; (vi) determine whether, to what extent and under what circumstances cash, Shares, other Awards, other property and other amounts payable with respect to an Award under the Plan shall be deferred either automatically or at the election of the holder thereof or of the Committee; (vii) interpret and administer the Plan and any instrument or agreement relating to, or Award made under, the Plan; (viii) establish, amend, suspend or waive such rules and regulations and appoint such agents, trustees, brokers, depositories and advisors and determine such terms of their engagement as it shall deem appropriate for the proper administration of the Plan and due compliance with applicable law, stock market or exchange rules and regulations or accounting or tax rules and regulations; and (ix) make any other determination and take any other action that the Committee deems necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan and due compliance with applicable law, stock market or exchange rules and regulations or accounting or tax rules and regulations.

(d) Dodd-Frank Clawback . The Committee shall have full authority to implement any policies and procedures necessary to comply with Section 10D of the Exchange Act and any rules promulgated thereunder. Without limiting the foregoing, the Committee may provide in award agreements that, in event of a financial restatement that reduces the amount of previously awarded incentive compensation that would not have been earned had results been properly reported, outstanding awards will be cancelled and the Company may clawback ( i.e. , recapture) realized Option/SAR gains and realized value for vested Restricted Stock or RSUs or earned Performance Awards within 12 months preceding the financial restatement.

(e) Restrictive Covenants . The Committee may impose restrictions on any Award with respect to non-competition, confidentiality and other restrictive covenants as it deems necessary or appropriate in its sole discretion.

SECTION 5 . Shares Available for Awards.

(a) The Plan is a continuation of and successor to the Company’s 2006 Stock Option Plan, as amended (the “ Original Plan ”). Following the closing date of the IPO, no additional equity awards shall be granted under the Original Plan. Any shares remaining available for issuance under the Original Plan as of the Effective Date (the “ Original Plan’s Available Reserve ”) shall become available for issuance pursuant to Stock Awards granted hereunder. From and after the Effective Date, all outstanding stock awards granted under the Original Plan shall remain subject to the terms of the Original Plan; provided , however, any shares subject to outstanding awards granted under the Original Plan that expire or terminate for any reason prior to exercise or would otherwise return to the Original Plan’s share reserve (the “ Returning Shares ”) shall instead become available for issuance pursuant to Awards granted hereunder. All Awards granted on or after the Effective Date of this Plan shall be subject to the terms of this Plan.

(b) Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 5(d) and except for Substitute Awards, the maximum number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan shall not exceed in the aggregate 9,246,800 Shares, plus (i) the number of shares subject to the Original Plan’s Available Reserve plus (ii) an additional number of shares consisting of the Returning Shares, if any, as such shares become available from time to time.

(c) Any Shares subject to an Award (other than a Substitute Award), that expires, is canceled, forfeited or otherwise terminates without the delivery of such Shares, including (i) the number of Shares surrendered or withheld in payment of any grant, purchase, exercise or hurdle price of an Award or taxes related to an Award (other than Shares already issued and surrendered for payment of taxes) and (ii) any Shares subject to an Award to the extent that Award is settled without the issuance of Shares, shall again be, or shall become, available for issuance under the Plan.

 

6


(d) In the event that the Committee determines that, as a result of any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares or other securities), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, issuance of warrants or other rights to purchase Shares or other securities of the Company, issuance of Shares pursuant to the anti-dilution provisions of securities of the Company, or other similar corporate transaction or event affecting the Shares, or of changes in applicable laws, regulations or accounting principles, an adjustment is appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, then the Committee shall adjust equitably any or all of:

(i) the number and type of Shares (or other securities) which thereafter may be made the subject of Awards, including the aggregate limit specified in Section 5(b);

(ii) the number and type of Shares (or other securities) subject to outstanding Awards; and

(iii) the grant, purchase, exercise or hurdle price with respect to any Award or, if deemed appropriate, make provision for a cash payment to the holder of an outstanding Award;

provided, however , that the number of Shares subject to any Award denominated in Shares shall always be a whole number.

(e) Any Shares delivered pursuant to an Award may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized and unissued Shares or Shares acquired by the Company.

SECTION 6 . Options. The Committee is authorized to grant Options to Participants with the following terms and conditions and with such additional terms and conditions, in either case not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as the Committee shall determine:

(a) The exercise price per Share under an Option shall be determined by the Committee; provided , however , that, except in the case of Substitute Awards, such exercise price shall not be less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant of such Option.

(b) The term of each Option shall be fixed by the Committee but shall not exceed 10 years from the date of grant of such Option; provided that the Committee may (but shall not be required to) provide in an Award Agreement for an extension of such 10-year term in the event the exercise of the Option would be prohibited by law on the expiration date.

(c) The Committee shall determine the time or times at which an Option becomes vested and exercisable in whole or in part. The Committee may specify in an Award Agreement that an “in-the-money” Option shall be automatically exercised on its expiration date.

(d) The Committee shall determine the method or methods by which, and the form or forms, including cash, Shares, other Awards, other property, net settlement, broker assisted cashless exercise or any combination thereof, having a Fair Market Value on the exercise date equal to the exercise price of the Shares as to which the Option shall be exercised, in which payment of the exercise price with respect thereto may be made or deemed to have been made.

(e) The terms of any Incentive Stock Option granted under the Plan shall comply in all respects with the provisions of Section 422 of the Code. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to employees of the Company or of a parent or subsidiary corporation (as defined in Section 424(a) of the Code). Notwithstanding any designation as an Incentive Stock Option, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of Shares subject to a Participant’s incentive stock options that become exercisable for the first time during any calendar year exceeds $100,000, such excess Options shall be treated as Non-Qualified Stock Options. For purposes of the foregoing, Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and

 

7


the Fair Market Value of the Shares shall be determined as of the time of grant. No Incentive Stock Options may be issued more than ten years following the earlier of (i) the date of adoption or (ii) the most recent date of approval of this Plan by the Company’s stockholders.

SECTION 7 . Stock Appreciation Rights. The Committee is authorized to grant SARs to Participants with the following terms and conditions and with such additional terms and conditions, in either case not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as the Committee shall determine:

(a) SARs may be granted under the Plan to Participants either alone (“freestanding”) or in addition to other Awards granted under the Plan (“tandem”) and may, but need not, relate to a specific Option granted under Section 6.

(b) The exercise or hurdle price per Share under a SAR shall be determined by the Committee; provided , however , that, except in the case of Substitute Awards, such exercise or hurdle price shall not be less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant of such SAR.

(c) The term of each SAR shall be fixed by the Committee but shall not exceed 10 years from the date of grant of such SAR.

(d) The Committee shall determine the time or times at which a SAR may be exercised or settled in whole or in part.

SECTION 8 . Restricted Stock and RSUs. The Committee is authorized to grant Awards of Restricted Stock and RSUs to Participants with the following terms and conditions and with such additional terms and conditions, in either case not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as the Committee shall determine:

(a) The Award Agreement shall specify the vesting schedule and, with respect to RSUs, the delivery schedule (which may include deferred delivery later than the vesting date).

(b) Shares of Restricted Stock and RSUs shall be subject to such restrictions as the Committee may impose (including any limitation on the right to vote a Share of Restricted Stock or the right to receive any dividend, dividend equivalent or other right), which restrictions may lapse separately or in combination at such time or times, in such installments or otherwise, as the Committee may deem appropriate.

(c) Any share of Restricted Stock granted under the Plan may be evidenced in such manner as the Committee may deem appropriate, including book-entry registration or issuance of a stock certificate or certificates. In the event any stock certificate is issued in respect of shares of Restricted Stock granted under the Plan, such certificate shall be registered in the name of the Participant and shall bear an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to such Restricted Stock.

(d) If the Committee intends that an Award granted under this Section 8 shall constitute or give rise to Section 162(m) Compensation, such Award shall be structured in accordance with the requirements of Section 9, including the performance criteria set forth therein, and any such Award shall be considered a Performance Award for purposes of the Plan.

(e) The Committee may provide in an Award Agreement that an Award of Restricted Stock is conditioned upon the Participant making or refraining from making an election with respect to the Award under Section 83(b) of the Code. If a Participant makes an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code with respect to an Award of Restricted Stock, the Participant shall be required to file promptly a copy of such election with the Company.

 

8


SECTION 9 . Performance Awards. The Committee is authorized to grant Performance Awards to Participants with the following terms and conditions and with such additional terms and conditions, in either case not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as the Committee shall determine:

(a) Performance Awards may be denominated as a cash amount, number of Shares or a combination thereof and are Awards which may be earned upon achievement or satisfaction of performance conditions specified by the Committee. In addition, the Committee may specify that any other Award shall constitute a Performance Award by conditioning the right of a Participant to exercise the Award or have it settled, and the timing thereof, upon achievement or satisfaction of such performance conditions as may be specified by the Committee. The Committee may use such business criteria and other measures of performance as it may deem appropriate in establishing any performance conditions. Subject to the terms of the Plan, the performance goals to be achieved during any Performance Period, the length of any Performance Period, the amount of any Performance Award granted and the amount of any payment or transfer to be made pursuant to any Performance Award shall be determined by the Committee.

(b) If the Committee intends that a Performance Award should constitute Section 162(m) Compensation, such Performance Award shall include a pre-established formula, such that payment, retention or vesting of the Award is subject to the achievement during a Performance Period or Performance Periods, as determined by the Committee, of a level or levels of, or increases in, in each case as determined by the Committee, one or more of the following performance measures or any other performance measure reasonably determined by the Committee, with respect to the Company: net sales; revenue; revenue growth or product revenue growth; operating income (before or after taxes); pre- or after-tax income or loss (before or after allocation of corporate overhead and bonus); net earnings; earnings per share; net income or loss (before or after taxes); return on equity; total shareholder return; return on assets or net assets; appreciation in and/or maintenance of share price; market share; gross profits; earnings or loss (including earnings or loss before taxes, before interest and taxes, or before earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization); economic value-added models or equivalent metrics; comparisons with various stock market indices; reductions in costs; cash flow or cash flow per share (before or after dividends); return on capital (including return on total capital or return on invested capital); cash flow return on investment; improvement in or attainment of expense levels or working capital levels, including cash, inventory and accounts receivable; operating margin; gross margin; cash margin; year-end cash; debt reduction; shareholder equity; operating efficiencies; market share; customer satisfaction; customer growth; employee satisfaction; research and development achievements; manufacturing achievements (including obtaining particular yields from manufacturing runs and other measurable objectives related to process development activities); regulatory achievements (including submitting or filing applications or other documents with regulatory authorities or receiving approval of any such applications or other documents and passing pre-approval inspections (whether of the Company or the Company’s third-party manufacturer) and validation of manufacturing processes (whether the Company’s or the Company’s third-party manufacturer’s)); financial ratios, including those measuring liquidity, activity, profitability or leverage; cost of capital or assets under management; financing and other capital raising transactions (including sales of the Company’s equity or debt securities; factoring transactions; sales or licenses of the Company’s assets, including its intellectual property, whether in a particular jurisdiction or territory or globally; or through partnering transactions); and implementation, completion or attainment of measurable objectives with respect to research, development, manufacturing, commercialization, products or projects, production volume levels, acquisitions and divestitures; factoring transactions; and recruiting and maintaining personnel. Performance criteria may be measured on an absolute ( e.g. , plan or budget) or relative basis, and may be established on a corporate-wide basis or with respect to one or more business units, divisions, subsidiaries or business segments. Relative performance may be measured against a group of peer companies, a financial market index or other acceptable

 

9


objective and quantifiable indices. Except in the case of an award intended to qualify as Section 162(m) Compensation, if the Committee determines that a change in the business, operations, corporate structure or capital structure of the Company, or the manner in which the Company conducts its business, or other events or circumstances render the performance objectives unsuitable, the Committee may modify the performance objectives or the related minimum acceptable level of achievement, in whole or in part, as the Committee deems appropriate and equitable. Performance measures may vary from Performance Award to Performance Award and from Participant to Participant, and may be established on a stand-alone basis, in tandem or in the alternative. The Committee shall have the power to impose such other restrictions on Awards subject to this Section 9(b) as it may deem necessary or appropriate to ensure that such Awards satisfy all requirements for Section 162(m) Compensation or requirements of any applicable law, stock market or exchange rules and regulations or accounting or tax rules and regulations. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, with respect to any Award intended to be Section 162(m) Compensation, the Committee shall not be authorized to increase the amount payable under any Award to which this Section 9(b) applies upon attainment of such pre-established formula.

(c) Settlement of Performance Awards shall be in cash, Shares, other Awards, other property, net settlement, or any combination thereof, in the discretion of the Committee. The Committee shall specify the circumstances in which, and the extent to which, Performance Awards shall be paid or forfeited in the event of a Participant’s Termination of Service.

(d) Performance Awards will be settled only after the end of the relevant Performance Period. The Committee may, in its discretion, increase or reduce the amount of a settlement otherwise to be made in connection with a Performance Award but, to the extent required by Section 162(m) of the Code, may not exercise discretion to increase any amount payable to a Covered Employee in respect of a Performance Award intended to qualify as Section 162(m) Compensation. Any settlement that changes the form of payment from that originally specified shall be implemented in a manner such that the Performance Award and other related Awards do not, solely for that reason, fail to qualify as Section 162(m) Compensation.

SECTION 10 . Other Stock-Based Awards. The Committee is authorized, subject to limitations under applicable law, to grant to Participants such other Awards that may be denominated or payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, or related to, Shares or factors that may influence the value of Shares, including convertible or exchangeable debt securities, other rights convertible or exchangeable into Shares, purchase rights for Shares, Awards with value and payment contingent upon performance of the Company or business units thereof or any other factors designated by the Committee. The Committee shall determine the terms and conditions of such Awards. Shares delivered pursuant to an Award in the nature of a purchase right granted under this Section 10 shall be purchased for such consideration, paid for at such times, by such methods and in such forms, including cash, Shares, other Awards, other property, or any combination thereof, as the Committee shall determine. Cash awards, as an element of or supplement to any other Award under the Plan, may also be granted pursuant to this Section 10.

SECTION 11 . Effect of Termination of Service or a Change of Control on Awards.

(a) The Committee may provide, by rule or regulation or in any Award Agreement, or may determine in any individual case, the circumstances in which, and the extent to which, an Award may be exercised, settled, vested, paid or forfeited, including by way of repurchase by the Company at par value, in the event of a Participant’s Termination of Service prior to the end of a Performance Period or exercise or settlement of such Award.

(b) The Committee may set forth the treatment of an Award upon a Change of Control in the applicable Award Agreement.

 

10


(c) In the case of an Option or SAR Award, except as otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement, upon a Change of Control, a merger or consolidation involving the Company or any other event with respect to which the Committee deems it appropriate, the Committee may cause such Award to be canceled in consideration of (i) the full acceleration of such Award and either (A) a period of at least ten days prior to the effective date of such Change of Control to exercise the Award or (B) a payment in cash or other consideration to the Participant who holds such Award in an amount equal to the Intrinsic Value of such Award (which may be equal to but not less than zero), which, if in excess of zero, shall be payable upon the effective date of such Change of Control, merger, consolidation or other event or (ii) a substitute award (which immediately upon grant shall have an Intrinsic Value equal to the Intrinsic Value of such Award).

SECTION 12 . General Provisions Applicable to Awards.

(a) Awards shall be granted for such cash or other consideration, if any, as the Committee determines; provided that in no event shall Awards be issued for less than such minimal consideration as may be required by applicable law.

(b) Awards may, in the discretion of the Committee, be granted either alone or in addition to or in tandem with any other Award or any award granted under any other plan of the Company. Awards granted in addition to or in tandem with other Awards, or in addition to or in tandem with awards granted under any other plan of the Company, may be granted either at the same time as or at a different time from the grant of such other Awards or awards.

(c) Subject to the terms of the Plan, payments or transfers to be made by the Company upon the grant, exercise or settlement of an Award may be made in the form of cash, Shares, other Awards, other property, net settlement, or any combination thereof, as determined by the Committee in its discretion at the time of grant, and may be made in a single payment or transfer, in installments or on a deferred basis, in each case in accordance with rules and procedures established by the Committee. Such rules and procedures may include provisions for the payment or crediting of reasonable interest on installment or deferred payments or the grant or crediting of dividend equivalents in respect of installment or deferred payments.

(d) Except as may be permitted by the Committee (except with respect to Incentive Stock Options) or as specifically provided in an Award Agreement, (i) no Award and no right under any Award shall be assignable, alienable, saleable or transferable by a Participant otherwise than by will or pursuant to Section 12(e) and (ii) during a Participant’s lifetime, each Award, and each right under any Award, shall be exercisable only by such Participant or, if permissible under applicable law, by such Participant’s guardian or legal representative. The provisions of this Section 12(d) shall not apply to any Award that has been fully exercised or settled, as the case may be, and shall not preclude forfeiture of an Award in accordance with the terms thereof.

(e) A Participant may designate a Beneficiary or change a previous Beneficiary designation at such times prescribed by the Committee, in its sole discretion, by using forms and following procedures approved or accepted by the Committee for that purpose.

(f) All certificates for Shares and/or other securities delivered under the Plan pursuant to any Award or the exercise thereof shall be subject to such stop transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee may deem advisable under the Plan or the rules, regulations and other requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, any stock market or exchange upon which such Shares or other securities are then quoted, traded or listed, and any applicable securities laws, and the Committee may cause a legend or legends to be put on any such certificates to make appropriate reference to such restrictions.

 

11


(g) The Committee may impose restrictions on any Award with respect to non-competition, confidentiality and other restrictive covenants as it deems necessary or appropriate in its sole discretion.

SECTION 13 . Amendments and Termination.

(a) Amendment or Termination of Plan . Except to the extent prohibited by applicable law and unless otherwise expressly provided in an Award Agreement or in the Plan, the Board may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or terminate the Plan or any portion thereof at any time; provided, however , that no such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation or termination shall be made without (i) shareholder approval if such approval is required by applicable law or the rules of the stock market or exchange, if any, on which the Shares are principally quoted or traded or (ii) the consent of the affected Participant, if such action would materially adversely affect the rights of such Participant under any outstanding Award, except (x) to the extent any such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance or termination is made to cause the Plan to comply with applicable law, stock market or exchange rules and regulations or accounting or tax rules and regulations or (y) to impose any “clawback” or recoupment provisions on any Awards in accordance with Section 4(d) of the Plan. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, the Committee may amend the Plan, or create sub-plans, in such manner as may be necessary to enable the Plan to achieve its stated purposes in any jurisdiction in a tax-efficient manner and in compliance with local rules and regulations. The Committee may correct any defect, supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or any Award in the manner and to the extent it shall deem desirable to carry the Plan into effect.

(b) Dissolution or Liquidation . In the event of the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, each Award will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such action, unless otherwise determined by the Committee.

(c) Terms of Awards . The Committee may waive any conditions or rights under, amend any terms of, or amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or terminate any Award theretofore granted, prospectively or retroactively, without the consent of any relevant Participant or holder or Beneficiary of an Award; provided, however , that no such action shall materially adversely affect the rights of any affected Participant or holder or Beneficiary under any Award theretofore granted under the Plan, except (x) to the extent any such action is made to cause the Plan to comply with applicable law, stock market or exchange rules and regulations or accounting or tax rules and regulations, or (y) to impose any “clawback” or recoupment provisions on any Awards in accordance with Section 4(d) of the Plan; provided further , that the Committee’s authority under this Section 13(c) is limited in the case of Awards subject to Section 9(b), as provided in Section 9(b).

(d) No Repricing . Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as provided in Section 5(d), no action shall directly or indirectly, through cancellation and regrant or any other method, reduce, or have the effect of reducing, the exercise price of any Award established at the time of grant thereof without approval of the Company’s stockholders.

SECTION 14 . Miscellaneous.

(a) No employee, Participant or other person shall have any claim to be granted any Award under the Plan, and there is no obligation for uniformity of treatment of employees, Participants or holders or Beneficiaries of Awards under the Plan. The terms and conditions of Awards need not be the same with respect to each recipient. Any Award granted under the Plan shall be a one-time Award that does not constitute a promise of future grants. The Company, in its sole discretion, maintains the right to make available future grants under the Plan.

(b) The grant of an Award shall not be construed as giving a Participant the right to be retained in the employ of, or to continue to provide services to, the Company or any Affiliate. Further, the Company or the applicable Affiliate may at any time dismiss a Participant, free from

 

12


any liability, or any claim under the Plan, unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan or in any Award Agreement or in any other agreement binding the parties. The receipt of any Award under the Plan is not intended to confer any rights on the receiving Participant except as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.

(c) Nothing contained in the Plan shall prevent the Company from adopting or continuing in effect other or additional compensation arrangements, and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases.

(d) The Company shall be authorized to withhold from any Award granted or any payment due or transfer made under any Award or under the Plan or from any compensation or other amount owing to a Participant the amount (in cash, Shares, other Awards, other property, net settlement, or any combination thereof) of applicable withholding taxes due in respect of an Award, its exercise or settlement or any payment or transfer under such Award or under the Plan and to take such other action (including providing for elective payment of such amounts in cash or Shares by such Participant) as may be necessary in the opinion of the Company to satisfy all obligations for the payment of such taxes; provided that if the Committee allows the withholding or surrender of Shares to satisfy a Participant’s tax withholding obligations, the Company shall not allow Shares to be withheld in an amount that exceeds the minimum statutory withholding rates for federal and state tax purposes, including payroll taxes.

(e) If any provision of the Plan or any Award Agreement is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, or as to any person or Award, or would disqualify the Plan or any Award under any law deemed applicable by the Committee, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to conform to applicable laws, or if it cannot be so construed or deemed amended without, in the determination of the Committee, materially altering the intent of the Plan or the Award Agreement, such provision shall be stricken as to such jurisdiction, person or Award, and the remainder of the Plan and any such Award Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

(f) Neither the Plan nor any Award shall create or be construed to create a trust or separate fund of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between the Company and a Participant or any other person. To the extent that any person acquires a right to receive payments from the Company pursuant to an Award, such right shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Company.

(g) No fractional Shares shall be issued or delivered pursuant to the Plan or any Award, and the Committee shall determine whether cash or other securities shall be paid or transferred in lieu of any fractional Shares, or whether such fractional Shares or any rights thereto shall be canceled, terminated or otherwise eliminated.

SECTION 15 . Effective Date of the Plan. The Plan shall be effective as of the Effective Date.

SECTION 16 . Term of the Plan. No Award shall be granted under the Plan after the earliest to occur of (i) the tenth year anniversary of the Effective Date; provided that to the extent permitted by the listing rules of any stock exchange on which the Company is listed, such ten-year term may be extended indefinitely so long as the maximum number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan have not been issued; (ii) the maximum number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan have been issued; or (iii) the Board terminates the Plan in accordance with Section 13(a). However, unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan or in an applicable Award Agreement, any Award theretofore granted may extend beyond such date, and the authority of the Committee to amend, alter, adjust, suspend, discontinue or terminate any such Award, or to waive any conditions or rights under any such Award, and the authority of the Board to amend the Plan, shall extend beyond such date.

 

13


SECTION 17 . Section 409A of the Code. With respect to Awards subject to Section 409A of the Code, the Plan is intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A and the regulations thereunder, and the provisions of the Plan and any Award Agreement shall be interpreted in a manner that satisfies the requirements of Section 409A, and the Plan shall be operated accordingly. If any provision of the Plan or any term or condition of any Award would otherwise frustrate or conflict with this intent, the provision, term or condition will be interpreted and deemed amended so as to avoid this conflict . Notwithstanding anything else in the Plan, if the Board considers a Participant to be one of the Company’s “specified employees” under Section 409A at the time of such Participant’s “separation from service” (as defined in Section 409A) and the amount hereunder is “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A, any distribution that otherwise would be made to such Participant with respect to this Award as a result of such termination shall not be made until the date that is six months after such separation from service, except to the extent that earlier distribution would not result in such Participant’s incurring interest or additional tax under Section 409A.

SECTION 18 . Governing Law . The Plan and each Award Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, without application of the conflicts of law principles thereof.

 

14

Exhibit 10.13

EPAM SYSTEMS, INC.

2012 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

FORM OF SENIOR MANAGEMENT NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION

AGREEMENT

1. Grant of Option . EPAM Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Compan y”), hereby grants to «Optionee» (“ Participant ”), on «Date» (the “ Grant Date ”), an option (the “ Option ”) to purchase «Number of shares underlying option» shares of Common Stock (the “ Shares ”), at an exercise price of $«Fair Market Value of Share as of the Grant Date» per Share (the “ Exercise Price ”) subject to the terms, definitions and provisions of the EPAM Systems, Inc. 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) adopted by the Company, which is incorporated in this Agreement by reference. The Option is intended to be a Non-Qualified Stock Option, and is not intended to be an Incentive Stock Option. Unless otherwise defined in this Agreement, the terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings defined in the Plan.

2. Vesting Schedule . Subject to Section 5, this Option shall vest and become exercisable [to be filled in for individual awards].

3. Exercise of Option . This Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set out in Section 2 as modified by Section 5, if applicable, as follows:

(a) Right to Exercise.

(i) This Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a share.

(ii) In no event may this Option be exercised after the tenth anniversary of the Grant Date (the “ Expiration Date ”).

(b) Method of Exercise .

(i) The Participant (or his or her representative, devisee or heir, as applicable) may exercise any portion of the Option that has become exercisable as to all or any of the Shares then available for purchase by delivering to the Company written notice specifying the number of whole Shares to be purchased, together with payment in full of the Payment Amount (as defined in Section 4).

(iii) The Company is not obligated, and will have no liability for failure, to issue or deliver any Shares upon exercise of the Option unless such issuance or delivery would comply with the applicable laws, with such compliance determined by the Company in consultation with its legal counsel. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes such Shares shall be considered transferred to the Participant on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

(iii) If any vested and exercisable portion of the Option is unexercised as of the Expiration Date, the Shares underlying such portion of the Option less the number of Shares having an aggregate Fair Market Value as of the Expiration Date equal to the Payment Amount shall be delivered to the Participant as soon as practicable after the Expiration Date, provided that the Option shall not be so exercised if the Exercise Price equals or exceeds the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Expiration Date.

4. Method of Payment . Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price and any required tax withholding (the “ Payment Amount ”) shall be by any of the following, or a combination of the following, at the election of the Participant:

(a) cash or check;

(b) cancellation of indebtedness;


(c) if permitted by the Committee, in its sole discretion, pursuant to such procedures as the Committee may require, by the Participant’s (x) transferring to the Company, effective as of the exercise date, a number of vested Shares owned and designated by the Participant having an aggregate Fair Market Value as of the exercise date equal to the Payment Amount, (y) electing to have the Company retain a portion of the Shares purchased upon exercise of the Option having an aggregate Fair Market Value as of the exercise date equal to the Payment Amount

(d) if the Common Stock is listed on an exchange or market, and if the Company is at such time permitting broker-assisted cashless exercises, delivery of a properly executed exercise notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker participating in such cashless brokered exercise program to deliver promptly to the Company the amount required to pay the exercise price (and applicable withholding taxes) and in any event in accordance with applicable law;

(e) by any other method as may be approved by the Committee.

5. Termination of Service . Following the Participant’s Termination of Service, Participant (or his or her representative, devisee or heir, as applicable) may exercise the Option only as set forth in this Section 5.

(a) Death or Disability .  In the event of the Participant’s Termination of Service at any time due to the Participant’s death or Disability, any unvested portion of the Option shall be forfeited as of the date of such termination without any payment to the Participant, and any vested portion of the Option shall remain exercisable until the earlier of (x) one year following such termination and (y) the Expiration Date, unless the Committee in its sole discretion determines that the Option should be exercisable to some greater extent or remain exercisable for some longer period (ending in no event later than the Expiration Date).

(b) For Cause .  In the event of the Participant’s Termination of Service for Cause (as defined below), the entire unexercised portion of the Option, whether vested or unvested, shall be forfeited as of the date of such termination without any payment to the Participant.

Cause ” means the Company’s good faith determination of the Participant’s:

(i) willful material breach, or habitual neglect of, the Participant’s duties or obligations in connection with the Participant’s employment or service;

(ii) having engaged in willful misconduct, gross negligence or a breach of fiduciary duty, or his or her willful material breach of his or her duties to the Company or under his or her Employment Agreement, if applicable, or of any of the Company policies;

(iii) having been convicted of, or having entered a plea bargain or settlement admitting guilt for, (x) a felony or (y) any other criminal offense involving moral turpitude, fraud or, in the course of the performance of the Participant’s service to the Company, material dishonesty;

(iv) unlawful use or possession of illegal drugs on the Company’s premises or while performing the Participant’s duties and responsibilities to the Company; or

(v) the commission of an act of fraud, embezzlement or material misappropriation, in each case, against the Company or any Affiliate;

provided that, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii) above, the Company shall provide the Participant with written notice specifying the circumstances alleged to constitute Cause, and, if possible, the Participant shall have 30 days following receipt of such notice to cure such circumstances.

(c) Termination in Connection with a Change of Control . In the event of the Participant’s Termination of Service by the Company or any Affiliate without Cause or by the Participant for Good Reason (as defined below), in each case, on or within two years after a Change of Control, any unvested portion of the Option shall fully vest as of the date of such termination, and the Option shall remain exercisable until the earlier of (x) 90 days following such termination and (y) the Expiration Date.

 

2


Good Reason ” means “ Good Reason ” as defined in the Participant’s Employment Agreement, if any, or if not so defined, the occurrence of any of the following events, in each case without the Participant’s consent:

(i) a reduction in the Participant’s base compensation and cash incentive opportunity, other than any such reduction that applies generally to similarly situated employees or executives of the Company;

(ii) relocation of the geographic location of the Participant’s principal place of employment or service by more than 50 miles from the Participant’s principal place of employment or service; or

(iii) a material reduction in the Participant’s title, duties, responsibilities or authority;

provided that, in each case, (A) the Participant shall provide the Company with written notice specifying the circumstances alleged to constitute Good Reason within 90 days following the first occurrence of such circumstances, (B) if possible, the Company shall have 30 days following receipt of such notice to cure such circumstances, and (C) if the Company has not cured such circumstances within such 30-day period, the Participant shall terminate his or her employment or service not later than 60 days after the end of such 30-day period.

(d) For Any Other Reason.  In the event of the Participant’s Termination of Service at any time under circumstances not described in Sections 5(a), 5(b) or 5(c), any unvested portion of the Option shall be forfeited as of the date of such termination without any payment to the Participant, and any vested portion of the Option shall remain exercisable until the earlier of (x) 90 days following such termination and (y) the Expiration Date, unless the Committee in its sole discretion determines that the Option should be exercisable to some greater extent or remain exercisable for some longer period (ending in no event later than the Expiration Date).

6. Non-Transferability of Option . This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than (i) by will or by the laws of descent or distribution or (ii) pursuant to an award transfer program adopted by the Company and in accordance with such procedures as the Committee (in its discretion) may specify with respect to the administration and operation of such program. This Option may be exercised during the lifetime of the Participant only by him or her or a valid transferee (which shall include specifically any financial institution, or other entity approved by the Company). The terms of this Option shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of the Participant and in order to effect a valid transfer, the transferee (which shall include specifically any financial institution, or other entity approved by the Company) shall execute an agreement reflecting such terms and conditions that the Committee deems necessary to facilitate such transfer.

7. Lock-Up Agreement . In connection with the initial public offering of the Company’s securities and upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing any underwritten offering of the Company’s securities, the Participant hereby agrees not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company however and whenever acquired (other than those included in the registration) without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed 180 days) from the effective date of such registration as may be requested by the Company or such managing underwriters and to execute an agreement reflecting the foregoing as may be requested by the underwriters at the time of the Company’s initial public offering.

 

3


8. Miscellaneous Provisions .

(a) Notices . All notices, requests and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered in person (by courier or otherwise), mailed by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, or sent by facsimile transmission, as follows:

if to the Company, to:

EPAM Systems, Inc.

41 University Drive

Newtown, Pennsylvania 18940

Attention: General Counsel

Facsimile: 267-759-8989

if to the Participant, to the address that the Participant most recently provided to the Company, or to such other address or facsimile number as such party may hereafter specify for the purpose by notice to the other parties hereto.

(b) Effect of Agreement . The Participant acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof (and has had an opportunity to consult counsel regarding the Option terms), and hereby accepts this Option and agrees to be bound by its contractual terms as set forth herein and in the Plan. The Participant acknowledges and agrees that the grant of this Option constitutes additional consideration to the Participant for the Participant’s continued and future compliance with any restrictive covenants in favor of the Company by which the Participant is otherwise bound. The Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions and interpretations of the Committee regarding any questions relating to the Option. In the event of a conflict between the terms and provisions of the Plan and the terms and provisions of this Agreement, the Plan terms and provisions shall prevail. The Agreement, including the Plan, constitutes the entire agreement between the Participant and the Company on the subject matter hereof and supersedes all proposals, written or oral, and all other communications between the parties relating to such subject matter.

(c) Amendment; Waiver No amendment or modification of any provision of this Agreement shall be effective unless signed in writing by or on behalf of the Company and the Participant, except that the Company may amend or modify this Agreement without the Participant’s consent in accordance with the provisions of the Plan or as otherwise set forth in this Agreement. No waiver of any breach or condition of this Agreement shall be deemed to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach or condition whether of like or different nature. Any amendment or modification of or to any provision of this Agreement, or any waiver of any provision of this Agreement, shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which made or given.

(d) Successors and Assigns; No Third Party Beneficiaries .  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company and the Participant and their respective heirs, successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns. Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, is intended to confer on any Person other than the Company and the Participant, and their respective heirs, successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns, any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement.

(e) Severability . If any provision of this Agreement shall be declared by any court or arbitrator of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced in whole or in part, the remaining conditions and provisions or portions thereof shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect and enforceable to the extent they are valid, legal and enforceable.

 

4


(f) Dispute Resolution .  If any dispute arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the Plan, or the breach thereof, cannot be settled through negotiation, the parties agree first to try in good faith to settle such dispute by mediation. If the parties fail to settle such dispute within 30 days after the commencement of such mediation, such dispute shall be settled by arbitration conducted in the state of Pennsylvania and judgment on the arbitral award rendered may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first written above.

 

EPAM SYSTEMS, INC.
By:    
  Name:
  Title:
 
 
 
Participant

 

5

Exhibit 10.14

EPAM S YSTEMS , I NC .

R ESTRICTED S TOCK A WARD

T HIS R ESTRICTED S TOCK A WARD (this “ Award ”) is made as of the 16th day of January, 2012 (the “ Grant Date ”), by and between EPAM S YSTEMS , I NC . , a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and Karl Robb (the “ Grantee ”).

E XPLANATORY S TATEMENT

In recognition of the Grantee’s continued service to the Company and to give the Grantee an additional incentive to further the Company’s growth and success, the Board of Directors of the Company has determined to grant to the Grantee shares of the Company’s Common Stock, par value $.001 per share, subject to the restrictions and conditions set forth in this Award.

N OW , T HEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual promises set forth below, and for other good and valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and to evidence the grant of and to set forth the terms and conditions governing the grant and ownership of the Award Shares, and the parties’ other agreements related thereto, the Grantee and the Company agree as follows:

A GREEMENT

Section 1. Grant . The Company hereby grants to the Grantee and the Grantee hereby accepts from the Company 24,350 shares of its Common Stock (the “ Award Shares ”), subject to the terms and conditions of this Award.

Section 2. Defined Terms . This Award uses a number of terms that are defined either in Section 10 or elsewhere in the body of this Award. These defined terms are capitalized wherever they are used.

Section 3. Vesting; Restrictions on Transfer .

3.1. Vesting of Shares .

3.1.1. Vested Percentage . From and after each date set forth below, the Grantee’s total number of Vested Shares shall be equal to the applicable Vested Percentage times the total number of Award Shares, rounded down to the nearest whole number; provided that on such date the Nonvested Shares have not been forfeited pursuant to Section 3.2.


Date

   Vested
Percentage
 

On the Grant Date

     25

January 1, 2013

     50

January 1, 2014

     75

January 1, 2015

     100

3.1.2. Adjustment of Shares . In the event of any change in the outstanding Common Stock resulting from a subdivision or consolidation of shares, whether through reorganization, recapitalization, share split, reverse share split, share distribution, or combination of shares or the payment of a share dividend, the Award Shares, whether Vested Shares or Nonvested Shares, shall be treated in the same manner in any such transaction as other outstanding shares of Common Stock. Any shares of Common Stock or other securities received by the Grantee with respect to any Nonvested Shares in any such transaction shall be subject to the same restrictions and conditions as the Nonvested Shares with respect to which such Common Stock or other securities were received and, in the case of shares of Common Stock, such shares shall constitute Nonvested Shares for purposes of this Award.

3.2. Forfeiture of Nonvested Shares . If and at such time as the services of Grantee terminate (a) With Cause, or (b) other than for Good Reason, any and all Nonvested Shares shall be immediately forfeited and returned to the Company without compensation to the Grantee, and this Award shall terminate and be of no further force and effect (other than the restrictions contained in Section 7, which shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with their terms).

3.3. Restrictions on Transfer . The Grantee may not Transfer any Nonvested Shares. Any purported Transfer in violation of these restrictions will be ineffective. Grantee shall only have the right to Transfer the Vested Shares in accordance with the terms of that certain Shareholders Agreement of the Company, as amended from time to time, dated as of the date hereof to which Grantee is a party.

Section 4. Rights as Stockholder . The Grantee shall be entitled to all of the rights of a stockholder with respect to Award Shares (except Award Shares that have been forfeited), including the right to vote such shares and to receive dividends and other distributions payable with respect to such shares after the Grant Date, except for the restrictions set forth in this Award.

Section 5. Certificates .

5.1. Escrow of Certificates . Certificates for Nonvested Shares will be issued in the Grantee’s name and will be held in escrow by the Company until such Nonvested Shares become Vested Shares as provided in Section 3 of this Award.

 

2


5.2. Delivery of Certificates . A certificate or certificates representing the Award Shares that have become Vested Shares shall be delivered to the Grantee promptly after such Award Shares become Vested Shares, unless the Company undertakes uncertificated shares. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the Company’s obligation to issue or deliver certificates evidencing the Award Shares shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations and to such restrictions, conditions, or approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required.

5.3. Restrictive Legends . To the extent applicable, each certificate representing Award Shares will be stamped with the following legends:

THE VESTING, FORFEITURE, SALE OR TRANSFER OF THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE IS SUBJECT TO THE RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE SHAREHOLDER DATED AS OF JANUARY 16, 2012. A COPY OF THIS AGREEMENT IS ON FILE IN THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER AND WILL BE FURNISHED, UPON REQUEST AND WITHOUT CHARGE, TO ANY PERSON HAVING A VALID INTEREST THEREIN.

THE RIGHT TO SELL, TRANSFER OR OTHERWISE DISPOSE OF OR PLEDGE THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE IS SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS, WHICH INCLUDE CO-SALE RESTRICTIONS ON THE SALE OF THE SECURITIES, SET FORTH IN A SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT. A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT IS ON FILE AT THE ISSUER’S PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSINESS.

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN VOTING AGREEMENTS AS SET FORTH IN A SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT. A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT IS ON FILE AT THE ISSUER’S PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSINESS.

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR UNLESS THE ISSUER HAS RECEIVED AN OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER AND ITS COUNSEL THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

 

3


THE SALE, PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATION OR OTHER TRANSFER OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE IS SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF A CERTAIN REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT BY AND BETWEEN THE STOCKHOLDER AND THE ISSUER OF SUCH SECURITIES, INCLUDING A LOCK-UP PERIOD OF UP TO 180 DAYS FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF A REGISTRATION STATEMENT OF THE ISSUER FILED UNDER THE ACT. COPIES OF SUCH AGREEMENT MAY BE OBTAINED UPON WRITTEN REQUEST TO THE SECRETARY OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF SUCH SECURITIES.

THE ISSUER WILL FURNISH WITHOUT CHARGE TO EACH STOCKHOLDER WHO SO REQUESTS THE POWERS, DESIGNATIONS PREFERENCES AND RELATIVE, PARTICIPATING, OPTIONAL, OR OTHER SPECIAL RIGHTS OF EACH CLASS OF STOCK OR SERIES THEREOF AUTHORIZED TO BE ISSUED BY THE ISSUER AND THE QUALIFICATIONS, LIMITATIONS OR RESTRICTIONS OF SUCH PREFERENCES AND/OR RIGHTS. ANY SUCH REQUEST MAY BE MADE TO THE SECRETARY OF THE ISSUER.

Section 6. Withholding and Taxes . The Company shall have the right to require the Grantee to remit to the Company, or to withhold from other amounts payable to the Grantee, as compensation or otherwise, an amount sufficient to satisfy any and all federal, state, and local withholding tax requirements when such amounts become due, if applicable.

6.1. Notice to Grantee . The Company shall endeavor to give written notice to the Grantee no later than ten (10) days before the date by which the Company must collect or withhold any taxes relating to this Award of the date any such taxes must be received by the Company and an estimate of the amount of such taxes.

 

4


6.2. “ Fair Market Value .” The “fair market value” of the Award Shares on any given day means: the last reported sale price of the Shares or other securities on any national or foreign securities exchange or quotation system providing such information on the day before the date of the determination; or, if not listed on any such exchange or quotation system, the average of the bid and asked prices of the Shares or other securities as reported by the National Association of Securities Dealers as of the day before the date of the determination of the fair market value; or, if not so reported, the fair market value of the Shares or other securities as of the day before the date of such determination as determined in good faith by the Board.

Section 7. Non-competition, Non-Solicitation and Inventions . As used in this Section, the “Company” includes the Company and its affiliates. The respective rights and obligations of the respective parties shall survive any termination or expiration of this Agreement to the extent necessary for the intended preservation of such rights and obligations.

7.1. Non-competition and Non-Solicitation . Grantee expressly covenants and agrees that during the period Grantee is engaged by the Company and for one year following the end of Grantee’s engagement with the Company (the “Prohibited Period”), Grantee will refrain from carrying on or engaging in, directly or indirectly, any Competing Business in the Restricted Area and Grantee will not, and Grantee will cause Grantee’s affiliates not to, directly or indirectly, own, manage, operate, join, become an employee of, partner in, owner or member of (or an independent contractor to), control or participate in, be connected with or loan money to, sell or lease equipment or property to, or otherwise be affiliated with any business, individual, partnership, firm, corporation or other entity which engages in a Competing Business in the Restricted Area. “Competing Business” means any business, individual, partnership, firm, corporation or other entity which wholly or in any significant part engages in any business competing with the Business in the Restricted Area; “Restricted Area” means Europe, North America and the Commonwealth of Independent States; and “Business” means the provision of software engineering and software development services, as such business may be expanded or altered by the Company during the period of Grantee’s engagement by the Company; provided, that any business or endeavor shall cease to be the “Business” if the Company is not or ceases to be engaged in such business or endeavor.

Grantee further expressly covenants and agrees that during the Prohibited Period, Grantee shall not, directly or indirectly, encourage, solicit or induce any (i) individual who is then or has been within six (6) months prior thereto employed by or providing consulting services to, the Company to terminate such employment or services; provided, that the foregoing shall not be violated by general advertising not targeted at employees or consultants of the Company; (ii) Customer, supplier, licensee or other business relation of the Company to cease doing business with or materially reduce the amount of business conducted with the Company, or (iii) in any way interfere with the relationship between any such customer, supplier, licensee or business relation

 

5


and the Company; or assist any other party in the activities described in (i) or (ii). “Customer” means any and all persons, partnerships, associations, firms, corporations or other entities that (a) have purchased any of the Company’s products or services within one year prior to the date of termination of the Grantee’s engagement with the Company and (b) with whom the Grantee dealt directly.

7.2. Nondisclosure of Confidential and Proprietary Information . (a) Except in connection with the faithful performance of Grantee’s duties for the Company or pursuant to Section 7.2(c), Grantee shall, in perpetuity, maintain in confidence and shall not directly, indirectly or otherwise, (i) use, disseminate, disclose or publish, whether for his benefit or the benefit of any person, firm, corporation or other entity, any Confidential Information or (ii) deliver to any person, firm, corporation or other entity any document, record, notebook, computer program or similar repository of or containing any Confidential Information. “Confidential Information” means (A) confidential or proprietary information or trade secrets of or relating to the Company (including, without limitation, intellectual property in the form of patents, trademarks and copyrights and applications thereof, ideas, inventions, works, discoveries, improvements, information, documents, formulae, practices, processes, methods, developments, source code, modifications, technology, techniques, data, programs, other know-how or materials, in each case, that are confidential and/or proprietary and owned, developed or possessed by the Company, whether in tangible or intangible form) or (B) confidential or proprietary information with respect to the Company’s operations, processes, products, inventions, business practices, strategies, business plans, finances, principals, vendors, suppliers, customers, potential customers, marketing methods, costs, prices, contractual relationships, regulatory status, prospects and compensation paid to employees or other terms of employment.

(b) Upon the termination of Grantee’s engagement with the Company for any reason, Grantee will promptly deliver to the Company all files, customer lists, price lists, bids, specifications, forms, software, correspondence, drawings, manuals, letters, notes, notebooks, reports, programs, plans, proposals, financial documents and electronically stored information, in each case, that contain any Confidential Information.

(c) Nothing in this Agreement shall prohibit Grantee from (i) disclosing information and documents when required by law, subpoena, court order or legal process; provided Grantee shall provide the Company with prompt written notice of such requirement prior to compliance therewith so that the Company may seek a protective order or other appropriate remedy or (ii) disclosing information and documents to his immediate family members or, for the purpose of securing legal or tax advice, attorney or tax adviser (provided that the persons to whom such disclosures are made shall be informed of their obligation to maintain the strict confidentiality of any information provided to them).

 

6


7.3. Inventions . All rights to discoveries, inventions, improvements and innovations (including all data and records pertaining thereto) related to the business of the Company, whether or not patentable, copyrightable, registrable as a trademark, or reduced to writing, that Grantee may discover, invent or originate during the period of his engagement with the Company, either alone or with others and whether or not during working hours or by the use of the facilities of the Company (“Inventions”), shall be the exclusive property of the Company. Grantee shall promptly disclose all Inventions to the Company, shall execute at the request of the Company any assignments or other documents the Company may deem reasonably necessary to protect or perfect its rights therein, and shall assist the Company, upon reasonable request and at the Company’s expense, in obtaining, defending and enforcing the Company’s rights therein. Grantee hereby appoints the Company as his attorney-in-fact to execute on his behalf any assignments or other documents reasonably deemed necessary by the Company to protect or perfect its rights to any Inventions.

7.4. Injunctive Relief . It is recognized and acknowledged by Grantee that a breach of the covenants contained in Sections 7.2 and 7.3 will cause irreparable damage to the Company and its goodwill, the exact amount of which will be difficult or impossible to ascertain, and that the remedies at law for any such breach will be inadequate. Accordingly, Grantee agrees that in the event of a breach of any of the covenants contained in Sections 7.2 and 7.3, in addition to any other remedy which may be available at law or in equity, the Company will be entitled to specific performance and injunctive relief.

Section 8. Grantee’s Representations and Warranties . As used in this Section, the “Company” includes the Company and its affiliates.

8.1. The Grantee represents and warrant that (a) the Grantee is either a qualified institutional buyer (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act), an institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), 501(a)(2), 501(a)(3), 501(a)(7) or 501(a)(8) under the Securities Act, or an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act; (b) the acquisition of Award Shares pursuant to this Agreement will be for the Grantee’s own account; (c) the Grantee has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of an investment in the Award Shares and is able to bear the economic risks of and an entire loss of the Grantee’s investment in the Award Shares; (d) the Grantee is not acquiring the Award Shares with a view to any distribution thereof in a transaction that would violate the Securities Act or the securities laws of any State of the United States or any other applicable jurisdiction; (e) the Grantee acknowledges that the Award Shares constitute “restricted securities” under the

 

7


Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act and that the Award Shares may not be offered, sold pledged or otherwise transferred only in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable securities laws of any State of the United States and only (i) to the Company, (ii) pursuant to a registration statement which has become effective under the Securities Act or (iii) pursuant to an exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act or any other available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and that prior to the registration of any transfer in accordance with (ii) or (iii) above, the Company reserves the right to require the delivery of such legal opinions, certifications or other evidence as may reasonably be required in order to determine that the proposed transfer is being made in compliance with the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws, and that the Award Shares will bear a legend to the foregoing effect.

Section 9. Miscellaneous .

9.1. Notices . Any notice or communication required or permitted by this Award will be deemed to be received by the party to whom the notice or communication is addressed if delivered in person or by commercial courier service or sent by first class mail, postage prepaid: if to the Company, addressed to it at EPAM Systems, Inc. 41 University Drive, Newtown, PA 18940, marked for the attention of the Chief Executive Officer with a copy to Ginger Mosier, General Counsel; and if to the Grantee, addressed to the Grantee to the address set forth below the Grantee’s signature to this Award or at the address reflected in the Company’s records; or in either case to such other address as either party notifies the other in accordance with this section.

9.2. Entire Agreement . This Award contains the entire agreement between the parties and supersedes any prior agreements between them relating to the subject of this Award.

9.3. Governing Law . The validity, construction and effect of this Award, and any rules and regulations relating thereto, shall be determined in accordance with federal law and the laws of the State of Delaware (without regard to any provision that would result in the application of the laws of any other state or jurisdiction).

9.4. Jurisdiction and Venue . The parties irrevocably submit to personal jurisdiction and venue in the State of New York for the purpose of any suit, action, or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Award.

9.5. Severability . If any provision of this Award is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, or, as to any person or Award, would disqualify this Award under any law deemed applicable by the Board, such provision shall be construed or deemed

 

8


amended to conform to applicable laws, or, if it cannot be so construed or deemed amended without, in the determination of the Board, materially altering the intent of this Award, such provision shall be stricken as to such jurisdiction, person, or Award, and the remainder of this Award shall remain in full force and effect.

9.6. Amendment of Award . This Award may not be amended except in writing and executed by both parties hereto, and no course of conduct by either party or among the parties will be deemed to amend the terms and conditions of this Award, except if such amendment is reduced to writing and executed by both parties.

9.7. Waiver . The waiver of any breach of any provision of this Award by either of the parties does not constitute or operate as a waiver of any other breach of any provision of this Award, and any failure to enforce any provision of this Award does not operate as a waiver of any existing or future rights, duties, or obligations arising out of this Award.

9.8. No Fractional Shares . No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued or delivered pursuant to this Award, and the Board shall determine whether cash, other securities, or other property shall be paid or transferred in lieu of any fractional shares or whether such fractional shares or any rights thereto shall be canceled, terminated, or otherwise eliminated.

9.9. Headings . The headings of the sections of this Award are for convenience of reference only and do not constitute a part of this Award.

9.10. Execution . This Award may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall constitute a duplicate original.

Section 10. Glossary .

10.1. “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

10.2. “ Common Stock ” means the Company’s common stock, par value $.001 per share.

10.3. “ Good Reason ” means “Good Reason” as defined in the Grantee’s (for the purpose of this definition, the “Participant”) employment agreement or consultancy agreement, if any, or if not so defined, the occurrence of any of the following events, in each case without Participant’s consent:

(i) a reduction in the Participant’s base compensation and cash incentive opportunity, other than any such reduction that applies generally to similarly situated employees or executives of the Company;

 

9


(ii) relocation of the geographic location of the Participant’s principal place of employment or service by more than 50 miles from the Participant’s principal place of employment or service; or

(iii) a material reduction in the Participant’s title, duties, responsibilities or authority;

provided that, in each case, (A) the Participant shall provide the Company with written notice specifying the circumstances alleged to constitute Good Reason within 90 days following the first occurrence of such circumstances, (B) if possible, the Company shall have 30 days following receipt of such notice to cure such circumstances, and (C) if the Company has not cured such circumstances within such 30-day period, the Participant shall terminate his or her employment or service not later than 60 days after the end of such 30-day period.

10.4. “ Nonvested Shares ” means, at any given time, all of the Award Shares that are not Vested Shares.

10.5. “ Transfer ” means to sell, assign, transfer, convey, pledge, hypothecate, or otherwise encumber or dispose of, either voluntarily or by operation of law (whether by virtue of execution, attachment, or similar process).

10.6. “ Vested Shares ” means, at any given time, the Award Shares that have become Vested Shares pursuant to Section 3.1.

10.7. “ Vested Percentage ” means, as of the Grant Date, 25%, and from and after any Grant Date, the percentage as set forth in Section 3.1.1.

10.8. “ With Cause ” means the Company’s good faith determination of the Grantee’s (for the purpose of this definition, the “Participant”):

(i) willful material breach, or habitual neglect of, the Participant’s duties or obligations in connection with the Participant’s employment or service;

 

10


(ii) having engaged in willful misconduct, gross negligence or a breach of fiduciary duty, or his or her willful material breach of the Participant’s duties to the Company or under the Participant’s employment agreement or consultancy agreement, if applicable, or of any of the Company policies;

(iii) having been convicted of, or having entered a plea bargain or settlement admitting guilt for, (x) a felony or (y) any other criminal offense involving moral turpitude, fraud or, in the course of the performance of the Participant’s service to the Company, material dishonesty;

(iv) unlawful use or possession of illegal drugs on the Company’s premises or while performing the Participant’s duties and responsibilities to the Company; or

(v) the commission of an act of fraud, embezzlement or material misappropriation, in each case, against the Company or any Affiliate;

provided that, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii) above, the Company shall provide the Participant with written notice specifying the circumstances alleged to constitute Cause, and, if possible, the Participant shall have 30 days following receipt of such notice to cure such circumstances.

[signatures contained on the following page]

 

11


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties have caused this Restricted Stock Award to be signed under seal as of the date first above written.

 

EPAM S YSTEMS , I NC .
By:    /s/ Arkadiy Dobkin
  Arkadiy Dobkin
  President & Chief Executive Officer

 

Signature:    /s/ Karl Robb        
   Karl Robb      
Print Name:             

Title/Capacity/

Co-ownership:

   Individual Person.        
Address:             
            
            

 

12

Exhibit 10.15

EPAM SYSTEMS, INC.

NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS COMPENSATION PLAN

SECTION 1. Purpose . The purpose of the EPAM Systems, Inc. Non-Employee Directors Compensation Plan (the “ Plan ”) is to attract and retain the services of experienced non-employee directors for EPAM Systems, Inc. (the “ Company ”) by providing them with compensation for their services in the form of cash and/or shares of the Company’s common stock, thereby promoting the long term growth and financial success of the Company and furthering the best interests of its shareholders.

SECTION 2. Definitions . As used in the Plan, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

a) “ Award ” means any Option, Restricted Stock, RSU, Other Stock-Based Award or Retainer granted under the Plan.

b) “ Award Document ” means any agreement, contract or other instrument or document evidencing any Award granted under the Plan, which may, but need not, be executed or acknowledged by a Participant.

c) “ Beneficiary ” means a person entitled to receive payments or other benefits or exercise rights that are available under the Plan in the event of a Participant’s death. If no such person is named by a Participant, or if no Beneficiary designated by such Participant is eligible to receive payments or other benefits or exercise rights that are available under the Plan at such Participant’s death, such Participant’s Beneficiary shall be such Participant’s estate.

d) “ Board ” means the board of directors of the Company.

e) “ Change in Control ” means the occurrence of any one or more of the following events:

i. any Person, other than an employee benefit plan or trust maintained by the Company, becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors;

ii. at any time during a period of 24 consecutive months, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the Board and any new member of the Board whose election or nomination for election was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority of members of the Board; or

iii. the consummation of (A) a merger or consolidation of the Company or any of its subsidiaries with any other corporation or entity, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or, if applicable, the ultimate parent thereof) at least 50% of the combined voting power and total fair market value of the securities of the Company or such surviving entity or parent outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation, or (B) any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer to any Person of assets of the Company and/or any of its subsidiaries, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, having an aggregate fair market value of more than 50% of the fair market value of the Company and its subsidiaries (the “ Company Value ”) immediately prior to such transaction(s), but only to the extent that, in connection with such transaction(s) or within a reasonable period thereafter, the Company’s stockholders receive distributions of cash and/or assets having a fair market value that is greater than 50% of the Company Value immediately prior to such transaction(s).


Notwithstanding the foregoing or any provision of any Award Document to the contrary, for any Award that provides for accelerated distribution on a Change in Control of amounts that constitute “deferred compensation” (as defined in Section 409A of the Code and the regulations thereunder (“ Section 409A ”)), if the event that constitutes such Change in Control does not also constitute a change in the ownership or effective control of the Company, or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets (in either case, as defined in Section 409A), such amount shall not be distributed on such Change in Control but instead shall vest as of the date of such Change in Control and shall be paid on the scheduled payment date specified in the applicable Award Document, except to the extent that earlier distribution would not result in the Participant who holds such Award incurring interest or additional tax under Section 409A.

f) “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and the rules, regulations and guidance thereunder. Any reference to a provision in the Code shall include any successor provision thereto.

g) “ Effective Date ” means the date on which the Plan is adopted by the Board.

h) “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, and the rules, regulations and guidance thereunder. Any reference to a provision in the Exchange Act shall include any successor provision thereto.

i) “ Fair Market Value ” means (i) with respect to Shares, the closing price of a Share on the day prior to the date in question (or, if there is no reported sale on such prior day, on the last preceding date on which any reported sale occurred) on the principal stock market or exchange on which the Shares are quoted or traded, or if Shares are not so quoted or traded, fair market value as determined by the Board or a committee of the Board, and (ii) with respect to any property other than Shares, the fair market value of such property determined by such methods or procedures as shall be established from time to time by the Board or a committee of the Board.

j) “ Option ” means an option representing the right to purchase Shares from the Company, granted pursuant to Section 6.

k) “ Other Stock-Based Award ” means an Award granted pursuant to Section 8.

l) “ Participant ” means the recipient of an Award granted under the Plan.

m) “ Person ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act and used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) thereof, including “group” as defined in Section 13(d) thereof.

n) “ Restricted Stock ” means any Share granted pursuant to Section 7.

o) “ Retainer ” means an annual cash retainer payable pursuant to Section 10 for service as (i) a member of the Board or a committee of the Board or (ii) chair or lead director of the Board or chair of any such committee.

p) “ RSU ” means a contractual right granted pursuant to Section 7 that is denominated in Shares. Each RSU represents a right to receive the value of one Share (or a percentage of such value) in Shares. Awards of RSUs may include the right to receive dividend equivalents.

q) “ Shares ” means shares of the Company’s common stock.

SECTION 3. Eligibility. Each member of the Board that the Board in its sole discretion determines (i) is (or would be, if the Shares were then listed on the New York Stock Exchange) “independent” of the Company within the meaning of Section 303A of the New York Stock Exchange Listed Company Manual and (ii) is not affiliated with any stockholder or group of stockholders who beneficially own 10% or more of the Shares (calculated on a fully diluted basis and assuming the conversion of all shares of the Company’s preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share) shall be eligible to receive Awards under the Plan.

 

2


SECTION 4. Administration.

a) The Plan shall be administered by the Board. The Board may issue rules and regulations for administration of the Plan. The Board shall meet at such times and places as it may determine.

b) Subject to the terms of the Plan and applicable law, the Board shall have full power and authority to: (i) designate Participants; (ii) determine the type or types of Awards to be granted to each Participant under the Plan; (iii) determine the number of Shares to be covered by (or with respect to which payments, rights or other matters are to be calculated in connection with) Awards; (iv) determine the terms and conditions of any Award; (v) determine whether, to what extent and under what circumstances Awards may be settled or exercised in cash, Shares, other Awards, other property, or any combination thereof, or canceled, forfeited or suspended, and the method or methods by which Awards may be settled, exercised, canceled, forfeited or suspended; (vi) determine whether, to what extent and under what circumstances cash, Shares, other Awards, other property and other amounts payable with respect to an Award under the Plan shall be deferred either automatically or at the election of the holder thereof or of the Board; (vii) interpret and administer the Plan and any instrument or agreement relating to, or Award made under, the Plan; (viii) establish, amend, suspend or waive such rules and regulations and appoint such agents as it shall deem appropriate for the proper administration of the Plan; and (ix) make any other determination and take any other action that the Board deems necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan.

c) All decisions of the Board shall be final, conclusive and binding upon all parties, including the Company, its shareholders and the Participants and any Beneficiaries thereof.

SECTION 5. Shares Available for Awards.

a) Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 5(c), the maximum number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan shall not exceed 600,000 Shares in the aggregate.

b) Any Shares subject to an Award that expires, is canceled, forfeited or otherwise terminates without the delivery of such Shares, including (i) the number of Shares surrendered or withheld in payment of any grant, purchase, exercise or hurdle price of an Award or taxes related to an Award and (ii) any Shares subject to an Award to the extent that Award is settled without the issuance of Shares, shall again be, or shall become, available for issuance under the Plan.

c) In the event that the Board determines that, as a result of any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares or other securities), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, issuance of warrants or other rights to purchase Shares or other securities of the Company, issuance of Shares pursuant to the anti-dilution provisions of securities of the Company, or other similar corporate transaction or event affecting the Shares, or of changes in applicable laws, regulations or accounting principles, an adjustment is appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, then the Board shall adjust equitably any or all of:

(i) the number and type of Shares (or other securities) which thereafter may be made the subject of Awards, including the aggregate Share limit specified in Section 5(a);

(ii) the number and type of Shares (or other securities) subject to outstanding Awards; and

(iii) the grant, purchase, exercise or hurdle price with respect to any Award or, if deemed appropriate, make provision for a cash payment to the holder of an outstanding Award; provided, however , that the number of Shares subject to any Award denominated in Shares shall always be a whole number.

 

3


d) Any Shares delivered pursuant to an Award may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized and unissued Shares or Shares acquired by the Company.

SECTION 6. Options . The Board is authorized to grant Options to Participants with the following terms and conditions and with such additional terms and conditions, in either case not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as the Board shall determine:

a) The exercise price per Share under an Option; provided, however, that such exercise price shall not be less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant of such Option.

b) The term of each Option, which shall not exceed 10 years from the date of grant of such Option.

c) The time or times at which an Option may be exercised in whole or in part. The Board may specify in an Award Document that an “in-the-money” Option shall be automatically exercised on its expiration date.

d) The method or methods by which, and the form or forms, including cash, Shares, other Awards, other property, net settlement, broker assisted cashless exercise or any combination thereof, having a Fair Market Value on the exercise date equal to the relevant exercise price, in which payment of the exercise price with respect thereto may be made or deemed to have been made.

SECTION 7. Restricted Stock and RSUs. The Board is authorized to grant Awards of Restricted Stock and RSUs to Participants with the following terms and conditions and with such additional terms and conditions, in either case not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as the Committee shall determine:

a) The Award Document shall specify the vesting schedule and, with respect to RSUs, the delivery schedule (which may include deferred delivery later than the vesting date).

b) Shares of Restricted Stock and RSUs shall be subject to such restrictions as the Board may impose (including any limitation on the right to vote a Share of Restricted Stock or the right to receive any dividend, dividend equivalent or other right), which restrictions may lapse separately or in combination at such time or times, in such installments or otherwise, as the Board may deem appropriate.

c) Any share of Restricted Stock granted under the Plan may be evidenced in such manner as the Board may deem appropriate, including book-entry registration or issuance of a stock certificate or certificates. In the event any stock certificate is issued in respect of shares of Restricted Stock granted under the Plan, such certificate shall be registered in the name of the Participant and shall bear an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to such Restricted Stock.

d) The Board may provide in an Award Document that an Award of Restricted Stock is conditioned upon the Participant making or refraining from making an election with respect to the Award under Section 83(b) of the Code. If a Participant makes an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code with respect to an Award of Restricted Stock, the Participant shall be required to file promptly a copy of such election with the Company.

SECTION 8. Other Stock-Based Awards. The Board is authorized, subject to limitations under applicable law, to grant to Participants such other Awards that may be denominated or payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, or related to, Shares or factors that may influence the value of Shares, including convertible or exchangeable debt securities, other rights convertible or exchangeable into Shares, purchase rights for Shares, Awards with value and payment contingent upon performance of the Company or business units thereof or any other factors designated by the Board or a committee of the Board. The Board shall

 

4


determine the terms and conditions of such Awards. Shares delivered pursuant to an Award in the nature of a purchase right granted under this Section 8 shall be purchased for such consideration, paid for at such times, by such methods and in such forms, including cash, Shares, other Awards, other property, net settlement, broker assisted cashless exercise or any combination thereof, as the Board shall determine.

SECTION 9. Automatic Grants . The Board or a committee of the Board may institute, by resolution, automatic Award grants to new and to continuing members of the Board, with the number and type of such Awards, the terms and conditions of such Awards, and the criteria for the grant of such Awards, as is determined by the Board or a committee of the Board, in its sole discretion.

SECTION 10. Retainers. The Board is authorized, subject to limitations under applicable law, to grant Retainers to Participants. The Board shall determine the terms and conditions of such Retainers, including without limitation (i) the amounts payable, (ii) the payment dates (including whether payment is made in a lump sum or installments and whether payment is made in advance or arrears), (iii) whether such Retainers may be electively received in Shares and (iv) whether such Retainers may be electively deferred, subject to such rules and procedures as it may establish in accordance with Section 409A of the Code, and, if so, whether such deferred Retainers may be distributed in cash and/or Shares. Shares issued to Participants pursuant to (iii) or (iv) above will not count against the aggregate Share limit specified in Section 5(a). The number of Shares that will be issued to a Participant who elects to receive a Retainer in Shares shall equal the amount of cash that otherwise would have been paid to such Participant on the payment date of such Retainer divided by the Fair Market Value of a Share as of such payment date.

SECTION 11. Effect of Termination of Service or a Change in Control on Awards. The Board may provide, by rule or regulation or in any Award Document, or may determine in any individual case, the circumstances in which, and the extent to which, an Award may be exercised, settled, vested, paid or forfeited in the event of a Participant’s termination of service from the Board or a Change in Control prior to exercise or settlement of such Award.

SECTION 12. General Provisions Applicable to Awards.

a) Awards shall be granted for no cash consideration or for such minimal cash consideration as may be required by applicable law.

b) Awards may, in the discretion of the Board, be granted either alone or in addition to or in tandem with any other Award or any award granted under any other plan of the Company. Awards granted in addition to or in tandem with other Awards, or in addition to or in tandem with awards granted under any other plan of the Company, may be granted either at the same time as or at a different time from the grant of such other Awards or awards.

c) Subject to the terms of the Plan, payments or transfers to be made by the Company upon the grant, exercise or settlement of an Award may be made in the form of cash, Shares, other Awards, other property, net settlement, or any combination thereof, as determined by the Board in its discretion at the time of grant, and may be made in a single payment or transfer, in installments or on a deferred basis, in each case in accordance with rules and procedures established by the Board. Such rules and procedures may include provisions for the payment or crediting of reasonable interest on installment or deferred payments or the grant or crediting of dividend equivalents in respect of installment or deferred payments.

d) Except as may be permitted by the Board or as specifically provided in an Award Document, (i) no Award and no right under any Award shall be assignable, alienable, saleable or transferable by a Participant otherwise than by will or pursuant to Section 12(e) and (ii) during a Participant’s lifetime, each Award, and each right under any Award, shall be exercisable only by such Participant or, if permissible under applicable law, by such Participant’s guardian or legal representative. The provisions of this Section 12(d) shall not apply to any Award that has been fully exercised or settled, as the case may be, and shall not preclude forfeiture of an Award in accordance with the terms thereof.

 

5


e) A Participant may designate a Beneficiary or change a previous Beneficiary designation at such times prescribed by the Board by using forms and following procedures approved or accepted by the Board for that purpose.

f) All certificates for Shares and/or other securities delivered under the Plan pursuant to any Award or the exercise thereof shall be subject to such stop transfer orders and other restrictions as the Board may deem advisable under the Plan or the rules, regulations and other requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, any stock market or exchange upon which such Shares or other securities are then quoted, traded or listed, and any applicable securities laws, and the Board may cause a legend or legends to be put on any such certificates to make appropriate reference to such restrictions.

SECTION 13. Amendments and Terminations .

a) Except to the extent prohibited by applicable law and unless otherwise expressly provided in an Award Document or in the Plan, the Board may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or terminate the Plan or any portion thereof at any time; provided, however , that no such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation or termination shall be made without (i) shareholder approval if such approval is required by applicable law or the rules of the stock market or exchange, if any, on which the Shares are principally quoted or traded or (ii) the consent of the affected Participant, if such action would materially adversely affect the rights of such Participant under any outstanding Award, except to the extent any such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance or termination is made to cause the Plan to comply with applicable law, stock market or exchange rules and regulations or accounting or tax rules and regulations. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, the Board may amend the Plan in such manner as may be necessary to enable the Plan to achieve its stated purposes in any jurisdiction in a tax-efficient manner and in compliance with local rules and regulations.

b) The Board may waive any conditions or rights under, amend any terms of, or amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or terminate any Award theretofore granted, prospectively or retroactively, without the consent of any relevant Participant or holder or Beneficiary of an Award; provided, however , that no such action shall materially adversely affect the rights of any affected Participant or holder or Beneficiary under any Award theretofore granted under the Plan, except to the extent any such action is made to cause the Plan to comply with applicable law, stock market or exchange rules and regulations or accounting or tax rules and regulations; provided further that, except as provided in Section 5(c), no such action shall directly or indirectly, through cancellation and regrant or any other method, reduce, or have the effect of reducing, the exercise price of any Award established at the time of grant thereof.

c) The Board shall be authorized to make adjustments in the terms and conditions of, and the criteria included in, Awards in recognition of events (including the events described in Section 5(c) affecting the Company, or the financial statements of the Company, or of changes in applicable laws, regulations or accounting principles, whenever the Board determines that such adjustments are appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan.

d) The Board may correct any defect, supply any omission, or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or any Award in the manner and to the extent it shall deem desirable to carry the Plan into effect.

SECTION 14. Miscellaneous .

a) No Participant or other Person shall have any claim to be granted any Award under the Plan, and there is no obligation for uniformity of treatment of Participants or holders or Beneficiaries of Awards under the Plan. The terms and conditions of Awards need not be the same with respect to each Participant.

b) The grant of an Award shall not be construed as giving a Participant the right to be retained in the service of the Board or the Company. The receipt of any Award under the Plan is not intended to confer any rights on the receiving Participant except as set forth in the applicable Award Document.

 

6


c) Nothing contained in the Plan shall prevent the Company from adopting or continuing in effect other or additional compensation arrangements, and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases.

d) The Company shall be authorized to withhold from any Award granted or any payment due or transfer made under any Award or under the Plan or from any compensation or other amount owing to a Participant the amount (in cash, Shares, other Awards, other property, net settlement, or any combination thereof) of applicable withholding taxes due in respect of an Award, its exercise or settlement or any payment or transfer under such Award or under the Plan and to take such other action (including providing for elective payment of such amounts in cash or Shares by the Participant) as may be necessary in the opinion of the Company to satisfy all obligations for the payment of such taxes.

e) If any provision of the Plan or any Award Document is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, or as to any Person or Award, or would disqualify the Plan or any Award under any law deemed applicable by the Board, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to conform to applicable laws, or if it cannot be so construed or deemed amended without, in the determination of the Board, materially altering the intent of the Plan or the Award Document, such provision shall be stricken as to such jurisdiction, Person or Award, and the remainder of the Plan and any such Award Document shall remain in full force and effect.

f) Neither the Plan nor any Award shall create or be construed to create a trust or separate fund of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between the Company and a Participant or any other Person. To the extent that any Person acquires a right to receive payments from the Company pursuant to an Award, such right shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Company.

g) No fractional Shares shall be issued or delivered pursuant to the Plan or any Award, and the Board shall determine whether cash or other securities shall be paid or transferred in lieu of any fractional Shares, or whether such fractional Shares or any rights thereto shall be canceled, terminated or otherwise eliminated.

SECTION 15. Effective Date of the Plan . The Plan shall be effective as of the Effective Date.

SECTION 16. Term of the Plan. No Award shall be granted under the Plan after the earliest to occur of (i) the tenth year anniversary of the Effective Date; provided that to the extent permitted by the listing rules of any stock exchange on which the Company is listed, such ten-year term may be extended indefinitely so long as the maximum number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan have not been issued, (ii) the maximum number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan have been issued or (iii) the Board terminates the Plan in accordance with Section 13(a). However, unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan or in an applicable Award Document, any Award theretofore granted may extend beyond such date, and the authority of the Board to amend, alter, adjust, suspend, discontinue or terminate any such Award, or to waive any conditions or rights under any such Award, and the authority of the Board to amend the Plan, shall extend beyond such date.

SECTION 17. Section 409A of the Code. With respect to Awards subject to Section 409A, the Plan is intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A, and the provisions of the Plan and any Award Document shall be interpreted in a manner that satisfies the requirements of Section 409A, and the Plan shall be operated accordingly. If any provision of the Plan or any term or condition of any Award would otherwise frustrate or conflict with this intent, the provision, term or condition will be interpreted and deemed amended so as to avoid this conflict. If the Board considers a Participant to be one of the Company’s “specified employees” under Section 409A at the time of such Participant’s “separation from service” (as defined in Section 409A), any distribution that otherwise would be made to such Participant with respect to an Award that is subject to Section 409A as a result of such separation from service shall not be made until the date that is six months after such separation from service, except to the extent that earlier distribution would not result in such Participant’s incurring interest or additional tax under Section 409A.

 

7


SECTION 18. Governing Law. The Plan and each Award Document shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, without application of the conflicts of law principles thereof.

 

8

Exhibit 10.16

EPAM SYSTEMS, INC.

2012 NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR COMPENSATION PLAN

FORM OF RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT

1. Grant of Restricted Shares . EPAM Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), hereby grants to «Grantee» (the “ Participant ”), on «Date» (the “ Grant Date ”), «Number of Shares underlying award » restricted Shares (the “ Restricted Shares ”), subject to the terms, definitions and provisions of the EPAM Systems, Inc. 2012 Non-Employee Director Compensation Plan (the “ Plan ”) adopted by the Company, which is incorporated in this Agreement by reference, and the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Unless otherwise defined in this Agreement, the terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings defined in the Plan.

2. Vesting Schedule . Subject to Section 5, the Restricted Shares shall vest and become non-forfeitable [25% on each of the first, second, third and fourth anniversaries of the Grant Date] 1 [100% on the first anniversary of the Grant Date]. 2

3. Voting Rights . The Participant shall have voting rights with respect to the Restricted Shares.

4. Dividends . All cash and other dividends and distributions, if any, that are paid with respect to the Restricted Shares shall be paid currently to the Participant.

5. Termination of Service or a Change in Control .

(a) Upon the Participant’s termination of service from the Board at any time, a portion of the Restricted Shares shall vest as of the date of such termination, with such portion determined by multiplying [(i) the total number of Restricted Shares by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days that the Participant served on the Board from the Grant Date through the date of such termination, and the denominator of which is 365] 3 [(i) the number of Restricted Shares that would have vested on the next scheduled vesting date had the Participant’s service on the Board continued through such date by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days that the Participant served on the Board from the Grant Date (or, if such termination occurs after the first anniversary of the Grant Date, the most recent anniversary of the Grant Date) through the date of such termination, and the denominator of which is 365] 4 . Any Restricted Shares that do not vest upon such termination in accordance with the preceding sentence shall be forfeited without any payment to the Participant.

(b) Upon a Change in Control, the Restricted Shares shall fully vest and become non-forfeitable as of the date of such Change in Control.

6. Non-Transferability Until Vesting . Unless and until the Restricted Shares become vested in accordance with this Agreement, the Restricted Shares shall not be assigned, sold, transferred or otherwise be subject to alienation by the Participant. Upon the vesting of any of the Restricted Shares, the forfeiture restrictions with respect to such Shares shall lapse, and, subject to the provisions of this Agreement and any applicable lock-up agreement, such Shares shall be fully assignable, saleable and transferable by the Participant.

 

1  

For initial grants.

2  

For annual grants.

3  

For initial grants.

4  

For annual grants.


7. Lock-Up Agreement . In connection with the initial public offering of the Company’s securities and upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing any underwritten offering of the Company’s securities, the Participant hereby agrees not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company however and whenever acquired (other than those included in the registration) without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed 180 days) from the effective date of such registration as may be requested by the Company or such managing underwriters and to execute an agreement reflecting the foregoing as may be requested by the underwriters at the time of the Company’s initial public offering.

8. Miscellaneous Provisions.

(a) Notices . All notices, requests and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered in person (by courier or otherwise), mailed by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, or sent by facsimile transmission, as follows:

if to the Company, to:

EPAM Systems, Inc.

41 University Drive

Newtown, Pennsylvania 18940

Attention: General Counsel

Facsimile: 212-759-8989

if to the Participant, to the address that the Participant most recently provided to the Company, or to such other address or facsimile number as such party may hereafter specify for the purpose by notice to the other parties hereto.

(b) Effect of Agreement . The Participant acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof (and has had an opportunity to consult counsel regarding the terms of the Restricted Shares), and hereby accepts the Restricted Shares and agrees to be bound by their contractual terms as set forth herein and in the Plan. The Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions and interpretations of the Board regarding any questions relating to the Restricted Shares. In the event of a conflict between the terms and provisions of the Plan and the terms and provisions of this Agreement, the Plan terms and provisions shall prevail. This Agreement, including the Plan, constitutes the entire agreement between the Participant and the Company on the subject matter hereof and supersedes all proposals, written or oral, and all other communications between the parties relating to such subject matter.

(c) Amendment; Waiver . No amendment or modification of any provision of this Agreement shall be effective unless signed in writing by or on behalf of the Company and the Participant, except that the Company may amend or modify this Agreement without the Participant’s consent in accordance with the provisions of the Plan or as otherwise set forth in this Agreement. No waiver of any breach or condition of this Agreement shall be deemed to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach or condition whether of like or different nature. Any amendment or modification of or to any provision of this Agreement, or any waiver of any provision of this Agreement, shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which made or given.

(d) Successors and Assigns; No Third Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company and the Participant and their respective heirs, successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns. Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, is intended to confer on any Person other than the Company and the Participant, and their respective heirs, successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns, any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement.

 

2


(e) Severability . If any provision of this Agreement shall be declared by any court or arbitrator of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced in whole or in part, the remaining conditions and provisions or portions thereof shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect and enforceable to the extent they are valid, legal and enforceable.

(f) Dispute Resolution .  If any dispute arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the Plan, or the breach thereof, cannot be settled through negotiation, the parties agree first to try in good faith to settle such dispute by mediation. If the parties fail to settle such dispute within 30 days after the commencement of such mediation, such dispute shall be settled by arbitration conducted in the state of Pennsylvania and judgment on the arbitral award rendered may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first written above.

 

EPAM SYSTEMS, INC.
By:    
  Name:
  Title:
 

Participant

 

3

Exhibit 10.17

EPAM SYSTEMS, INC.

Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy

Unless and until the Board resolves otherwise or as otherwise agreed between the Company and the Board, each member of the Board of Directors (the “ Board ”) of EPAM Systems, Inc. (the “ Company ”) that the Board in its sole discretion determines (i) is (or would be, if the Company’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share (“ Common Stock ”), were then listed on the New York Stock Exchange) “independent” of the Company within the meaning of Section 303A of the New York Stock Exchange Listed Company Manual and (ii) is not affiliated with any stockholder or group of stockholders who beneficially own 10% or more of the Company’s Common Stock (calculated on a fully diluted basis and assuming the conversion of all shares of the Company’s preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share) (each, a “ Non-Employee Director ”) shall be entitled to receive the compensation set forth below during the term of his or her service on the Board. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this policy shall have the meanings set forth in the Company’s 2012 Non-Employee Directors Compensation Plan (the “ Plan ”).

Annual Cash Retainers

Service as Non-Employee Director : Each Non-Employee Director shall receive an annual retainer (a “ Retainer ”) in the amount of $40,000 payable in cash in arrears in equal quarterly installments on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 (or, if any such date is not a business day, the business day immediately preceding such date) (each such payment date, a “ Quarterly Payment Date ”) in respect of the calendar quarter that includes such Quarterly Payment Date; provided, however, that any Non-Employee Director who becomes a member of the Board on a date that is not the first day of a calendar quarter shall receive a pro-rated Retainer for his or her service on the Board for such quarter based on the number of days of such service during such quarter.

Service as a Committee Member : Each Non-Employee Director who serves as a member (but not as a Chairperson) of one or more of the Audit, Compensation or Nominating and Corporate Governance Committees (each, a “ Committee ”) of the Board shall receive an additional annual retainer in the amount of $8,000, $5,000 and/or $3,000 for his or her service on each such Committee, respectively, payable in cash in arrears in equal quarterly installments on each Quarterly Payment Date in respect of the calendar quarter that includes such Quarterly Payment Date; provided, however, that any Non-Employee Director who becomes a member of any Committee on a date that is not the first day of a calendar quarter shall receive a pro-rated payment for his or her service on such Committee for such quarter based on the number of days of such service during such quarter.


Service as Chairperson of a Committee of the Board : Any Non-Employee Director who serves as a Chairperson of one or more of the Committees shall receive an additional annual retainer in the amount of $20,000, $10,000 and/or $7,500 for his or her service as the Chairperson of one or more of the Audit, Compensation or Nominating and Corporate Governance Committees, respectively, payable in cash in arrears in equal quarterly installments on each Quarterly Payment Date in respect of the calendar quarter that includes such Quarterly Payment Date; provided, however, that any Non-Employee Director who becomes a Chairperson of any Committee on a date that is not the first day of a calendar quarter shall receive a pro-rated payment for his or her service as Chairperson of such Committee for such quarter based on the number of days of such service during such quarter.

Additional Non-Employee Director Compensation

Any Non-Employee Director who attends more than six meetings of the Board in any calendar year shall receive an additional cash payment of $2,000 for each such additional meeting that such Non-Employee Director attends in person and $1,000 for each such additional meeting that such Non-Employee Director attends telephonically.

Election to Receive Stock

A Non-Employee Director may elect to receive all or a portion of his or her Retainer in shares of Common Stock by executing and submitting to the Company’s Corporate Secretary (the “ Secretary ”) an election form, pursuant to a form provided by the Company, which indicates the percentage of such Retainer that such director elects to receive in shares. A Non-Employee Director who wishes to revoke or amend a previously submitted election form may do so by executing and submitting to the Secretary a subsequent election form, pursuant to a form provided by the Company. An election form, whether initial or subsequent, shall be effective only with respect to Quarterly Payment Dates that occur after the date on which the Secretary receives such form.

As of each Quarterly Payment Date, a Non-Employee Director who has validly elected to receive all or a portion of his or her Retainer in shares of Common Stock will receive a number of shares of Common Stock determined by dividing the amount of the Retainer that otherwise would have been payable to such director in cash on such date by the closing price of a share of Common Stock on the day prior to such Quarterly Payment Date; provided that any fractional share shall be paid in cash.

 

2


Equity Grants

Initial Restricted Stock Grants to Directors : On the date that a Non-Employee Director commences service on the Board, such director shall receive under the Plan an initial grant (the “ Initial Grant ”) of Restricted Stock. The number of shares of Common Stock covered by the Initial Grant shall be determined by dividing $100,000 by the closing price of a share of Common Stock on the day prior to the grant date. The Initial Grant will vest 25% on each of the first four anniversaries of the grant date.

Annual Restricted Stock Grants to Directors : On the date of the Company’s annual public stockholder meeting, each Non-Employee Director who at such meeting is elected to serve on the Board or whose term is scheduled to continue at least through the date of the next such meeting shall receive under the Plan an annual grant (each, an “ Annual Grant ”) of Restricted Stock. The number of shares of Common Stock covered by an Annual Grant shall be determined by dividing $75,000 by the closing price of a share of Common Stock on the day prior to the grant date. Any Non-Employee Director who commences service on the Board on a date other than the date of the Company’s annual public stockholder meeting shall receive on such start date a pro-rated Annual Grant, with the number of shares of Common Stock covered by such grant determined by dividing (i) the product of $75,000 and a fraction, the numerator of which is 365 minus the number of days that have elapsed between the date of such meeting and such start date, and the denominator of which is 365, by (ii) the closing price of a share of Common Stock on the day prior to such start date. Each Annual Grant will vest 100% on the first anniversary of the grant date.

 

3

Exhibit 10.18

[Form of Director Offer Letter]

EPAM SYSTEMS, INC.

41 University Drive, Suite 202

Newtown, PA 18940

[DATE]

[DIRECTOR]

[ADDRESS]

Dear [            ]:

EPAM Systems, Inc. (the “ Company ”) is pleased to memorialize the terms and conditions of your service, effective as of             , as follows:

1. Position . You agree to serve as a member of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”), subject to your appointment and any required shareholder approval. [It is anticipated that you will serve as a member of the [            ] Committee[s] of the Board [and as the Chair of the [            ] Committee]].

2. Compensation . You will receive compensation for your service on the Board in accordance with the enclosed Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy, as may be amended from time to time. The policy currently provides for annual cash retainers of $40,000 for service on the Board and additional cash retainers for service as a member or Chair of a committee of the Board and for attending more than six meetings in any calendar year. The policy also currently provides for an initial grant of $100,000 in restricted shares, which vest 25% each year over four years, and annual grants of $75,000 in restricted shares, which vest 100% after one year, under the 2012 Non-Employee Directors Compensation Plan, as may be amended from time to time.

3. Business Expenses . Reasonable travel and other business expenses incurred by you in the performance of your duties to the Company will be reimbursed by the Company in accordance with Company policies as in effect from time to time.

4. Indemnification . You will be indemnified to the fullest extent provided by the Company’s corporate documents as in effect from time to time, subject to your execution of applicable undertakings, as provided by such corporate documents. The Company will also provide you with director and officer liability insurance coverage to the extent provided to the directors of the Company generally.

We hope that you find the foregoing terms acceptable. You may indicate your agreement with these terms by signing and dating the enclosed duplicate original of this letter agreement and returning it to me.


EPAM Systems, Inc.
By:    
  [NAME]
  [TITLE]

I have read and accept this letter agreement.

 

By:    
Name:    
Date:    

Enclosure:

EPAM Systems, Inc. Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy

Exhibit 10.19

EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of the 20th day of January 2006 by and between Arkadiy Dobkin, an individual (the “ Employee ”), and EPAM Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) (the Company and its subsidiaries are referred to individually or collectively herein as the “ Group Companies ”).

Background

The Company is engaged primarily in the business of providing software development, maintenance and testing services utilizing an onshore-offshore delivery model at its development centers in Central and Eastern Europe (the Company’s present business, and such future businesses in which it might engage are referred to as the “ Business ”).

Employee is currently employed as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company. The Company desires to enter into this Agreement with the Employee, to continue the employ of the Employee as President and Chief Executive Officer, and Employee desires to accept such employment with the Company, all in accordance with the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

Agreement

NOW, THEREFORE, and in consideration of the above premises, the mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt, adequacy and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:

1. Employment and Duties.

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Company hereby agrees to continue the employ of the Employee, and the Employee hereby agrees to continue to serve the Company, as President and Chief Executive Officer and, thereafter, in such capacities, functions and positions of an executive officer as designated by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board of Directors ”) from time to time. In performing his duties hereunder, the Employee shall report to and be directly responsible to the Board of Directors.

(b) During the Term (as defined below), the Employee shall, for the benefit of the Company, use his skills, knowledge and specialized training to perform the duties and exercise the powers, functions and discretions incident to the position which, from time to time, may be assigned to or vested in him by the Board of Directors consistent with the terms of the Company’s Bylaws, in an efficient and competent manner and on such terms and subject to such restrictions as the Board of Directors may from time to time impose.


(c) During the Term, the Employee agrees to devote his full business time, energy and skill to the business of the Company and to the fulfillment of the Employee’s obligations under this Agreement. In addition to the foregoing and not in limitation thereof, during the Term, the Employee shall not carry on, engage in, or otherwise be interested in, directly or indirectly, any other business or activity that would compete with or result, directly or indirectly, in a conflict of interest with the Business or that would materially affect the Employee’s ability to perform his duties as set forth in this Agreement. Subject to Section 11 and notwithstanding anything contained in this Section 1(c), the Employee shall be entitled to invest in other business enterprises, provided such ownership docs not detract from the Employee’s duty to devote his full business time, energy and skill to the Business of the Group Companies.

2. Effective Date; Term; Post-Termination Restrictions Following Expiration.

The effective date of this Agreement (the “ Effective Date ”) shall be the “ Closing Date ” under the Series A Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement (the “ SPA ”), dated as of even date hereof, by and among the Company, Russia Partners II, LP, and the other parties thereto. Should the closing pursuant to the SPA not occur, this Agreement will be deemed null and void and of no effect whatsoever. The term of Employee’s employment under this Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and shall, unless earlier terminated as set forth herein, end on the fifth anniversary of the Effective Date (the “ Term ”). If Employee’s employment with the Company terminates as a result of the expiration of the Term, the Employee will be subject to the post-termination restrictions contained in Sections 9 and the Employer will pay Employee the benefits that would be available under Clause 6(c) had the Company terminated the Employee’s employment hereunder Without Cause; provided that the duration of such restrictions and benefit payments shall be six months rather than twelve months. Notwithstanding the immediately preceding sentence, the Employer, by written notice to Employee on or prior to the expiration of the Term, shall be entitled to extend the duration of such restrictions and benefits payments to twelve months.

3. Compensation.

(a) Subject to the terms of this Agreement, in consideration of the Employee’s performance of the responsibilities and the discharge of those duties set forth in Section l, the Company shall pay the Employee, so long as he shall be employed under this Agreement, a base salary per annum of at least $260,000 (the “ Initial Base Salary ”). The Employee’s Initial Base Salary shall be reviewed by the Compensation Committee (the “ Compensation Committee ”) of the Board of Directors in January of 2007 and in January of each year thereafter during the Term, and the rate thereof may be increased as of such review date by such

 

2


amount, if any (each, a “ Base Salary Increase ”), as the Board of Directors acting on the recommendation of the Compensation Committee deems appropriate in its sole discretion (the Initial Base Salary together with any Base Salary Increase shall collectively be referred to as the “ Base Salary ”). The Employee’s Base Salary shall be payable to the Employee on the regularly reoccurring pay period for other salaried employees at the Employee’s work location, but in no event less frequently than monthly installments. The Employee’s Base Salary and any other compensation payable hereunder shall be subject to all withholdings pursuant to applicable law or regulation.

(b) In addition to the foregoing Base Salary, the Employee shall be eligible, at the sole discretion of the Board of Directors acting on the recommendation of the Compensation Committee, to receive an annual incentive bonus.

(c) The Employee hereby acknowledges that the Employee may be required to work beyond standard working hours in order to perform his duties hereunder and may be required to travel from time to time in connection with the performance of such duties. The Employee shall not be entitled to compensation for overtime or extra hours worked in performance of his duties hereunder unless otherwise required by law. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, in the event that the Company relocates its principal place of Employee’s employment to a location located outside one hundred miles from its current location, Employee shall have the right to elect to not relocate and such election shall constitute his termination for Good Reason pursuant to the terms herein.

(d) In addition to the compensation described in this Agreement, the Employee shall be entitled to reimbursement by the Company for all actual, reasonable and direct expenses incurred by him in the performance of his duties hereunder consistent with past practices, provided such expenses were incurred and documented in accordance with the expense reimbursement policies and procedures established by the Company from time to time.

4. Employment Benefits; Law and Regulations.

(a) The Employee shall have the right to participate in any and all employee benefit programs established or maintained by the Company for its executive officers at the Employee’s work location from time to time, in accordance with the terms and conditions of such employee benefit programs, including, such medical and dental plans, retirement, pension and profit sharing, as may be established from time to time by the Company. The Company reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to alter, amend or discontinue any of such employee benefit programs at any time.

 

3


(b) In addition to public holidays as are observed by the Company, the Employee shall be entitled to four weeks of vacation each year during the Term.

(c) The Employee acknowledges that the Company may promulgate employee handbooks, policies and procedures from time to time, and the Employee shall adhere to the terms of any handbook, policy or procedures that the Company may promulgate from time to time. The Company reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to alter, amend or terminate any handbook, policy or procedure. In the event the terms and conditions of this Agreement conflict with the terms and conditions of any employee handbook, policy or procedure adopted by the Company, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall control to the extent of such conflict.

(d) The Employee shall carry out his duties in full compliance with applicable law, and the laws of any other jurisdiction applicable to the Company’s Business or the Employee’s duties.

5. Illness, Incapacity or Death During Employment.

(a) If by reason of illness, injury or incapacity, the Employee is unable, despite reasonable accommodation, to perform his duties hereunder on a full-time basis for 120 or more consecutive days or 180 days in the aggregate during any 12-month period (or any such longer periods as may be required by law) (“ Disabled ”), then upon ten days prior written notice by the Company to the Employee (or his representative, if applicable), the Company may terminate the employment of the Employee, and, thereupon, the Employee will be entitled to receive an amount equal to one half of the Employee’s then current monthly Base Salary, paid in equal monthly installments, for a period of twelve months following the date of such termination (collectively, the “ Disability Payment ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company maintains a long term disability insurance policy for the benefit of the Employee and the Employee qualifies for the payments under such policy, the Company shall be obligated to pay to the Employee only the difference, if any, between the Disability Payment and the aggregate amount of all payments under such policy.

(b) In the event of the Employee’s death, all obligations of the Company under this Agreement shall terminate, other than the Employee’s rights with respect to the payment of that portion of the Base Salary earned by the Employee to the date of death, plus an amount equal to the Consultant’s then current Monthly Payment, paid monthly, for a period of three months following the date of such termination, plus a pro rata share (through the date of death) of any annual incentive bonus due Employee (based on the year ending immediately subsequent to the date of death), plus reimbursement of all expenses that were properly incurred in accordance with subsection (d) of Section 3 by the Employee in performing his responsibilities and duties for the Company prior to and including such date.

 

4


6. Termination of Employment.

(a) At any time during the Term, (i) the Company may terminate the Employee’s employment With Cause (as hereinafter defined) by written notice to the Employee; (ii) the Company may terminate the Employee’s employment Without Cause (as hereinafter defined) by written notice to the Employee; (iii) the Employee may terminate his employment for Good Reason (as hereinafter defined) upon 30 days’ prior written notice to the Company, which notice shall set forth in detail the matters involved, but only if the Company subsequently fails to cure the basis upon which such termination for Good Reason is based during such 30-day period; and (iv) the Employee may terminate his employment for any reason or for no reason (other than for Good Reason) upon 60 days’ prior written notice to the Company.

(b) Subject to Section 5, if, during the Term, the Employee terminates his employment hereunder for any reason other than for Good Reason, or the Company terminates Employee’s employment hereunder With Cause, all obligations of the Company to provide compensation and benefits under this Agreement shall cease upon the last day of the Employee’s employment (except for the payment of those benefits accrued or those reimbursable expenses properly incurred in accordance with subsection (d) of Section 3 by the Employee prior to the date of such termination), and the Employee shall have no claim against the Company for damages or otherwise by reason of such termination. The Company’s election to terminate the Employee’s employment With Cause shall be without prejudice to any remedy the Company may have against the Employee for the breach or nonperformance of any of the provisions of this Agreement.

(c) If, during the Term, the Company terminates the Employee’s employment hereunder Without Cause or the Employee terminates his employment for Good Reason, then the Employee will be entitled to receive an amount equal to one year’s Base Salary, paid in equal monthly installments for 12 months following the effective date of the termination of the Employee’s employment hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all post-employment compensation shall cease to accrue, and the Employee shall have no further entitlement to the same from and after the date the Employee breaches any of the post-employment covenants set forth in Sections 8 through 12 of this Agreement (if applicable).

(d) “ With Cause ” means the Company’s termination of the Employee’s employment with the Company upon the occurrence of any of the following (which occurrence in each case results in a material detriment to the Company): (i) a material breach by the Employee of this Employment Agreement,

 

5


after written notification from the Company of such breach, setting forth in detail the matters involved, and Employee’s failure to cure the problem resulting in such breach (if curable) within 30 days thereafter; or (ii) the conviction of the Employee of a felony or any crime involving moral turpitude, fraud or dishonesty.

(e) “ Without Cause ” means the termination of employment for any reason other than those enumerated in subsection (d) above or Section 5 of this Agreement, or for no reason.

(f) “ Good Reason ” means (i) a material breach by the Company of this Employment Agreement; (ii) a material limitation or diminution of the Employee’s place of Employee’s employment outside current location. responsibilities, authorities or duties; or (iii) the Company’s relocation of the principal place of Employee’s employment outside a one hundred (100) mile radius from its current location.

7. Effect of Termination.

The provisions of subsections (b) and (c) of Sections 6, and Sections 8 through 14 and 22 of this Agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the termination of Employee’s employment with the Company to the extent required to give full effect to the covenants and agreements contained therein.

8. Confidentiality; Intellectual Property; Communications.

(a) Both during the Employee’s employment hereunder and after termination of his employment for any reason or for no reason, the Employee shall not use or disclose, except as set forth in subsection (d) below, as authorized by the Company, or as otherwise necessary in connection with the performance of the Employee’s duties hereunder (during the Term), any Confidential Information (as hereinafter defined) that the Employee may have or acquire (whether or not developed or compiled by the Employee and whether or not the Employee has been authorized to have access to such Confidential Information) during the Term.

(b) The term “ Confidential Information ” as used in this Agreement shall mean and include any information, data and know-how relating to the Group Companies or their Business that is disclosed to the Employee by the Group Companies or known by the Employee as a result of the Employee’s relationship with the Group Companies and not generally within the public domain (whether constituting a trade secret or not), including the following information:

(i) technical information, such as computer program source and object codes, user interfaces, inventions, processes, specifications, research, methods, techniques, software, or engineering or technical specifications, and any know-how relating to any of the foregoing, and methods of delivery, whether owned by the Group Companies or licensed by the Group Companies from a third party, in each case to the extent that such information is not generally known to the public;

 

6


(ii) financial information, such as the Group Companies’ revenues, earnings, assets, debts, gross margins, fee structures, volumes of purchases or sales, or other financial data or information of competitive value, whether relating to the Group Companies generally or their Business, or to particular product or service lines, geographic areas, or time periods;

(iii) marketing information, such as details about ongoing or proposed marketing programs or agreements by or on behalf of the Group Companies, marketing forecasts or results of marketing efforts or information about impending transactions;

(iv) personnel information, such as employees’ personal or medical histories, compensation or other terms of employment, actual or proposed promotions, hirings, resignations, disciplinary actions, terminations or reasons therefor, training methods, performance, or other employee information; and

(v) customer information, such as any compilation of past, existing or prospective customers, customer proposals or agreements between customers and the Group Companies, status of customer accounts or credit, or related information about actual or prospective customers.

(c) “ Confidential Information ” docs not include information that has become a part of the public domain by the act of one who has the right to disclose such information without violating any right of the Group Companies or the customer to which such information pertains. Confidential Information that is specific as to techniques, methods or the like shall not be deemed to be in the public domain merely because such information is embraced by more general disclosures in the public domain, and any combination of features shall not be deemed within the foregoing exception merely because individual features are in the public domain if the combination itself and its principles of operation are not in the public domain.

(d) In the event that the Employee becomes legally compelled (by deposition, interrogatory, request for documents, subpoena, civil investigative demand or similar process) to disclose any of the Confidential Information, the Employee shall provide the Company with prompt written notice of such requirement prior to complying therewith so that the Company may seek a protective order or other appropriate remedy and/or waive compliance with the terms of this Agreement. In the event that such protective order or other remedy is

 

7


not obtained or the Company waives compliance with the provisions hereof, the Employee shall furnish only that portion of the Confidential Information that is legally required and to exercise reasonable efforts to obtain an assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded such Confidential Information.

(e) All writings, tapes, recordings and other works in any tangible medium of expression, regardless of the medium, that have been or are prepared by the Employee, or to the preparation of which the Employee contributes in any way, in connection with the Employee’s employment by the Company (collectively, the “ Works ”), and all copyrights and other rights, titles and interests whatsoever in and to the Works, belong solely and exclusively to the Company as works made for hire; moreover, if and to the extent any court or agency should conclude that the Works (or any of them) do not constitute or qualify as a “work made for hire,” the Employee hereby assigns, grants and delivers, solely and exclusively unto the Company, all copyrights and other rights, titles and interests whatsoever in and to the Works.

(f) The Employee shall disclose promptly to the Company (which shall receive it in confidence), and only to the Company or its affiliates, any invention or idea in any way connected with the Employee’s employment or related to the Group Companies’ Business, research or development (developed alone or with others) conceived or made during the Employee’s employment by the Company. The Employee agrees to assign, grant and deliver to the Company any such invention or idea in any way connected with the Employee’s employment or related to the Group Companies’ Business, research or development, and will cooperate with the Company and sign all documents deemed necessary by the Company to enable it to obtain, maintain, protect and defend patents covering such inventions and ideas and to confirm the Company’s exclusive ownership of all rights in such inventions, ideas and patents, and irrevocably appoints the Company as its agent to execute and deliver any assignments or documents the Employee fails or refuses to execute and deliver promptly, this power and agency being coupled with an interest and being irrevocable. This constitutes the Company’s written notification that the provisions of this subsection (f) do not apply to an idea or invention for which no equipment, supplies, facility or trade secret information of the Group Companies’ was used and which was developed entirely on the Employee’s own time, unless (i) the invention relates (A) directly to the Business of the Group Companies, or (B) to the Group Companies’ actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development, or (ii) the idea or invention results from any work performed by the Employee for the Group Companies.

(g) Except as otherwise required by applicable law, both during the Employee’s employment hereunder and after termination of his employment for any reason or for no reason, with respect to any pending or potential litigation or regulatory or administrative proceeding involving the Group Companies or any of

 

8


their affiliates, other than any litigation or other proceeding in which the Employee is a party-in-opposition (a “ Proceeding ”): (i) the Employee shall not communicate with anyone (other than the Employee’s own attorneys and tax advisors), except to the extent necessary in the performance of the Employee’s duties hereunder with respect to the facts or subject matter of the Proceeding, without giving prior notice to the Company, and (ii) in the event that any other party attempts to obtain information or documents from the Employee with respect to matters possibly related to a Proceeding, the Employee shall promptly so notify the Company.

(h) Both during the Employee’s employment hereunder and for one year after termination of his employment for any reason or for no reason, the Company on its own behalf and on behalf of all of the Group Companies and the Employee each agrees that he or it shall not, in any communications with the press or other media or any customer or client of the Group Companies or their affiliates, criticize, ridicule or make any statement which disparages or is derogatory of the other, or of the Group Companies’ officers, directors, agents or employees.

(i) At the termination or expiration of this Agreement, or at any time upon the Company’s request, the Employee shall deliver to the Company all files, customer lists, price lists, bids, specifications, forms, software, financial data, papers, and other documents, including all copies of the foregoing (including those contained in magnetic or optical media or other forms of computer storage); all computers, modems, diskettes, samples, credit cards, keys, security passes, tools, vehicles, and equipment; and all other materials, Confidential Information, and other property in his possession or control that is property of the Group Companies, unless otherwise agreed by the Company in writing. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Employee may retain a copy of his personnel files and records that relate directly to him.

9. Nonsolicitation of Employees.

Subject to the terms contained in Section 2, both during the Employee’s employment hereunder and for one year after termination of his employment for any reason or for no reason, the Employee shall not, directly or indirectly, engage, employ, or solicit the employment of any person who is then or has been within six (6) months prior thereto, an employee of the Group Companies. Notwithstanding the immediately preceding sentence other than the reference to Section 2, if the Employee terminates his employment hereunder for any reason other than for Good Reason or the Company terminates Employee’s employment hereunder With Cause, the nonsolicitation provisions contained in this Section 9 shall continue for two years rather than one year.

 

9


10. Nonsolicitation of Customers.

(a) Subject to the terms contained in Section 2, both during the Employee’s employment hereunder and for one year after termination of his employment for any reason or for no reason, the Employee shall refrain from soliciting, encouraging or inducing or attempting to solicit, encourage or induce (directly or by assisting others) (x) any business from any Customers (as defined below), including actively sought prospective Customers, for purposes of providing products or services that are directly competitive with the products and services provided by the Group Companies or (y) Customers to terminate or reduce any of their business relationships with the Group Companies. Notwithstanding the immediately preceding sentence other than the reference to Section 2, if the Employee terminates his employment hereunder for any reason other than for Good Reason or the Company terminates Employee’s employment hereunder With Cause, the nonsolicilation provisions contained in this Section 10 shall continue for two years rather than one year.

(b) For the purposes of this Section 10, “ Customer ” means any and all persons, partnerships, associations, firms, corporations or other entities that (i) have purchased any of the Group Companies’ products or services within one year prior to the date of termination of the Employee’s employment with the Company, and (ii) (A) with whom the Employee dealt directly; (B) whose dealings with the Group Companies were coordinated or supervised by the Employee; or (C) about whom the Employee obtained Confidential Information in the ordinary course of business as a result of the Employee’s association with the Group Companies.

11. Restriction on Investments in Competitors.

Subject to the terms contained in Section 2, both during the Employee’s employment hereunder and for one year after termination of his employment for any reason or for no reason, the Employee shall not directly or indirectly invest in (other than to hold 2% or less of any class of securities of a public company) or otherwise provide financial assistance to any person or entity developing, selling or providing services sourced from Russia, any country of the former Soviet Union or Hungary that are competitive with the Business of the Group Companies, if one or more of the Group Companies is also then still engaged in such Business (a “ Competitor ”).

 

10


12. Noncompetition.

(a) Subject to the terms contained in Section 2, both during the Employee’s employment hereunder and for one year after termination of his employment for any reason or for no reason, the Employee shall not perform services in a Competitive Position (as defined in subsection (b) below) for any Competitor.

(b) “ Competitive Position ” shall mean any executive management or sales responsibilities or position whereby the Employee will use Confidential Information, or whereby the Employee performs or has executive management or sales responsibilities or duties that are the same or substantially similar to those executive management or sales responsibilities or duties actually performed by the Employee while employed by the Company (whether as an employee or an independent contractor), for any Competitor.

13. Severability and Reformation.

(a) Except to the extent a provision of this Agreement is subject to reformation as provided below, should any provision of this Agreement be declared or determined by any court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable or invalid for any reason, the validity of the remaining parts, terms or provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby and the invalid or unenforceable part, term or provision shall be deemed not to be a part of this Agreement.

(b) If any of the covenants or promises of this Agreement are determined by any court of law or equity, with jurisdiction over this matter, to be unreasonable or unenforceable, in whole or in part, as written, the Employee hereby consents to and affirmatively requests that said court, to the extent legally permissible, reform the covenant or promise so as to be reasonable and enforceable and so as to reasonably achieve the protections sought in Section 14. The Employee hereby requests that said court enforce all covenants or promises as so reformed.

14. Injunctive Relief.

The Employee understands and hereby acknowledges that in the event of a breach or threatened breach of any of the covenants and promises contained in Sections 8 through 12, the Company will suffer irreparable injury for which there is no adequate remedy at law and the Company will therefore be entitled to obtain, without bond, injunctive relief enjoining said breach or threatened breach. The Employee hereby further acknowledges, however, that the Company shall have the right to seek a remedy at law as well as or in lieu of equitable relief in the event of any such breach.

 

11


15. Key Man Life Insurance.

During the term of the Employee’s employment with the Company, the Company may procure and maintain key man life insurance with respect to the Employee in such amounts and with such terms as may be determined by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion, and the Employee shall assist and cooperate with the Company in procuring, maintaining and renewing such key man life insurance. All of the premiums for any such key man life insurance policy shall be paid by the Company. The Company shall be the sole beneficiary of any such key man life insurance policy, and neither the Employee nor the heirs or personal representatives of the Employee shall have any interest in or to any proceeds, cash surrender value or other payments associated with any such key man life insurance policy.

16. Assignment.

Neither this Agreement nor any rights granted hereunder may be assigned, transferred, conveyed or encumbered by a party to this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other party; provided, however, that the Company may assign or transfer its rights under this Agreement to any division, subsidiary or affiliate of the Company or to any entity acquiring all or substantially all of the assets of the Company. The terms and provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company, and upon the Employee and his heirs and personal representatives. The term “ Company ” as used in this Section 16 shall be deemed to include the successors and permitted assigns of the Company as well as any and all divisions, subsidiaries, or affiliates thereof.

17. Waiver.

The waiver by any party to this Agreement of a breach of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent or simultaneous breach.

18. Governing Law.

This Agreement shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to its provisions concerning choice of laws or choice of forum.

19. Headings and Captions.

The headings and captions used in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only, and shall in no way define, limit, expand or otherwise affect the meaning or construction of any provision of this Agreement.

 

12


20. Notices.

All notices that are required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be sufficient if personally delivered or sent by facsimile, registered or certified mail or Federal Express or other nationally recognized overnight delivery service (a “ Delivery Service ”). Any notices shall be deemed given upon the earlier of the date when received at, the day when delivered via facsimile or the third day after the date when sent by registered or certified mail or the day after the date when sent by a Delivery Service to, the address set forth on Exhibit A hereof, unless such address is changed by notice to the other party hereto.

21. Gender.

All pronouns or any variations thereof contained in this Agreement refer to the masculine, feminine or neuter, singular or plural, as the identity of the person or persons may require.

22. Arbitration.

The parties hereto hereby agree to submit any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to the Employee’s employment by the Company, or the termination thereof, or this Agreement, or the breach thereof (including any claim that any provision of this Agreement or any obligation of the Employee is illegal or otherwise unenforceable or avoidable under law, ordinance or ruling or that the Employee’s employment by the Company was illegally terminated) for arbitration at the office of the American Arbitration Association in New York, NY, in accordance with the United States Arbitration Act (9 U.S.C. § 1 et seq.) and the rules of the American Arbitration Association. Each party consents and submits to the personal jurisdiction and venue of the trial courts of New York, NY and also to the personal jurisdiction and venue of the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York for purposes of enforcing this provision. All awards of the arbitration shall be binding and nonappealable except as otherwise provided in the United States Arbitration Act. Judgment upon the award of the arbitrator may be entered in any court haying jurisdiction thereof. The arbitration shall take place at a time noticed by the American Arbitration Association regardless of whether one of the parties fails or refuses to participate. The arbitrator shall have no authority to award punitive damages, but will otherwise have the authority to award any remedy or relief that a court of competent jurisdiction could order or grant, including specific performance of any obligation created under this Agreement, the issuance of an injunction or other provisional relief, or the imposition of sanctions for abuse or frustration of the arbitration process. The parties shall be entitled to engage in reasonable discovery, including a request for the production of relevant documents. Depositions may be ordered by the arbitrator upon a showing of need. The foregoing provisions shall not preclude any party from bringing an action in any court of competent jurisdiction for injunctive or other provisional relief as a party may determine is necessary or appropriate.

 

13


23. Entire Agreement.

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this agreement and supersedes any prior agreements or understandings among the parties with respect to such subject matter. No amendment or waiver of this agreement or any provision hereof shall be effective unless in writing signed by both of the parties. The parties specifically agree that the terms of all prior employment or consulting relationships (including relationships with Affiliates) are superseded by this Agreement on the Effective Date.

24. Interpretation.

Unless the context of this Agreement clearly requires otherwise, (a) references to the plural include the singular, the singular the plural, the part the whole, (b) references to any gender include all genders, (c) “including” has the inclusive meaning frequently identified with the phrase “but not limited to,” and (d) references to “hereunder” or “herein” relate to this Agreement. The section and other headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not control or affect the construction of this Agreement or the interpretation thereof in any respect. Section, subsection, Schedule and Exhibit references are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified. Each accounting term used herein that is not specifically defined herein shall have the meaning given to it under Generally Accepted Accounting Principles. Any reference to a party’s being satisfied with any particular item or to a party’s determination of a particular item presumes that such standard will not be achieved unless such party shall be satisfied or shall have made such determination in its sole or complete discretion.

 

14


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have signed this Agreement as of the date first noted above.

 

COMPANY:
EPAM SYSTEMS, INC.
By:   /s/David Scott
  David Scott, Senior Vice President
EMPLOYEE:
EPAM SYSTEMS, INC.
By:   /s/Arkadiy Dobkin
  Name:   Arkadiy Dobkin

 

15

Exhibit 10.20

EPAM Systems, Inc.

41 University Drive, Suite 202

Newtown, PA 18940

February 24, 2010

Ginger Mosier

218 Riverwoods Drive

New Hope, PA 18938

Dear Ginger,

On behalf of EPAM Systems, I am pleased to be able to extend to you this offer of employment. We are all excited about the prospect of your joining us. This letter provides a written summary of previous discussions, and is intended as a formal offer of employment with EPAM Systems Inc.

Role

You will join the company as General Counsel and Assistant Corporate Secretary, reporting directly to the Chief Financial Officer, me, with such customary duties, powers and responsibilities as are commensurate with such position. The company will provide reasonable and customary tools, and the company will re-imburse you for professional related expenses (e.g., bar fees and associations, CLEs) of $3,000 annually.

Base Salary

Your annual base salary will be $170,000, paid in monthly installments pursuant to the company’s customary payroll practices.

Year-end Bonus

In addition to your salary, depending on your performance, company profitability and other business considerations, you will be eligible to receive an annual bonus, at the discretion of management and the Board of Directors.

Stock Options

You will be granted 4,000 equity stock options for EPAM Systems. The options vest equally over 4 years. The exercise price per share will be based on a $200 million valuation of the company. Further terms and conditions related to the equity stock options are included within the documentation for the 2006 EPAM Systems Stock Option Plan and Stock Option Agreement. Final terms and grant amounts are subject to formal approval of EPAM Board of Directors.

Benefits

You will be able to enroll in our Company’s medical and other benefit plans. You will also be able to participate in our 401K plan. You will receive more information about these plans on or before your first day.


Paid Time Off

You will receive 20 vacation days, 5 sick days and 1 personal day per year, which are prorated during your first year. The sick days may not be used as planned vacation, but rather used in the event of illness. Additionally, the company recognizes 9 paid holidays throughout the year.

Non-Disclosure/Non-Solicit

Your employment will be subject to signing the Company’s confidentiality and non-solicitation agreement.

At Will Employment

Consistent with Pennsylvania state law, your employment will be “at-will” at all times. This means that you have the right to terminate your employment at any time for any reason, with or without cause. In turn, the Company will have the right to terminate your employment at any time for any reason, with or without cause.

 

2


EPAM Systems, Inc.

41 University Drive, Suite 202

Newtown, PA 18940

If you are in agreement with the terms outlined above, please sign both copies keeping one for your files and returning the other to me.

 

Sincerely,
   
Ilya Cantor
CFO

 

AGREED TO:      
Employee       EPAM SYSTEMS, INC.
By:   /s/ Ginger Mosier     By:   /s/ Ilya Cantor
Name:   Ginger Mosier     Name:   Ilya Cantor
Title:       Title:   CFO
Date:   2-24-10     Date:   2.24.10

Exhibit 10.21

Employment Contract

between

EPAM Systems (Switzerland) GmbH

c/o Dufourstrasse 56

8034 Zurich

(hereafter referred to as “ Employer ”)

and

Balazs Fejes

Felsenrainstrasse 29,

8052 Zurich

(hereafter referred to as “ Employee ”)

(together the “ Parties ”)

 

1. Commencement Dat

 

1.1

This employment contract (“ Agreement ”) shall enter into effect as of 15 th of June, subject to the issuing of a work permit by the Swiss authorities. The employment relationship is concluded for an indefinite term.

 

2. Position

 

2.1 The Employer shall appoint the Employee as General Manager.

 

3. Duties and Responsibilities

 

3.1 The Employee’s area of responsibilities consists, in accordance with the target objectives, predominantly of the following:

 

  a) The Managing Director shall design, develop and implement the strategic plan for EPAM Switzerland in the most cost effective and time efficient manner.

 

  b) The Managing Director will be responsible for both the day-to-day running of EPAM Switzerland and developing business plans for the long term future of EPAM Switzerland.

 

  c) The Managing Director shall be liable towards the company for any damages caused by him, in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act.

 

  d) The Managing Director Shall perform his task with the highest possible standards of due care and diligence to be generally expected of those in same or similar positions; unless provided otherwise by applicable laws, the Managing Director shall give priority to the interests of the company.


E MPLOYMENT C ONTRACT EPAM S YSTEM (S WITZERLAND ) G MB H      2   

 

 

  e) The Managing Director shall make all the decisions which are necessary in connection with the management of the company other than those conferred by laws or the articles of association under the competence of the members’ meeting or the body of the company

 

  f) The Managing Director shall represent the Company vis-a-vis third parties and before the court and other authorities in accordance with the provisions of the articles of association

 

  g) The Managing Director shall exercise the employer’s rights over the employees of EPAM Switzerland in accordance with the provisions of the articles of association and the resolutions of the members’ meeting

 

3.2 The Employee shall devote his/her best efforts and all of his/her business time to the performance of his/her duties and responsibilities under this Agreement and shall perform them faithfully, diligently and consistent with the policies and interests of the Employer.

 

3.3 The Employer’s Handbook, any internal regulations and other regulations concerning the employment relationship form an integrated part of this Agreement.

 

4. Base Salary

 

4.1 The Employee is entitled to a base salary in the amount of CHF 176,400.-(annual salary) gross, which shall be payable to the Employee’s account in twelve equal instalments of CHF 14,700.- (monthly salary) gross, at the end of each calendar month in arrears.

 

4.2 Employer may make the following deductions:

 

   

all legal deductions in relation to social security contributions;

 

   

tax at source (as applicable)

 

   

all other deductions agreed with the Employee.

 

4.3 If the employment hereunder starts or ends during or before the end of a calendar year, the salary shall be paid on a pro rata basis.

 


E MPLOYMENT C ONTRACT EPAM S YSTEM (S WITZERLAND ) G MB H      3   

 

 

5. Bonus

 

5.1 In addition to his/her salary as described in Section 5, the Employee may be eligible to receive a performance-related annual bonus. The criteria to any bonus payment shall be defined separately.

 

5.2 The Employee hereby acknowledges that he/she is not entitled to a bonus as paid out in the previous year nor otherwise to a bonus payment.

 

6. Expenses

 

6.1 The Employer shall reimburse the Employee on presentation of appropriate receipts for expenses in accordance with the Employer’s expense payment rules.

 

7. Working Hours and Holidays

 

7.1 The Employee shall work on a 100% basis for the Employer but at least 42 hours per week. The amount of working hours is defined by the needs of the execution of the function of the Employee.

 

7.2 Any overtime compensation is included in the Employee’s compensation package as set out in this Agreement.

 

8. Vacation

 

8.1 The Employee shall be entitled to 20 working days of vacation per calendar year. Working days are all calendar days except Saturdays, Sundays and all official Swiss holidays.

 

8.2 The Employer’s interest must be taken into account when setting the dates for vacation.

 

9. Term of Employment, Probation Period, Notice of Termination

 

9.1 The first three (3) months are considered to be a probation period. Within the probation period the employment contract may be terminated at any time with a notice period of seven (7) days.

 

9.2 After the expiration of the probation period the employment contract may be terminated in accordance with Article 335c of the Swiss Code of Obligations (“ CO ”) (termination at the end of a month, during the first year of service with a notice period of one month; in the second and up to and including the ninth year of service with a notice period of two months; and thereafter with a notice period of three months).

 

9.3 Any termination notice shall require written form.

 


E MPLOYMENT C ONTRACT EPAM S YSTEM (S WITZERLAND ) G MB H      4   

 

 

10. Restraints on Competition

 

10.1 The Employee undertakes to abstain worldwide from any activity in competition with the Employer during the course of this employment relationship. The Employee undertakes in particular not to participate directly or indirectly in an undertaking, which develops, produces, distributes or provides the same or similar products and/or services as those of the Employer or the Employer’s group undertakings, nor to take any part-or full-time employment nor any independent consultancy or representation work for such an undertaking.

 

11. Confidentiality Obligation

 

11.1 Any information, data and/or fact concerning the Employer, its business activities, owners, customers, or other contractual partners which the Employee becomes aware in the course of or in connection with performing his/her work and the disclosure of which is likely to violate the justified economic, financial or legal interest of the Employer, shall qualify as business secret, including but not limited to, the following:

 

  a) financial information (i.e. business plans, accounting, debt settlement, investors, asset, pricing, tender offers);

 

  b) legal information (i.e. contracts, litigations, negotiations, intellectual properties, internal organization);

 

  c) marketing information (i.e. client information, strategies, advertising);

 

  d) employer’s information (i.e. personnel files, payroll, benefits, performance appraisal and other personal employee information); and

 

  e) industrial information (i.e. technological processes, technical solutions, manufacturing processes, logistical methods).

 

11.2 The Employee shall treat all information qualifying as the Employer’s business secret confidentially for an unlimited period of time and shall not disclose or make them available to any unauthorized person without the prior written consent of the Employer. The Employee may only use such information directly for the purposes of performing his/her work.

 


E MPLOYMENT C ONTRACT EPAM S YSTEM (S WITZERLAND ) G MB H      5   

 

 

12. Return of Documents and Data

 

12.1 In case of termination of the employment relationship, the Employee shall return all business papers, documents, business files and all other data (including electronic data) relating to the Employer, the business of the Employer and the clients of the Employer to the Employer. Making duplicates or copies of such documents and data, also in electronic from, for private or other purposes shall be forbidden.

 

13. Work Products

 

13.1 The rights to all work products and all know-how which the Employee has either brought into existence in connection with the performance of his/her work-related activity or which he/she has contributed towards (“ Work Products ”), shall remain solely with the Employer and/or shall be assigned and transferred by the Employee to the Employer.

 

13.2 The Employee herewith agrees that the Employer is entitled to dispose all the Work Products without restrictions.

 

13.3 Any discovery, invention, procedure, idea, concept, or improvement of a procedure, irrespectively from the fact whether it is subject to patent, trade sample, trademark or copyright protection invented or discovered by the Employee within the framework of the present employment relationship or any other service performance concerning to it, further during the service performance for any subsidiaries or joint-companies being in business relationship with the Employer, shall fall under the exclusive ownership of the Employer, or its subsidiary or joint-company indicated by the Employer.

 

13.4 If it is necessary, the Employee shall be obliged (not just during the term of this employment relationship, but after the termination of it also) to make announcement(s) falling under the protection of trademark, patent, copyright or similar protection at the expenses of the Employer or a third person indicated by the Employer, or joining to this/these announcement(s) in the country(ies) defined by the Employer in connection with all discovery, invention, idea, concept or improvement, and do his/her best for the sake of obtaining these right for the benefit of the Employer or a third person defined by the Employer.

 

14. Amendments

 

14.1 Any amendment or addition to this Agreement shall be valid only if executed in writing by the Parties.

 


E MPLOYMENT C ONTRACT EPAM S YSTEM (S WITZERLAND ) G MB H      6   

 

 

15. Severability

 

15.1 Should any provision of this Agreement be or become invalid or unenforceable, or should this Agreement be or become incomplete, this shall not affect the validity of the other contractual provision. The invalid or unenforceable provisions shall be replaced by, and the gap shall be filled with such valid and enforceable provisions which the Parties consider, in good faith, to match as closely as possible the invalid, unenforceable or missing provisions and attaining the same or a similar economic effect.

 

16. Governing Law and Jurisdiction

 

16.1 This Agreement shall be governed and construed by the laws of Switzerland (without reference to its conflict of law provisions).

 

16.2 Any dispute arising out or in connection with this Agreement shall be submitted to the competent courts at the place of the Employer’s registered seat.

 

Zurich, 2009.08.01     Zurich, 06.08.09
Place/Date     Place/Date

 

    EPAM Systems (Switzerland) GmbH
/s/ Balazs Fejes     /s/ Dr. Andreas Hünerwadel
Balazs Fejes     Dr. Andreas Hünerwadel

 

Exhibit 10.22

C ONSULTANCY A GREEMENT

This C ONSULTANCY A GREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of the 20 th day of January, 2006 by and between EPAM Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) (the Company and its subsidiaries are referred to collectively herein as the “ Group Companies ”), Landmark Business Development Limited, a company organized in Jersey, Channel Islands (“ Landmark ”) and the “Landmark” consultant Balazs Fejes (“Consultant”).

Background

The Group Companies are engaged primarily in the business of providing software development, maintenance and testing services utilizing an onshore-offshore delivery model at its development centers in Central and Eastern Europe (the Group Companies’ present business, and such future businesses in which it might engage, are referred to as the “ Business ”).

“Landmark” currently provides the services of the Consultant to EPAM Systems ApS (f/k/a Fathom Technology ApS) pursuant to a Consultancy Agreement dated January 20, 2001, as amended by First Amendment to Consultancy Agreement dated March 12, 2004, and as clarified by Letter Agreement on September 23, 2004 between the Consultant and the Company (the “ Existing Consulting Agreement ”). The Company desires to enter into this Agreement with the Consultant, so that Consultant will continue to render services to the Group Companies, and the Consultant desires to render such services to the Group Companies, all in accordance with the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

Agreement

NOW, THEREFORE, and in consideration of the above premises, the mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt, adequacy and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:

 

1. Engagement .

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Company hereby agrees to continue the engagement of Landmark and the Consultant, and Landmark together with the Consultant hereby agrees to continue to serve the Company, as a consultant and, thereafter, in such capacities, functions and positions of an executive officer as designated by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board of Directors ”) from time to time. In performing his duties hereunder, the Consultant shall report to and be directly responsible to Arkadiy Dobkin or his successor as Chief Executive Officer of the Group Companies (the “ CEO ”).

(b) During the Term (as defined below), the Consultant shall, for the benefit of the Company, use his skills, knowledge and specialized training to perform the duties and exercise the powers, functions and discretions incident to the position which, from time to time, may be assigned to or vested in him by the CEO or the Board of Directors consistent with the terms of the Company’s Bylaws, in an efficient and competent manner and on such terms and subject to such restrictions as the CEO or the Board of Directors may from time to time impose.


(c) During the Term, the Consultant agrees to devote his full business time, energy and skill to the business of the Group Companies, and to the fulfillment of the Consultant’s obligations under this Agreement. In addition to the foregoing and not in limitation thereof, during the Term, the Consultant shall not carry on, engage in, or otherwise be interested in, directly or indirectly, any other business or activity that would compete with or result, directly or indirectly, in a conflict of interest with the Business or that would materially affect the Consultant’s ability to perform his duties as set forth in this Agreement. Subject to Section 11 and notwithstanding anything contained in this Section 1(c), the Consultant shall be entitled to invest in other business enterprises, provided such ownership does not detract from the Consultant’s duty to devote his full business time, energy and skill to the Business of the Group Companies.

(d) Landmark and the Consultant are solely independent contractors under this Agreement and nothing contained herein will create or be construed as creating an employment, agency, partnership, joint venture or other relationship between the parties other than one of independent contractors. Neither Landmark nor the Consultant shall have any authority to make a commitment on any Group Company’s behalf or incur an expenditure for which any Group Company may be liable, except to the extent that the Consultant shall have such authority by virtue of delegation by the CEO or the Board of Directors.

 

2. Effective Date; Term; Post-Termination Restrictions; Restricted Shares .

(a) The effective date of this Agreement (the “ Effective Date ”) shall be the “Closing Date” under the Series A Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement (the “ SPA ”), dated as of even date hereof, by and among the Company, Russia Partners II, LP, and the other parties thereto. Should the closing pursuant to the SPA not occur, this Agreement will be deemed null and void and of no effect whatsoever. The term of Consultant’s engagement under this Agreement (the “ Consultancy ”) shall commence on the Effective Date and shall, unless earlier terminated as set forth herein, end on the third anniversary of the Effective Date (the “ Term ”). If Consultancy terminates as a result of the expiration of the Term, the Consultant will be subject to the post-termination restrictions contained in Sections 9 through 12 of this Agreement and the Company will pay Consultant the benefits that would be available under Clause 6(c) had the Company terminated the Consultancy hereunder Without Cause; provided that the duration of such restrictions and benefit payments shall be six months rather than twelve months. Notwithstanding the immediately preceding sentence, the Company, by written notice to Consultant on or prior to the expiration of the Term, shall be entitled to extend the duration of such restrictions and benefits payments described in the immediately preceding sentence to twelve months (rather than six months).

(b) The Company shall issue shares of its Common Stock (the “ Additional Shares ”) to the Consultant so that the Consultant (either directly or indirectly via Landmark) will own 88,380 shares of Common Stock (the “ Target Shares”) as of the Effective Date. In consideration of such issuance, the Consultant and/or Landmark shall pay to the Company the product of (i) $12.1659 times (ii) the result of (A) the Additional Shares of Common Stock that need to be issued to reach the Target Shares minus (B) 18,650 additional Shares (the “ Base Additional Shares ”). 1/3 of the Base Additional Shares shall vest on each six-month anniversary of this Agreement for so long as the Consultancy is in effect; provided that upon a “Reorganization

 

2


Event” or “Qualified Public Offering” (as such terms are defined in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation) during the Consultancy any unvested Base Additional Shares shall automatically vest. Upon the termination of the Consultancy for any reason, all unvested Base Additional Shares shall automatically be forfeited.

 

3. Compensation .

(a) Subject to the terms of this Agreement, in consideration of the Consultant’s performance of the responsibilities and the discharge of those duties set forth in Section 1, the Company shall pay to Landmark, so long as the Consultant shall be engaged under this Agreement, a monthly consulting fee at least US$3,850 and €3,850 (the “ Initial Monthly Fee ”). The Consultant’s Initial Monthly Fee shall be reviewed by the Compensation Committee (the “ Compensation Committee ”) of the Board of Directors in January of 2007 and in January of each year thereafter during the Term, and the rate thereof may be increased as of such review date by such amount, if any (each, a “ Monthly Fee Increase ”), as the Board of Directors acting on the recommendation of the Compensation Committee deems appropriate in its sole discretion (the Initial Monthly Fee together with any Monthly Fee Increase shall collectively be referred to as the “ Monthly Fee ”). The Consultant’s Monthly Fee shall be payable to Landmark in arrears by not later than five days following the last working day of the month to which it relates. The Monthly Fee shall be paid by bank transfer to the bank account designated by Landmark in writing from time to time.

(b) The Monthly Fee and any other compensation payable hereunder is expressed in this Agreement gross of any tax or social security (which shall be deemed to include pensions, superannuation and any other payments required to be made in any jurisdiction) and shall be paid net of any deduction the Company is required to make by law in respect of such tax or social security, and in the event the Company is liable to pay such tax or social security on behalf of Landmark or any penalties for late payment or otherwise, in respect of such remuneration, and Landmark shall have received such remuneration without full deduction therefor, then Landmark shall be liable to promptly reimburse the amount of such taxes, social security and/or penalties to the Company and the Company shall apply such amount to satisfy such liability. Landmark and the Consultant shall be responsible for paying all applicable taxes which they are required to pay by reason of the Consultancy.

(c) In addition to the foregoing Monthly Fee, Landmark shall be eligible, at the sole discretion of the Board of Directors acting on the recommendation of the Compensation Committee, to receive an annual incentive consulting fee.

(d) The Consultant hereby acknowledges that the Consultant may be required to work beyond standard working hours in order to perform his duties hereunder and may be required to travel from time to time in connection with the performance of such duties. The Consultant shall not be entitled to compensation for overtime or extra hours worked in performance of his duties hereunder unless otherwise required by law.

(e) In addition to the compensation described in this Agreement, Landmark or the Consultant shall be entitled to reimbursement by the Company for all actual, reasonable and direct expenses incurred by him in the performance of the Consultant’s duties hereunder consistent with past practices, provided such expenses were incurred and documented in accordance with the expense reimbursement policies and procedures established by the Company from time to time.

 

3


4. Holidays; Laws and Regulations .

(a) In addition to public holidays as are observed by the Company, the Consultant shall be entitled to four weeks of vacation each year during the Term.

(b) The Consultant acknowledges that the Company may promulgate internal handbooks, policies and procedures from time to time, and the Consultant shall adhere to the terms of any handbook, policy or procedures that the Company may promulgate from time to time. The Company reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to alter, amend or terminate any handbook, policy or procedure. In the event the terms and conditions of this Agreement conflict with the terms and conditions of any internal handbook, policy or procedure adopted by the Company, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall control to the extent of such conflict.

(c) The Consultant shall carry out his duties in full compliance with applicable law, and the laws of any other jurisdiction applicable to the Company’s Business or the Consultant’s duties.

 

5. Illness, Incapacity or Death During Consultancy .

(a) If by reason of illness, injury or incapacity, the Consultant is unable, despite reasonable accommodation, to perform his duties hereunder on a full-time basis for 120 or more consecutive days or 180 days in the aggregate during any 12-month period (or any such longer periods as may be required by law) (“ Disabled ”), then upon ten days prior written notice by the Company to the Consultant (or his representative, if applicable), the Company may terminate the Consultancy, and, thereupon, Landmark will be entitled to receive an amount equal to one half of the Consultant’s then current Monthly Payment, paid in equal monthly installments, for a period of twelve months following the date of such termination (collectively, the “ Disability Payment ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company maintains a long term disability insurance policy for the benefit of the Consultant and the Consultant qualifies for the payments under such policy, the Company shall be obligated to pay to the Consultant only the difference, if any, between the Disability Payment and the aggregate amount of all payments under such policy.

(b) In the event of the Consultant’s death, all obligations of the Company under this Agreement shall terminate, other than the Consultant’s rights with respect to the payment to Landmark of that portion of the Monthly Payment earned by the Consultant to the date of death, a pro rata share (through the date of death) of any annual incentive bonus due Consultant (based on the year ending immediately subsequent to the date of death), plus reimbursement of all expenses that were properly incurred in accordance with subsection (d) of Section 3 by the Consultant in performing his responsibilities and duties for the Company prior to and including such date.

 

4


6. Termination of Consultancy .

(a) At any time during the Term, (i) the Company may terminate the Consultancy With Cause (as hereinafter defined) by written notice to Landmark and the Consultant; (ii) the Company may terminate the Consultancy Without Cause (as hereinafter defined) by written notice to Landmark and the Consultant; (iii) the Consultant may terminate the Consultancy for Good Reason (as hereinafter defined) upon 30 days’ prior written notice to the Company, which notice shall set forth in detail the matters involved, but only if the Company subsequently fails to cure the basis upon which such termination for Good Reason is based during such 30-day period; and (iv) the Consultant may terminate the Consultancy for any reason or for no reason (other than for Good Reason) upon 60 days’ prior written notice to the Company.

(b) Subject to Section 5, if, during the Term, the Consultant terminates the Consultancy for any reason other than for Good Reason, or the Company terminates the Consultancy hereunder With Cause, all obligations of the Company to provide compensation and benefits under this Agreement shall cease upon the last day of the Consultancy (except for the payment of those benefits accrued or those reimbursable expenses properly incurred in accordance with subsection (d) of Section 3 by the Consultant prior to the date of such termination), and the Landmark and the Consultant shall have no claim against the Company for damages or otherwise by reason of such termination. The Company’s election to terminate the Consultancy With Cause shall be without prejudice to any remedy the Company may have against Landmark or the Consultant for the breach or nonperformance of any of the provisions of this Agreement.

(c) If, during the Term, the Company terminates the Consultancy hereunder Without Cause or the Consultant terminates the Consultancy for Good Reason, then Landmark will be entitled to receive the Monthly Payments for one year, paid in equal monthly installments for 12 months following the effective date of the termination of the Consultancy. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all post-consultancy compensation shall cease to accrue, and Landmark and the Consultant shall have no further entitlement to the same, from and after the date the Consultant breaches any of the post-consultancy covenants set forth in Sections 8 through 12 of this Agreement (if applicable).

(d) “ With Cause ” means the Company’s termination of the Consultancy upon the occurrence of any of the following (which occurrence in each case results in a material detriment to the Company): (i) a material breach by the Consultant or Landmark of this Agreement, after written notification from the Company of such breach, setting forth in detail the matters involved, and Consultant’s or Landmark’s failure to cure the problem resulting in such breach (if curable) within 30 days thereafter; or (ii) the conviction of the Consultant or Landmark of a felony or any crime involving moral turpitude, fraud or dishonesty.

(e) “ Without Cause ” means the termination of the Consultancy for any reason other than those enumerated in subsection (d) above or Section 5 of this Agreement, or for no reason.

(f) “ Good Reason ” means (i) a material breach by the Company of this Agreement; or (ii) a material limitation or diminution of the Consultant’s responsibilities, authorities or duties.

 

5


7. Effect of Termination .

The provisions of subsections (b) and (c) of Sections 6, and Sections 8 through 14 and 22 of this Agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the termination of the Consultancy to the extent required to give full effect to the covenants and agreements contained therein.

 

8. Confidentiality; Intellectual Property; Communications .

(a) Both during the Consultancy and after termination thereof for any reason or for no reason, Landmark and the Consultant shall not use or disclose, except as set forth in subsection (d) below, as authorized by the Company, or as otherwise necessary in connection with the performance of the Consultant’s duties hereunder (during the Term), any Confidential Information (as hereinafter defined) that the Consultant may have or acquire (whether or not developed or compiled by the Consultant and whether or not the Consultant has been authorized to have access to such Confidential Information) during the Term.

(b) The term “ Confidential Information ” as used in this Agreement shall mean and include any information, data and know-how relating to the Group Companies or their Business that is disclosed to the Consultant by the Group Companies or known by the Consultant as a result of the Consultant’s relationship with the Group Companies and not generally within the public domain (whether constituting a trade secret or not), including the following information:

(i) technical information, such as computer program source and object codes, user interfaces, inventions, processes, specifications, research, methods, techniques, software, or engineering or technical specifications, and any knowhow relating to any of the foregoing, and methods of delivery, whether owned by the Group Companies or licensed by the Group Companies from a third patty, in each case to the extent that such information is not generally known to the public;

(ii) financial information, such as the Group Companies’ revenues, earnings, assets, debts, gross margins, fee structures, volumes of purchases or sales, or other financial data or information of competitive value, whether relating to the Group Companies generally or their Business, or to particular product or service lines, geographic areas, or time periods;

(iii) marketing information, such as details about ongoing or proposed marketing programs or agreements by or on behalf of the Group Companies, marketing forecasts or results of marketing efforts or information about impending transactions;

(iv) personnel information, such as employees’ personal or medical histories, compensation or other terms of employment, actual or proposed promotions, hirings, resignations, disciplinary actions, terminations or reasons therefor, training methods, performance, or other employee information; and

(v) customer information, such as any compilation of past, existing or prospective customers, customer proposals or agreements between customers and the Group Companies, status of customer accounts or credit, or related information about actual or prospective customers.

 

6


(c) “Confidential Information” does not include information that has become a part of the public domain by the act of one who has the right to disclose such information without violating any right of the Group Companies or the customer to which such information pertains. Confidential Information that is specific as to techniques, methods or the like shall not be deemed to be in the public domain merely because such information is embraced by more general disclosures in the public domain, and any combination of features shall not be deemed within the foregoing exception merely because individual features are in the public domain if the combination itself and its principles of operation are not in the public domain.

(d) In the event that Landmark or the Consultant becomes legally compelled (by deposition, interrogatory, request for documents, subpoena, civil investigative demand or similar process) to disclose any of the Confidential Information, Landmark or the Consultant shall provide the Company with prompt written notice of such requirement prior to complying therewith so that the Company may seek a protective order or other appropriate remedy and/or waive compliance with the terms of this Agreement. In the event that such protective order or other remedy is not obtained or the Company waives compliance with the provisions hereof, Landmark or the Consultant shall furnish only that portion of the Confidential Information that is legally required and to exercise reasonable efforts to obtain an assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded such Confidential Information.

(e) All writings, tapes, recordings and other works in any tangible medium of expression, regardless of the medium, that have been or are prepared by Landmark or the Consultant, or to the preparation of which Landmark or the Consultant contributes in any way, in connection with the Consultancy (collectively, the “ Works ”), and all copyrights and other rights, titles and interests whatsoever in and to the Works, belong solely and exclusively to the Company as works made for hire; moreover, if and to the extent any court or agency should conclude that the Works (or any of them) do not constitute or qualify as a “work made for hire,” Landmark and the Consultant hereby assign, grant and deliver, solely and exclusively unto the Company, all copyrights and other rights, titles and interests whatsoever in and to the Works.

(f) Landmark and the Consultant shall disclose promptly to the Company (which shall receive it in confidence), and only to the Company or its affiliates, any invention or idea in any way connected with the Consultancy related to the Group Companies’ Business, research or development (developed alone or with others) conceived or made during the Consultancy. Landmark and the Consultant agree to assign, grant and deliver to the Company such invention or idea in any way connected with the Consultancy or related to the Group Companies’ Business, research or development, and will cooperate with the Company and sign all documents deemed necessary by the Company to enable it to obtain, maintain, protect and defend patents covering such inventions and ideas and to confirm the Company’s exclusive ownership of all rights in such inventions, ideas and patents, and irrevocably appoints the Company as its agent to execute and deliver any assignments or documents Landmark or the Consultant fail or refuse to execute and deliver promptly, this power and agency being coupled with an interest and being irrevocable. This constitutes the Company’s written notification that the provisions of this subsection (f) do not apply to an idea or invention for which no equipment, supplies, facility or trade secret information of the Group Companies was used and which was developed entirely on the Consultant’s own time, unless (a) the invention relates (i) directly to the Business of the Group Companies, or (ii) to the Group Companies’ actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development, or (b) the idea or invention results from any work performed by Landmark or the Consultant for the Group Companies.

 

7


(g) Except as otherwise required by applicable law, both during the Consultancy hereunder and after termination of the Consultancy for any reason or for no reason, with respect to any pending or potential litigation or regulatory or administrative proceeding involving the Group Companies or any of its affiliates, other than any litigation or other proceeding in which Landmark or the Consultant is a party-in-opposition (a “ Proceeding ”): (i) neither Landmark nor the Consultant shall communicate with anyone (other than their respective attorneys and tax advisors), except to the extent necessary in the performance of the Consultant’s duties hereunder with respect to the facts or subject matter of the Proceeding, without giving prior notice to the Company, and (ii) in the event that any other party attempts to obtain information or documents from Landmark or the Consultant with respect to matters possibly related to a Proceeding, Landmark or the Consultant shall promptly so notify the Company.

(h) Both during the Consultancy hereunder and for one year after termination of the Consultancy for any reason or for no reason, the Company on its on behalf and on behalf of all of the Group Companies and the Consultant each agrees that he or it shall not, in any communications with the press or other media or any customer or client of the Companies or affiliates, criticize, ridicule or make any statement which disparages or is derogatory of the other, or of the Companies’ officers, directors, agents or employees.

(i) At the termination or expiration of this Agreement, or at any time upon the Company’s request, the Consultant shall deliver to the Company all files, customer lists, price lists, bids, specifications, forms, software, financial data, papers, and other documents, including all copies of the foregoing (including those contained in magnetic or optical media or other forms of computer storage); all computers, modems, diskettes, samples, credit cards, keys, security passes, tools, vehicles, and equipment; and all other materials, Confidential Information, and other property in his possession or control that is Group Companies’ property, unless otherwise agreed by the Company in writing. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Consultant may retain a copy of his personnel files and records that relate directly to him.

 

9. Nonsolicitation of Employees .

Subject to the terms contained in Section 2, both during the Consultancy hereunder and for one year after termination of the Consultancy for any reason or for no reason, neither Landmark nor the Consultant shall, directly or indirectly, engage, employ, or solicit the employment or retention as a consultant of any person who is then or has been within six (6) months prior thereto, an employee or consultant of any of the Group Companies. Notwithstanding the immediately preceding sentence, other than the reference to Section 2, if the Consultant terminates the Consultancy hereunder for any reason other than for Good Reason or the Company terminates the Consultancy With Cause, the nonsolicitation provisions contained in this Section 9 shall continue for two years rather than one year.

 

8


10. Nonsolicitation of Customers .

(a) Subject to the terms contained in Section 2, both during the Consultancy hereunder and for one year after termination of the Consultancy for any reason or for no reason, Landmark and the Consultant shall refrain from soliciting, encouraging or inducing or attempting to solicit, encourage or induce (directly or by assisting others) (x) any business from any Customers (as defined below), including actively sought prospective Customers, for purposes of providing products or services that are directly competitive with the products and services provided by the Group Companies or (y) Customers to terminate or reduce any of their business relationships with the Group Companies. Notwithstanding the immediately preceding sentence, other than the reference to Section 2, if the Consultant terminates the Consultancy hereunder for are reason other than for Good Reason or the Company terminates the Consultancy hereunder With Cause, the nonsolicitation provisions contained in this Section 10 shall continue for two years rather than one year.

(b) For the purposes of this Section 10, “ Customer ” means any and all persons, partnerships, associations, firms, corporations or other entities that (a) have purchased any of the Group Companies’ products or services within one year prior to the date of termination of the Consultant’s consultancy with the Company, and (b) (i) with whom the Consultant dealt directly; (ii) whose dealings with the Group Companies were coordinated or supervised by the Consultant; or (iii) about whom the Consultant obtained Confidential Information in the ordinary course of business as a result of the Consultant’s association with the Group Companies.

 

11. Restriction on Investments in Competitors .

Subject to the terms contained in Section 2, both during the Consultancy hereunder and for one year after termination of the Consultancy for any reason or for no reason, neither Landmark nor the Consultant shall directly or indirectly invest in (other than to hold 2% or less of any class of securities of a public company) or otherwise provide financial assistance to any person or entity developing, selling or providing services sourced from Russia, any country of the former Soviet Union or Hungary that are competitive with the Business of the Group Companies, if the Group Companies are also then still engaged in such Business (a “ Competitor ”).

 

12. Noncompetition .

(a) Both during the Consultancy hereunder and for one year after termination of the Consultancy for any reason or for no reason, neither Landmark nor the Consultant shall not perform services in a Competitive Position (as defined in subsection (b) below) for any Competitor.

(b) “ Competitive Position ” shall mean any senior technical or sales responsibilities or position whereby the Consultant will use Confidential Information, or whereby the Consultant performs or has senior technical or sales responsibilities or duties that are the same or substantially similar to those senior technical or sales responsibilities or duties actually performed by the Consultant while engaged by the Company (whether as an employee or an independent contractor), for any Competitor.

 

9


13. Severability and Reformation .

(a) Except to the extent a provision of this Agreement is subject to reformation as provided below, should any provision of this Agreement be declared or determined by any court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable or invalid for any reason, the validity of the remaining parts, terms or provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby and the invalid or unenforceable part, term or provision shall be deemed not to be a part of this Agreement.

(b) If any of the covenants or promises of this Agreement are determined by any court of law or equity, with jurisdiction over this matter, to be unreasonable or unenforceable, in whole or in part, as written, Landmark and the Consultant hereby consent to and affirmatively request that said court, to the extent legally permissible, reform the covenant or promise so as to be reasonable and enforceable and so as to reasonably achieve the protections sought in Section 14. Landmark and the Consultant hereby request that said court enforce all covenants or promises as so reformed.

 

14. Injunctive Relief .

Landmark and the Consultant understand and hereby acknowledge that in the event of a breach or threatened breach of any of the covenants and promises contained in Sections 8 through 12, the Company will suffer irreparable injury for which there is no adequate remedy at law and the Company will therefore be entitled to obtain, without bond, injunctive relief enjoining said breach or threatened breach. Landmark and the Consultant hereby further acknowledge, however, that the Company shall have the right to seek a remedy at law as well as or in lieu of equitable relief in the event of any such breach.

 

15. Key Man Life Insurance .

During the term of the Consultancy, the Company may procure and maintain key man life insurance with respect to the Consultant in such amounts and with such terms as may be determined by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion, and the Consultant shall assist and cooperate with the Company in procuring, maintaining and renewing such key man life insurance. All of the premiums for any such key man life insurance policy shall be paid by the Company. The Company shall be the sole beneficiary of any such key man life insurance policy, and neither the Consultant nor the heirs or personal representatives of the Consultant shall have any interest in or to any proceeds, cash surrender value or other payments associated with any such key man life insurance policy.

 

16. Assignment .

Neither this Agreement nor any rights granted hereunder may be assigned, transferred, conveyed or encumbered by a party to this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other party; provided, however, that the Company may assign or transfer its rights under this Agreement to any division, subsidiary or affiliate of the Company or to any entity acquiring all or substantially all of the assets of the Company. The terms and provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company, and upon the Consultant and his heirs and personal representatives. The term “Company” as used in this Section 16 shall be deemed to include the successors and permitted assigns of the Company as well as any and all divisions, subsidiaries, or affiliates thereof.

 

10


17. Waiver .

The waiver by any party to this Agreement of a breach of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent or simultaneous breach.

 

18. Governing Law .

This Agreement shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to its provisions concerning choice of laws or choice of forum.

 

19. Heading and Captions .

The headings and captions used in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only, and shall in no way define, limit, expand or otherwise affect the meaning or construction of any provision of this Agreement.

 

20. Notices .

All notices that are required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be sufficient if personally delivered or sent by facsimile, registered or certified mail or Federal Express or other nationally recognized overnight delivery service (a “ Delivery Service ”). Any notices shall be deemed given upon the earlier of the date when received at, the day when delivered via facsimile or the third day after the date when sent by registered or certified mail or the day after the date when sent by a Delivery Service to, the address set forth on Exhibit A hereof, unless such address is changed by notice to the other party hereto.

 

21. Gender .

All pronouns or any variations thereof contained in this Agreement refer to the masculine, feminine or neuter, singular or plural, as the identity of the person or persons may require.

 

22. Arbitration .

The parties hereto hereby agree to submit any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to the Consultancy, or the termination thereof, or this Agreement, or the breach thereof (including any claim that any provision of this Agreement or any obligation of the Consultant is illegal or otherwise unenforceable or avoidable under law, ordinance or ruling or that the Consultancy was illegally terminated) for arbitration at the office of the American Arbitration Association in New York, NY, in accordance with the United States Arbitration Act (9 U.S. C. § l et seq.) and the rules of the American Arbitration Association. Each party consents and submits to the personal jurisdiction and venue of the trial courts of New York, NY and also to the personal jurisdiction and venue of the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York for purposes of enforcing this provision. All awards of the arbitration shall be binding and nonappealable except as otherwise provided in the United States Arbitration Act. Judgment

 

11


upon the award of the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The arbitration shall take place at a time noticed by the American Arbitration Association regardless of whether one of the parties fails or refuses to participate. The arbitrator shall have no authority to award punitive damages, but will otherwise have the authority to award any remedy or relief that a court of competent jurisdiction could order or grant, including specific performance of any obligation created under this Agreement, the issuance of an injunction or other provisional relief, or the imposition of sanctions for abuse or frustration of the arbitration process. The parties shall be entitled to engage in reasonable discovery, including a request for the production of relevant documents. Depositions may be ordered by the arbitrator upon a showing of need. The foregoing provisions shall not preclude any party from bringing an action in any court of competent jurisdiction for injunctive or other provisional relief as a party may determine is necessary or appropriate.

 

23. Entire Agreement .

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this agreement and supersedes any prior agreements or understandings among the parties with respect to such subject matter. No amendment or waiver of this agreement or any provision hereof shall be effective unless in writing signed by both of the parties. The parties specifically agree that the terms of the Existing Consulting Agreement and all prior employment or consulting relationships (including stock option plans or stock option grants and relationships with affiliates) (other than, to the extent the terms are not inconsistent, the Employment Contract dated February 1, 2001 between EPAM Systems Kft (f/k/a Fathom Technology Kft) and the Consultant) are superseded by this Agreement on the Effective Date.

 

24. Interpretation .

Unless the context of this Agreement clearly requires otherwise, (a) references to the plural include the singular, the singular the plural, the part the whole, (b) references to any gender include all genders, (c) “including” has the inclusive meaning frequently identified with the phrase “but not limited to,” and (d) references to “hereunder” or “herein” relate to this Agreement. The section and other headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not control or affect the construction of this Agreement or the interpretation thereof in any respect. Section, subsection, Schedule and Exhibit references are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified. Each accounting term used herein that is not specifically defined herein shall have the meaning given to it under Generally Accepted Accounting Principles. Any reference to a party’s being satisfied with any particular item or to a party’s determination of a particular item presumes that such standard will not be achieved unless such party shall be satisfied or shall have made such determination in its sole or complete discretion.

[Signatures appear on following page]

 

12


EPAM SYSTEMS, INC.
/s/ Arkadiy Dobkin
Arkadiy Dobkin
President and Chief Executive Officer

 

/s/ Balazs Fejes
Balazs Fejes

 

LANDMARK BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT LIMITED

By:    
Name:    
Title:    

 

13


EPAM SYSTEMS, INC.
   
Arkadiy Dobkin
President and Chief Executive Officer

 

   
Balazs Fejes

 

LANDMARK BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT LIMITED

By:   /s/ David Bryant 11/01/06
Name:   David Bryant
Title:   Director

 

14

Exhibit 10.23

C ONSULTANCY A GREEMENT

This C ONSULTANCY A GREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of the 20 th day of January, 2006 by and between EPAM Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) (the Company and its subsidiaries are referred to collectively herein as the “ Group Companies ”), Landmark Business Development Limited, a company organized in Jersey, Channel Islands (“ Landmark ”) and the “Landmark” consultant Karl Robb (“Consultant”).

Background

The Group Companies are engaged primarily in the business of providing software development, maintenance and testing services utilizing an onshore-offshore delivery model at its development centers in Central and Eastern Europe (the Group Companies’ present business, and such future businesses in which it might engage, are referred to as the “ Business ”).

“Landmark” currently provides the services of the Consultant to EPAM Systems ApS (f/k/a Fathom Technology ApS) pursuant to a Consultancy Agreement dated January 20, 2001, as amended by First Amendment to Consultancy Agreement dated March 12, 2004, and as clarified by Letter Agreement on September 23, 2004 between the Consultant and the Company (the “ Existing Consulting Agreement ”). The Company desires to enter into this Agreement with the Consultant, so that Consultant will continue to render services to the Group Companies, and the Consultant desires to render such services to the Group Companies, all in accordance with the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

Agreement

NOW, THEREFORE, and in consideration of the above premises, the mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt, adequacy and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:

 

  1. Engagement .

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Company hereby agrees to continue the engagement of Landmark and the Consultant, and Landmark together with the Consultant hereby agrees to continue to serve the Company, as a consultant and, thereafter, in such capacities, functions and positions of an Executive Vice President as designated by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board of Directors ”) from time to time. In performing his duties hereunder, the Consultant shall report to and be directly responsible to Arkadiy Dobkin or his successor as Chief Executive Officer of the Group Companies (the “ CEO ”).

(b) During the Term (as defined below), the Consultant shall, for the benefit of the Company, use his skills, knowledge and specialized training to perform the duties and exercise the powers, functions and discretions incident to the position which, from time to time, may be assigned to or vested in him by the CEO or the Board of Directors consistent with the terms of the Company’s Bylaws, in an efficient and competent manner and on such terms and subject to such restrictions as the CEO or the Board of Directors may from time to time impose.


(c) During the Term, the Consultant agrees to devote his full business time, energy and skill to the business of the Group Companies, and to the fulfillment of the Consultant’s obligations under this Agreement. In addition to the foregoing and not in limitation thereof, during the Term, the Consultant shall not carry on, engage in, or otherwise be interested in, directly or indirectly, any other business or activity that would compete with or result, directly or indirectly, in a conflict of interest with the Business or that would materially affect the Consultant’s ability to perform his duties as set forth in this Agreement. Subject to Section 11 and notwithstanding anything contained in this Section l(c), the Consultant shall be entitled to invest in other business enterprises, provided such ownership docs not detract from the Consultant’s duty to devote his full business time, energy and skill to the Business of the Group Companies.

(d) Landmark and the Consultant are solely independent contractors under this Agreement and nothing contained herein will create or be construed as creating an employment, agency, partnership, joint venture or other relationship between the parties other than one of independent contractors. Neither Landmark nor the Consultant shall have any authority to make a commitment on any Group Company’s behalf or incur an expenditure for which any Group Company may be liable, except to the extent that the Consultant shall have such authority by virtue of delegation by the CEO or the Board of Directors.

 

  2. Effective Date; Term; Post-Termination Restrictions; Restricted Shares .

(a) The effective date of this Agreement (the “ Effective Date ”) shall be the “Closing Date” under the Series A Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement (the “ SPA ”), dated as of even date hereof, by and among the Company, Russia Partners II, LP, and the other parties thereto. Should the closing pursuant to the SPA not occur, this Agreement will be deemed null and void and of no effect whatsoever. The term of Consultant’s engagement under this Agreement (the “ Consultancy ”) shall commence on the Effective Date and shall, unless earlier terminated as set forth herein, end on the third anniversary of the Effective Date (the “ Term ”). If Consultancy terminates as a result of the expiration of the Term, the Consultant will be subject to the post-termination restrictions contained in Sections 9 through 12 of this Agreement and the Company will pay Consultant the benefits that would be available under Clause 6(c) had the Company terminated the Consultancy hereunder Without Cause; provided that the duration of such restrictions and benefit payments shall be six months rather than twelve months. Notwithstanding the immediately preceding sentence, the Company, by written notice to Consultant on or prior to the expiration of the Term, shall be entitled to extend the duration of such restrictions and benefits payments described in the immediately preceding sentence to twelve months (rather than six months).

(b) The Company shall issue shares of its Common Stock (the “ Additional Shares ”) to Landmark so that the Landmark will own 107,964 shares of Common Stock (the “ Target Shares ”) as of the Effective Date. In consideration of such issuance, Landmark shall pay to the Company the product of (i) $12.1659 times (ii) the result of (A) the Additional Shares of Common Stock that need to be issued to reach the Target Shares minus (B) 20,800 Additional Shares (the “ Base Additional Shares ”). 1/3 of the Base Additional Shares shall vest on each six-month anniversary of this Agreement for so long as the Consultancy is in effect; provided that upon a “Reorganization Event” or “Qualified Public Offering” (as such terms are defined in the

 

2


Company’s Certificate of Incorporation) during the Consultancy any unvested Base Additional Shares shall automatically vest. Upon the termination of the Consultancy With Cause or by Landmark other than for Good Reason, all unvested Base Additional Shares shall automatically be forfeited.

 

  3. Compensation .

(a) Subject to the terms of this Agreement, in consideration of the Consultant’s performance of the responsibilities and the discharge of those duties set forth in Section I, the Company shall pay to Landmark, so long as the Consultant shall be engaged under this Agreement, a monthly consulting fee at least US$6,490 and €6,490 (the “ Initial Monthly Fee ”). The Consultant’s Initial Monthly Fee shall be reviewed by the Compensation Committee (the “ Compensation Committee ”) of the Board of Directors in January of 2007 and in January of each year thereafter during the Term, and the rate thereof may be increased as of such review date by such amount, if any (each, a “ Monthly Fee Increase ”), as the Board of Directors acting on the recommendation of the Compensation Committee deems appropriate in its sole discretion (the Initial Monthly Fee together with any Monthly Fee Increase shall collectively be referred to as the “ Monthly Fee ”). The Consultant’s Monthly Fee shall be payable to Landmark in arrears by not later than five days following the last working day of the month to which it relates. The Monthly Fee shall be paid by bank transfer to the bank account designated by Landmark in writing from time to time.

(b) The Monthly Fee and any other compensation payable hereunder is expressed in this Agreement gross of any tax or social security (which shall be deemed to include pensions, superannuation and any other payments required to be made in any jurisdiction) and shall be paid net of any deduction the Company is required to make by law in respect of such tax or social security, and in the event the Company is liable to pay such tax or social security on behalf of Landmark or any penalties for late payment or otherwise, in respect of such remuneration, and Landmark shall have received such remuneration without full deduction therefor, then Landmark shall be liable to promptly reimburse the amount of such taxes, social security and/or penalties to the Company and the Company shall apply such amount to satisfy such liability. Landmark and the Consultant shall be responsible for paying all applicable taxes which they are required to pay by reason of the Consultancy.

(c) In addition to the foregoing Monthly Fee, Landmark shall be eligible, at the sole discretion of the Board of Directors acting on the recommendation of the Compensation Committee, to receive an annual incentive consulting fee.

(d) The Consultant hereby acknowledges that the Consultant may be required to work beyond standard working hours in order to perform his duties hereunder and may be required to travel from time to time in connection with the performance of such duties. The Consultant shall not be entitled to compensation for overtime or extra hours worked in performance of his duties hereunder unless otherwise required by law.

(e) In addition to the compensation described in this Agreement, Landmark or the Consultant shall be entitled to reimbursement by the Company for all actual, reasonable and direct expenses incurred by him in the performance of the Consultant’s duties hereunder consistent with past practices, provided such expenses were incurred and documented in accordance with the expense reimbursement policies and procedures established by the Company from time to time.

 

3


  4. Holidays; Laws and Regulations .

(a) In addition to public holidays as are observed by the Company in the location where the consulting is primarily provided, the Consultant shall be entitled to vacation each year during the Term in line with the local common practices in the location the consulting is primarily provided.

(b) The Consultant acknowledges that the Company may promulgate internal handbooks, policies and procedures from time to time, and the Consultant shall adhere to the terms of any handbook, policy or procedures that the Company may promulgate from time to time. The Company reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to alter, amend or terminate any handbook, policy or procedure. In the event the terms and conditions of this Agreement conflict with the terms and conditions of any internal handbook, policy or procedure adopted by the Company, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall control to the extent of such conflict.

(c) The Consultant shall carry out his duties in full compliance with applicable law, and the laws of any other jurisdiction applicable to the Company’s Business or the Consultant’s duties.

 

  5. Illness, Incapacity or Death During Consultancy .

(a) If by reason of illness, injury or incapacity, the Consultant is unable, despite reasonable accommodation, to perform his duties hereunder on a full-time basis for 120 or more consecutive days or 180 days in the aggregate during any 12-month period (or any such longer periods as may be required by law) (“ Disabled ”), then upon ten days prior written notice by the Company to the Consultant (or his representative, if applicable), the Company may terminate the Consultancy, and, thereupon, Landmark will be entitled to receive an amount equal to one half of the Consultant’s then current Monthly Payment, paid monthly, for a period of twelve months following the date of such termination (collectively, the “ Disability Payment ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company maintains a long term disability insurance policy for the benefit of the Consultant and the Consultant qualifies for the payments under such policy, the Company shall be obligated to pay to the Consultant only the difference, if any, between the Disability Payment and the aggregate amount of all payments under such policy.

(b) In the event of the Consultant’s death, all obligations of the Company under this Agreement shall terminate, other than the Consultant’s rights with respect to the payment to Landmark of that portion of the Monthly Payment earned by the Consultant to the date of death, plus an amount equal to the Consultant’s then current Monthly Payment, paid monthly, for a period of three months following the date of such termination, plus a pro rata share (through the date of death) of any annual incentive bonus due Consultant (based on the year ending immediately subsequent to the date of death), plus reimbursement of all expenses that were properly incurred in accordance with subsection (d) of Section 3 by the Consultant in performing his responsibilities and duties for the Company prior to and including such date.

 

4


  6. Termination of Consultancy .

(a) At any time during the Term, (i) the Company may terminate the Consultancy With Cause (as hereinafter defined) by written notice to Landmark and the Consultant; (ii) the Company may terminate the Consultancy Without Cause (as hereinafter defined) by written notice to Landmark and the Consultant; (iii) the Consultant may terminate the Consultancy for Good Reason (as hereinafter defined) upon 30 days’ prior written notice to the Company, which notice shall set forth in detail the matters involved, but only if the Company subsequently fails to cure the basis upon which such termination for Good Reason is based during such 30-day period; and (iv) the Consultant may terminate the Consultancy for any reason or for no reason (other than for Good Reason) upon 60 days’ prior written notice to the Company.

(b) Subject to Section 5, if, during the Term, the Consultant terminates the Consultancy for any reason other than for Good Reason, or the Company terminates the Consultancy hereunder With Cause, all obligations of the Company to provide compensation and benefits under this Agreement shall cease upon the last day of the Consultancy (except for the payment of those benefits accrued or those reimbursable expenses properly incurred in accordance with subsection (d) of Section 3 by the Consultant prior to the date of such termination), and Landmark and the Consultant shall have no claim against the Company for damages or otherwise by reason of such termination. The Company’s election to terminate the Consultancy With Cause shall be without prejudice to any remedy the Company may have against Landmark or the Consultant for the breach or nonperformance of any of the provisions of this Agreement.

(c) If, during the Term, the Company terminates the Consultancy hereunder Without Cause or the Consultant terminates the Consultancy for Good Reason, then Landmark will be entitled to receive the Monthly Payments for one year, paid in equal monthly installments for 12 months following the effective date of the termination of the Consultancy. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all post-consultancy compensation shall cease to accrue, and Landmark and the Consultant shall have no further entitlement to the same, from and after the date the Consultant breaches any of the post-consultancy covenants set forth in Sections 8 through 12 of this Agreement (if applicable).

(d) “ With Cause ” means the Company’s termination of the Consultancy upon the occurrence of any of the following (which occurrence in each case results in a material detriment to the Company): (i) a material breach by the Consultant or Landmark of this Agreement, after written notification from the Company of such breach, setting forth in detail the matters involved, and Consultant’s or Landmark’s failure to cure the problem resulting in such breach (if curable) within 30 days thereafter; or (ii) the conviction of the Consultant or Landmark of a felony or any crime involving moral turpitude, fraud or dishonesty.

(e) “ Without Cause ” means the termination of the Consultancy for any reason other than those enumerated in subsection (d) above or Section 5 of this Agreement, or for no reason.

(f) “ Good Reason ” means (i) a material breach by the Company of this Agreement; or (ii) a material limitation or diminution of the Consultant’s responsibilities, authorities or duties, or change in such duties in a way incompatible with the position of Executive Vice President.

 

5


  7. Effect of Termination .

The provisions of subsections (b) and (c) of Sections 6, and Sections 8 through 14 and 22 of this Agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the termination of the Consultancy to the extent required to give full effect to the covenants and agreements contained therein.

 

  8. Confidentiality; Intellectual Property; Communications .

(a) Both during the Consultancy and after termination thereof for any reason or for no reason, Landmark and the Consultant shall not use or disclose, except as set forth in subsection (d) below, as authorized by the Company, or as otherwise necessary in connection with the performance of the Consultant’s duties hereunder (during the Term), any Confidential Information (as hereinafter defined) that the Consultant may have or acquire (whether or not developed or compiled by the Consultant and whether or not the Consultant has been authorized to have access to such Confidential Information) during the Term.

(b) The term “ Confidential Information ” as used in this Agreement shall mean and include any information, data and know-how relating to the Group Companies or their Business that is disclosed to the Consultant by the Group Companies or known by the Consultant as a result of the Consultant’s relationship with the Group Companies and not generally within the public domain (whether constituting a trade secret or not), including the following information:

(i) technical information, such as computer program source and object codes, user interfaces, inventions, processes, specifications, research, methods, techniques, software, or engineering or technical specifications, and any know-how relating to any of the foregoing, and methods of delivery, whether owned by the Group Companies or licensed by the Group Companies from a third party, in each case to the extent that such information is not generally known to the public;

(ii) financial information, such as the Group Companies’ revenues, earnings, assets, debts, gross margins, fee structures, volumes of purchases or sales, or other financial data or information of competitive value, whether relating to the Group Companies generally or their Business, or to particular product or service lines, geographic areas, or time periods;

(iii) marketing information, such as details about ongoing or proposed marketing programs or agreements by or on behalf of the Group Companies, marketing forecasts or results of marketing efforts or information about impending transactions;

(iv) personnel information, such as employees’ personal or medical histories, compensation or other terms of employment, actual or proposed promotions, hirings, resignations, disciplinary actions, terminations or reasons therefor, training methods, performance, or other employee information; and

 

6


(v) customer information, such as any compilation of past, existing or prospective customers, customer proposals or agreements between customers and the Group Companies, status of customer accounts or credit, or related information about actual or prospective customers.

(c) “Confidential Information” does not include information that has become a part of the public domain by the act of one who has the right to disclose such information without violating any right of the Group Companies or the customer to which such information pertains. Confidential Information that is specific as to techniques, methods or the like shall not be deemed to be in the public domain merely because such information is embraced by more general disclosures in the public domain, and any combination of features shall not be deemed within the foregoing exception merely because individual features are in the public domain if the combination itself and its principles of operation are not in the public domain.

(d) In the event that Landmark or the Consultant becomes legally compelled (by deposition, interrogatory, request for documents, subpoena, civil investigative demand or similar process) to disclose any of the Confidential Information, Landmark or the Consultant shall provide the Company with prompt written notice of such requirement prior to complying therewith so that the Company may seek a protective order or other appropriate remedy and/or waive compliance with the terms of this Agreement. In the event that such protective order or other remedy is not obtained or the Company waives compliance with the provisions hereof, Landmark or the Consultant shall furnish only that portion of the Confidential Information that is legally required and to exercise reasonable efforts to obtain an assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded such Confidential Information.

(e) All writings, tapes, recordings and other works in any tangible medium of expression, regardless of the medium, that have been or are prepared by Landmark or the Consultant, or to the preparation of which Landmark or the Consultant contributes in any way, in connection with the Consultancy (collectively, the “ Works ”), and all copyrights and other rights, titles and interests whatsoever in and to the Works, belong solely and exclusively to the Company as works made for hire; moreover, if and to the extent any court or agency should conclude that the Works (or any of them) do not constitute or qualify as a “work made for hire,” Landmark and the Consultant hereby assign, grant and deliver, solely and exclusively unto the Company, all copyrights and other rights, titles and interests whatsoever in and to the Works.

(f) Landmark and the Consultant shall disclose promptly to the Company (which shall receive it in confidence), and only to the Company or its affiliates, any invention or idea in any way connected with the Consultancy related to the Group Companies’ Business, research or development (developed alone or with others) conceived or made during the Consultancy. Landmark and the Consultant agree to assign, grant and deliver to the Company such invention or idea in any way connected with the Consultancy or related to the Group Companies’ Business, research or development, and will cooperate with the Company and sign all documents deemed necessary by the Company to enable it to obtain, maintain, protect and defend patents covering such inventions and ideas and to confirm the Company’s exclusive ownership of all rights in such inventions, ideas and patents, and irrevocably appoints the Company as its agent to execute and deliver any assignments or documents Landmark or the Consultant fail or refuse to execute and deliver promptly, this power and agency being coupled with an interest and being

 

7


irrevocable. This constitutes the Company’s written notification that the provisions of this subsection (f) do not apply to an idea or invention for which no equipment, supplies, facility or trade secret information of the Group Companies was used and which was developed entirely on the Consultant’s own time, unless (a) the invention relates (i) directly to the Business of the Group Companies, or (ii) to the Group Companies’ actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development, or (b) the idea or invention results from any work performed by Landmark or the Consultant for the Group Companies.

(g) Except as otherwise required by applicable law, both during the Consultancy hereunder and after termination of the Consultancy for any reason or for no reason, with respect to any pending or potential litigation or regulatory or administrative proceeding involving the Group Companies or any of its affiliates, other than any litigation or other proceeding in which Landmark or the Consultant is a party-in-opposition (a “ Proceeding ”): (i) neither Landmark nor the Consultant shall communicate with anyone (other than their respective attorneys and tax advisors), except to the extent necessary in the performance of the Consultant’s duties hereunder with respect to the facts or subject matter of the Proceeding, without giving prior notice to the Company, and (ii) in the event that any other party attempts to obtain information or documents from Landmark or the Consultant with respect to matters possibly related to a Proceeding, Landmark or the Consultant shall promptly so notify the Company.

(h) Both during the Consultancy hereunder and for one year after termination of the Consultancy for any reason or for no reason, the Company on its on behalf and on behalf of all of the Group Companies and the Consultant each agrees that he or it shall not, in any communications with the press or other media or any customer or client of the Companies or affiliates, criticize, ridicule or make any statement which disparages or is derogatory of the other, or of the Companies’ officers, directors, agents or employees.

(i) At the termination or expiration of this Agreement, or at any time upon the Company’s request, the Consultant shall deliver to the Company all files, customer lists, price lists, bids, specifications, forms, software, financial data, papers, and other documents, including all copies of the foregoing (including those contained in magnetic or optical media or other forms of computer storage); all computers, modems, diskettes, samples, credit cards, keys, security passes, tools, vehicles, and equipment; and all other materials, Confidential Information, and other property in his possession or control that is Group Companies’ property, unless otherwise agreed by the Company in writing. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Consultant may retain a copy of his personnel files and records that relate directly to him.

 

  9. Nonsolicitation of Employees .

Subject to the terms contained in Section 2, both during the Consultancy hereunder and for one year after termination of the Consultancy for any reason or for no reason, neither Landmark nor the Consultant shall, directly or indirectly, engage, employ, or solicit the employment or retention as a consultant of any person who is then or has been within six (6) months prior thereto, an employee or consultant of any of the Group Companies. Notwithstanding the immediately preceding sentence, other than the reference to Section 2, if the Consultant terminates the Consultancy hereunder for any reason other than for Good Reason or the Company terminates the Consultancy With Cause, the nonsolicitation provisions contained in this Section 9 shall continue for two years rather than one year.

 

8


  10. Nonsolicitation of Customers .

(a) Subject to the terms contained in Section 2, both during the Consultancy hereunder and for one year after termination of the Consultancy for any reason or for no reason, Landmark and the Consultant shall refrain from soliciting, encouraging or inducing or attempting to solicit, encourage or induce (directly or by assisting others) (x) any business from any Customers (as defined below), including actively sought prospective Customers, for purposes of providing products or services that are directly competitive with the products and services provided by the Group Companies or (y) Customers to terminate or reduce any of their business relationships with the Group Companies. Notwithstanding the immediately preceding sentence, other than the reference to Section 2, if the Consultant terminates the Consultancy hereunder for any reason other than for Good Reason or the Company terminates the Consultancy hereunder With Cause, the nonsolicitation provisions contained in this Section 10 shall continue for two years rather than one year.

(b) For the purposes of this Section 10, “ Customer ” means any and all persons, partnerships, associations, firms, corporations or other entities that (a) have purchased any of the Group Companies’ products or services within one year prior to the date of termination of the Consultant’s consultancy with the Company, and (b) (i) with whom the Consultant dealt directly; (ii) whose dealings with the Group Companies were coordinated or supervised by the Consultant; or (iii) about whom the Consultant obtained Confidential information in the ordinary course of business as a result of the Consultant’s association with the Group Companies.

 

  11. Restriction on Investments in Competitors .

Subject to the terms contained in Section 2, both during the Consultancy hereunder and for one year after termination of the Consultancy for any reason or for no reason, neither Landmark nor the Consultant shall directly or indirectly invest in (other than to hold 2% or less of any class of securities of a public company) or otherwise provide financial assistance to any person or entity developing, selling or providing services sourced from Russia, any country of the former Soviet Union or Hungary that are competitive with the Business of the Group Companies, if the Group Companies are also then still engaged in such Business (a “ Competitor ”).

 

  12. Noncompetition .

(a) Both during the Consultancy hereunder and for one year after termination of the Consultancy for any reason or for no reason, neither Landmark nor the Consultant shall not perform services in a Competitive Position (as defined in subsection (b) below) for any Competitor.

(b) “ Competitive Position ” shall mean any executive management or sales responsibilities or position whereby the Consultant will use Confidential Information, or whereby the Consultant performs or has executive management or sales responsibilities or duties that are the same or substantially similar to those executive management or sales responsibilities or duties actually performed by the Consultant while engaged by the Company (whether as an employee or an independent contractor), for any Competitor.

 

9


  13. Severability and Reformation .

(a) Except to the extent a provision of this Agreement is subject to reformation as provided below, should any provision of this Agreement be declared or determined by any court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable or invalid for any reason, the validity of the remaining parts, terms or provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby and the invalid or unenforceable part, term or provision shall be deemed not to be a part of this Agreement.

(b) If any of the covenants or promises of this Agreement arc determined by any court of law or equity, with jurisdiction over this matter, to be unreasonable or unenforceable, in whole or in part, as written, Landmark and the Consultant hereby consent to and affirmatively request that said court, to the extent legally permissible, reform the covenant or promise so as to be reasonable and enforceable and so as to reasonably achieve the protections sought in Section 14. Landmark and the Consultant hereby request that said court enforce all covenants or promises as so reformed.

 

  14. Injunctive Relief .

Landmark and the Consultant understand and hereby acknowledge that in the event of a breach or threatened breach of any of the covenants and promises contained in Sections 8 through 12, the Company will suffer irreparable injury for which there is no adequate remedy at law and the Company will therefore be entitled to obtain, without bond, injunctive relief enjoining said breach or threatened breach. Landmark and the Consultant hereby further acknowledge, however, that the Company shall have the right to seek a remedy at law as well as or in lieu of equitable relief in the event of any such breach.

 

  15. Key Man Life Insurance .

During the term of the Consultancy, the Company may procure and maintain key man life insurance with respect to the Consultant in such amounts and with such terms as may be determined by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion, and the Consultant shall assist and cooperate with the Company in procuring, maintaining and renewing such key man life insurance. All of the premiums for any such key man life insurance policy shall be paid by the Company. The Company shall be the sole beneficiary of any such key man life insurance policy, and neither the Consultant nor the heirs or personal representatives of the Consultant shall have any interest in or to any proceeds, cash surrender value or other payments associated with any such key man life insurance policy.

 

  16. Assignment .

Neither this Agreement nor any rights granted hereunder may be assigned, transferred, conveyed or encumbered by a party to this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other party; provided, however, that the Company may assign or transfer its rights under rhis Agreement to any division, subsidiary or affiliate of the Company or to any entity acquiring all

 

10


or substantially all of the assets of the Company. The terms and provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company, and upon the Consultant and his heirs and personal representatives. The term “Company” as used in this Section 16 shall be deemed to include the successors and permitted assigns of the Company as well as any and all divisions, subsidiaries, or affiliates thereof.

 

  17. Waiver .

The waiver by any party to this Agreement of a breach of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent or simultaneous breach.

 

  18. Governing Law .

This Agreement shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to its provisions concerning choice of laws or choice of forum.

 

  19. Headings and Captions .

The headings and captions used in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only, and shall in no way define, limit, expand or otherwise affect the meaning or construction of any provision of this Agreement.

 

  20. Notices .

All notices that are required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be sufficient if personally delivered or sent by facsimile, registered or certified mail or Federal Express or other nationally recognized overnight delivery service (a “ Delivery Service ”). Any notices shall be deemed given upon the earlier of the date when received at, the day when delivered via facsimile or the third day after the date when sent by registered or certified mail or the day after the date when sent by a Delivery Service to, the address set forth on Exhibit A hereof, unless such address is changed by notice to the other party hereto.

 

  21. Gender .

All pronouns or any variations thereof contained in this Agreement refer to the masculine, feminine or neuter, singular or plural, as the identity of the person or persons may require.

 

  22. Arbitration .

The parties hereto hereby agree to submit any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to the Consultancy, or the termination thereof, or this Agreement, or the breach thereof (including any claim that any provision of this Agreement or any obligation of the Consultant is illegal or otherwise unenforceable or avoidable under law, ordinance or ruling or that the Consultancy was illegally terminated) for arbitration at the office of the American Arbitration Association in New York, NY, in accordance with the United States Arbitration Act (9 U.S.C. § 1 et seq.) and the rules of the American Arbitration Association. Each party consents and submits to the personal jurisdiction and venue of the trial courts of New York, NY and also to the

 

11


personal jurisdiction and venue of the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York for purposes of enforcing this provision. All awards of the arbitration shall be binding and nonappealable except as otherwise provided in the United States Arbitration Act. Judgment upon the award of the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The arbitration shall take place at a time noticed by the American Arbitration Association regardless of whether one of the parties fails or refuses to participate. The arbitrator shall have no authority to award punitive damages, but will otherwise have the authority to award any remedy or relief that a court of competent jurisdiction could order or grant, including specific performance of any obligation created under this Agreement, the issuance of an injunction or other provisional relief, or the imposition of sanctions for abuse or frustration of the arbitration process. The parties shall be entitled to engage in reasonable discovery, including a request for the production of relevant documents. Depositions may be ordered by the arbitrator upon a showing of need. The foregoing provisions shall not preclude any party from bringing an action in any court of competent jurisdiction for injunctive or other provisional relief as a party may determine is necessary or appropriate.

 

  23. Entire Agreement .

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this agreement and supersedes any prior agreements or understandings among the parties with respect to such subject matter. No amendment or waiver of this agreement or any provision hereof shall be effective unless in writing signed by both of the parties. The parties specifically agree that the terms of the Existing Consulting Agreement and all prior employment or consulting relationships (including stock option plans or stock option grants and relationships with affiliates) (other than, to the extent the terms are not inconsistent, the Employment Contract dated February 1, 2001 between EPAM Systems Kft (f/k/a Fathom Technology Kft) and the Consultant) are superseded by this Agreement on the Effective Dale.

 

  24. Interpretation .

Unless the context of this Agreement clearly requires otherwise, (a) references to the plural include the singular, the singular the plural, the part the whole, (b) references to any gender include all genders, (c) “including” has the inclusive meaning frequently identified with the phrase “but not limited to,” and (d) references to “hereunder” or “herein” relate to this Agreement. The section and other headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not control or affect the construction of this Agreement or the interpretation thereof in any respect. Section, subsection, Schedule and Exhibit references are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified. Each accounting term used herein that is not specifically defined herein shall have the meaning given to it under Generally Accepted Accounting Principles. Any reference to a party’s being satisfied with any particular item or to a party’s determination of a particular item presumes that such standard will not be achieved unless such party shall be satisfied or shall have made such determination in its sole or complete discretion.

[Signatures appear on following page]

 

12


EPAM SYSTEMS, INC.
/s/ Arkadiy Dobkin
Arkadiy Dobkin
President and Chief Executive Officer
/s/ Karl Robb
Karl Robb

 

LANDMARK BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT LMITED

By:   /s/ David Bryant            11/01/06
  Name:   David Bryant
  Title:   Director

Exhibit 10.24

FORM OF NONDISCLOSURE, NONCOMPETE AND NONSOLICITATION AGREEMENT

THIS NONDISCLOSURE, NONCOMPETE AND NONSOLICITATION AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of the              day of                      ,              , by and between EPAM SYSTEMS, INC. , a Delaware corporation that has a principal office located at 41 University Drive, Newtown, Pennsylvania 18940 (the “ Company ”), and the employee listed below (the “ Employee ”).

RECITALS

1. Company is in the business of developing computer software and providing consulting and related services using an onshore (e.g., U.S.)/offshore delivery model (e.g., outsourcing to countries outside the U.S.).

2. The Company has agreed to award options to purchase the Company’s common stock, $.001, par value, and as a condition precedent to such award, the Employee, who is and will continue to be employed by the Company or one of its subsidiaries on an “at-will” basis, has agreed to enter into this Agreement in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth herein.

AGREEMENTS

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises, incorporated herein by reference, the mutual covenants and promises herein contained, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency are hereby acknowledged, the parties, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

1. Nondisclosure . Employee shall not, at any time during Employee’s employ and following the cessation of Employee’s employment with the Company and any subsidiary of the Company, make use of (whether personal, commercial or otherwise) or disclose to any person or other third party (including without limitation an employee, contractor, or agent of Employee), for any purpose whatsoever, any Confidential Information, except for lawful purposes within the scope of Employee’s employment. Immediately upon the cessation of Employee’s employment with the Company or its subsidiary, as applicable, Employee shall return to the Company any and all Confidential Information in Employee’s possession. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Confidential Information ” means any confidential and proprietary information of the Company, its subsidiaries and their respective affiliates including without limitation customer lists, data, business plans, know-how, trade secrets, development and experimental work, other proprietary and confidential matters (whether or not explicitly labeled as such) relating to the financial affairs, personnel, products and services, sales, and business and other affairs of the Company and any division, subsidiary, affiliate, or parent of the Company and their respective assigns and successors, so long as it is neither generally known nor readily ascertainable by the public.


2. Nonsolicitation/Noncompete . Employee hereby agrees that during the term of Employee’s employ with the Company or a subsidiary, as applicable, and for a period of one (1) year thereafter, Employee shall not (whether directly or indirectly) do any one or more of the following:

(a) solicit or cause any Customer to cease to be a Customer of the Company or its subsidiary or to become a customer of any other person or entity (or assist another person or entity in doing so) in connection with the provision of (or offering the provision of) the same or similar products or services then offered by the Company and/or its subsidiary. “ Customer ” means any person or entity and their affiliates, (i) which engaged the Company and/or its subsidiary or discussed a potential engagement of the Company and/or its subsidiary to provide Company products or services, and (ii) which the Employee had contact, or to which the Employee received Confidential Information in the course of the Employee’s duties with the Company or its subsidiary.

(b) solicit any employees, independent contractors or other agents of the Company to end their relationship with the Company or to become employees, independent contractors or agents of any other person or entity (or assist another person or entity in doing so).

(c) become (whether directly or indirectly) an employee, independent contractor, agent of a Customer and shall not hold any fiduciary relationship thereto.

3. Miscellaneous .

(a) If any of the covenants or promises of this Agreement are determined by any court of law or equity, with jurisdiction over this matter, to be unreasonable or unenforceable, in whole or in part, as written, the Employee hereby consents to and affirmatively requests that said court, to the extent legally permissible, reform the covenant or promise so as to be reasonable and enforceable and so as to reasonably achieve the protections sought by the Company.

(b) This Agreement may be freely assignable by the Company to its successors and assigns but shall not be assigned by Employee.

(c) This Agreement is not an employment agreement and shall not be construed as such. Accordingly, Employee may be terminated at any time for any lawful reason or no reason, with or without notice. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the internal laws of Delaware. In the event of a breach by the Employee hereunder, Company shall be entitled to injunctive relief and damages. This Agreement supercedes any and all prior agreements, understandings, contracts and other communications (whether written or oral) between the parties hereto (and between Employee and any predecessor entity or subsidiary of the Company) that relate to the subject matter described herein.

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

EMPLOYEE:      COMPANY:
        EPAM SYSTEMS, INC.
         
Name           By:       
Address:               
           President & Chief Executive Officer

 

3

Exhibit 10.25

EPAM SYSTEMS, INC. FORM OF INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

(Delaware Corporation)

This Indemnification Agreement (this “ Agreement ”), made and entered into as of the          day of              , 20      , by and between EPAM Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) and                      (“ Indemnitee ”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, highly competent persons have become more reluctant to serve publicly-held corporations as directors or in other capacities unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance or adequate indemnification against risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their service to and activities on behalf of the corporation.

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) has determined that, in order to attract and retain qualified individuals, the Company will attempt to maintain on an ongoing basis, at its sole expense, liability insurance to protect persons serving the Company and its subsidiaries from certain liabilities. Although the furnishing of such insurance has been a customary and widespread practice among United States-based corporations and other business enterprises, the Company believes that, given current market conditions and trends, such insurance may be available to it in the future only at higher premiums and with more exclusions. At the same time, directors, officers, and other persons in service to corporations or business enterprises are being increasingly subjected to expensive and time-consuming litigation relating to, among other things, matters that traditionally would have been brought only against the Company or business enterprise itself.

WHEREAS, the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company provides that the Company shall indemnify and advance expenses to all directors and officers of the Company in the manner set forth therein and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, and the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation provides for limitation of liability for directors. In addition, Indemnitee may be entitled to indemnification pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (“ DGCL ”) . At the same time, the Board recognizes the limitations on the protection provided by such indemnification and the uncertainties as to its availability in any particular situation. The Certificate of Incorporation and the DGCL expressly provide that the indemnification provisions set forth therein are not exclusive, and thereby contemplate that contracts may be entered into between the Company and members of the board of directors, officers and other persons with respect to indemnification.

 

1


WHEREAS, the uncertainties relating to such insurance and to indemnification have increased the difficulty of attracting and retaining such persons.

WHEREAS, the Board has determined that the increased difficulty in attracting and retaining such persons is detrimental to the best interests of the Company’s stockholders and that the Company should act to assure such persons that there will be increased certainty of such protection in the future.

WHEREAS, it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company contractually to obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, such persons to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law so that they will serve or continue to serve the Company free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified.

WHEREAS, this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and the bylaws and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.

WHEREAS, Indemnitee does not regard the protection available under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and the bylaws and insurance as adequate in the present circumstances, and may not be willing to serve as an officer or director of the Company without adequate protection, and the Company desires Indemnitee to serve in such capacity. Indemnitee is willing to serve, continue to serve and to take on additional service for or on behalf of the Company on the condition that such person be so indemnified.

[WHEREAS, Indemnitee has certain rights to indemnification and/or insurance provided by the Sponsor Indemnitors (as defined below) which Indemnitee and the Sponsor Indemnitors intend to be secondary to the primary obligation of the Company to indemnify Indemnitee as provided herein, with the Company’s acknowledgement and agreement to the foregoing being a material condition to Indemnitee’s willingness to serve on the Board.] 1

 

1   Bracketed language to be included in indemnification agreements between the Company and the Sponsor Indemnitors’ designees.

 

2


NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

C ERTAIN D EFINITIONS

(a) As used in this Agreement:

Change of Control ” means any one of the following circumstances occurring after the date hereof: (i) there shall have occurred an event required to be reported with respect to the Company in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A (or in response to any similar item or any similar schedule or form) under the Exchange Act, regardless of whether the Company is then subject to such reporting requirement; (ii) any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) shall have become, without prior approval of the Company’s Board by approval of at least a majority of the Continuing Directors, the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 15% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding voting securities (provided that, for purposes of this clause (ii), the term “person” shall exclude (x) the Company, (y) any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, and (z) any corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company); (iii) there occurs a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other entity, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) more than 51% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation and with the power to elect at least a majority of the board of directors or other governing body of such surviving entity; (iv) all or substantially all the assets of the Company are sold or disposed of in a transaction or series of related transactions; (v) the approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation of the Company or (vi) the Continuing Directors cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board.

Continuing Director ” means (i) each director on the Board on the date hereof or (ii) any new director whose election or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then still in office who were directors on the date hereof or whose election or nomination was so approved.

Corporate Status ” means the status of a person who is or was a director, officer, trustee, general partner, managing member, fiduciary, board of directors’ committee member, employee, consultant or agent of the Company or who is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, consultant or agent of any other Enterprise.

 

3


Disinterested Director ” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

Enterprise ” means the Company and any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other person or enterprise of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, trustee, general partner, managing member, fiduciary, board of directors’ committee member, employee or agent.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Expenses ” means all direct and indirect costs (including attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcripts, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements or expenses) reasonably incurred in connection with (i) prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding or (ii) establishing or enforcing a right to indemnification under this Agreement, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, applicable law or otherwise. Expenses also shall include Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding, including the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedeas bond, or other appeal bond or its equivalent. For the avoidance of doubt, Expenses, however, shall not include any Liabilities.

Independent Counsel ” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporate law and neither currently is, nor in the five years previous to its selection or appointment has been, retained to represent (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements) or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.

Liabilities ” means any losses or liabilities, including any judgments, fines, including any excise taxes assessed with respect to any employee benefit plan, penalties and amounts paid in settlement, arising out of or in connection with any Proceeding (including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of any such judgments, fines, excise taxes and penalties, penalties or amounts paid in settlement).

 

4


Proceeding ” means any threatened, pending or completed action, derivative action, suit, claim, counterclaim, cross claim, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether civil (including intentional and unintentional tort claims), criminal, administrative, or investigative (formal or informal), including any appeal therefrom, and whether instituted by or on behalf of the Company or any other party, or any inquiry or investigation that Indemnitee in good faith believes might lead to the institution of any such action, suit or other proceeding hereinabove listed in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party, potential party, non-party witness or otherwise by reason of any Corporate Status of Indemnitee, or by reason of any action taken (or failure to act) by him or her or of any action (or failure to act) on his or her part while serving in any Corporate Status.

(b) For the purposes of this Agreement:

References to the “ Company ” shall include, in addition to the resulting or surviving corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees or agents, so that if Indemnitee is or was a director, officer, employee, consultant or agent of such constituent corporation or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee, consultant or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, then Indemnitee shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Agreement with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as Indemnitee would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

Reference to “ serving at the request of the Company ” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee, consultant or agent of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee, consultant or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Company” as referred to in this Agreement.

Reference to “ including ” shall mean “including, without limitation,” regardless of whether the words “without limitation” actually appear. References to the words “ herein ,” “ hereof ” and “ hereunder ” and other words of similar import shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular paragraph, subparagraph, section, subsection or other subdivision.

 

5


ARTICLE 2

S ERVICES B Y I NDEMNITEE

Section 2.01 . Services By Indemnitee. Indemnitee hereby agrees to serve or continue to serve, at the will of the Company, as a director or officer of the Company, for so long as Indemnitee is duly elected or appointed or until Indemnitee tenders his or her resignation or is removed.

ARTICLE 3

I NDEMNIFICATION

Section 3.01 . General. (a) The Company hereby agrees to and shall indemnify Indemnitee and hold Indemnitee harmless from and against any and all Expenses and Liabilities, in either case, actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law. The Company’s indemnification obligations set forth in this Section 3.01 shall apply (i) in respect of Indemnitee’s past, present and future service in any Corporate Status and (ii) regardless of whether Indemnitee is serving in any Corporate Status at the time any such Expense or Liability is incurred.

For purposes of this Agreement, the meaning of the phrase “ to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law ” shall include, but not be limited to:

(i) to the fullest extent permitted by any provision of the DGCL, or the corresponding provision of any successor statute, and

(ii) to the fullest extent authorized or permitted by any amendments to or replacements of the DGCL adopted after the date of this Agreement that increase the extent to which a corporation may indemnify its officers and directors.

(b) Witness Expenses . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, a witness in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, he shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection therewith.

(c) Expenses as a Party Where Wholly or Partly Successful . Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, to the extent that Indemnitee is a party to (or a participant in) and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, in whole or in part, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding, but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more

 

6


but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this Section and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

Section 3.02 . Exclusions. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement and unless Indemnitee ultimately is successful on the merits with respect to any such claim, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnity in connection with any claim made against Indemnitee:

(a) for (i) an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law or (ii) any reimbursement of the Company by Indemnitee of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Company, as required in each case under the Exchange Act (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “ Sarbanes-Oxley Act ”), or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act); or

(b) except as otherwise provided in Sections 6.01(e), prior to a Change of Control, in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees, or other indemnitees, unless (i) the Board authorized the Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) prior to its initiation or (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law.

ARTICLE 4

A DVANCEMENT O F E XPENSES ; D EFENSE OF C LAIMS

Section 4.01 . Advances. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall advance any Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding within twenty days after the receipt by the Company of each statement requesting such advance from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of any Proceeding. Advances shall be unsecured and interest free. Advances shall be

 

7


made without regard to Indemnitee’s ability to repay such amounts and without regard to Indemnitee’s ultimate entitlement to indemnification under the other provisions of this Agreement. Advances shall include any and all reasonable Expenses incurred pursuing an action to enforce this right of advancement, including Expenses incurred preparing and forwarding statements to the Company to support the advances claimed.

Section 4.02 . Repayment of Advances or Other Expenses. Indemnitee agrees that Indemnitee shall reimburse the Company for all Expenses advanced by the Company pursuant to Section 4.01, in the event and only to the extent that it shall be determined by final judgment or other final adjudication under the provisions of any applicable law (as to which all rights of appeal therefrom have been exhausted or lapsed) that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company for such Expenses.

Section 4.03 . Defense of Claims. The Company will be entitled to participate in the Proceeding at its own expense. The Company shall not settle any action, claim or Proceeding (in whole or in part) which would impose any Expense, judgment, fine, penalty or limitation on Indemnitee without Indemnitee’s prior written consent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld. Indemnitee shall not settle any action, claim or Proceeding (in whole or in part) which would impose any Expense, judgment, fine, penalty or limitation on the Company without the Company’s prior written consent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld.

ARTICLE 5

P ROCEDURES F OR N OTIFICATION OF AND D ETERMINATION OF E NTITLEMENT T O

I NDEMNIFICATION

Section 5.01 . Notification; Request For Indemnification. (a) As soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by Indemnitee of written notice that he is a party to or a participant (as a witness or otherwise) in any Proceeding or of any other matter in respect of which Indemnitee intends to seek indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder, Indemnitee shall provide to the Company written notice thereof, including the nature of and the facts underlying the Proceeding. The omission by Indemnitee to so notify the Company will not relieve the Company from any liability which it may have to Indemnitee hereunder or otherwise.

(b) To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall deliver to the Company a written request for indemnification, including therewith such information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to determine Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification hereunder. Such request(s) may be delivered from time to time and at such time(s) as Indemnitee deems appropriate in his or her sole discretion. Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification shall be determined according to Section 5.02 of this Agreement and applicable law.

 

8


Section 5.02 . Determination of Entitlement. (a) Where there has been a written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to Section 5.01(b), then as soon as is reasonably practicable (but in any event not later than sixty days) after final disposition of the relevant Proceeding, a determination, if required by applicable law, with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case: (i) if a Change of Control shall not have occurred, (A) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Board, (B) by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Board, (C) if there are no such Disinterested Directors or, if such Disinterested Directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee; or (ii) if a Change of Control shall have occurred, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee. If it is so determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within ten days after such determination. Indemnitee shall reasonably cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any costs or expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification).

(b) If entitlement to indemnification is to be determined by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 5.02(a)(ii), such Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee, and Indemnitee shall give written notice to the Company advising it of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. If entitlement to indemnification is to be determined by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 5.02(a)(i)(C) (or if Indemnitee requests that such selection be made by the Board), such Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Company in which case the Company shall give written notice to Indemnitee advising him or her of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. In either event, Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be, may, within ten days after such written notice of selection shall have been received, deliver to the Company or to Indemnitee, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided, however, that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 1 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and

 

9


timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If such written objection is so made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court of competent jurisdiction has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within twenty days after the later of submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 5.01(b) hereof and the final disposition of the Proceeding, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected and not objected to, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition a court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Company or Indemnitee to the other’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 5.02(a) hereof. Upon the due commencement of any judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to Section 6.01(a) of this Agreement, the Independent Counsel shall be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity (subject to the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing).

(c) The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of any Independent Counsel serving under this Agreement.

Section 5.03. Presumptions and Burdens of Proof; Effect of Certain Proceedings. (a) In making any determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person or persons or entity making such determination shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement if Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 5.01(b) of this Agreement, and the Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption in connection with the making by any person, persons or entity of any determination contrary to that presumption. Neither the failure of any person, persons or entity to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any action pursuant to this Agreement that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by any person, persons or entity that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

(b) If the person, persons or entity empowered or selected under Section 5.02 of this Agreement to determine whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall not have made a determination within the sixty day period referred to in Section 5.02(a), the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification provided , however, that such sixty day period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional thirty days, if the person, persons or entity making the determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification in good faith requires such additional time for the obtaining or evaluating of documentation and/or information relating thereto.

 

10


(c) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

(d) For purposes of any determination of good faith, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee’s action is in good faith reliance on the records or books of account of any Enterprise, including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers of such Enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for such Enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to such Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected by such Enterprise. The provisions of this Section 5.03(d) shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which Indemnitee may be deemed or found to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement.

(e) The knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any other director, trustee, partner, managing member, fiduciary, officer, agent or employee of any Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining any right to indemnification under this Agreement.

ARTICLE 6

R EMEDIES OF I NDEMNITEE

Section 6.01. Adjudication or Arbitration . (a) In the event of any dispute between Indemnitee and the Company hereunder as to entitlement to indemnification or advancement of Expenses (including where (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 5.02 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 4.01 of this Agreement, (iii) payment of indemnification pursuant to Section 3.01 of this Agreement is not made within ten days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, (iv) no determination as to entitlement to indemnification is timely made pursuant to Section 5.02 of this Agreement and no payment of indemnification is made within ten days after entitlement is deemed to have been determined pursuant to Section 5.03(b)) or (v) a contribution payment is not made

 

11


in a timely manner pursuant to Section 8.04 of this Agreement, then Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of his or her entitlement to such indemnification, contribution or advancement. Alternatively, in such case, Indemnitee, at his or her option, may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration.

(b) In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 5.02(a) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 6.01 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits, and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination. In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 6.01 the Company shall have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be, and the Company may not refer to or introduce into evidence any determination pursuant to Section 5.02(a) of this Agreement adverse to Indemnitee for any purpose. If Indemnitee commences a judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to this Section 6.01, Indemnitee shall not be required to reimburse the Company for any advances pursuant to Section 4.02 until a final determination is made with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification (as to which all rights of appeal have been exhausted or lapsed).

(c) If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 5.02(a) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 6.01, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

(d) The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 6.01 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement.

(e) The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law against all Expenses and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (within ten days after the Company’s receipt of such written request) advance such Expenses to Indemnitee, which are reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any judicial proceeding or arbitration brought by Indemnitee for (i) indemnification or advances of Expenses by the Company (or otherwise for the enforcement, interpretation or defense of his or her rights) under this Agreement or any other agreement, including any other indemnification, contribution or

 

12


advancement agreement, or any provision of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or bylaws or (ii) recovery or advances under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy maintained by the Company, regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, contribution, advancement or insurance recovery, as the case may be.

ARTICLE 7

D IRECTORS AND O FFICERS ’ L IABILITY I NSURANCE

Section 7.01 . D&O Liability Insurance. The Company shall obtain and maintain a policy or policies of insurance (“ D&O Liability Insurance ”) with reputable insurance companies providing liability insurance for directors and officers of the Company in their capacities as such (and for any capacity in which any director or officer of the Company serves any other Enterprise at the request of the Company), in respect of acts or omissions occurring while serving in such capacity, on terms with respect to coverage and amount (including with respect to the payment of Expenses) no less favorable than those of such policy in effect on the date hereof, and no less favorable than those of such policy in effect immediately after the date on which the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15 of the Exchange.

Section 7.02 . Evidence of Coverage. Upon request by Indemnitee, the Company shall provide copies of all policies of D&O Liability Insurance obtained and maintained in accordance with Section 7.01 of this Agreement. The Company shall promptly notify Indemnitee of any changes in such insurance coverage.

Section 7.03. [ Sponsor Indemnitors. The Company hereby acknowledges that Indemnitee has certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by Siguler Guff & Company and/or certain of its affiliates (collectively, the “ Sponsor Indemnitors ”). The Company hereby agrees (i) that it is the indemnitor of first resort (i.e., its obligations to Indemnitee are primary and any obligation of the Sponsor Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by Indemnitee are secondary), (ii) that it shall be required to advance the full amount of Expenses incurred by Indemnitee and shall be liable for the full amount of all Expenses and Liabilities to the extent legally permitted and as required by the terms of this Agreement and the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws (or any other agreement between the Company and Indemnitee), without regard to any rights Indemnitee may have against the Sponsor Indemnitors, and, (iii) that it irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Sponsor Indemnitors from any and all claims against the Sponsor Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Sponsor Indemnitors on

 

13


behalf of Indemnitee with respect to any claim for which Indemnitee has sought indemnification from the Company shall affect the foregoing and the Sponsor Indemnitors shall be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee against the Company. The Company and Indemnitee agree that the Sponsor Indemnitors are express third party beneficiaries of the terms of this Section 7.03.] 2

ARTICLE 8

M ISCELLANEOUS

Section 8.01 . Nonexclusivity of Rights. The rights of indemnification, contribution and advancement of Expenses as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled to under applicable law, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, the Company’s bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or a resolution of directors, or otherwise. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

Section 8.02 . Insurance and Subrogation. (a) Indemnitee shall be covered by the Company’s D&O Liability Insurance in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any director or officer under such policy or policies. If, at the time the Company receives notice of a claim hereunder, the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of such Proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such Proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies. The failure or refusal of any such insurer to pay any such amount shall not affect or impair the obligations of the Company under this Agreement.

(b) In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

 

2  

Bracketed language to be included in indemnification agreements between the Company and the Sponsor Indemnitors’ designees.

 

14


(c) The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable (or for which advancement is provided) hereunder if and to the extent that Indemnitee has actually received such payment under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision.

Section 8.03 The Company’s obligation to indemnify or advance Expenses hereunder to Indemnitee who is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, trustee, partner, managing member, fiduciary, board of directors’ committee member, employee, consultant or agent of any other Enterprise shall be reduced by any amount Indemnitee has actually received as indemnification or advancement of Expenses from such Enterprise.

Section 8.04 . Contribution. To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving rise to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).

Section 8.05 . Amendment. This Agreement may not be modified or amended except by a written instrument executed by or on behalf of each of the parties hereto. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit, restrict or reduce any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any act or omission, or any event occurring, prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in applicable law, whether by statute or judicial decision, (i) permits greater indemnification, contribution or advancement of Expenses than would be afforded currently under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, bylaws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change or (ii) limits rights with respect to indemnification, contribution or advancement of Expenses, it is the intent of the parties hereto that the rights with respect to indemnification, contribution or advancement of Expenses in effect prior to such change shall remain in full force and effect to the extent permitted by applicable law.

Section 8.06 . Waivers. The observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) by the party entitled to enforce such term only by a writing signed by the party against which such waiver is to be asserted. Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, no delay on the part of any party hereto in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall

 

15


any waiver on the part of any party hereto of any right, power or privilege hereunder operate as a waiver of any other right, power or privilege hereunder nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege hereunder.

Section 8.07 . Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the documents referred to herein constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the matters covered hereby, and any other prior or contemporaneous oral or written understandings or agreements with respect to the matters covered hereby are superseded by this Agreement, provided that this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Certificate of Incorporation, the bylaws and applicable law, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.

Section 8.08 . Severability. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (b) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (c) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.

Section 8.09 . Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing (which may be by facsimile transmission or electronic mail transmission, so long as a confirmation of receipt of such email is requested and received). All such notices, requests and other communications shall be deemed received on the date of receipt by the recipient thereof if received prior to 5:00 p.m. in the place of receipt and such day is a business day in the place of receipt. Otherwise, any such notice, request or communication shall be deemed not to have been received until the next succeeding business day in the place of receipt. The address for notice to a party is as shown on the signature page of this Agreement, or such other address as any party shall have given by written notice to the other party as provided above.

Section 8.10 . Binding Effect. (a) The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as a director or officer of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as a director or officer of the Company.

 

16


(b) This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors, assigns, including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company, spouses, heirs, and executors, administrators, personal and legal representatives. The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all, or a substantial part of the business or assets of the Company, by written agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

(c) The indemnification, contribution and advancement of Expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to this Agreement shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee, consultant or agent, or is deceased, and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, administrators, legatees and assigns of such a person.

Section 8.11 . Governing Law. This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules.

Section 8.12 . Consent To Jurisdiction. Except with respect to any arbitration commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 6.01(a) of this Agreement, the Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware (the “ Delaware Court ”), and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) appoint, to the extent such part is not otherwise subject to service of process in Delaware, CT Corporation System, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, DE 19801, as its agent in Delaware, for receipt of legal process in connections with any such action or proceeding against such party with the same legal force and validity as if served upon such party personally within Delaware (iv) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court, and (v) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

Section 8.13 . Headings. The Article and Section headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only, and shall not be deemed to alter or affect the meaning or interpretation of any provisions hereof.

 

17


Section 8.14 . Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

Section 8.15 . Use of Certain Terms. As used in this Agreement, the words “herein,” “hereof,” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular paragraph, subparagraph, section, subsection, or other subdivision. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun used in this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms, and the singular form of nouns, pronouns and verbs shall include the plural and vice versa.

 

18


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered to be effective as of the date first above written.

 

EPAM SYSTEMS, INC.
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

Address:

Facsimile:

Attention:

With a copy to:

Address:

Facsimile:

Attention:

INDEMNITEE
 

Address:

Facsimile:

With a copy to:

Address:

Facsimile:

Attention:

 

19

Exhibit 10.26

(English Translation)

CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT No. IPB 1.5./103

 

Minsk         December 2011

EPAM Systems, a foreign limited liability company, hereinafter referred to as the Customer, represented by General Director Sergey Fyodorovich Divin, acting on the basis of the Charter, party of the first part, and IDEAB Project Eesti AS, hereinafter referred to as the Contractor, represented by Management Committee Member Galina Valerievna Nikitina, acting on the basis of the Charter, party of the second part, hereinafter jointly referred to as the Parties, have concluded this contract as follows, in accordance with the Rules for the Conclusion and Performance of Construction Contracts approved by Decree No. 1450 of the Council of Ministers of the Republic of Belarus dated 15 September 1998 (hereinafter referred to as the Rules).

Section 1. TERMS AND DEFINITIONS

1.1 The following terms and definitions used in the Contract, which start with a capital letter, shall have the following meanings:

 

 

Advance Payment: money paid by the Customer to the Contractor as advance payment for the Work to be performed under the Contract.

 

 

Statement: the work completion statement in accordance with Appendix 1 to the Agreement.

 

 

Construction Site Transfer Statement: the document confirming the Customer’s transfer of the construction site for the performance of the Work to the Contractor (Appendix 3).

 

 

Contract: this Contract with all changes, amendments and appendixes signed or to be signed by the Parties during the performance of the Contract.

 

 

Engineer: a legal entity and/or individual hired by the Customer, in accordance with the procedure set by the law, for the performance of part of the Customer’s obligations related to construction of the Facility, other than obligations to pay for the Work, as well as for the provision of engineering and technical support services for the construction of the Facility. The Engineer may also act as the Technical Inspector.

 

 

As-built documentation: the set of working drawings for construction of the Facility with signatures confirming that work performed matches the content of the drawings, or with the changes that were agreed upon with the designer, made by parties responsible for performance of the work; a general work log, special logs for individual types of work; concealed work inspection statements, results of testing and assessment of equipment, systems, networks and devices; compliance certificates, state hygiene registration certificates for the construction materials used by the Contractor, documents for the geodesic control network for construction, as well as for the geodesic work performed during construction, geodesic surveys for utility lines, structures at the Facility, and other documentation required in accordance with the law.

 

 

Equipment: machines and mechanisms required to perform and complete work and cure defects, other than Construction Materials that are deemed to constitute or that constitute part of the Facility.

 

 

Facility: the Scientific and Production Building in accordance with General Plan No. 1 in the High-Tech Park on Kuprevicha St. in Minsk with a total area of 14,071.10 m2 in accordance with design documentation (See section 2.3 of the Construction Management Plan 237-08/11-OC).


 

Inspection: an inspection initiated by the Customer or the Technical Inspector of the scope, cost and/or quality of work performed and/or being performed.

 

 

Work: all work to construct the Facility specified in the design documentation in accordance with building codes and rules and other regulations, in accordance with the requirements for the technical sequencing of construction, to the extent required to perform the Contract and commission the Facility, other than the work specified in Appendix 12 to the Contract. The Work shall be performed using the Contractor’s maintenance [using the Contractor’s work and labor.

 

 

Design documentation: the design documentation for the Scientific and Production Building in accordance with General Plan No. 1 in the High-Tech Park on Kuprevicha St. in Minsk, which has undergone state expert review, which has been duly endorse and approved, with the Client’s “Ready for the Performance of Work” stamp affixed. The structure and content of design documentation have been specified in Appendix 8 to the Contract.

 

 

Concealed Work : work that is concealed by subsequent Work, work whose quality and accuracy cannot be verified after subsequent work has taken place.

 

 

Certificate: an informational statement on the cost of the work completed in accordance with Appendix 2 to the Contract.

 

 

Construction Materials : materials, products, equipment, systems, installations, structures, finishing materials and other property, which become an integral part of the Facility during the performance of the Work, and which, if removed from the Facility, would reduce the value of the Facility or make the operation of the Facility impossible or dangerous for the Facility’s technical condition or change its operation or operating conditions.

 

 

Construction Site: the area identified in the plan in accordance with Appendix 3 to the Contract on the Land Plot transferred to the Contractor for the performance of the Work, location of Equipment, Construction Materials, industrial premises, amenities and communications used during the performance of the Work.

 

 

Technical Inspector: an individual or organization authorized by the Contractor to perform technical supervision of construction at the Facility in accordance with the law of the Republic of Belarus. The scope of the Technical Inspector’s purview is determined by the contract executed between the Customer and the Technical Inspector. The Customer itself may act as the Technical Inspector.

 

 

Advance Payment for a Specific Purpose: money paid by the Customer to the Contractor on the basis of a request from the Contractor for the timely purchasing of Construction Materials for the performance of the Work. The request form for an advance for a specific purpose is given in Appendix 4 to the Agreement.

1.2. The terms and definitions given in clause 1.1. of the Contract must be used not only in connection with the interpretation, performance, amendment, termination of the Contract, or evaluating the validity of the Contract, but also when compiling all other documents related to the Contract.

1.3. The definitions of other terms used in this Contract shall be those stipulated by the current law of the Republic of Belarus.

1.4. Terms used in the singular shall also mean the plural and vice versa where required by the context.

 

2


Section 2. SUBJECT OF THE CONTRACT

2.1. In accordance with the procedures and terms stipulated by the Contract, the Contractor agrees to perform work to construct the following facility in accordance with the requirements of Design Documentation, Technical Regulations and other current regulations, at its own risk with its own resources or those hired with the Customer’s prior agreement: the Scientific and Production Building in accordance with General Plan No. 1 in the High-Tech Park on Kuprevicha St. in Minsk, and the Customer agrees to provide the Construction Site to the Contractor together with permits required to start and perform the work, to pay for the Work and to accept the results of such Work in accordance with the terms of the Contract.

2.1.1. The Work Start Date is 8 December 2011 , provided that the terms specified in clause 5.2 of the Contract are met.

2.1.2. The Work Completion Date is 15 September 2012 , which is 9 months from the day on which the Contract is signed.

2.2. The Work on the Facility shall be carried out using the Contractor’s Equipment and Construction Materials. The list of Construction Materials supplied by the Contractor, as specified in the Design Documentation, is given in Appendix 5 to the Contract and has been agreed to by the Customer.

2.4. Neither party may transfer its obligations under the Contract to a third party without the prior agreement of the other Party. This provision does not apply to the transfer of obligations to an insurance company, EPAM SYSTEMS (CYPRUS) LIMITED, or the hiring of an engineering company.

Section 3. CONTRACT PRICE

3.1. The Contract Price of all the Work to construct the Facility performed by the Contractor hereunder is calculated as follows:

3.1.1. The price of all the Work to construct the Facility (Scientific and Production Building in accordance with General Plan No. 1 in the High-Tech Park on Kuprevicha St. in Minsk) with finishing, other than the scope of work specified in Appendix 12, in the scope specified in the Design Documentation and the design plans agreed to by the Customer with the attached finishing report is final, unchangeable, fixed and contractual and totals US$17,208,955.30 (seventeen million two hundred and eight thousand nine hundred and fifty-five US dollars and thirty cents), including VAT, at the time the Contract is executed. The price of 1 m 2 of the Facility is US$1,223 (one thousand two hundred and twenty-three US dollars). The construction price given in this clause can be changed only in those instances provided for by this Contract.

The price of all the Work to build the Facility includes, among other things, the cost of the Construction Materials supplied by the Contractor, the cost of the Work in accordance with Appendix 7, all taxes and other mandatory payments to the state budget and non-budgetary funds, including VAT paid in connection with the import of goods into the Republic of Belarus, VAT on sales of goods, work, and services paid by the Customer or the Contractor, customs duties and levies, as well as other expenses incurred by the Parties in connection with the performance of their obligations under this Contract with the exception of work detailed in Appendix 12.

If the amount of VAT paid during the sale of goods, work, services under this Contract is less than US$1,976,989.55 (one million nine hundred and seventy-six thousand nine hundred and eighty-nine US dollars and fifty-five cents) or $140.50 (one hundred and forty US dollars and

 

3


fifty cents) per m 2 of the total area of the Facility in accordance with this Contract, the Contract price given in the first paragraph of this clause shall be reduced by the difference between the VAT paid and the amount of VAT specified in this clause;

In circumstances stipulated by law where the Customer pays the VAT and/or other taxes and charges in connection to the performance of this Contract, the Contract price shall be reduced by the amount of taxes and charges paid by the Customer.

If either Party is partially or completely released from paying any taxes, charges or making other payments included in the price of construction given in paragraph one of clause 3.1.1. of this Contract, the price of construction shall be reduced by the amount by which taxes, charges and/or other payments included in the price of construction are reduced, including in the event of benefits or preferences being provided. If either Party receives benefits that cause the price of Facility Construction Work under this Contract to be reduced to less than US$1,000 (one thousand US dollars) per m 2 , the other Party shall be entitled to receive from the former 50% of the difference between US$1,000 (one thousand US dollars) and the reduced amount per m 2 .

In the event of other changes to tax law that cause the tax rates included in the price of construction to change, the Contract Price may be changed at the request of one of the Parties.

If the Facility Construction Price (excluding VAT and customs duties) is higher than US$1,000 (one thousand US dollars) per m 2 , the price of construction given in paragraph one of clause 3.1.1. shall be reduced by the difference between the actual price and US$1,000 per m 2 .

3.1.2. The cost and scope of work and materials specified in Appendix 12 and the procedure for selecting contractors shall be agreed upon by the Parties separately. Once the Parties reach agreement on this issue, they shall sign a supplemental agreement indicating the scope, timeframes and cost of work for the relevant sections of the Design Documentation.

The Contractor shall ensure that the Customer participates in development of the technical design specifications for this set of work. The Contractor’s fee shall be included in the cost of the work.

3.1.3. The Contract price shall not include the costs for setting up the construction site in those circumstances provided for by this Contract, nor shall it include costs for obtaining permits and approvals from state and operational services required to start and conduct construction of the Facility as well as to obtain permits for its entry into service, and these costs shall be borne by the Customer.

3.2. The Contract Price of the Work may only be adjusted by the Parties during the performance of the Work by executing an additional agreement if the Customer changes the agreed volume or composition of the Work as well as the finishing materials or design documentation, but by no more than the cost of the changes made.

The Parties have agreed to make their best efforts to make the relevant changes to the Contract on terms which are fair for both sides by executing an additional agreement to the Contract.

3.3. For the purposes of securing the Contractor’s obligations under this Contract, within 15 business days of the day on which this Contract is executed the Parties shall sign an agreement pledging the construction materials used for construction of the Facility under this Contract, including materials the Contractor may receive in the future.

If the Customer insures itself against the risk of losses caused by the Contractor’s failure to (adequately) perform its obligations under this Contract, the Contractor agrees to assist in the conclusion of the appropriate insurance agreement (provide and/or sign the required documents etc.), as well as to pay the costs arising from such insurance together with the Customer. The

 

4


Parties have agreed that the maximum amount payable by the Contractor for the purposes of such insurance shall be no more than US$15,000 (fifteen thousand US dollars) in total for this Contract.

3.4. If the Facility’s total area differs from the 14,071.1 m 2 stated in this Contract by more than 50 m 2 following the completion of construction, the Parties may request that the Contract Price be changed in proportion to the difference. The Facility’s area following the completion of construction shall be determined using the results of the measurements conducted by a commission to be established by the Parties.

Section 4. SETTLEMENT PROCEDURES

4.1. The payment currency under this Contract shall be US dollars.

4.2. Payments shall be made by bank transfer using a payment order. The Parties may also agree to use letter of credit.

4.3. The Customer shall transfer Advance Payments to the Contractor in accordance with the Payment Schedule (Appendix 6) no later than the last day of the month preceding the month in which work is to begin. If the terms for advance payments are breached, the Contractor may suspend work under the Contract by the number of days by which the payment is delayed.

The Customer shall make the first one-off advance payment (for a specific purpose) in the amount of US$700,000 (seven hundred thousand US dollars) for the purchase of Construction Materials referred to in Appendix 10 to this Contract no later than 10 (ten) days after the day on which this Contract is concluded. The Contractor shall supply the Construction Materials referred to in Appendix 10 to this Contract no later than 60 (sixty) calendar days after the day on which the corresponding advance payment is made.

In a request for an advance payment for a specific purpose, the Contractor shall indicate the amount, deadline and procedures for making such advance payments, as well as the name, quantity and composition (technical characteristics) of materials, products and equipment, the delivery terms, taking into account the requirements of the law of the Republic of Belarus regarding foreign trade activity, the cost, as well as the supplier/manufacturer of the goods to be purchased using the one-off advance payment (for a specific purpose). The Contractor shall send the request for an advance payment for a specific purpose no later than 10 (ten) business days before the day on which the payment is made. The Contractor shall attach copies of the documents issued by the manufacturer/supplier of the Construction Materials to the request, indicating that the Construction Materials are ready for delivery and itemizing the composition and price of the Construction Materials delivered and these copies must be certified by the Contractor.

The delivery of materials purchased by an advance payment for a specific purpose shall be made by the deadline given in the Contractor’s application for the advance payment, but no later than 60 (sixty) calendar days after the day the on which the payment is made.

The Contractor shall notify the Customer 2 (two) business days before the Construction Materials delivery date to allow the Customer to participate in accepting the Construction Materials and to visually examine them. Following the delivery of the Construction Materials, the Parties shall compile a statement on the use of the advance payment for a specific purpose and attach documents confirming the delivery of Construction Materials in full.

Advance payments for a specific purpose which are not used by the Contractor or used by it for unauthorized purposes shall be repaid to the Customer on request together with a penalty of 0.1% for each day such payments were not used or used for unauthorized purposes starting after the day on which the funds were transferred to the Contractor’s account. The purpose of the advance payments made may be altered by the Contractor with the consent of the Customer.

 

5


The Customer shall make each subsequent advance payment for a specific purpose after the Construction Materials under the previous advance payment have been delivered to the construction site, except as agreed upon with the Customer regarding payments for Construction Materials, non-delivery of which would cause Facility construction the Work on the Facility to be halted.

4.4. Completion of the Work shall be confirmed by Statements signed by the Customer and the Contractor in accordance with the procedure stipulated by the Contract, while the cost of the Work and the basis for making payments for the Work performed shall be Certificates signed by the Customer and the Contractor in accordance with the procedure stipulated by the Contract.

4.5. The payment period for this Contract shall be one month.

4.6. Customer shall pay for the Work performed within 10 (ten) business days after the day on which the Certificate is signed. Moreover, the cost of the Work to be paid for shall be determined after deducting the amount of the advances paid for the corresponding period.

4.7. The source of funds shall be the Customer’s own funds in the amount specified in the Payment Schedule broken down by periods and allocated to the relevant financial year.

Section 5. TIMEFRAME AND PROCEDURE FOR PERFORMANCE AND ACCEPTANCE OF WORK

5.1. The Parties have agreed that the Contractor shall perform all the Work on the terms specified in the Contract and in accordance with the Work Completion Schedule (Appendix 7).

If the Contractor is late in performing the Work under the Work Completion Schedule, the Customer may suspend any and all payments to the Contractor under the Contract until the Contractor eliminates such delays.

5.2. The Contractor shall begin performing obligations as soon as it receives the documents referred to in clause 8.5 of the Contract;

5.3. If the transfer of the Design Documentation or payments under the Contract are delayed by more than 10 (ten) days, the Contractor may move the starting date for the Performance of the Work, but by no more than the length of the delay.

5.4. If the Customer breaches the Contract by failing to perform its obligations to make advance payments and/or paying for the Work and the resulting delay exceeds 10 (ten) banking days, and in cases provided for by the law and the Contract where the Contractor may reasonably suspend performing obligations under the Contract or in the event of unfavorable weather conditions that prevent work from being carried out on the Facility pursuant to technical regulations, the deadline for the performance of work shall be moved by the number of days of delay in the Customer’s performance of its obligations under the Contract or the number of days for which the Contractor suspended performance of the Work or the duration of unfavorable weather conditions as confirmed by the technical inspector’s log. The Contractor shall notify the Customer of suspension of the Work in writing using the procedure specified in this Contract 2 (two) business days before the proposed suspension of work. This shall not require the execution of a supplemental agreement to the Contract. The Contractor hereby confirms that the Work Completion Schedule (Appendix 7) has been prepared taking into account the usual weather conditions for the geographical location where the Work is to be performed. The Contractor has not scheduled any work (stages) for periods when normal weather conditions for that time of year would make it impossible to perform the work, cause the quality of work to be adversely affected, increase the cost of construction or delay the performance of the Work.

 

6


If the commensurate extension of the deadline for the performance of work under the circumstances described in this clause does not correspond to the Contractor’s actual time lost in the pace of construction, one of the Parties shall provide a well-substantiated proposal, and the Parties shall agree on a new deadline for the completion of the Work by signing a supplement agreement to the Contract.

5.5. The Work shall be accepted on a monthly basis upon the completion of the Work on the basis of Statements and Certificates supplied by the Contractor. The Contractor shall provide the Customer with a single certificate confirming the cost of the Work performed by it and subcontractors.

5.6. The Contractor shall send the Statement in duplicate and the Certificate in duplicate, to the Customer no later than the 20 th (twentieth) day of each month in which the Work was performed.

5.7. The Customer shall review the documents it receives by the 25 th (twenty-fifth) day of the current month following receipt of the Statement and the Certificate and:

 

   

Sign and send 1 (one) Statement and the Certificate to the Contractor; or

 

   

Refuse to sign the Statement and the Certificate (the Customer must provide the reasons for such refusal).

5.8. If the Customer disagrees with any information given in the Statement and/or the Certificate, it shall return them to the Contractor with a well-substantiated written refusal to sign them and set a date for the Contractor to address any problem areas.

5.9. The Contractor shall notify the Customer and the Technical Inspector of the readiness of critical structures and Concealed Work no later than 2 (two) days before the day on which they are to be accepted and inspection reports are to be drawn up. The Contractor shall begin subsequent Work only after critical structures and Concealed Work have been accepted and inspection reports have been prepared for these structures and such Work.

If Customer representatives, having been appropriately notified of the date of examination, fail to come to the Facility and examine the Concealed Work and/or structures for no good reason, and the delay in performing the examination disrupt the workflow, the Contractor may compile an inspection statement for Concealed Work and/or structures unilaterally.

5.10. If defects and/or any other deficiencies are detected in the Work performed by the Contractor during the work performance period, the Parties shall jointly draw up a defect report containing information about deficiencies and defects identified in the Work, the suspected reasons for such deficiencies and/or defects, the cost of corrective work, as well as the terms, procedures and deadline for the Contractor to address such deficiencies.

5.11. The Contractor’s obligations under the Contract concerning performance of work to construct the Facility (building) shall be considered to have been performed when the Facility is transferred to the Customer under a statement.

5.12. Once the Work is completed (the last Statement is signed), the Contractor shall notify the Customer of the need to accept the Facility (building). The Customer shall accept the Facility within 5 (five) business days of receiving the notification. The Contractor shall bear the risk of accidental loss or damage of the Facility until it is accepted by the Customer in accordance with the set procedure. The risk of loss or damage of the Facility shall be borne by the Customer from the time the Facility is transferred to the Customer (without landscaping), or

 

7


from the time when acceptance should have taken place if the Customer unreasonably avoids accepting the Facility. The risks related to all other parts of the Work shall be borne by the Customer once the finished construction of the building is accepted by the Customer.

5.13. The Contractor agrees to participate in commissioning the Facility and provide explanations to representatives of inspecting authorities participating in the acceptance process.

5.14. The Contractor shall address the defects identified after acceptance of the Facility and documented in accordance with the procedure specified in clause 5.10. of this Contract in a timely fashion and at its own expense.

5.15. The Customer agrees to begin the process for the Facility to obtain an operating permit within a month after receiving it from the Contractor. If commissioning of the Facility is delayed by 3 (three) months for circumstances beyond the Contractor’s control, the warranty period shall commence as of the day on which the Facility should have been commissioned.

Section 6. CONSTRUCTION SITE

6.1. The Customer shall transfer the Construction Site to the Contractor under a Statement in a condition that allows the Work on the Facility to be started, performed and completed properly and in a timely fashion, in accordance with the procedure and on the terms stipulated by the Contract, no later than on 12/08/2011.

6.2. The Customer shall ensure the performance of the following work at the Construction Site by 03/01/2012, including by contracting with third parties:

6.2.1. Installation of a temporary fence lit from inside the Construction Site around the perimeter within 10 days after this Contract is concluded.

6.2.2. Removal of all underground and surface structures from the Construction Site. These structures shall be removed as follows: within 10 (ten) business days after the day on which this Contract is concluded to the degree required to start the Work at the Construction Site; within 20 (twenty) days: as required for the installation of utility lines at the site in accordance with the Design Documentation; the remainder: by 03/01/2012;

6.2.3. Lighting of the Construction Site within 20 (twenty) business days after the date on which this Contract is concluded;

6.3. The Customer shall facilitate the Contractor’s connection to temporary utility lines via metering devices within 20 days of this Contract being signed.

6.4. The Contractor is authorized to use the Construction Site for the performance of the Work on the Facility, warehousing, storage and use of the Construction Materials used for the performance of the Work on the Facility, equipment and tools, as well as for other uses as required for the adequate performance of the Work on the Facility, until the completion of the Work or the expiration of the Contract (if the Contract expires prior to the completion of Work on the Facility).

6.5. The Contractor shall organize the Construction Site in accordance with the Work Performance Plan (WPP) developed by the Contractor.

6.6. The Contractor may install properly equipped temporary administrative buildings, warehouses (storage facilities), utilities rooms and other temporary buildings and the structures required for the performance of the Work, at the Construction Site.

6.7. The Contractor shall disassemble and remove any temporary buildings, structures and construction debris from the Construction Site within 30 (thirty) business days after the full set of Work on the Facility has been completed, and return the Equipment and/or the Customer’s structures to the Customer under a Statement, in working order (taking into account normal wear and tear) within the timeframe specified in the Statement.

 

8


The Contractor shall own the debris accumulated during the course of construction. If the Contractor exceeds the limits set for the recycling and disposal of construction debris, the Customer shall consider the possibility of offering assistance in recycling and disposing the construction debris.

6.8. Work at the Construction Site:

6.8.1. Within 14 (fourteen) business days after receiving the Design Documentation the Contractor shall compile a Work Performance Plan (WPP) and duly receive approvals for it from all concerned authorities, including the Customer, and transfer it to the Customer.

6.8.2. Authorized representatives of the Customer, Engineer and Technical Inspector shall have the right of unimpeded access to all types of Work during the entire period when they are being performed and to the Construction Site at any time, without interfering with the Contractor’s business activity and in compliance with health and safety rules at the Construction Site.

6.8.3. The Customer and the Contractor shall assume full liability for the actions of their representatives at the Construction Site.

6.8.4. The Contractor shall provide security and independently organize the performance of the Work at the Construction Site in accordance with the WPP and the Work Completion Schedule.

6.9. The Contractor shall maintain all other required logs for specialized work in accordance with the law of the Republic of Belarus.

Section 7. OBLIGATIONS OF THE CONTRACTOR

7.1. Performance of the Work in accordance with the terms of the Contract, design documentation and technical regulations, as well as the technical construction sequence.

7.2. Independently determine the number of workers required to perform the Work under this Contract in accordance with the Work Completion Schedule.

7.4. Immediately notify the Customer in writing and suspend Work at the relevant section of the Facility until instructions are received from the Customer if it discovers:

 

   

substandard Construction Materials or accompanying technical documentation supplied by the Customer;

 

   

the start of weather conditions that prevent proper performance of the Work under the Contract, prevent performance of specific types of Work in accordance with technical regulations; potential adverse consequences for the Customer which might result from the following its instructions regarding the method for performing the Work;

 

   

Other extraordinary, unavoidable circumstances beyond the Contractor’s control that jeopardize the quality and/or durability of the results of Work performed or make it impossible to complete the Work on time.

After receiving such a notification, the Customer must consider it within 5 (five) business days and notify the Contractor of its decision. If the Customer insists on the performance of the Customer’s terms, requirements, instructions or requests disputed by the Contractor despite the Contractor’s notification, the Contractor shall not be liable for any potential adverse consequences of their performance.

7.5. The Contractor agrees to rectify defects, deficiencies and incomplete work discovered during construction, acceptance of the Work or during the warranty period that arose

 

9


through the Contractor’s breach of (failure to perform) the Contract at its own expense in accordance with the procedure stipulated by the Contract. Normal wear and tear of the Construction Materials and Equipment and improper use thereof by the Customer or third parties shall not be covered by the warranty.

7.6. The Contractor shall properly maintain a work performance log on a daily basis and also properly prepare as-built and all other documentation.

7.7. Organize and coordinate the work of subcontractors at the Facility.

7.8. Reimburse Customer’s expenses for supplying electricity and water to the Construction Site within 10 (ten) calendar days of receiving invoices sent by the Customer.

7.10. Ensure that the measures established by law concerning safety, health, industrial sanitation requirements, fire safety and environmental protection for the Contractor’s own employees and subcontractor employees are provided at the Construction Site during the performance of the Work.

7.11. Ensure that the workplaces and support facilities are maintained in accordance with the requirements of the WPP, regulations and the requirements of Gosstroynadzor (State Construction Supervisory Authority) throughout the entire period when the Work is being performed.

7.12. Transfer the documentation required to commission the Facility which the Contractor is required by law to compile.

7.13. Provide for security of the Construction Site (of Equipment and Construction Materials).

7.14. The Contractor shall refrain from the following in any way:

 

   

Persuade any individual or legal entity participating in the project to refuse any part of the compensation to which it is entitled;

 

   

Take bribes in connection with the execution of this project from any individual or legal entity or offer bribes to any individual or legal entity, including, but not limited to, any commercial counterparty, subcontractor, consultant, supplier, representative of state authorities or other governmental institutions;

 

   

request or recommend the involvement of any counterparty, the use of products, materials, equipment, systems, processes or procedures, in which the Contractor has any direct or indirect ownership rights or other financial interest, without the Customer’s express written consent.

Section 8. OBLIGATIONS OF THE CUSTOMER

8.1. Ensure uninterrupted funding of the construction of the Facility in accordance with the terms of the Contract taking into account the provisions of part 2 of clause 5.1.

8.2. Perform acceptance of the Work duly completed by the Contractor under a Statement in accordance with the terms of the Contract.

8.3. Following completion of the Work, the Customer shall provide for the connection of new utility lines to existing networks, either on its own or by engaging third parties.

8.4. When this Contract is signed, the Customer shall have transferred to the Contractor 4 (four) sets of the design documentation with the “Ready for Performance of Work” stamp affixed and an additional electronic version on a magnetic or optical storage device to the extent required to begin the Work.

 

10


8.5. Transfer the following documents to the Contractor within 10 (ten) business days after the day on which this Contract is signed:

8.5.1. The geodesic control network for the performance of work, related technical documentation as well as points and signs related to this network that are not fixed and marked in the Construction Site and their physical examination under a statement.

8.5.2. A copy of the document certifying rights to the land plot, copies of the decisions of executive authorities and the State Construction Supervisory Authority that permit the performance of the Work on the Facility, under a statement.

8.6. Organize technical inspection of construction in accordance with TKP 45-1.03-162-2009 and field supervision of construction in accordance with TKP 45-1.03-207-2010. Ensure that the Customer’s representative responsible for technical inspection is present at the Construction Site on an ongoing basis (24 hours a day, if required).

Conclude a contract to hire IDEAB Project Eesti AS as the company responsible for field supervision of the Facility within 15 (fifteen) business days after the day on which the Contract is signed.

8.7. Transfer Construction Materials to the Contractor under a transfer and acceptance statement for the performance of the Work, if the Contract stipulates this obligation for the Customer.

8.8. Comply with health and safety, environmental protection and fire safety requirements that are mandatory for all organizations involved in construction, if third parties are involved in performing work on the Facility, and if third parties are invited onto the Construction Site.

8.9. Provide the required amount of land for the installation of utilities and production areas for employees in accordance with the WPP, approved in accordance with the set procedure.

8.10. Provide the Contractor with authorization from the operator for connection and hookup of new utility lines to the existing networks within 3 (three) business days after receiving such a request.

8.11. Organize the commissioning of the Facility.

Section 9. REPRESENTATIVES OF THE PARTIES

9.1. The Customer may transfer a portion of its obligations under this Contract to the Engineer. The Customer shall inform the Contractor of the conclusion of a contract for engineering services with the Engineer and the Engineer’s purview.

9.2. The Customer shall also appoint a Technical Inspector, which shall be authorized by the Customer to monitor the scope and quality of the Work; to monitor the quality, quantity and other requirements for the Construction Materials used for construction of the Facility; and to perform other responsibilities stipulated by technical regulations of the Republic of Belarus.

9.3. The Contractor shall ensure that the Technical Inspector and the Engineer have unimpeded access to inspect all documents and/or facts provided for by this Contract and/or related thereto and/or to the Facility and/or which are required to perform their duties, if the compiling of such documents and/or the execution of such measures or ensuring their implementation is the duty of the Contractor.

9.4. The Parties shall appoint authorized representatives to resolve any technical or other matters arising during construction of the Facility. The Parties shall inform each other in writing of the full names and other contact details of such authorized representatives and their purview within 5 (five) business days after the conclusion of this Contract. The Parties’ authorized representatives may also be individuals whose purview is specified by the Parties’ constituent documents.

 

11


9.5. When conducting Inspections, the Customer shall notify the Contractor of the Inspection in writing no less than one business day prior to the Inspection. The Contractor shall ensure that its representative takes part in the Inspection and other activities provided for by the Contract.

9.6. The Parties may replace their authorized representatives by notifying the other Party thereof. A Party shall be considered to have been informed of the replacement of the other Party’s representative upon receipt of a written notification of such replacement. Actions taken by the authorized representatives of the Parties, as well as documents prepared by them prior to the other Party’s receipt of the notification of their replacement, shall have legal force.

Section 10. LIABILITY OF THE PARTIES

10.1. If the Contractor fails to meet the deadline for starting the Work on the Facility, it shall pay the Customer a late fee of 0.3% of the Contract price for every day of delay.

10.2. If the Contractor fails to meet the deadlines for the performance of the Work specified in the Work Completion Schedule, it shall pay the Customer a late fee of 0.3% of the cost of the delayed Work for every day of delay.

10.3. If the Customer fails to meet the deadlines for the payment for the Work performed, it shall pay the Contractor a late fee of 0.3% of the cost of the Work (of the Facility) that has not been paid for every day of delay.

10.4. The Contractor shall compensate the Customer for fines levied upon the Customer by monitoring or inspecting authorities as a consequence of the Contractor’s failure to meet the deadlines for the performing its obligations under the Contract.

Section 11. WARRANTY PERIOD FOR THE QUALITY OF WORKMANSHIP AND THE PROCEDURE FOR ADDRESSING DEFECTS/DEFICIENCIES DISCOVERED

11.1. The Contractor hereby confirms that the quality of the Work performed under the Contract will comply with the requirements specified in the Contract, design documentation, current laws and technical regulations.

11.2. The Contractor shall be liable for defects and deficiencies in the completed Work and for destruction of the results of the Work during the period stipulated by the law of the Republic of Belarus after the Facility has been commissioned.

11.3. The warranty period shall run from the day on which the Facility is commissioned.

11.4. The Contractor shall assume liability for curing all defects and deficiencies in the Work discovered during the warranty period except those at the fault of the Customer and/or third parties except the Contractor’s employees or subcontractors, including work performed by subcontractors, and if the Work departed from the Design Documentation or was a consequence of another breach of the Contract or violation of the requirements of the law and/or the technical regulations.

11.5. A Contractor representative shall be invited to the Facility to participate in compiling the report on defects and deficiencies and to reach agreement upon the timeframes and procedure for correcting them. This representative must arrive within a reasonable period of time, to be specified by the Customer in the relevant notification.

11.6. If the Contractor’s representative fails to appear within the period of time set by the Customer following receipt of a notification of the inspection date, the report on defects and deficiencies shall be compiled by the Customer without the Contractor and sent to the Contractor together with a cover letter signed by the Customer.

 

12


Section 12. FORCE MAJEURE

12.1. Both Parties to the Contract (the Customer and the Contractor) shall be released from liability for failure to perform their obligations under this Contract to the extent that the Party citing the force majeure events is able to prove all of the following: i) those events are beyond its control; ii) it could foresee neither the events nor their consequences at the time the Contract was concluded; iii) it was unable to prevent or overcome those events or their consequences; and iv) those events are extraordinary in nature (force majeure events, hereinafter referred to as the Events).

The circumstances may result from the following:

a) wars, military action, terrorist acts, revolts and revolutions;

b) revolts or civil, disturbances, sabotage and terrorist acts;

c) strikes (other than those involving the Contractor’s employees);

d) natural disasters, such as destructive storms, natural catastrophes beyond the control of the Parties (floods, earthquakes etc.);

12.1.1. The term “force majeure events” does not include: lack of permits, licenses or authorization required for entry or residence or other permit documentation required to perform the Contract and issued by state authorities or other parties, with the exception of refusals to issue permit documentation declared invalid by a decision of a court of the Republic of Belarus, nor a Party’s lack of the required financing or funds.

12.1.2. In Events, the deadline for performing the obligations under the Contract may be postponed for the period during which they are in effect and also by the time required to address their consequences.

12.2. The affected Party shall inform the other Party in writing of such Events without delay and no later than 5 days after they occur. Such notifications shall contain a description of the events and their potential consequences.

The affected Party shall also inform the other Party in writing of the end such Events without delay and no later than 5 days after they end.

Any failure to notify the other Party of such Events or delay in doing so shall prohibit the Party affected from citing such Events.

12.3. A statement from the Chamber of Commerce and Industry of the Republic of Belarus is required as confirmation that such Events occurred and their duration.

12.4. If such Events and/or their consequences last for more than 3 months, either Party may terminate this Contract. In the event of such termination, neither Party may demand compensation of damages or losses from the other Party.

Section 13. DISPUTE RESOLUTION

13.1. All disputes arising from this Contract or related thereto shall be resolved by negotiations between the Parties. Claims under the Contract shall be considered by the Party that receives them within 10 (ten) business days of receipt.

13.2. If the Parties are unable to reach agreement, disputes shall be referred to the Minsk Business Court.

13.3. The applicable law under this Contract shall be the law of the Republic of Belarus.

 

13


Section 14. PROCEDURE FOR AMENDING AND TERMINATING THE CONTRACT

14.1 The Contract may be terminated by a written consent of the Parties executed as a single document and by other means stipulated by the Contract for each specific situation.

14.2. The Customer may unilaterally repudiate the Contract in full or in part without recourse to a court by notifying the Contractor in writing, including if:

 

   

Bankruptcy (insolvency) proceedings are initiated against the Contractor;

 

   

Completion of the Work, including intermediate stages stipulated by the Work Completion Schedule, is delayed or suspended through the Contractor’s fault by more than 60 (sixty) calendar days or it becomes obvious that Work will not be completed by the deadline stipulated hereunder.

14.3. If an overpayment by the Customer to the Contractor has resulted from the termination of the Contract, the Contractor shall return the difference to the Customer as unjust enrichment within 7 (seven) business days after the day on which the Contract is terminated.

Following termination of the Contract for any of the reasons listed in clause 14.2, the Contractor shall receive payment of the following within 7 (seven) business days after the day of termination:

 

   

The cost of the Work performed by the Contractor up to the day of termination;

 

   

The costs incurred by the Contractor up to the point of receipt of the Contract termination notice.

14.4. Unless the Parties agree otherwise, the Contractor must remove any property that is not to be transferred to the Customer from the Construction Site, transfer under a statement the as-built documentation, the property owned by the Customer and the Construction Site to the Customer and bring the Construction Site into the appropriate sanitary condition within 30 (thirty) calendar days after the termination date.

14.5. The Contractor may unilaterally repudiate the Contract in full or in part without recourse to a court by notifying the Customer in writing, if:

 

   

Bankruptcy (insolvency) proceedings are initiated against the Customer;

 

   

The Customer systematically (more than twice) delays payment for Work performed and duly accepted by more than 20 (twenty) calendar days.

14.6. Termination of the Contract on grounds stipulated in clause 14.5. of the Contract shall give the Contractor the right to demand payment for Work performed up to the day of termination and other costs incurred by the Contractor up to the time when the Customer received the notice of termination.

14.7. The time given by the Party in the notification of repudiation of the Contract may not be less than 10 (ten) business days after the day on which the other Party receives the notice.

14.8. The Parties shall sign settlement reconciliation statements within 20 (twenty) business days after the termination of the Contract, and complete any actions to inspect the scope and quality of the Work performed on the Facility up to the time of Contract termination and transfer of the Facility to the Customer.

The expenses arising from the early termination of the Contract shall be borne by the Party responsible for early termination.

14.9. Changes in material circumstances, including those that could not have been foreseen when the Contract was signed, shall not serve as grounds for amending and/or terminating the Contract.

 

14


14.10. The Contract may be amended only on the basis of a written agreement signed by authorized representatives of the Parties, except as specified in subclauses 3.1., 5.4., 14.2. and 14.5. of the Contract.

Section 15. MISCELLANEOUS

15.1. The Parties hereby represent and warrants that:

 

   

They are fully authorized to conclude and perform the Contract and the obligations and responsibilities stipulated in it in accordance with the law of the Republic of Belarus and to comply with the terms specified herein;

 

   

All actions required for the proper and lawful execution of the Contract and performance of the obligations thereunder have been taken;

 

   

Neither Party has been subjected to threats, violence, or financial pressure or misled for the purpose of ensuring that the Contract is signed on the terms specified herein;

15.2. The Parties have reached agreement upon all the conditions that are required to ensure that both Parties consider the Contract to have been concluded.

15.3. If any provision of this Contract is or becomes partially or fully invalid, this shall not affect the remaining provisions of the Contract. In such cases, the Parties hereby agree to conclude a supplemental agreement as quickly as possible to replace the invalid provisions of the Contract with other, legally valid, provisions, which, insofar as possible, achieve the same financial and legal outcomes as intended in the invalid provision of the Contract.

15.4. All appendices to the Contract shall be integral parts thereof.

15.5. The Contract has been concluded in Russian and English in two identical counterparts. The Russian version of the Contract shall take precedence during interpretation of the Contract and consideration of claims and disputes.

15.6. The Contract shall come into force (be considered to have been concluded) when it is signed and sealed by the Parties and shall remain in force until the Parties fully perform their obligations.

15.7. Once the Contract is concluded, all previous negotiations between the Parties, correspondence, previous agreements, memoranda of intent and other documents regarding matters concerning obligations under the Contract shall lose all legal force.

15.8. All correspondence between the Customer and the Contractor shall be conducted in Russian by registered mail with notification of receipt or by courier.

15.9. The Parties shall take measures to protect each other’s commercial secrets and confidential know-how, documentation, designs, drawings and information they receive from each other.

15.10. Unless the Contract directly stipulates otherwise, notifications must be made in writing using the address given as the postal address in this Contract or hand delivered against their signature to the recipient Party’s authorized representative.

16. ADDITIONAL TERMS

16.1. The Contractor shall fully comply with the applicable law, legal norms, decrees and rulings (hereinafter referred to as the Law) and with EPAM policy and the procedures at the relevant time (hereinafter referred to as the Policy). The above notwithstanding, the Contractor agrees to act in strict compliance with the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of the United States, the UK Bribery Act, the Regulation of the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the United States Department of the Treasury and any other current or future applicable laws aimed at preventing bribery, corruption and money laundering.

 

15


16.2. The Contractor hereby agrees that if i) any of its directors, employees, officials or agents is or becomes employed by any government organization, institution, intermediary agency, governmental executive body, political party or public international organization; or ii) anyone employed by any government organization, institution, intermediary agency, governmental executive body, political party or public international organization owns or acquires, directly or indirectly, shares or other beneficiary interest in the Contractor’s company, the Contractor shall inform the Customer thereof in writing as soon as it is notified of such a transaction. Upon receiving the relevant notification and the provisions of this Contract notwithstanding, the Customer may immediately terminate this Contract without any liability.

16.3. The Contractor shall take any and all measures necessary and/or measures requested by the Customer to comply with all laws and requirements to ensure that this Contract has legal force. The Contractor hereby agrees to make no payments and to refuse to approve any such payments nor to take or agree to any actions that are related to the direct or indirect transfer of money or gifts to a third party, if such transfer can be considered to be an illegal payment in accordance with the Law and the Policy or can serve as a reason for the Customer’s violation of the Law or the Policy.

16.4. The Contractor hereby represents, warrants and agrees that: the Contractor, its directors, employees, officials, agents and shareholders shall make no payments directly or indirectly, promise to pay or allow the payment of any funds, nor transfer, promise to transfer or allow the transfer of any tangible property to individuals, organizations, employees or officials of any government organization, institution or government intermediary agency (including any employee or official of the United States or US government organization, institution or government intermediary agency) or any employee or official of any public international organization, in order to influence the actions or decisions of such officials or employees in connection with the performance of obligations under this Contract. No payments, approvals and/or promises of the payment of money or transfer of gifts described in subsection 16.4. have been made prior to the conclusion of this Contract.

16.5. The Contractor hereby represents, warrants and agrees that: all permits, licenses, contracts and any other rights, interests and/or resources which are owned by the Contractor or have been transferred, sold, provided under a license or otherwise sent by the Contractor to the Customer, in full or in part, related to the subject of this Contract, or those that may be transferred, sold, provided under a license or otherwise sent by the Contractor to the Customer, in full or in part, in the future, related to the subject of this Contract, were obtained in accordance with the provisions of subsection 16.4. and in compliance with all applicable laws aimed at preventing bribery and corruption.

16.6. The provisions of this Contract notwithstanding, if the Customer receives information that it, at its sole discretion, considers on the basis of sufficient grounds to be evidence that the Contractor has breached any of the provisions specified in subsections 16.2., 16.3., 16.4. and 16.5. (Obligations), the Customer shall contact the Contractor and may subsequently terminate this Contract immediately without any liability.

16.7. If the Customer independently believes that the obligations, representations or warranties in respect of this Section of this Contract have been breached, the Customer may audit the Contractor’s accounts and documents and/or suspend any future payments until it receives sufficient information to prove that no such breach occurred or will occur, and/or may immediately

 

16


terminate this Contract without any liability (including with respect to making any payments) in addition to any and all court action available under the law and in equity. If obligations are breached, all requirements in respect of making any payments (including requirements for sales and services that have been provided) shall be invalid and all payments must be refunded to the Customer.

16.8. Performance guarantee: the Contractor hereby represents, warrants and agrees that: a) all materials and equipment shall, at the very least, comply with standards specified in the relevant documents, but must under no circumstances fail to comply with the requirements in respect of their condition, suitability for work or quality, must be properly packed, protected and stored in a manner that prevents damage during transportation, inclement weather, theft or other factors, and must not be subject to retention, encumbrance or third-party rights; b) the Work shall correspond to the agreed objective; c) Work shall be performed in compliance with the specifications and design documentation for the Facility and the technical standards and codes of the Republic of Belarus; and d) Work and services shall comply with the law, legal standards, decrees and rulings.

16.9. Indemnity: the Contractor shall indemnify the Customer, Customer affiliates and all directors, officers, employees and agents for claims and guarantee compensation of any amounts paid in connection with damages, losses, expenditures and costs as well as court costs, including reasonable legal fees arising in connection with the performance of the Work, including professional services provided by the Contractor, related to a) bodily harm, illness, death or destruction of property, b) failure by the Contractor and/or its representatives to comply with the applicable law, legal standards, decrees and/or rulings, c) payments for equipment, materials, services and/or wages and/or compensation, and/or d) negligence or deliberate actions by the Customer or its representatives.

The Contractor agrees to compensate all losses incurred by third parties during the performance of this Contract.

 

17


Section 17. APPENDICES TO THE CONTRACT.

 

Appendix 1

   Work Completion Statement. Form;

Appendix 2

   Certificate of Work Completed. Form;

Appendix 3

   Construction Site Transfer Statement. Form;

Appendix 4

   Request for an Advance Payment for a Specific Purpose. Form

Appendix 5

   List of Construction Materials Supplied by the Contractor;

Appendix 6

   Payment Schedule;

Appendix 7

   Work Completion Schedule;

Appendix 8

   Structure and Content of Design Documentation;

Appendix 9

   Delivery Schedule for Construction Materials Supplied by the Contractor;

Appendix 10

   Specifications for Construction Materials Supplied by the Contractor under the First Advance Payment for a Specific Purpose;

Appendix 11

   Statement regarding the Use of a One-off Advance Payment for a Specific Purpose. Form;

Appendix 12

   List of Work Not Included in the Contract price;

Appendix 13

   Documents Confirming the Purview of the Parties’ Representatives.

Section 18. CONTACT INFORMATION AND SIGNATURES OF THE PARTIES

 

CONTRACTOR   CUSTOMER

Ideab Project Eesti AS

Registration number: 10673734,

96 Nymmee St.,

Tallinn, Estonia, 13418

Tel: +372 5117934

Fax: +372 6563 263

e-mail: info@ideabpro.com

IBAN 942200221015589654 Hansabank,

12 Liivalaia St., Tallinn, Estonia

 

FLLC “EPAM Systems”

Office 110, building 1, 1 Ak. Kuprevicha St.,

Minsk, 220141

Current account 3012006710015, OAO

Priorbank, CBU 113, Minsk, code 749

OKPO [Russian National Classifier of

Businesses and Organizations] 375 174 42

UNN [Taxpayer Registration Number] 101

546 673

  Tel: (017) 389 01 00, (017) 389 01 00
Management Committee Member   Fax: (017) 268 66 99

 

    

General Director

/s/ G. V. Nikitina

 

G. V. Nikitina

    
    

/s/ S.F. Divin

  S.F. Divin

 

18


Appendix 1

To Construction Contract No. IPB 1.5./103

Form

Work / Phase

Completion Statement

For                           20    

Site name: Scientific and Production Building in accordance with General Plan No. 1 in the High-Tech Park on Kuprevicha St. in Minsk

Customer: Foreign Limited Liability Company “EPAM Systems”

Contractor: Ideab Project Eesti AS

Contract dated “    ”                      2011 No. IPB 1.5./103

Additional agreement dated                      No.                     

Contract price as of the contract execution date in US dollars: USD17,208,955.30

Work start date: 8 December 2011

Work completion date: 15 September 2012

(US dollars)

 

Rationale

 

Type of work / phase

  Volume and cost of the
contract price, total
  Completed   Remaining balance
      Since the start of
construction
  During the reporting
period
 
    volume   price   volume   price   volume   price   volume   price
  Contract price as of the contract execution date – total                
  Total work completed taking into account the cost change ratio                
  Including: Contractor materials                


Rationale

 

Type of work / phase

  Volume and cost of the
contract price, total
  Completed   Remaining balance
      Since the start of
construction
  During the reporting
period
 
    volume   price   volume   price   volume   price   volume   price
  Contributions to innovation fund                
  Taxes, charges, contributions deducted from revenue (excluding VAT)                
  VAT                

CALCULATION OF THE COST OF MATERIAL EXPENDITURES (CONTRACTOR MATERIALS)

 

Item
No.

  

Name, brand, country of origin

   Unit    Quantity    Price
excluding
VAT,

US dollars
   Cost
excluding
VAT,
US dollars
   VAT @
20%,
US dollars
   Cost
including
VAT,
US dollars

1

   2    3    4    5    6    7    8

1.1.

                    

 

Contractor   Customer
Ideab Project Eesti AS   FLLC “EPAM Systems”

 

  G.V. Nikitina  

 

  S.F. Divin


Appendix 2

To Construction Contract No. IPB 1.5./103

Form

Statement

on the cost of work / phases completed

For                           20    

Site name: Scientific and Production Building in accordance with General Plan No. 1 in the High-Tech Park on Kuprevicha St. in Minsk

Customer: Foreign Limited Liability Company “EPAM Systems”

Contractor: Ideab Project Eesti AS

Contract dated                           2011 No. IPB 1.5./103

Additional agreement dated                      No.                     

Contract price as of the contract execution date in US dollars: USD17,208,955.30

Work start date: 8 December 2011

Work completion date: 15 September 2012

 

Name of Item

  Cost of work completed, US dollars
  Since the start of   During the
reporting period
  construction   year  

Total under the contract price at the prices in effect when the contract was executed

     

Including:

     

Deductions to innovation fund

     

Taxes, charges, deductions from revenue (excluding VAT)

     

VAT

     

Cost of materials supplied by the contractor

     

Cost of additional work / services not included in the contract price - total

     

Including:

     

Deductions to innovation fund

     

Taxes, charges, deductions from revenue (excluding VAT)

     


Name of Item

  Cost of work completed, US dollars
  Since the start of   During the
reporting period
  construction   year  

VAT

     

Cost of work performed for statistical reporting

     

Cost of equipment purchased by the contractor on client instructions - total

     

Including VAT

     

Deducted during settlements for work performed - total

     

Including:

     

Advance payment for contractual work

     

Total due for payment

     

For Reference:

 

Name of Item

  Total, US dollars
  Since the start of   During the
  construction   year   reporting period

Advance payments for specific purposes transferred to the Contractor

     

Construction materials delivered to the construction site

     

Construction materials used by the Contractor for construction

     

 

Contractor

  Customer
Ideab Project Eesti AS   FLLC “EPAM Systems”

 

  G. V. Nikitina  

 

  S. F. Divin


Appendix 3

To Construction Contract No. IPB 1.5./103

Form

Site

Transfer Statement

 

Minsk                                                                     2011

Site: Scientific and Production Building in accordance with General Plan No. 1 in the High-Tech Park on Kuprevich St. in Minsk

Customer: FLLC “EPAM Systems”

Contractor: Ideab Project Eesti AS

The Customer, represented by             , has transferred, and the Contractor, represented by             , has accepted for construction of the Facility, a plot of land (site) allocated in accordance with the decision of the Minsk City Executive Committee             in a condition that allows construction work to begin.

In addition to the transfer of the Construction Site, the Contractor has also received the geodesic control network and related technical documentation, as well as points and signs related to this network fixed and marked in the construction site.

 

Contractor     Customer  
Ideab Project Eesti AS     FLLC “EPAM Systems”  

 

  G. V. Nikitina  

 

  S. F. Divin


Appendix 4

To Construction Contract No. IPB 1.5./103

Form

REQUEST FOR AN ADVANCE PAYMENT FOR A SPECIFIC PURPOSE

 

Minsk                     2011

Site: Scientific and Production Building in accordance with General Plan No. 1 in the High-Tech Park on Kuprevicha St. in Minsk

Customer: Foreign Limited Liability Company “EPAM Systems”

Contractor: Ideab Project Eesti AS

Please make an advance payment to facilitate the purchase of the following construction materials:

 

No.

  

Name, manufacturer, supplier, brand, units (technical characteristics)

   Quantity    Payment
deadline
   Amount    Delivery
date

1

              

2

              

3

              

Procedure for making the advance payment:

Wire transfer using the following details:

 

   

 


Attachments:

 

 
 
 
 
 
 

 

CONTRACTOR:      

 

  G. V. Nikitina    
Contractor     Customer  
Ideab Project Eesti AS     FLLC “EPAM Systems”  

 

  G.V. Nikitina  

 

  S.F. Divin


Appendix 5

To Construction Contract No. IPB 1.5./103

LIST OF CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS

SUPPLIED BY THE CONTRACTOR

 

Minsk                     2011

Site name: Scientific and Production Building in accordance with General Plan No. 1 in the High-Tech Park on Kuprevicha St. in Minsk

Customer: Foreign Limited Liability Company “EPAM Systems”

Contractor: Ideab Project Eesti AS

Expanded list in which the proportions of material costs may vary within the section cost / contract cost. The quantity of construction materials supplied is given for reference. If there are differences in the quantity of the construction materials given in this Appendix, the quantity given in project documents shall be used.

 

Section Nos.

  

MATERIALS

  

Unit

  

Quantity

  

Cost
(US dollars)

1.    REINFORCED CONCRETE MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS and auxiliary materials and components          600,000
1.1    Concrete    m 3    2100   
1.2    Reinforcement metal    tons    110   
1.3    Basement panels    pc    28   
1.4    Ground floor slab    m 3    310   
1.5    Lift devices and equipment         
2.    METAL FRAME, PREFAB STAIRWELL COMPONENTS, COVERING (roof), water disposal system, auxiliary materials and components          4,750,000
2.1    Building frame    pc    2068   
2.2    Clerestory frames    m    830   


Section Nos.

  

MATERIALS

  

Unit

  

Quantity

  

Cost
(US dollars)

2.3    Glass facade beams    m    3015   
2.4    Exterior stairways    pc    2   
2.5    Interior stairways    pc    2   
2.7    Passageway framework    pc    1   
2.8    Ventilation shafts    pc    2   
2.9    Fasteners and auxiliary materials (bolts, plates, corners)         
2.10    Water disposal system    m    470   
2.11    Main entrance canopy, entrance canopies, main entrance stairs    pc    4   
2.12    Roofing    m 2    2500   
2.13    Embedded fasteners and auxiliary materials         
3.    FLOORING, auxiliary materials and components          700,000
3.1    Permanent decking    m 2    11650   
3.2    Vibration-regulating surface for air conditioners    m 2    370   
4.    GLASS FACADE, windows, central glass door, auxiliary materials and components          540,000
4.1   

Windows

   pc    940   
4.2    Glass facade    m 2    1700   
5.    SECURITY PERIMETER          720,000
5.1    Wall panels    m 2    6600   
5.2    Shaped elements    m    150   
5.3    Decorative facade elements    m    4300   
5.4    Canopies    m    5   
5.5    Central stairway    pc    2   


Section Nos.

  

MATERIALS

  

Unit

  

Quantity

  

Cost
(US dollars)

5.6

   Emergency escape stairways    pc    2   

5.7

   Auxiliary materials and components         

6.

  

THYSSENKRUP ELEVATORS

 

•    auxiliary materials and components

   pc    4    415,000

7.

   VENTILATION EQUIPMENT          960,000

7.1

  

Ventilation systems

   Sets    2   

7.2

   Air conditioning systems    Sets    2   

7.3

   Auxiliary elements, fasteners, fixtures         

8.

   UTILITIES EQUIPMENT          363,000

8.1

  

Electrical room

   pc    1   

8.2

  

Water meter

   pc    1   

8.3

  

Booster station

   pc    1   

8.4

  

Heating systems

   pc    1   

8.5

   Cable systems    pc    1   

8.6

   Components, auxiliary elements         

9.

   FINISHING MATERIALS          3,700,000.30
   Partitions, glass partitions    pc    122   
   Furniture sheets, HPL [High-pressure laminates]    pc    1200   
  

Lighting fixtures

   pc    890   
  

Stair treads

   Spans    45   
  

Poured floors

   m 2    2883   
  

Rolled floor covering

   m 2    9537   
  

Artificial grass

   m 2    750   
  

Ceramic tiles

   m 2    1846   
  

Interior doors

   pc    307   


Section Nos.

  

MATERIALS

  

Unit

  

Quantity

  

Cost
(US dollars)

  

Exterior doors

   pc    40   
  

Fire doors

   pc    144   
  

Plumbing fixtures: toilets, basins, showers

   pc    257   
   Components, fasteners, auxiliary and sealing materials, sealers, silicones, pumped materials, sockets, switches, electric cables, putty, primer, paints         
  

TOTAL

 

(Inclusive of taxes, duties and delivery costs)

         13,740,955.30

 

Contractor   Customer
Ideab Project Eesti AS   FLLC “EPAM Systems”

 

  G. V. Nikitina  

 

  S. F. Divin


Appendix 6

To Construction Contract No. IPB 1.5./103

PAYMENT SCHEDULE

 

Minsk                        2011

Site Name: Scientific and Production Building in accordance with General Plan No. 1 in the High-Tech Park on Kuprevicha St. in Minsk

Customer: Foreign Limited Liability Company “EPAM Systems”

Contractor: Ideab Project Eesti AS

 

Construction months / phases

   Total payments for
the phase (work,
construction
materials) in US
dollars
     Including:  
      Total advance
payments for specific
purposes made during
the period (purchasing
construction
materials)
     Advance payments
for contract work
for the phase
     Payment for work
performed during the
current month
 

Reason for payment

          Request for an
advance payment for
a specific purpose
(Appendix 4)
     Contractor invoice
issued 10 days
before payment
     Work Completion
Statement, statement
on work completed
 

08/12/2011 – 20/12/2011

     800,000.00         700,000.00            100,000.00   

21/12/2011 – 20/01/2012

     400,000.00            200,000.00         200,000.00   

21/01/2012 – 20/02/2012

     1,930,000.00         1,530,000.00         200,000.00         200,000.00   

21/02/2012 – 20/03/2012

     1,730,000.00         1,330,000.00         200,000.00         200,000.00   

21/03/2012 – 20/04/2012

     2,345,000.00         1,945,000.00         200,000.00         200,000.00   

21/04/2012 – 20/05/2012

     3,970,000.00         3,470,000.00         250,000.00         250,000.00   

21/05/2012 – 20/06/2012

     2,950,000.00         2,450,000.00         250,000.00         250,000.00   

21/06/2012 – 20/07/2012

     2,652,955.30         2,152,955.30         250,000.00         250,000.00   

21/07/2012 – 15/09/2012

     163,000.00         163,000.00         

15/10/2012

     268,000.00               268,000.00   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL

     17,208,955.30         13,740,955.30         1,550,000.00         1,918,000.00   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Contractor   Customer
Ideab Project Eesti AS   FLLC “EPAM Systems”

 

  G. V. Nikitina  

 

  S. F. Divin


Appendix 7

To Construction Contract No. IPB 1.5./103

WORK COMPLETION SCHEDULE

 

Minsk                      2011

Site name: Scientific and Production Building in accordance with General Plan No. 1 in the High-Tech Park on Kuprevicha St. in Minsk

Customer: Foreign Limited Liability Company “EPAM Systems”

Contractor: Ideab Project Eesti AS

 

                   Cost in US dollars
         Completion
%
    Overall
completion
%
        Including:
                       total by month

Basis

  

Name of Work / Phase

      Total     Materials   08/12 -
20/12/11
  21/12/11-
20/01/12
  21/01 -
20/02/12
  21/02 -
20/03/12
  21/03 -
20/04/12
  21/04 -
20/05/12
  21/05 -
20/06/12
  21/06 -
20/07/12
  21/07-
15/09/12
WPP 1    During the period at the contract price as of the contract execution date         100,000        X                
WPP    Preparation period           X                
WPP    Construction camp organization     10         X                
  

 

•     Preparing site for construction service buildings

                         
  

 

•     Connecting construction service buildings to electricity hook-up point

                         

 

 

1  

WPP – Work Production Plan


                     Cost in US dollars
         Completion
%
    Overall
completion
%
          Including:
                         total by month

Basis

  

Name of Work / Phase

      Total     Materials     08/12 -
20/12/11
  21/12/11-
20/01/12
  21/01 -
20/02/12
  21/02 -
20/03/12
  21/03 -
20/04/12
  21/04 -
20/05/12
  21/05 -
20/06/12
  21/06 -
20/07/12
  21/07-
15/09/12
  

•      Setting up temporary sewer at the connection point

                         
  

 

•      Preparing biotoilet site

                         
  

 

•      Preparing site for storage of non-flammable materials

                         
WPP    Temporary buildings     10         X                
  

 

•      Preparing a site for vehicle tire washing

                         
WPP    General site work     10         X                
  

 

•      Organizing site staking

                         
  

 

•      Preparing site for temporary roads

                         
MP    Vertical grading (start)     10         X                
  

 

•      Soil transfer in accordance with the project

                         
   During the period at the contract price as of the contract execution date         500,000        100,000        X              
WPP    Organization of construction camp     70     80         X              
WPP    Temporary buildings     70     80         X              
WPP    General site work     70     80         X              


                     Cost in US dollars
         Completion
%
    Overall
completion
%
          Including:
                         total by month

Basis

  

Name of Work / Phase

      Total     Materials     08/12 -
20/12/11
  21/12/11-
20/01/12
  21/01 -
20/02/12
  21/02 -
20/03/12
  21/03 -
20/04/12
  21/04 -
20/05/12
  21/05 -
20/06/12
  21/06 -
20/07/12
  21/07-
15/09/12
MP 2    Vertical grading     60     70       X                
MP    Earthworks     50         X                
MP RCS 3    Foundation compaction     50         X                
MP RCS    Gravel base     50         X                
MP RCS    Other foundations     50         X                
MP RCS    Backfill to el. 1,000     30         X                
MP RCS    Backfill to el. 0.030     30         X                
DD 4    During the period at the contract price as of the contract execution date         1,200,000        800,000        X              
WPP    Organization of the construction camp     20     100         X              
WPP    Temporary buildings     20     100         X              
WPP    General site work     20     100         X              
MP    Vertical grading     30     100         X              

 

 

2  

MP – Master plan

3  

RCS – Reinforced Concrete Structures

4  

DD – Design Documentation


                     Cost in US dollars
         Completion
%
    Overall
completion
%
          Including:
                         total by month

Basis

  

Name of Work / Phase

      Total     Materials     08/12 -
20/12/11
  21/12/11-
20/01/12
  21/01 -
20/02/12
  21/02 -
20/03/12
  21/03 -
20/04/12
  21/04 -
20/05/12
  21/05 -
20/06/12
  21/06 -
20/07/12
  21/07-
15/09/12
MP RCS    Foundation compaction     50     100           X            
MP RCS    Gravel base     50     100           X            
MP RCS    Other foundations     40     90           X            
MP RCS    Backfill to el. 1.000     60     90           X            
RMC    Installation of basement panels     50             X            
MP RCS    Backfill to el.0.030     60     90           X            
MP RCS MS 5    Installation of columns     20             X            
   During the period at the contract price as of the contract execution date         1,630,000        1,230,000            X          
MP RCS    Other foundations     10     100             X          
MP RCS    Backfill o el. 1.000     10     100             X          
MP RCS    Backfill to el. 0.030     10     100             X          
MP RCS    Installation of basement panels     50     100             X          
MP RCS MS    Installation of columns     30     50             X          
MS    Installation of beams     30               X          

 

 

5  

MS – Metallic Structures


                     Cost in US dollars
         Completion
%
    Overall
completion
%
          Including:
                         total by month

Basis

  

Name of Work / Phase

      Total     Materials     08/12 -
20/12/11
  21/12/11-
20/01/12
  21/01 -
20/02/12
  21/02 -
20/03/12
  21/03 -
20/04/12
  21/04 -
20/05/12
  21/05 -
20/06/12
  21/06 -
20/07/12
  21/07-
15/09/12
MS    Installation of ties     20               X          
RCS MS    Installation of flooring     20               X          
   During the period at the contract price as of the contract execution date         2,390,000        1,990,000              X        
MS    Installation of columns     30     80               X        
MS    Installation of beams     30     60               X        
MS    Installation of ties     30     50               X        
RCS MS    Installation of flooring     30     50               X        
AS MS RCS    Installation of envelope structures     20                 X        
AS MS RCS    Installation of stairs     20                 X        
   During the period at the contract price as of the contract execution date         2,522,955        2,022,955.3                     
MS    Installation of columns     20     100                 X      
MS    Installation of beams     30     90                

X

     
MS    Installation of ties     30     80                 X      
RCS MS    Installation of flooring     30     80                 X      


                     Cost in US dollars
         Completion
%
    Overall
completion
%
          Including:
                         total by month

Basis

  

Name of Work / Phase

      Total     Materials     08/12 -
20/12/11
  21/12/11-
20/01/12
  21/01 -
20/02/12
  21/02 -
20/03/12
  21/03 -
20/04/12
  21/04 -
20/05/12
  21/05 -
20/06/12
  21/06 -
20/07/12
  21/07-
15/09/12
AS 6 RCS MS    Installation of envelope structures     30     50                 X      
AS MS RCS    Installation of stairs     30     50                 X      
AS RCS MS    Roofing application     30                   X      
AS MS HV 7  PS 8 EL 9 , MB 10    Installation of utility equipment     20                   X      
   During the period at the contract price as of the contract execution date         3,390,000        2,890,000                     
MS    Installation of beams     10     100                   X    
MS    Installation of ties     20     100                   X    
RCS MS    Installation of flooring     20     100                   X    
AS RCS MS    Installation of envelope structures     30     80                   X

X

   
AS RCS MS    Installation of stairs     30     80                   X
   

 

 

6  

AS – Architectural Solution

7  

HV – Heating and Ventilation

8  

PS – Plumbing and Sewage

9  

EL – Electrical Lighting

10

MB – metal sheathing, braiding over hoses, cables


                     Cost in US dollars
         Completion
%
    Overall
completion
%
          Including:
                         total by month

Basis

  

Name of Work / Phase

      Total     Materials     08/12 -
20/12/11
  21/12/11-
20/01/12
  21/01 -
20/02/12
  21/02 -
20/03/12
  21/03 -
20/04/12
  21/04 -
20/05/12
  21/05 -
20/06/12
  21/06 -
20/07/12
  21/07-
15/09/12
AS RCS MS PS    Roofing application     30     60                   X    
AS MS HV    Installation of utility equipment     30     50                   X    
AS VK MS RCS    Installation of ventilation equipment     30                     X    
AS MS RCS    Elevator installation     40                     X    
AR    Specialized interior work     15                     X    
   During the period at the contract price as of the contract execution date         3,045,000        2,545,000                    X  
AS RCS MS    Installation of envelope structures     20     100                     X  
AS MS    Installation of stairs     20     100                     X  
AS RCS MS PS    Roofing application     40     100                      
AS MS HV EL    Installation of utility equipment     30     80                     X  
AS PS MS RCS    Installation of ventilation equipment     40     70                     X  
AS MS RCS    Elevator installation     40     80                     X  
AR    Specialized interior work     45     60                     X  
   During the period at the contract price as of the contract execution date         2,431,000        2,163,000                      X


                     Cost in US dollars
         Completion
%
    Overall
completion
%
        Including:
                     total by month

Basis

  

Name of Work / Phase

      Total   Materials   08/12 -
20/12/11
  21/12/11-
20/01/12
  21/01 -
20/02/12
  21/02 -
20/03/12
  21/03 -
20/04/12
  21/04 -
20/05/12
  21/05 -
20/06/12
  21/06 -
20/07/12
  21/07-
15/09/12
AS MS HV PS EL, MB, EL, CS 11    Installation of utility equipment     20     100                       X
AS PS MS RCS    Installation of ventilation equipment     30     100                       X
AS MS RCS    Elevator installation     20     100                       X
AR    Specialized interior work     40     100                       X

 

Contractor   Customer
Ideab Project Eesti AS   FLLC “EPAM Systems”

 

  G.V. Nikitina  

 

  S.F. Divin

 

 

11

CS – Communications Systems


Appendix 8

To Construction Contract No. IPB 1.5./103

STRUCTURE AND CONTENT OF DESIGN DOCUMENTATION

 

Minsk                         2011

Site name: Scientific and Production Building in accordance with General Plan No. 1 in the High-Tech Park on Kuprevicha St. in Minsk

Customer: Foreign Limited Liability Company “EPAM Systems”

Contractor: Ideab Project Eesti AS

Structure and content of design documentation:

 

  1. General section

 

  2. Master plan

 

  3. Architectural solutions

 

   

Wall plan with dimensions

 

   

Furniture and plumbing equipment distribution plan, facility premises legend;

 

   

Wall surfacing plan;

 

   

Breakdown of walls in bathrooms with tiling details for different color solutions;

 

   

Breakdown of walls in kitchen area with tiling details for different color solutions;

 

   

Door specifications;

 

   

Finishing journal;

 

  4. Building structures

 

  5. Technical solutions

 

  6. Heating

 

  7. Heating supply

 

  8. Ventilation

 

  9. Water supply and sewerage

 

  10. Electricity

 

  11. Instructions and rules for use of the building

 

  12. Energy efficiency

The design project together with the finishing work sheet approved by the Customer shall be transferred to the Contractor by 1 April 2012 as follows:

Standard floor design project:

 

   

Standard floor room legend;

 

   

Lighting equipment position plan with dimensions;

 

   

Floor plan by levels, with the required dimensions;

 

   

Breakdown of walls in bathrooms with tiling details;

 

   

Specification (sheet) for finishing materials;

 

   

3D visualization of interior design

 

Contractor   Customer
Ideab Project Eesti AS   FLLC “EPAM Systems”

 

  G. V. Nikitina  

 

  S. F. Divin


Appendix 9

To Construction Contract No. IPB 1.5./103

DELIVERY SCHEDULE

for construction materials supplied by the Contractor

 

Minsk                      2011

Site name: Scientific and Production Building in accordance with General Plan No. 1 in the High-Tech Park on Kuprevicha St. in Minsk

Customer: Foreign Limited Liability Company “EPAM Systems”

Contractor: Ideab Project Eesti AS

Requests for advance payments for specific purposes and shipping documentation must include full specifications for the delivered materials, marking, quantity, composition and price.

The schedule may be amended in accordance with the manufacturer’s documentation on approval by the Customer.

 

No.

 

Item

   Advance
payment total
     Payment
deadline
   Delivery date
1   REINFORCED CONCRETE MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS and auxiliary materials and components.      100,000       In accordance
with clause
4.3 of the
Contract
   Within 60 days
       200,000       06/02/2012    20/02/2012
       200,000       21/02/2012    28/02/2011
       100,000       15/03/2012    30/03/2012
  TOTAL for the section      600,000         
2  

METAL FRAME, PREFAB STAIR COMPONENTS, COVERING:

buildings, continuous windows, glass facade, crossover, exterior and interior stairs, utility shafts, roofing; Embedded fasteners and auxiliary materials

     600,000       In accordance
with clause
4.3 of the
Contract
   Within 60 days
       830,000       08/02/2012    20/02/2012
       830,000       25/02/2012    20/03/2012


No.

 

Item

   Advance
payment total
     Payment
deadline
   Delivery date
       830,000       20/03/2012    15/04/2012
       830,000       15/04/2012    30/04/2012
       830,000       30/04/2012    15/05/2012
  TOTAL for the section      4,750,000         
3   FLOORING      500,000       08/02/2012    06/03/2012
       200,000       10/03/2012    20/03/2012
  TOTAL for the section      700,000         
4   SECURITY PERIMETER      400,000       20/03/2012    30/04/2012
       160,000       30/04/2012    15/05/2012
       160,000       15/05/2012    10/06/2012
  TOTAL for the section      720,000         
5   WINDOW GLASS FACADE      300,000       05/03/2012    20/04/2012
       120,000       20/04/2012    15/05/2012
       120,000       15/05/2012    15/06/2012
  TOTAL for the section      540,000         
6   ELEVATORS      415,000       20/03/2012    18/05/2012
  TOTAL for the section      415,000         
7   VENTILATION EQUIPMENT      500,000       20/05/2012    30/06/2012
       460,000       30/06/2012    20/07/2012
  TOTAL for the section      960,000         
8   UTILITY EQUIPMENT      300,000       20/04/2012    15/06/2012
       300,000       15/06/2012    25/06/2012
       300,000       25/06/2012    10/07/2012
       300,000       10/07/2012    20/07/2012
       163,000       20/07/2012    30/07/2012
  TOTAL for the section      1,363,000         
9   FINISHING MATERIALS      400,000       20/04/2012    10/05/2012
       550,000       10/05/2012    20/05/2012
       550,000       20/05/2012    30/05/2012
       550,000       30/05/2012    10/06/2012


No.

 

Item

   Advance
payment total
     Payment
deadline
   Delivery date
       550,000       10/06/2012    20/06/2012
       542,955.30       20/06/2012    30/06/2012
       550,000       30/06/2012    15/07/2012
  TOTAL for the section      3,700,000.30         
  TOTAL      13,740,955.30         

 

Contractor   Customer
Ideab Project Eesti AS   FLLC “EPAM Systems”

 

  G.V. Nikitina  

 

  S.F. Divin


Appendix 10

To Construction Contract No. IPB 1.5./103

SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS SUPPLIED BY THE

CONTRACTOR

UNDER THE FIRST ADVANCE PAYMENT FOR A SPECIFIC PURPOSE

 

Minsk                            2011

Site name: Scientific and Production Building in accordance with General Plan No. 1 in the High-Tech Park on Kuprevicha St. in Minsk

Customer: Foreign Limited Liability Company “EPAM Systems”

Contractor: Ideab Project Eesti AS

Delivery start date: 06/02/2012

 

Product

   Unit   Quantity      Price per
unit, (US
dollars)
     Total,
(US
dollars)
 

1.      REINFORCEMENT METAL, A400C, Ø6, Ø8, Ø14, Ø20, Ø22,Ø25

   tons     20         1,200         24,000   

2.      Concrete

   m 3     196         75         14,700   

3.      Columns

          

HFB 240 (1-3)

   pc     4         4,100         16,400   

HEB 300 (1-3)

   pc     8         5,800         46,400   

HEM 300 (1-3)

   pc     12         11,800         141,600   

HEM 220 (1-3)

   pc     15         5,800         87,000   

HEM 320 (1-3)

   pc     2         12,100         24,200   

HEB 450 (1-3)

   pc     4         8,500         34,000   

HEB 200 (1-3)

   pc     2         3,200         6,400   


Product

   Unit    Quantity      Price per
unit, (US
dollars)
     Total,
(US
dollars)
 

HEM 240 (1-3)

   pc      16         5,500         88,000   

HEB 300 (1-3)

   pc      5         4,100         20,500   

HEM 300 (1-3)

   pc      4         8,200         32,800   

4.      Beams:

           

IPE 450

   pc      40         4,100         164,000   
           

 

 

 

TOTAL

              700,000   
           

 

 

 

 

Contractor

  Customer

Ideab Project Eesti AS

  FLLC “EPAM Systems”

 

  G. V. Nikitina  

 

  S. F. Divin


Appendix 11

To Construction Contract No. IPB 1.5./103

Form

Statement No.     

Regarding the use of the one-off advance payment for a specific purpose

 

Minsk                      2011

Site Name: Scientific and Production Building in accordance with General Plan No. 1 in the High-Tech Park on Kuprevicha St. in Minsk

Customer: Foreign Limited Liability Company “EPAM Systems”

Contractor: Ideab Project Eesti AS

Pursuant to Contract No. IPB1.7/103 dated                   2011 executed by the Customer and the Contractor, the parties hereby confirm use of an advance payment for a specific purpose in the amount of              made on                   and the delivery of the following construction materials:

 

No.

  

Product

   Unit of
measure
   Quantity    Price per
unit, (US
Dollars)
   Total, (US
Dollars)
              
              
              

By signing this act, the Parties confirm that the goods have been delivered in full with all the required components and that the price is in line with the application for an advance payment for a specific purpose dated                   2011.

 

Notes

    
          

This act is executed in 2 identical counterparts, one for the Customer and one for the Contractor.

 

Contractor

  Customer
Ideab Project Eesti AS   EPAM Systems Ltd.

 

  G. V. Nikitina  

 

  S. F. Divin


Appendix 12

To Construction Contract No. IPB 1.5./103

List of work not included in the Facility construction price

 

Minsk                      2011

Site name: Scientific and Production Building in accordance with General Plan No. 1 in the High-Tech Park on Kuprevicha St. in Minsk

Customer: Foreign Limited Liability Company “EPAM Systems”

Contractor: Ideab Project Eesti AS

 

      

Type of work

  

Design documentation section

1    Landscaping    MP
  

•      Construction of sidewalks and approach roads;

  
  

•      Asphalt road surfacing for parking;

  
  

•      Pouring of building perimeter paving;

  
  

•      Setup of a trash container site;

  
  

•      Planting of trees and bushes;

  
  

•      Installation of flowerbeds;

  
  

•      Installation of lawns.

  
  

•      Small-scale architectural features

  
2    Exterior utility networks (from the first well or connection device to the connection point in accordance with the technical specifications)    External and on-site utilities networks
   Water supply networks   
   Heating supply networks   
   Plumbing networks   
   Power supply networks   
   Storm sewer systems   
   Waste sewer systems   
   Communication networks   
   Fiber-optic networks   
3    Structures    Off- and on-site utility networks
   Transformer substation 1   
   Transformer substation 2   
   Rainwater treatment structures   
   Diesel generator   
   DPC cooling towers   
   Trash container site   
4    DPC (Data Processing Center) and all networks and systems that support it, active production equipment (computer peripherals)    GP, AS, CS HVAC, PS, CS, ES 12 , EM 13 , EL, fire protection measures, external and on-site utilities networks

 

12

ES – Electrical Supply


      

Type of work

  

Design documentation section

5    Exterior lighting, building lighting, company logo / sign    GP, AS, ES, PE, EL external and on-site utilities
6    Evaluation and removal of topsoil at the construction site   
7    Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of the Customer’s active production equipment (computer peripherals) for the Facility   
8    Supply and installation of kitchen equipment, testing and commissioning   
9    Supply and installation of the turnstile system, testing and commissioning   
10    Installation and testing of security system terminal equipment, video surveillance and access systems equipment   

 

Contractor   Customer
Ideab Project Eesti AS     FLLC “EPAM Systems”  

 

  G. V. Nikitina  

 

  S. F. Divin

 

13  

PE –Power Equipment

EXHIBIT 23.1

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We consent to the use in this Amendment No. 6 to Registration Statement No. 333-174827 of our report dated June 10, 2011 (January 23, 2012 as to the effect of the stock split described in Note 16) relating to the consolidated financial statements of EPAM Systems, Inc. and subsidiaries appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement, and to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Prospectus.

 

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

 

Philadelphia, PA

January 23, 2012